(ThichTiengAnh.com) 39 Đề Thi Thử Tiếng Anh 2019 Có Đáp Án Chi Tiết - Megabook (Bản WORD)

Thích Tiếng Anh – thichtienganh.
com – Website họ c Tiếng Anh miễn phí
ĐỀ SỐ BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC &
TẠO
1 Môn: TIẾNG ANH
Đề thi gồm Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút
07
trang
Mark the letter A.B.C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose inderlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 1: A. challenge B. achievement C. chance D. scholarship
Question 2: A. passage B. luggage C. age D. damage
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the
other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions
Question 3: A. comfortable B. powerful C. opinion D. accurate
Question 4: A. completionB. understand C. material D. behavior
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 5: Sally has just won a full scholarship to one of the most prestigious universities in
the world; she must be on cloud nine now.
A. extremely panicked B. obviously delighted
C. incredibly optimistic D. desperately sad
Question 6: Her physical condition was not an impediment to her career as a singer. She has
won a lot of prizes.
A. advantage B. obstacle C. barrier D. disadvantage
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in
Question 7: The new cartoon film catches the fancy of the children.
A. satisfies B. amuses C. attracts D. surprises
Question 8: The kidnapper gave himself up to the police.
A. confided himself B. surrendered
C. accommodated himself D. went up
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best
completes each of the following exchanges.
Question 9: Kelly: “It’s was very kind of you to give me a lift home”.
- Mark: “ ”
Thích Tiếng Anh – thichtienganh.com – sưu tầ m và biên soạ n 1

Thích Tiếng Anh – thichtienganh.com – Website họ c Tiếng Anh miễn phí
A. As a matter of fact, you’re pretty nice.

B. Oh, don’t do that. I was coming past your house any way.
C. I’m not pleased.
D. Oh, don’t mention it. I was coming past your house any way.
Question 10: Two students are talking about the school curriculum.
- Hoa: “Swimming should be taught in the school.” - Nam: “ .It is an essential life skill.”
Thích Tiếng Anh – thichtienganh.com – sưu tầ m và biên soạ n 2

A. Oh, that’s a problem B. I can’t agree with you more
C. Not at all D. You can make it
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 11: Many parents tend to push their children because they believe that good
education will enable them to in the future.
A. turn up B. get on C. get out D. turn down
Question 12: It gets when the winter is coming.
A. cold and cold B. cold and colder C. more and more cold D. colder and colder
Question 13: The organization underwent reforms.
A. far-reaching B. far-gone C. far-off D. far-flung
Question 14: The Beauty Contest is start at 8:00 a.m our time next Monday.
A. due to B. bound to C. about to D. on the point of
Question 15: If people paid more attention to the environment, the Earth greener.
A. would be B. will be C. would have been D. had been
Question 16: Nobody comes there, ?
A. does he B. doesn’t he C. do they D. don’t they
Question 17: The teacher likes her essay because it’s very ....................................... .
A. imagination B. imaginable C. imaginative D. imaginary
Question 18: I have lived in this city for so long, so I’ve grown ............................to the noise of
vehicles.
A. accustomed B. unconscious C. familiar D. aware
Question 19: All applicants must .......................a full CV with their job application before October
st
1 .
A. permit B. omit C. submit D. admit
Question 20: That book is about the people in Samoa ........................................ for two years.
A. that she lived B. that she lived among them
C. among whom she lived D. where she lived among them
Question 21: When the first child was bom, they .................................... married for three years.
A. have been married B. had been married
C. will been married D. will have been married
Question 22: This girl doesn’t reveal much about herself, and is .............................fascinating for it.
A. as B. the same C. all the more D. the more
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.
Trang 2/19
The Microscope
One of the most important inventions in the development of science and medicine was the
microscope. It was (23) ........... the principle that light could be “refracted” or bent, by a glass
lens. It was soon discovered that tiny objects could be magnified (24) ........... size when viewed
through a glass lens that had been ground and polished in a specific (25) ........... Although the
principle was known to the Chinese as early as 1000 A.D, it was not until the 13th and 14th
centuries in Europe (26) ........... it was put to practical use in the form of eyeglasses.
Trang 3/19
In Europe the first microscope was invented by brothers Zacharias and Hans Janssen, two
Dutch eyeglass-makers, around 1590. They built a “compound” microscope, so called because
of its two lenses. The most significant development and use of the microscope during this
period, however, belongs to another Dutch optician, Antonie van Leeuwenhoek. Bom in Delft,
Holland, he became skilled at (27)
........... very sharp and accurate magnifying lenses.
Question 23: A. based upon B. based by C. based in D. based at

Question 24: A. by B. on C. in D. with
Question 25: A. procedure B. manner C. fashion D.
Question 26: A. when B. than C.then character
D. that
Question 27: A. granting B. grinding C. scraping D.rubbing
the correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.
Carnegie Hall, which is a famous concert hall in New York City, has again undergone a
restoration. While this is not the first, it is certainly the most extensive in the building’s history.
As a result of this new restoration, Carnegie Hall once again has the quality of sound that it had
when it was first built.
Carnegie Hall owes its existence to Andrew Carnegie, the wealthy owner of a steel company
in the late 1800s. The hall was finished in 1891 and quickly gained a reputation as an excellent
performing arts hall where accomplished musicians gained fame. Despite its reputation, the
concert hall suffered from several detrimental renovations over the years. During the Great
Depression, when fewer people could afford to attend performances, the directors sold part of
the building to commercial businesses. As a result, a coffee shop was opened in one comer of
the building, for which the builders replaced the brick and terra cotta walls with windowpanes.
A renovation in 1946 seriously damaged the acoustical quality of the hall when the makers of
the film Carnegie Hall cut a gaping hole in the dome of the ceiling to allow for lights and air
vents. The hole was later covered with short curtains and a fake ceiling, but the hall never
sounded the same afterwards.
In 1960, the violinist Isaac Stem became involved in restoring the hall after a group of real
estate developers unveiled plans to demolish Carnegie Hall and build a high-rise office
building on the site. This threat spurred Stem to rally public support for Carnegie Hall and
encourage the City of New York to buy the property. The movement was successful, and the
concert hall is now owned by the city. In the current restoration, builders tested each new
material for its sound qualities, and they replaced the hole in the ceiling with a dome. The
builders also restored the outer walls to their original appearance and closed the coffee shop.
Trang 4/19
Carnegie has never sounded better, and its prospects for the future have never looked more
promising.
Question 28: What is this passage mainly about?
A. Changes to Carnegie Hall
B. The appearance of Carnegie Hall
C. Carnegie Hall’s history during the Great Depression
D. Damage to the ceiling in Carnegie Hall
Question 29: In the second paragraph, what is the meaning of the word “detrimental”?
A. Dangerous B. Significant C. Extreme D. Harmful
Trang 5/19
Question 30: What major change happened to the hall in 1946?
A. The acoustic dome was damaged.
B. Space in the building was sold to commercial businesses.
C. The walls were damaged in an earthquake.
D. The stage was renovated.
Question 31: Who was Andrew Carnegie?
A. A violinist B. An architect
C. A steel mill owner D. The mayor of New York City
Question 32: What was Isaac Stem’s relationship to Carnegie Hall?
A. He made the movie “Carnegie Hall” in 1946.
B. He performed on opening night in 1891.
C. He tried to save the hall, beginning in 1960.
D. He opened a coffee shop in Carnegie Hall during the Depression.
Question 33: What was probably the most important aspect of the recent renovation?
A. Restoring the outer wall B. Expanding the lobby
C. Restoring the plaster trim D. Repairing the ceiling
Question 34: Which of the following is closest in meaning to the word “unveiled” in the last
paragraph?
A. Announced B. Restricted C. Overshadowed D. Located
Happiness and sadness are experienced by people in all cultures around the world, but how
can we tell when other people are happy or despondent? It turns out that the expression of
many emotions may be universal. Smiling is apparently a universal sign of friendliness and
approval. Baring the teeth in a hostile way, as noted by Charles Darwin in the nineteenth
century, may be a universal sign of anger. As the originator of the theory of evolution, Darwin
believed that the universal recognition of facial expressions would have survival value. For
example, facial expressions could signal the approach of enemies (or friends) in the absence of
language.
Most investigators concur that certain facial expressions suggest the same emotions in all
people. Moreover, people in diverse cultures recognize the emotions manifested by the facial
expressions. In classic research Paul Ekman took photographs of people exhibiting the emotions
of anger, disgust, fear, happiness, and sadness. He then asked people around the world to
indicate what emotions were being depicted in them. Those queried ranged from European
college students to members of the Fore, a tribe that dwells in the New Guinea highlands. All
groups, including the Fore, who had almost no contact with Western culture, agreed on the
Trang 4/19
portrayed emotions. The Fore also displayed familiar facial expressions when asked how they
would respond if they were the characters in stories that called for basic emotional responses.
Ekman and his colleagues more recently obtained similar results in a study of ten cultures in
which participants were permitted to report that multiple emotions were shown by facial
expressions. The participants generally agreed on which two emotions were being shown and
which emotion was more intense.
Psychological researchers generally recognize that facial expressions reflect emotional states. In
fact, various emotional states give rise to certain patterns of electrical activity in the facial muscles
and in the
brain. The facial-feedback hypothesis argues, however, that the causal relationship between
emotions and
Trang 5/19
facial expressions can also work in the opposite direction. According to this hypothesis, signals
from the facial muscles (“feedback) are sent back to emotion centers of the brain, and so a
person’s facial expression can influence that person’s emotional state. Consider Darwin’s
words: “The free expression by outward signs of an emotion intensifies it. On the other hand,
the repression, as far as possible, of all outward signs softens our emotions.” Can smiling give
rise to feelings of good will, for example, and frowning to anger?
Psychological research has given rise to some interesting findings concerning the facial-
feedback hypothesis. Causing participants in experiments to smile, for example, leads them to
report more positive feelings and to rate cartoons (humorous drawings of people or situations)
as being more humorous. When they are caused to frown, they rate cartoons as being more
aggressive.
What are the possible links between facial expressions and emotion? One link is arousal,
which is the level of activity or preparedness for activity in an organism. Intense contraction of
facial muscles, such as those used in signifying fear, heightens arousal. Self-perception of
heightened arousal then leads to heightened emotional activity. Other links may involve
changes in brain temperature and the release of neurotransmitters (substances that transmit
nerve impulses.) The contraction of facial muscles both influences the internal emotional state
and reflects it. Ekman has found that the so-called Duchenne smile, which is characterized by
“crow’s feet” wrinkles around the eyes and a subtle drop in the eye cover fold so that the skin
above the eye moves down slightly toward the eyeball, can lead to pleasant feelings. Ekman’s
observation may be relevant to the British expression “keep a stiff upper lip” as a
recommendation for handling stress. It might be that a “stiff” lip suppresses emotional response
- as long as the lip is not quivering with fear or tension. But when the emotion that leads to
stiffening the lip is more intense, and involves strong muscle tension, facial feedback may
heighten emotional response.
Question 35. The word “despondent” in the passage is closest in meaning to .............................
A. Curious B. Unhappy C. Thoughtful D. Uncertain
Question 36. The author mentions “Baring the teeth in a hostile way” in order to ..........................
A. Differentiate one possible meaning of a particular facial expression from other meanings of its
B. Support Darwin’s theory of evolution
C. Provide an example of a facial expression whose meaning is widely understood
D. Contrast a facial expression that is easily understood with other facial expressions
Question 37. The word “them” in the passage refers to .............................
A. Emotions B. People C. Photographs D. Cultures
Question 38. According to paragraph 2, which of the following was TRUE about the Fore
people of New Guinea?
Trang 5/19
A. They did not want to be shown photographs.
B. They were famous for their story-telling skills.
C. They knew very little about Western culture.
D. They did not encourage the expression of emotions.
Question 39. According to the passage, what did Darwin believe would happen to human
emotions that were not expressed?
A. They would become less intense. B. They would last longer than usual.
C. They would cause problems later. D. They would become more negative
Trang 6/19
Question 40. According to the passage, research involving which of the following supported the
facial- feedback hypothesis?
A. The reactions of people in experiments to cartoons
B. The tendency of people in experiments to cooperate
C. The release of neurotransmitters by people during experiments
D. The long-term effects of repressing emotions
Question 41. The word “rate” in the passage is closest in meaning to ........................ .
A. Judge B. Reject C. Draw D. Want
Question 42. According to the passage, stiffening the upper lip may have which of the following
effects?
A. It first suppresses stress, then intensifies it.
B. It may cause fear and tension in those who see it.
C. It can damage the lip muscles.
D. It may either heighten or reduce emotional response.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to each of the following questions.
Question 43: French is the only language other than English spoken on five continents.
A. French and English are the only languages that are spoken on five continents.
B. Unlike French, English is spoken on five continents.
C. French and English are spoken widely in official and commercial circles.
D. Before English, French was the only language spoken on five continents.
Question 44: “Don’t forget to submit your assignments by Friday,” said the teacher to the
students.
A. The teacher reminded the students to submit their assignments by Friday.
B. The teacher allowed the students to submit their assignments by Friday.
C. The teacher ordered the students to submit their assignments by Friday.
D. The teacher encouraged the students to submit their assignments by Friday.
Question 45: He didn’t eat anything but small pieces of bread and butter.
A. He ate small pieces of bread and butter but didn’t like them.
B. He only ate some small pieces of bread and butter.
C. He didn’t eat anything, not even the bread and butter.
D. He didn’t touch the bread and butter, but he ate other things.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
Question 46: We have conducted (A) exhausting research (B)into the effects of smartphones on
Trang 7/19
students’ (C) behaviour and their (D) academic performance.
Question 47: (A) On the table (B) is (C) hundreds of books written (D) in English.
Question 48: Tim works (A) as a doctor and he (B) earns (C) twice (D) as much than his
brother. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best
combines each pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 49: He helped us a lot with the project. We couldn’t continue without him.
A. Provided his contribution wouldn’t come, we couldn’t continue with the project.
Trang 8/19
B. But for his contribution, we could have continued with the project.
C. Unless we had his contribution, we could continue with the project.
D. If he hadn’t contributed positively, we couldn’t have continued with the project.
Question 50: The storm was so great. Many families had to be evacuated to safer parts of the city.
A. Although the storm was not great, many families had to be evacuated to safer parts of the
city.
B. So great was the storm that many families had to be evacuated to safer parts of the city.
C. Many families had to be evacuated to safer parts of the city in spite of the great storm.
D. It was so a great storm that many families had to be evacuated to safer parts of the city.
Trang 9/19
ANSWER KEY
Mark the letter A.B.C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose inderlined part
Question1 Chọn đáp án D
- challenge / ˈtʃælɪndʒ / (n, v): thách thức
E.g: I think it will be a great challenge for me because this job is very difficult.
- achievement / əˈtʃiːvmənt/(n): thành tích, thành quả
E.g: It was a remarkable achievement for such a young boy.
- chance / tʃɑːns/(n): cơ hội
E.g: If I have a chance to go abroad, I will go to France.
- scholarship / ˈskɒləʃɪp/(n): học bổng
E.g: He won a scholarship to study at Harvard University.
Question 2 Chọn đáp án C
- passage /ˈpæsɪdʒ/ (n): bài đọc, đoạn văn
E.g: You should read the passage carefully.
- luggage /ˈlʌɡɪdʒ/ (n): hành lý
E.g: We bought sonic new luggage for our trip.
- age /eɪdʒ/ (n): tuổi
E.g: She left home at the age of 17.
- damage /ˈdæmɪdʒ/ (n, v): thiệt hại, gây thiệt hại
E.g: The storm caused serious damage to the house.
- comfortable /ˈkʌmftəbl/ (adj): thoải mái
E.g: I feel comfortable when living here.
- powerful /ˈpaʊəfl/ (adj): có quyền lực lớn, hùng mạnh
E.g: She’s the most powerful person in the company.
- opinion /əˈpɪnjən/ (n): ý kiến
E.g: What’s your opinion about/ on this matter?
- accurate /ˈækjərət/ (adj): chính xác, đúng đắn
E.g: The above information is accurate.
Question 4 Chọn đáp án B
Trang 10/19
- completion /kəmˈpliːʃn/ (n): sự hoàn thành
E.g: He is the person who supervised the completion of the building.
- understand /ˌʌndəˈstænd/ (v): hiểu
E.g: She didn’t understand what I said.
Trang 11/19
- material /məˈtɪəriəl/ (n): vật liệu, chất liệu, tài liệu
E.g: I need some writing materials.
- behavior /bɪˈheɪvjə/ (n): hành vi, cách cư xử
E.g: Her behavior towards me is becoming aggressive.
Question 5 Chọn đáp án D
- on cloud nine ~ extremely happy: cực kì sung sướng/ hạnh phúc, lên đến chín tầng mây
A. extremely panicked: cực kì hoảng sợ
B. obviously delighted: rất vui sướng
C. incredibly optimistic: cực kì lạc quan
D. desperately sad: cực kì buồn, rất buồn
Do đó: on cloud nine desperately sad

Dịch: Sally vừa mới nhận được học bổng toàn phần đến một trong những trường đại học danh
tiếng nhất
trên thế giới, bây giờ chắc là cô ấy rất vui sướng.
Question 6 Chọn đáp án A
- impediment /ɪmˈpedɪmənt/ (n) ~ obstacle /ˈɒbstəkl/ (n): chứng ngại, sự trở ngại
- advantage /ədˈvɑːntɪdʒ/ (n): thuận lợi
- barrier /ˈbæriə(r)/ (n); rào cản
- disadvantage /ˌdɪsədˈvɑːntɪdʒ/ (n): bất lợi
Do đó: impediment advantage

Dịch: Tình trạng sức khỏe không phải là rào cản ảnh hưởng đến sự nghiệp ca hát của cô ấy. Cô ấy
đã đạt được nhiều giải thưởng.
- catch/ take the fancy of.../ one’s fancy ~ attract/ please someone: thu hút, làm ai thích thú
- satisfy (v): làm hài lòng
- amuse (v): làm buồn cười, giải trí
- attract (v): thu hút, hấp dẫn
- surprise (v): làm ngạc nhiên
Do đó: catch the fancy of ~ attract
Dịch: Bộ phim hoạt hình mới thu hút bọn trẻ.
Trang 12/19
- give yourself up to sb ~ suưender to sb: đầu hàng ai
- confide yourself: giãi bày tâm sự
- accommodate yourself: làm cho mình thích nghi
- go up: tăng lên
Dịch: Kẻ bắt cóc đã đầu hàng cảnh sát.
Trang 13/19
Kelly: “Bạn thật tốt khi cho mình đi nhờ xe về nhà.” => lời cảm ơn
A. Thực sự thì bạn khá tốt.
B. Ô, đừng làm điều đó. Mình đi ngang qua nhà bạn.
C. Mình không hài lòng.
D. Ô, không có gì đâu. Mình tiện đường đi ngang qua nhà bạn luôn.
+ give sb a lift: cho ai đi nhờ xe + as a matter of fact ~ actually: thực tế thì, thực sự
Hoa: Môn bơi lội nên được dạy trong nhà trường.
Nam: ... Đó là một kĩ năng sống cần thiết
A. Ồ, đó là một vấn đề.
B. Tớ hoàn toàn đồng ý với cậu. (~ I totally agree with you.)
C. Không có gì (dùng để đáp lại lời cảm ơn)
D. Cậu có thể làm nó.
- turn up (ph.v) ~ arrive: đến
E.g: We arranged to meet in front of the cinema yesterday, but he didn’t turn up. (Hôm qua
chúng tôi
định gặp nhau trước rạp chiếu phim, nhưng anh ấy đã không đến.)
- get on (ph.v) ~ be successful: thành công
E.g: I hope he will get on. (Tôi hi vọng anh ấy sẽ thành công.)
- get out (ph.v): thoát ra, để lộ ra ngoài (tin tức, ...)
E.g: If this gets out, we will get into trouble. (Nếu điều này lộ ra ngoài thì chúng ta sẽ gặp rắc rối.)
- turn down (ph.v) ~ refuse: từ chối
E.g: She turned down my invitation. (Cô ấy đã từ chối lời mời của tôi.)
Dịch: Nhiều bố mẹ có khuynh hướng bắt ép các con của mình chăm học vì họ tin rằng học giỏi
sẽ giúp chúng thành công trong tương lai.
- get/ become + adj (trở nên như thế nào ..,)
- Cấu trúc: short adj - er + and + short adj - er/ more and more + long adj (so sánh kép với tính
từ: ngày càng)
Trang 14/19
E.g: He studies harder and harder. (Anh ta học ngày càng chăm chỉ hơn.)
Life in the city is becoming more and more difficult. (Cuộc sống ở thành phố ngày càng trở nên
khó khăn hơn.)
Dịch: Trời ngày càng lạnh hơn khi mùa đông đang đến.
Trang 15/19
Note 1
Double comparison (So sánh kép)
+ Cùng tính từ /trạng từ
Short adj/ adv: S + V + adj/adv + er + and + adj/adv +
erLong adj/ adv: S + V + more and more + adj/adv
E.g: It gets darker and darker. (Trời càng ngày càng tối.)
+ Khác tính từ/ trạng từ
The + comparative (hình thức so sánh hơn) + S + V + the comparative + S + V
E.g: - The hotter it is, the more uncomfortable I feel. (Trời càng nóng thì tôi càng cảm thấy khó chịu
hơn.)
- The more you study, the better you will be. (Bạn càng chăm học thì bạn sẽ càng giỏi hơn.)
- The more English words we know the better we speak. (Chúng ta biết càng nhiều từ tiếng Anh thì chúng
ta nói tiếng Anh càng tốt.)
- far-reaching (adj): Có ảnh hưởng sâu rộng, tác động lớn
E.g: I think that this decision will have far-reaching consequences. (Tôi nghĩ rằng quyết định
này sẽ dẫn đến nhiều hậu quả lớn.)
- far-gone (adj): ốm rất nặng, say mềm
E.g: Last night, my husband was so far-gone that he couldn’t walk. (Tối qua chồng tôi say đến nỗi
không
thể đi được.)
- far-off (adj): xa xôi, xa xưa
E.g: They want to live in a far-off country. (Họ muốn sống ở một đất nước xa xôi.)
- far-flung (adj): xa, trải rộng bao la
E.g: She wants to travel to the most far-flung regions of the world. (Cô ấy muốn đi du lịch đến
những
vùng xa nhất trên thế giới.)
Dịch: Tổ chức đã trải qua những cuộc cải cách lớn.
- be due to V: mong đợi xảy ra (nói về 1 sự kiện/ sự việc mong đợi xảy ra tại thời điểm cụ thể
nào đó
trong tương lai (có kèm thời gian))
- due to + V-ing/N ~ because of: bởi vì
E.g: The match was cancelled due to the heavy snow.
- be bound to + V ~ certain or extremely likely to happen: chắc chắn xảy ra
E.g: It’s bound to be rainy again tomorrow.
- be about to + V ~ to be going to do something very soon: sắp sửa làm gì đó
Trang 16/19
E.g: They are about to leave here.
- be on the point of + V-ing ~ to be going to do something very soon: sắp sửa làm gì đó
E.g: When they were on the point of giving up hope, a man arrived and helped them.
Dịch: Cuộc thi hoa hậu chắc chắn sẽ bắt đầu lúc 8 giờ 30 sáng thứ 2 tuần sau theo giờ của chúng
ta.
Trang 17/19
Note 2
Một số cụm từ diễn tâ nghĩa tưong tự như to be about to infinitive
- be about to + bare Verb: sắp làm gì đó
- be on the verge of/ on the brink of/ on the point of + Ving/ N: đều diễn tả một điều gì đó, hành
động
nào đó sắp xảy ra (Tuy nhiên, cụm từ "on the point of" mang phong văn trang trọng hơn cả)
E.g: - People are on the verge of starvation as the drought continues. (Mọi người sắp chết đói khi
hạn hán
tiếp tục.)
- She is on the point of bursting into tears. (Cô ta sắp bật khóc.)
- be due to + infinitive: nói về 1 sự kiện/ sự việc mong đợi xảy ra tại thời điểm cụ thể nào đó trong
tương
lai (có kèm thời gian)
E.g: The train is due to leave at 5 a.m.
+ due to + N (do, vì): còn dùng để đưa ra lý do cho điều gì đó
E.g: Due to illness, Mary is unable to perform tonight. (Vì bị ốm nên Mary không thể biểu diễn tối
nay
được.)
- be set to + infinitive: nói về những thứ sắp xảy ra theo dự kiến
E.g: Prices are set to rise once more.
- be bound/sure/certain to + infinitive: khẳng định điều gì đó chắc chắn sẽ xảy ra trong tương lai
E.g: The president is certain to resign. (Chủ tịch chắc chắn sẽ từ chức.)

Mệnh đề if: If people paid a little more attention to the environment-if + S + V2/ed ...  câu điều
kiện loại 2
Cấu trúc: If + S + V2/ed ..., S + would + V(bare-inf) ... (câu điều kiện
loại 2) Câu điều kiện loại 2 diễn tả sự việc trái với thực tế hiện tại.
Dịch: Nếu con người quan tâm đến môi trường hơn thì trái đất sẽ xanh hơn.
If clause Main clause

If + S + V (present tense)... S+ will /can/may + V (bare-inf)
Trang 18/19
Note
3
Các loại câu điều kiện cơ bản:
- Câu điều kiện loại 1
Đây là loại câu điều kiện có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai
E.g: If the weather is nice, we will go swimming.

If clause Main Clause
If + S + V-ed/V2,… S + would/could + V (bare-
inf)
Trang 19/19
Tobe:
were/weren’t
E.g: If I were you, I would follow her advice
- Câu điều kiện loại 3
Đây là câu điều kiện trái với thực tế trong quá khứ
If clause Main Clause
If +S +had + Vpp S+ would/could + have +Vpp
E.g:
CâuIf I16had stuied
Chọn đápthe
ánlessons,
C I could have answerd the question yesterday.
Chủ ngữ là “nobody” mang nghĩa phủ định nên phía sau ta dùng câu hỏi đuôi ở dạng khẳng
định và dùng
đại từ “they” để thay thế.
Dịch: Không ai đến đó phải không?
- imagination /ɪˌmædʒɪˈneɪʃn/ (n): sự tưởng tượng, trí tưởng tượng
E.g: My daughter has a very vivid imagination. (Con gái tôi có một trí tưởng tượng rất phong
phú.)
- imaginable /ɪˈmædʒɪnəbl/ ~ possible to think of/ imagine (adj): có thể tưởng tượng, hình dung
được
E.g: What they went through is hardly imaginable. (Những gì họ đã trải qua thì khó mà hình
dung được.)
- imaginative /ɪˈmædʒɪnətɪv/ ~ inventive, creative (adj): sáng tạo, giàu trí tưởng tượng, có nhiều
ý tưởng mới mẻ
E.g: You should be more imaginative if you want to win this contest. (Bạn nên sáng tạo hơn nếu
bạn muốn thắng cuộc thi này.)
- imaginary (adj): tưởng tượng, ảo, không có thật
E.g: The story is completely imaginary. (Câu chuyện hoàn toàn không
có thật.) Dịch: Giáo viên thích bài văn của cô ấy vì nó rất sáng tạo.
- accustomed to sth: quen với cái gì
E.g: I had grown accustomed to his long absences in my life. (Tôi đã dần quen với việc không có
anh ấy
trong cuộc đời mình.)
- unconscious of sth: mất nhận thức, không ý thức được về điều gì
E.g: She was unconscious of the danger. (Cô ấy đã không ý thức được nguy hiểm.)
- familiar with sth: quen với cái gì
E.g: I am familliar with traffic in this city
Trang 20/19
- aware of sth: có ý thức, nhận thức về điều gì
E.g: They were well aware of the problem. (Họ nhận thức rất rõ về vấn đề.)
Dịch: Tôi đã sống ở thành phố này quá lâu nên tôi đã quen với tiếng ồn của các phương tiện giao
thông.
- permit /pəˈmɪt/(v): Cho phép
E.g: Mobile phones are not permitted in the class. (Không được phép sử dụng điện thoại di động
trong
lớp học.)
- omit (v): bỏ đi, bỏ quên
Trang 21/19
E.g: You can omit these questions. (Bạn có thể bỏ đi những câu hỏi này.)
- submit /səbˈmɪt/ (v): nộp
E.g: You have to submit your application before next Monday. (Bạn phải nộp đơn trước thứ 2
tuần sau.)
- admit /ədˈmɪt/ (v): thừa nhận
E.g: She admitted making a serious mistake. (Cô ấy thừa nhận đã phạm lỗi nghiêm trọng.)
Dịch: Tất cả các ứng viên phải nộp 1 bản CV đầy đủ cùng với đơn xin việc trước ngày 1 tháng 10.
That book is about the people in Samoa. She lived among them for two years, (them = the
people in Samoa)  That book is about the people in Samoa whom she lived among for two
years, (“whom” thay thế cho “them”)  That book is about the people in Samoa among whom
she lived for two years. (chuyển giới từ lên trước đại từ quan hệ)
A. That she lived (thiếu giới từ “among”)
B. That she lived among them (“that” thay thế cho “them” nên “them” được lược bỏ)
D. Where she lived among them (sai đại từ quan hệ và thừa “them”)
Dịch: Cuốn sách đó viết về người dân ở Samoa mà bà ấy đã sống cùng khoảng 2 năm.
Note 4
- Mệnh đề quan hệ (Relative clauses) là mệnh đề phụ dùng để giải thích rõ hơn về danh từ đứng
trước nó.
Mệnh đề quan hệ đứng ngay sau danh từ mà nó bổ nghĩa.
E.g: The girl is Nam’s girlfriend. She is sitting next to me.
=> The girl who is sitting next to me is Nam’s girlfriend.
- Mệnh đề quan hệ thường được nối với mệnh đề chính bằng các đại từ quan hệ (relative
pronouns): who, whom, which, whose, that hoặc các trạng từ quan hệ (relative adverbs): where,
when, why
+ Who: được dùng làm chủ ngữ trong mệnh đề quan hệ, thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người.
-E.g: My close friend who sings very well is your brother.
+ Which: được dùng làm chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ trong mệnh đề quan hệ, thay thế cho danh từ chỉ
vật
E.g: Do you see the book which is on the table?
+ Whom: được dùng làm tân ngữ trong mệnh đề quan hệ, thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người
E.g: The man whom I met yesterday is Hoa’s brother.
+ Whose: được dùng để chỉ sở hữu cho danh từ chỉ người hoặc vật đứng trước. Sau whose là
danh từ mà nó làm sở hữu.
E.g: Do you know the girl whose mother is a famous artist?
+ That: được dùng để thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người hoặc vật “That” dùng để thay cho “who,
Trang 22/19
whom, which” trong mệnh đề quan hệ xác định
E.g: I don’t like houses which/ that are very old.
Các trường hợp nên dùng “that”
- Khi nó đi sau các hình thức so sánh nhất
E.g: It is the most boring book that I have read.
- Khi nó đi sau các từ: only, the first,..the last
E.g: He is the first man that I have loved.
- Khi danh từ phía trước chỉ người và vật
Trang 23/19
E.g: He is talking about the people and places that he visited.
- Khi nó đi sau các đại từ bất định: nobody, no one, nothing, anything, any one, anybody, any, some,
someone, somebody, all.
E.g: These books are all that my grandmother left me.
+ Where: là trạng từ quan hệ để thay thế cho các từ/cụm từ chỉ địa điểm, nơi chốn.
E.g: This is my hometown. I was bom and grew up here.
=> This is my hometown where I was bom and grew up.
+ When: là trạng từ quan hệ để thay thế cho cụm từ/từ chỉ thời gian.
E.g: That was the day. I met my wife on this day.
=> That was the day when I met my wife.
+ Why: là trạng từ quan hộ chỉ lý do, thường thay cho cụm for the reason; for that reason... N (reason)
+ WHY + S + V...
E.g: I don’t know the reason. You didn’t go to school for that reason.
=> I don’t know the reason why you didn’t go to school.
Cấu trúc thì quá khứ hoàn thành: S + had + Vpp + ....
Thì quá khứ hoàn thành diễn tả hành động xảy ra và hoàn tất trước một hành động khác
trong quá khứ Dịch: Lúc đứa con đầu tiên của họ được sinh ra thì họ đã kết hôn được 3 năm
rồi.
Cấu trúc: - as: như (dùng trong so sánh bằng)
- the same + N: cùng, giống ... (dùng trong so sánh bằng)
- the more + adj/ adv: càng ... (dùng trong so sánh kép)
- all the more + adj ~ even more ... (than before): càng/ thậm chí còn .. .hơn (so với trước)
Dịch: Cô gái này không tiết lộ nhiều về bản thân mình và điều này càng làm cho cô ấy trở nên
quyến rũ hơn.
- be based on/ upon: được dựa vào, căn cứ vào
E.g: The film is based on a real-life story. (Bộ phim được dựa theo một câu chuyện đời thực.)
" One of the most important inventions in the development of science and medicine was the
microscope. It was based upon the principle that light could be “refracted” or bent, by a glass
lens. (Một trong những phát minh quan trọng nhất trong sự phát triển của khoa học và y học là
kính hiển vi. Nó hoạt động dựa theo nguyên tắc khúc xạ ánh sáng qua thấu kính thủy tinh.)
Trang 24/19
- in size (phrase): về kích thước, độ lớn
“It was soon discovered that tiny objects could be magnified in size when viewed through a
glass lens...” (Người ta đã sớm khám phá ra rằng những vật thể nhỏ có thể được phóng to về
kích thước khi được quan sát qua một thấu kính thủy tinh...)
Trang 25/19
- procedure (n): phương pháp, cách thức, thủ tục
- manner (n): cách, kiểu
+ in + a/ an + adj + manner: the way in which something is done or happens: theo cách ...
- fashion (n): kiểu cách, thời trang
+ in fashion: đúng mốt, hợp thời trang
- character (n): tính cách
“It was soon discovered that tiny objects could be magnified in size when viewed through a
glass lens that had been ground and polished in a specific manner. (Người ta đã sớm khám phá
ra rằng những vật thể nhỏ có thể được phóng to về kích thước khi được quan sát qua một thấu
kính thủy tinh được mài và đánh bóng theo cách riêng.)
Cấu trúc: - It was not until + S + V2/ed ... + that + ... (Mãi cho đến khi... thì...)
E.g: It was not until midnight that I went home. (Mãi cho đến nửa đêm thì tôi mới về nhà.)
"... it was not until the 13th and 14th centuries in Europe that it was put to practical use in the
form of eyeglasses” (nhưng mãi cho đến thế kỉ 13 và 14 thì ở châu Âu nó mới được đưa vào sử
dụng thực tiễn dưới hình thức kính mắt)
- grant (v): cho, cấp
- grind (v): mài, giũa
- scrape (v): nạo, cạo, gọt, gạt
- rub (v): cọ xát
“Bom in Delft, Holland, he became skilled at grinding very sharp and accurate
magnifying lenses” (Sinh ra ở Delft, Hà Lan nên ông rất giỏi trong việc mài các loại kính
lúp rất sắc và chính xác.)
Bài đọc này chủ yếu thảo luận về điều gì?
A. Những sự thay đổi của Carnegie Hall
B. Sự xuất hiện của Carnegie Hall
C. Lịch sử của Carnegie Hall suốt thời kì Đại suy thoái
D. Thiệt hại cho trần nhà ở Carnegie Hall
Từ câu đầu tiên của bài đọc: “Carnegie Hall, which is a famous concert hall in New York City,
has again undergone a restoration” (Carnegie Hall, một phòng hòa nhạc nổi tiếng ở thành phố
New York lại trải qua một sự phục hồi.) đến những đoạn tiếp theo tác giả nói về việc Carnegie
Trang 26/19
Hall được sửa chữa phục hồi như thế nào.
- dangerous (adj): nguy hiểm
- significant (adj): đầy ý nghĩa, đáng chú ý
- detrimental ~ harmful (adj): có hại
- extreme (adj): vô cùng, cực độ
Trang 27/19
“Despite its reputation, the concert hall suffered from several detrimental renovations over the
years”
(Mặc dù có danh tiếng nhưng phòng hòa nhạc đã chịu một số sự phục hồi có hại trong những
năm qua.)
Sự thay đổi lớn xảy ra với hội trường vào năm 1946?
A. Mái vòm âm thanh bị hư hỏng
B. Không gian trong tòa nhà được bán cho các doanh nghiệp thương mại
C. Những bức tường bị hư hại trong một trận động đất.
D. Sân khấu được cải tạo
Dẫn chứng: A renovation in 1946 seriously damaged the acoustical quality of the hall when the
makers of the film Carnegie Hall cut a gaping hole in the dome of the ceiling to allow for lights
and air vents. (Một sự đổi mới vào năm 1946 đã gây thiệt hại nghiêm trọng đến chất lượng âm
thanh của căn phòng khi các nhà sản xuất phim Carnegie Hall cắt một lỗ trong mái vòm trần
nhà để có ánh sáng và lỗ thông hơi.)
Andrew Carnegie là ai?
A. một nghệ sĩ vĩ cầm
B. một kiến trúc sư
C. một ông chủ nhà máy thép
D. thị trưởng thành phố New York
Dẫn chứng: “Carnegie Hall owes its existence to Andrew Carnegie, the wealthy owner of a steel
company in the late 1800s” (Carnegie Hall có được sự tồn tại là nhờ vào Andrew Carnegie, ông
chủ giàu có của một công ty thép vào cuối thập niên 1800.)
Mối quan hệ của Isaac Stem với Carnegie Hall là gì?
A. Ông đã sản xuất bộ phim “Carnegie Hall” vào năm 1946.
B. Ông đã biểu diễn vào đêm khai mạc vào năm 1891.
C. Ông đã cố gắng để cứu hội trường, bắt đầu vào năm I960.
D. Ông đã mở một quán cà phê ở Carnegie Hall suốt thời kì suy thoái.
Dẫn chứng: In 1960, the violinist Isaac Stem became involved in restoring the hall after a group
of real estate developers unveiled plans to demolish Carnegie Hall and build a high-rise office
building on the site. (Vào năm 1960, nghệ sĩ vĩ cầm Isaac Stem đã tham gia vào việc khôi phục
lại hội trường sau khi một nhóm nhà phát triển bất động sản công bố kế hoạch phá hủy
Carnegie Hall và xây dựng một tòa nhà văn phòng cao tầng trên trang web.)
Question 33 chọn đáp án D
Trang 28/19
Điều gì có thể là khía cạnh quan trọng nhất của sự đổi mới gần đây?
A. phục hồi lại bức tường bên ngoài
B. mở rộng hành lang
C. phục hồi lại thạch cao trang trí
D. sửa chữa trần nhà
Dẫn chứng: In the current restoration, builders tested each new material for its sound qualities,
and they replaced the hole in the ceiling with a dome. (Trong quá trình phục hồi hiện thời thì
các nhà xây dựng đã
Trang 29/19
thử nghiệm mỗi loại vật liệu mới cho chất lượng âm thanh, và họ đã thay thế cái lỗ trên trần nhà
bằng một
mái vòm.)
- announce (v): tuyên bố, công bố
- restrict (v): hạn chế, giới hạn
- overshadow (v): che bóng, che mắt, làm lu mờ, làm đen tối
- locate (v): đặt, xác định đúng vị trí
In 1960, the violinist Isaac Stem hecame involved in restoring the hall after a group of real estate
developers unveiled plans to demolish Carnegie Hall and build a high-rise office building on
the site. This threat spurred Stem to rally public support for Carnegie Hall and encourage the
City of New York to buy the property. (Vào năm 1960, nghệ sĩ vĩ cầm Isaac Stem đã tham gia
vào việc khôi phục lại hội trường sau khi một nhóm nhà phát triển bất động sản công bố kế
hoạch phá hủy Carnegie Hall và xây dựng một tòa nhà văn phòng cao tầng trên trang web. Mối
đe dọa này đã thúc đẩy Stem tập hợp được sự ủng hộ của quần chúng cho Carnegie Hall và
khuyến khích thành phố New York mua tài sản.)
Do đó: unveiled ~ announced
- curious (adj): tò mò
- unhappy (adj): buồn, bất hạnh
- thoughtful (adj): trầm tư
- uncertain (adj): không chắc chắn
“Happiness and sadness are experienced by people in all cultures around the world, but how
can we tell when other people are happy or despondent?” (Con người từ khắp mọi nền văn hóa
trên thế giới đều trải qua niềm vui và nỗi buồn, nhưng làm thế nào chúng ta có thể biết được
khi nào người khác vui hay buồn?)
Do đó: despondent ~ sad, unhappy
Tác giả đề cập “Baring the teeth in a hostile way - nhe răng một cách thù địch” để ....................
A. phân biệt một ý nghĩa có thể của một biểu hiện khuôn mặt đặc biệt với những ý nghĩa khác
của nó
B. ủng hộ thuyết tiến hóa của Darwin
C. cung cấp ví dụ về biểu hiện khuôn mặt mà hầu hết mọi người đều hiểu
D. đối chiếu một biểu hiện khuôn mặt mà mọi người dễ hiểu với những biểu hiện khuôn mặt
Trang 30/19
khác
Dẫn chứng: It turns out that the expression of many emotions may be universal. Smiling is
apparently a universal sign of friendliness and approval. Baring the teeth in a hostile way, as
noted by Charles Darwin in the nineteenth century, may be a universal sign of anger. (Hóa ra
biểu hiện của nhiều cảm xúc có thể phổ quát. Mỉm cười có vẻ là một dấu hiệu chung cho sự
thân thiện và sự đồng tình. Nhe răng một cách thù địch, như Darwin đã ghi nhận vào thế kỉ 19,
có thể là một dấu hiệu chung cho sự tức giận.)
=> “Smiling, baring the teeth” là các ví dụ minh chứng cho việc biểu hiện trên khuôn mặt
chung với tất cả mọi người.
Trang 31/19
Từ “them” trong bài đọc đề cập đến .
A. những cảm xúc B. con người C. những bức ảnh D. các nền văn hóa
Dẫn chứng: “In classic research Paul Ekman look photographs of people exhibiting the
emotions of anger, disgust, fear, happiness, and sadness. He then asked people around the
world to indicate what emotions were being depicted in them,” (Trong nghiên cứu kinh điển,
Paul Ekman đã chụp những bức
ảnh về con người biểu lộ sự tức giận, sợ hãi, hạnh phúc và buồn bã. Sau đó, ông ấy yêu cầu mọi
người khắp thế giới chỉ ra những cảm xúc gì đang được miêu tả trong các bức ảnh.)
Do đó: them = photographs
Theo đoạn 2, điều nào sau đây ĐÚNG về bộ tộc Fore ở New Guinea?
A. Họ không muốn trưng bày những bức ảnh.
B. Họ nổi tiếng với kĩ năng kể chuyện.
C. Họ biết rất ít về văn hóa Phương Tây.
D. Họ không khuyến khích biểu hiện cảm xúc.
Dẫn chứng: “All groups, including the Fore, who had almost no contact with Western culture,
agreed on the portrayed emotions.” (Tất cả các nhóm, bao gồm cả tộc Fore mà gần như không
tiếp xúc với văn hóa Phương Tây, đều đồng tình về những cảm xúc được miêu tả.)
Theo bài đọc, Darwin tin điều gì sẽ xảy ra với những cảm xúc con người mà không được biểu lộ?
A. Chúng sẽ giảm bớt cường độ hơn
B. Chúng sẽ kéo dài hơn bình thường
C. Chúng sẽ gây ra những vấn đề về sau
D. Chúng sẽ trở nên tiêu cực hơn
Dẫn chứng: “The free expression by outward signs of an emotion intensifies it. On the other
hand, the repression, as far as possible, of all outward signs softens our emotions.” (Tự do biểu
lộ cảm xúc ra các dấu hiệu bên ngoài làm cho cường độ cảm xúc mạnh lên. Mặt khác, sự kìm
nén cảm xúc ra bên ngoài càng lớn sẽ làm giảm bớt cường độ cảm xúc của chúng ta.)
Theo bài đọc, nghiên cứu liên quan đến điều nào sau đây ủng hộ giả thuyết phản ứng bằng cơ
mặt?
A. Những phản ứng của con người trong thí nghiệm đối với phim hoạt hình
B. Xu hướng của con người trong thí nghiệm cộng tác với nhau
C. Sự giải phóng các chất dẫn truyền thần kinh của con người suốt thí nghiệm
D. Những ảnh hưởng lâu dài của việc kìm nén cảm xúc
Trang 32/19
Dẫn chứng: “Psychological research has given rise to some interesting findings concerning the
facial- feedback hypothesis. Causing participants in experiments to smile, for example, leads
them to report more positive feelings and to rate cartoons as being more humorous.” (Nghiên
cứu tâm lý đã mang lại một số phát hiện thú vị liên quan đến giả thuyết phản ứng bằng cơ mặt.
Chẳng hạn như, việc khiến những người tham gia thí nghiệm mỉm cười khiến cho họ có cảm
xúc tích cực hơn và đánh giá phim hoạt hình hài hước hơn.)
- judge (v): đánh giá
Trang 33/19
- reject (v): từ chối
- draw (v): vẽ
- want (v): muốn
Dẫn chứng: “Causing participants in experiments to smile, for example, leads them to report
more positive feelings and to rate cartoons as being more humorous.” (Chẳng hạn như, việc
khiến những người tham gia thí nghiệm mỉm cười khiến cho họ có cảm xúc tích cực hơn và
đánh giá phim hoạt hình hài hước hơn.)
Do đó: rate judge
Theo bài đọc, mím chặt môi trên cơ thể có những ảnh hưởng nào sau đây?
A. ban đầu ngăn chặn căng thẳng, sau đó làm gia tăng căng thẳng
B. gây ra nỗi sợ hãi và căng thẳng cho những người nhìn thấy nó
C. làm hại đến các cơ môi
D. làm tăng hoặc giảm phản ứng cảm xúc.
Dẫn chứng: Ekman’s observation may be relevant to the British expression “keep a stiff upper
lip” as a recommendation for handling stress. It might be that a “stiff” lip suppresses emotional
response -- as long as the lip is not quivering with fear or tension. But when the emotion that
leads to stiffening the lip is more intense, and involves strong muscle tension, facial feedback
may heighten emotional response. (Quan sát của Ekman có thể liên quan đến thành ngữ của
người Anh “giữ cho môi trên không run rẩy” như là một lời khuyên để xử lý căng thẳng. Nó có
thể là một môi “cứng” ngăn chặn phản ứng cảm xúc - miễn là môi không run lên vì sợ hãi hay
căng thẳng. Nhưng khi cảm xúc dẫn đến việc mím chặt môi mạnh hơn và liên quan đến việc
căng cơ mạnh, thì phản ứng trên cơ mặt có thể làm tăng phản ứng cảm xúc.)
Câu ban đầu: Tiếng Pháp là ngôn ngữ duy nhất ngoại trừ Tiếng Anh được nói ở 5
châu lục. Cấu trúc: - other than: ngoại trừ
E.g: I don’t know any French people other than you,
A. Tiếng Pháp và Tiếng Anh là những ngôn ngữ duy nhất được nói ở 5 châu lục
B. Không giống như Tiếng Pháp, Tiếng Anh được nói ở 5 châu lục
C. Tiếng Pháp và Tiếng Anh được nói nhiều ở các nhóm văn phòng và thương mại.
D. Trước Tiếng Anh, Tiếng Pháp là ngôn ngữ duy nhất được nói ở 5 châu lục.
Câu ban đầu: “Đừng quên nộp bài tập của các em trước thứ 6 nhé,” giáo viên nói với các học sinh.
Trang 34/19
Cấu trúc: - remind sb to do sth: nhắc nhở ai làm gì đó
- allow sb to do sth: cho phép ai làm gì đó
- order sb to do sth: ra lệnh ai làm gì đó
- encourage sb to do sth: khuyến khích/ động viên ai làm gì đó
Ta dùng: “Don’t forget + to V “Đừng quên làm gì đó” để đưa ra lời nhắc nhở đối với ai đó
Trang 35/19
Note 5
Reported speech with infinitives:
Form 1: S + V + O + (not) + to V, ….
Các động từ thường gặp trong dạng này là ask; tell; order (ra lệnh); invite (mời); beg (cầu xin);
urge (hối thúc); encourage (khuyến khích); advise (khuyên); warn (cảnh báo); remind (nhắc
nhở); command (ra lệnh); entreat (mong đợi); forbid (ngăn cấm); invite (mời); instruct (hướng
dẫn); persuade (thuyết phục); recommend (khuyên); request (yêu cầu)
E.g: “Don’t forget to get up early.”, my mother said.
My mother reminded me to get up early. (Mẹ tôi nhắc nhở tôi thức dậy sớm)
Form 2: S + V + to V, …
Các động từ thường gặp trong dạng này là promise (hứa); threaten (đe dọa); agree (đồng ý);
offer (đề nghị giúp ai); refuse (từ chối); propose (có ý định); volunteer (tình nguyện); hope (hi
vọng); demand (yêu cầu); guarantee (bảo đảm); swear/vow (thề nguyền)
E.g: " I will kill you if you call police", the man said
=> The man threatened to kill me if I called the police.

Câu ban đầu: Cậu ấy không ăn bất cứ thứ gì ngoài vài mẩu bánh mỳ và bơ
A. Cậu ấy đã ăn mấy mẩu bánh mỳ nhỏ và bơ nhưng không thích chúng.
B. Cậu ấy chỉ ăn một vài mẩu bánh mỳ và bơ.
C. Cậu ấy không ăn bất cứ thứ gì, ngay cả bánh mỳ và bơ.
D. Cậu ấy không động đến bánh mỳ và bơ, nhưng cậu ấy ăn những thứ khác.
- exhaustive (adj): including everything possible; very thorough or complete: toàn diện hết mọi
khía cạnh
+ exhaustive research: nghiên cứu toàn diện
- exhausting (adj): làm kiệt sức, mệt nhoài
- academic performance (n, p): thành tích học tập
Do đó: exhausting => exhaustive
“Chúng tôi đã tiến hành nghiên cứu toàn diện ảnh hưởng của điện thoại thông minh vào cách
cư xử và thành tích học tập của học sinh.”
Trang 36/19
Cấu trúc: - Adv of place + V + S (đảo ngữ trạng từ nơi chốn lên trước để nhấn mạnh)
E.g: Under the tree slept a girl.
- Hundreds of + N-plural + V -plural
E.g: Hundreds of people are standing in front of the cinema.
Do đó: is => are
“Trên bàn là hàng trăm cuốn sách được viết bằng Tiếng Anh.”
Trang 37/19
Note 6
- Đảo ngữ với các trạng từ chỉ phương hướng hoặc vị trí
Khi câu bắt đầu bằng một từ hoặc một cụm trạng ngữ chỉ phương hướng hoặc vị trí thì động từ được đảo
lên trước chủ ngữ.
- Mary walked into the conference room.
=> Into the conference room walked Mary.
- Các động từ được sử dụng trong dạng đảo ngữ này chủ yếu là các động từ chỉ sự chuyển động như: BE,
CLIMB, COME, FLY, GO, HANG, LIE, RUN, SIT, STAND, SWIM, WALK, ...
- Thường chỉ dùng dạng đảo ngữ này khi động từ ở thì quá khứ đơn.
- Trường hợp đảo ngữ này, không sử dụng trợ động từ mà sử dụng trực tiếp động từ đặt trước chủ từ.
- Không đảo ngữ khi chủ từ là đại từ.
E.g: Into the conference room she walked, (không được đảo thành walked she)
Đảo ngữ với các trạng từ chỉ thứ tự thời gian như first, next, now, then đi với động từ be hoặc come
E.g: First comes love, then comes marriage. (Tình yêu đến trước rồi mới đến hôn nhân.)
Cấu trúc: S + V + multiple number (half/ twice/ three times/....) + as + much/many/adj/adv + (N)
+ as
+ N/pronoun (so sánh bội so)
E.g: The yellow skirt costs twice as much as the red one. (Cái váy mầu vàng có giá gấp đôi cái
váy màu
đỏ.)
Do đó; as much than => as much as
“Tim là một bác sĩ và cậu ấy kiếm được gấp đôi anh trai cậu ấy.”
Note 7
Multiple numbers comparison (So sánh gấp nhiều lần)
Là loại so sánh gấp rưỡi, gấp đôi, gấp 3. Nên nhớ rằng trong cấu trúc này không được dùng so sánh hơn
kém mà phải dùng so sánh bằng.
S + V + multiple numbers + as + much/many/adj/adv + (N) + as + N/pronoun

Multiple numbers: half/twice/3,4,5...times/Phân số/phần trăm.
E.g: She types twice as fast as I do.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions.
“Anh ấy đã giúp đỡ chúng ta rất nhiều trong dự án này. Chúng ta đã không thể tiếp tục nếu
không có anh
ấy.”
Đây là sự việc trong quá khứ nên ta phải dùng câu điều kiện loại 3 để diễn tả sự việc trái trái thực
tế trong quá khứ.
Trang 38/19
- Provided: miễn là
- But for + N: nếu không có
-Unless If ...not: nếu... không
A. Miễn là sự đóng góp của anh ấy sẽ không đến thì chúng tôi không thể tiếp tục dự án. (sai cấu
trúc)
Trang 39/19
B. Nếu không có sự đóng góp của anh ấy thì chúng tôi đã có thể tiếp tục dự án. (sai nghĩa)
C. Nếu chúng tôi không có sự đóng góp của anh ấy thì chúng tôi có thể tiếp tục dự án. (sai nghĩa
và cấu
trúc)
D. Nếu anh ấy đã không đóng góp tích cực thì chúng tôi không thể tiếp tục dự án
Note 8
Những cách khác để diễn đạt câu điều kiện:
a. Unless = If....not (Trừ phi, nếu...không)
E.g: If you don’t study hard, you can’t pass the exam. = Unless you study hard, you can’t pass the exam.
b. Suppose / Supposing (giả sử như), in case (trong trường hợp), even if (ngay cả khi, cho dù), as
long as, so long as, provided (that), on condition (that) (miễn là, với điều kiện là) có thể thay cho if
trong câu điều kiện
E.g: Supposing (that) you are wrong, what will you do then?
c. Without/ But for: nếu không có
E.g: Without water, life wouldn’t exist. = If there were no water, life wouldn’t exist.

“Cơn bão quá mạnh. Nhiều gia đình phải được sơ tán đến những nơi an toàn trong thành phố.”
A. Mặc dù cơn bão không mạnh nhưng nhiều gia đình phải được sơ tán đến những nơi an
toàn trong thành phố. (sai nghĩa)
B. Cơn bão quá mạnh nên nhiều gia đình phải được sơ tán đến những nơi an toàn trong thành
phố.
C. Nhiều gia đình phải được sơ tán đến những nơi an toàn trong thành phố mặc dù cơn bão
mạnh, (sai
nghĩa)
D. Sai cấu trúc (so a great storm => such a great storm/ so great a storm)
Cấu trúc: - So + adj + be + S + that + S + V... (đảo ngữ với so)
Note 9
Đảo ngữ với so/ such
So + adj + be + S + that + a clause
So + adv + trợ động từ + S + V + that + a clause
E.g: So dangerous did weather conditions become that all roads were closed.
Such + be + N + that + a clause
E.g: Such was her anger that she couldn’t say anything. (Cô ấy giận đến mức mà cô ấy đã không nói gì.)
+ Be so much/great đổi thành such be noun
E.g: The force of the storm was so great that trees were uprooted.
 Such was the force of the storm that trees were uproored. ( = The force of the storm was such that...)
Trang 40/19
BẢNG MỤC TIÊU ÔN LUYỆN
Thời gian làm bài: ........................................
Bắt đầu lúc ........................................ Kết thúc lúc ........................................
Số điểm mục tiêu: ........................................
Số điểm thực tế: ........................................
Kiến thức quan trọng: - ........................................
- ........................................
- ........................................
If it doesn’t challenge you,
If it doesn’t challenge you!
- Fred Deuto –
BẢNG GHI CHÚ KIẾNTHỨC
Câu Nội Dung Ghi Chú

………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
Trang 24/19
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
Em đã bỏ quên kiến thức quan trọng nào không? – Nhớ ghi lại sau mỗi đề nhé!
Trang 25/19
Trang 26/19
Trang 27/19
TẠO
2 Môn: TIẾNG ANH

06
trang
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined
part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 1: A. mineral B. mitigate C. minimize D. minor
Question 2: A. distant B. resistant C. tangible D.

Question 3: A. atmosphere B. exhausted C. variety D. adventure
Question 4: A. beneficial B. renewable C. advantageous D. influential
Question 5: She had never seen such discourtesy towards the director as it happened in the
meeting last week.
A. politeness B. rudeness C. measurement D. encouragement
Question 6: They conducted a campaign to promote people’s awareness of environmental

problems.
A. encourage B. publicize C. hinder D. strengthen
Question 7: That restaurant tempts many customers because of its affordable price and good
food.
A. attracts B. frees C. refuses D. offers
Question 8: I’ll back up your ideas if they don’t believe you.
A. support B. rebel C. admire D. protect
Question 9: Marry is talking to Linda over the
phone. Mary: “Thank you for helping me prepare
Trang 1/5
for the party.” Linda: “ ”.
A. My pleasure B. The meal was out of this world
C. Never mention me. D. Of course not
Question 10: Tom is in Ho Chi Minh City and asks a passer-by the way to the railway station.
Trang 2/5
Tom: “Can you show me the way to the railway station, please?”
- Passer-by: “ ”
A. No way. B. Just round the comer over there.
C. Look it up in a dictionary! D. There’s no traffic near here.
Question 11: Prices are increasing dramatically in big cities. The seems to go up every day.
A. standard of living B. quality of life
C. annual income D. cost of living
Question 12: The government should take some measures to that tourism develops
in harmony with the environment.
A. promote B. ensure C. facilitate D. improve
Question 13: They actions to stop the blaze spreading. However, they didn’t do that.
A. must have taken B. had to take
C. neededn’t have taken D. should have taken
Question 14: When Tim was a child, there a park near his house.
A. used to be B. used to have been
C. used to have D. used to be being
Question 15: Mr Nam knows Hanoi City like the back of his . He used to be a taxi driver
there for 10 years.
A. head B. mind C. hand D. life
Question 16: Although she is my sister, I find it hard to her selfishness.
A. put up with B. catch up with C. keep up with D. come down with
Question 17: David refused in the contest because he was ill.
A. to participate B. participate C. participating D. to participating
Question 18: people are those who share the same interests, or points of view.
A. Light-hearted B. Like-minded C. Even-handed D. Open-minded
Question 19: in the Middle East, oil became known as black gold because of the
large profit it brought.
A. That when discovered B. Discovered
C. Discovering D. Which was discovered
Question 20. He has just bought a schoolbag.

Trang 2/21
A. small plastic blue B. blue small plastic
C. plastic small blue D. small blue plastic.
Question 21. We should make full of renewable sources of energy such as wind and
solar power in the world.
Trang 3/21
A. effort B. use C. need D. limit
Question 22. The boy quickly the old woman’s telephone number to memory.
A. devoted B. added C. committed D. admitted
After winter months, the days become longer, the buds (23) in the trees, birds sing,
and the world (24) a green dress. Spring passes (25) summer. Everyone knows
that summer will not (26) . The power of all the wisest
men and women in the world cannot keep it for us. The com becomes ripe, the leaves turn
brown and then drop to the ground, (27) the world changes its green
dress for a dress of autumn colors.
Question 23: A. fall off B. take up C. put off D. come
out Question 24: A. looks after B. puts on C. carries
on D. deals with Question 25: A. into B. by C.
from D. on Question 26: A. forego B. evaluate
C. succumb D. last Question 27: A. yet B.
therefore C. whereas D. and
After twenty years of growing student enrollments and economic prosperity, business
schools in the United States have started to face harder times. Only Harvard’s MBA School has
shown a substantial increase in enrollment in recent years. Both Princeton and Stanford have
seen decreases in their enrollments. Since 1990, the number of people receiving Masters in
Business Administration (MBA) degrees, has dropped about 3 percent to 75,000, and the trend
of lower enrollment rates is expected to continue.
There are two factors causing this decrease in students seeking an MBA degree. The first
one is that many graduates of four-year colleges are finding that an MBA degree does not
guarantee a plush job on Wall Street, or in other financial districts of major American cities.
Many of the entry- level management jobs are going to students graduating with Master of Arts
degrees in English and the humanities as well as those holding MBA degrees. Students have
asked the question, “Is an MBA degree really what I need to be best prepared for getting a good
job?” The second major factor has been the cutting of American payrolls and the lower number
of entry-level jobs being offered. Business needs are changing, and MBA schools are struggling
to meet the new demands.
Question 28. What is the main focus of this passage?
Trang 4/21
A. Jobs on Wall Street
B. Types of graduate degrees
C. Changes in enrollment for MBA schools
D. How schools are changing to reflect the economy
Question 29. The word “prosperity” in the first paragraph could be best replaced by which of the
following?
A. success B. surplus C. nurturing D. education
Trang 5/21
Question 30. Which of the following business schools has shown an increase in enrollment?
A. Princeton B. Harvard C. Stanford D. Yale
Question 31. Which of the following descriptions most likely applies to Wall Street?
A. a center for international affairs B. a major financial center
C. a shopping district D. a neighborhood in New York
Question 32: According to the passage, what are two causes of declining business school
enrollments?
A. lack of necessity for an MBA and an ecorfomic recession
B. low salary and foreign competition
C. fewer MBA schools and fewer entry-level jobs
D. declining population and economic prosperity
Question 33: As used in the second paragraph, the word “struggling” is closest in
meaning to
.
A. evolving B. plunging C. starting D. striving
Question 34: Which of the following might be the topic of the next paragraph?
A. MBA schools’ efforts to change
B. Future economic predictions
C. A history of the recent economic changes
D. Descriptions of non-MBA graduate programs
The main cause of tooth decay is acid, which is produced by bacteria in the mouth. The
acid removes minerals from tooth enamel, allowing tooth decay to begin; the saliva in your
mouth encourages remineralization and neutralizes the acid. The rate at which bacteria in the
mouth produce acid depends on the amount of plaque on the teeth, the composition of the
microbial flora, and whether the bacteria of the plaque have been “primed” by frequent
exposure to sugar. To keep your teeth healthy, a regular dental hygiene program should be
followed.
Removing plaque with a toothbrush and dental floss temporarily reduces the numbers of
bacteria in the mouth and thus reduces tooth decay. It also makes the surfaces of the teeth more
accessible, enabling saliva to neutralize acid and remineralize lesions. If fluoride is present in
drinking water when teeth are forming, some fluoride is incorporated into the enamel of the
teeth, making them more resistant to attack by acid. Fluoride toothpaste seems to act in another
way, by promoting the remineralization of early carious lesions.
Trang 6/21
In addition to a regular dental hygiene program, a good way to keep your teeth healthy is
to reduce your intake of sweet food. The least cavity-causing way to eat sweets is to have them
with meals and not between. The number of times you eat sweets rather than the total amount
determines how much harmful acid the bacteria in your saliva produce. But the amount of
sweets influences the quality of your saliva. Avoid, if you can, sticky sweets that stay in your
mouth a long time. Also try to brush and floss your teeth after eating sugary foods. Even rinsing
your mouth with water is effective. Whenever possible, eat foods with fiber, such as raw carrot
sticks, apples, celery sticks, etc., that scrape off plaque, acting as a toothbrush. Cavities can be
greatly reduced if these rules are followed when eating sweets.
Trang 7/21
Question 35. What does this passage mainly discuss?
A. Good nutrition B. Food with fiber
C. Ways to keep your teeth health D. Fluoridization and cavities
Question 36. According to the passage, all of the following statements about plaque are true
EXCEPT
.
A. It consists of acid producing bacteria
B. It is not affected by eating sweets
C. It can be removed from teeth by brushing and flossing
D. It reduces the positive effect of saliva
Question 37. We can infer from the passage that one benefit of fluoride to healthy teeth is .
A. It strengthens tooth enamel
B. It stimulates saliva production
C. It makes teeth whiter
D. It is a replacement for brushing and flossing in dental care
Question 38. The word “it” in the second paragraph refers to .
A. dental floss B. bacteria
C. removal ofplaque D. plaque
Question 39. What can be concluded from the passage about sweets?
A. All sweets should be avoided.
B. Sweets should be eaten with care.
C. It is better to eat sweets a little at a time throughout the day.
D. Sticky sweets are less harmful than other sweets.
Question 40. The word “scrape off” in line 29 is closest in meaning to .
A. repel B. rub together with
C. remove D. dissolve
Question 41. According to the passage, the value of eating foods with fiber is that .
A. they contain Vitamin A
B. they are less expensive than a toothbrush
C. they are able to remove the plaque from your teeth
D. they contain no sugar
Trang 8/21
Question 42. The author of the passage states that the amount of acid produced by the bacteria
in your saliva increases .
A. with the amount of sweets you eat B. with the number of times you eat sweets
C. if you eat sweets with your meals D. if you eat sticky sweets
Trang 9/21
Question 43: Sometimes what is best for society is not always good for an individual living in
that society.
A.From time to time, there is a conflict between the benefits of a society and an individual
living in that society.
B. Individuals not always seek for the best of the society they live in.
C. It is impossible for individuals to accept the rules of the society they live in.
D. What is best for individuals is always suitable for the society they live in.
Question 44: Much to my surprise, I found her lecture on wild animals extremely interesting.
A. Contrary to my expectations, her lecture on wild animals was the most fascinating of all.
B. I was fascinated by what she said in her lecture on wild animals though I hadn’t expected to
be.
C. I hadn’t expected her to lecture on wild animals, but she spoke well.
D. It was at her lecture on wild animals that I realized I needed to study it.
Question 45: I had no sooner got to know my neighbors than they moved away.
A. Soon after I got to know my new neighbors, I stopped having contact with them.
B. If my new neighbors had stayed longer, I would have got to know them better.
C. Once I had got used to my new neighbors, they moved somewhere else.
D. Hardly had I become acquainted with my new neighbors when they went somewhere else to
live.
Question 46: Papyrus (A) was used (B) for to make not only paper (C) but also sails, baskets, (D)
and clothing.
Question 47: (A) Because the boy spent (B) too many time (C) surfing the Internet and playing
computer games, he didn’t pass the (D) final exam.
Question 48: According to (A) most medical experts, massage (B) relieves pain and anxiety, eases
depression and (C) speeding up recovery from (D) illnesses.
Question 49: These students may be excellent. They will not get used to dealing with practical
situations.
A. Excellent as may be these students, they will get used to dealing with practical situations.
Trang 10/21
B. These students may be too excellent to get used to dealing with practical situations.
C. These students will get used to dealing with practical situations although they are excellent.
D. Excellent as they may be, these students will not get used to dealing with practical situations.
Question 50: She behaved in a very strange way. That surprised me a lot.
A. Her behaviour was a very strange thing, that surprised me most.
B. She behaved very strangely, which surprised me very much.
Trang 11/21
C. What almost surprised me was the strange way she behaved.
D. I was almost not surprised by her strange behaviour.
Trang 12/21
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp án D D A B A C A A A B
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp án D B D A C A A B B D
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp án B B D B A D D C A B
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp án B A D A C B A C B C
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp án C B A B D B B C D B
Question 1. Chọn đáp án D

- mineral/ˈmɪn.ər.əl/ (n): khoáng chất, nước khoáng
E.g: A good diet will provide all necessary vitamins and minerals.
- mitigate /ˈmɪt.ɪ.ɡeɪt/ (v): giảm nhẹ, làm dịu bớt
E.g: The government should mitigate the effects of tourism on the city.
- minimize /ˈmɪn.ɪ.maɪz/ (v): giảm tới mức tối thiểu
E.g: You should focus on your strengths and minimize your weaknesses.
- minor /ˈmaɪ.nə(r)/ (adj): nhỏ, không quan trọng
E.g: It is only a minor problem.
Question 2. Chọn đáp án D
- distant / ˈdɪstənt / (adj): xa
E. g: I want to travel to a distant country.
- resistant /rɪˈzɪstənt/ (adj): kháng cự, đề kháng
E.g: You shouldn’t be resistant to change.
- tangible /ˈtændʒəbl / (adj): thật, hữu hình, có thể sờ mó được
E.g: We need tangible evidence.
- essential /ɪˈsenʃl/ (adj): thiết yếu, cần thiết
E.g: Water is essential for/ to living things.
Mark the letter Ạ, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions
Trang 13/21
- atmosphere / æt.mə.sfɪə(r)/ (n): không khí, khí quyển
E.g: The atmosphere in this room is very stuffy.
- exhausted /ɪɡˈzɔː.stɪd/ (adj): kiệt sức
E.g: Yesterday I had to work hard, so I was exhausted.
- variety /vəˈraɪə.ti/ (n): sự đa dạng, nhiều thứ
Trang 14/21
E.g: She took part in a variety of extracurricular activities.
- adventure /ədˈven.tʃə(r)/ (n): chuyến phiêu lưu
E.g: He had an exciting adventure in Egypt.
- beneficial / ˌben.ɪˈfɪʃ.əl / (adj): có lợi, có ích
E.g: Living in the country is beneficial to our health.
- renewable / rɪˈnjuː.əbəl/ (adj): có thể tái tạo, có thể phục hồi lại
E.g: Renewable energy sources should be widely used in the world.
- advantageous /ˌædvənˈteɪdʒəs / (adj): có lợi, thuận lợi
E.g: This policy is advantageous to the poor.
- influential /ˌɪnfluˈenʃl/ (adj): có ảnh hưởng, có thế lực
E.g: He is one of the most influential people in politics.
- politeness (n): sự lịch sự
- rudeness (n): sự thô lỗ, bất lịch sự, sự khiếm nhã
- measurement (n): sự đo lường, phép đo
- encouragement (n): sự khuyến khích, động viên
- discourtesy (n) ~ impoliteness, rudeness: sự bất lịch sự, sự politeness
thô lỗ 
Dịch: Cô ấy chưa bao giờ nhìn thấy sự bất lịch sự như vậy đối với giám đốc khi điều này đã xảy
ra tại cuộc họp vào tuần trước.
- encourage (v): khuyến khích, động viên
- publicize (v): quảng cáo, đưa ra công khai
- hinder (v): cản trở, gây trở ngại
- strengthen (v); tăng cường
- promote (v) ~ encourage: đẩy mạnh, khuyến khích
Dịch: Họ đã thực hiện một chiến lược để tăng cường ý thức của mọi người về các vấn đề môi
trường. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in
- attract (v): thu hút, hấp dẫn, lôi cuốn
- free (v): thả, giải thoát, phóng thích .
- refuse (V): từ chối
Trang 15/21
- offer (v): cung cấp
- tempt (v): cám dỗ, lôi cuốn, quyến rũ
Dịch: Nhà hàng đó thu hút được rất nhiều khách hàng vì giá cả hợp lý và thức ăn ngon.
- support (v): ủng hộ
- rebel (v): chống đối
Trang 16/21
- admire (v): ngưỡng mộ
- protect (v): bảo vệ
- back up (ph.v): ủng hộ
Dịch: Tôi sẽ ủng hộ ý kiến của bạn nếu họ không tin bạn.
Mary đang nói chuyện điện thoại với Linda.
Mary: Cảm ơn cậu vì đã giúp tớ chuẩn bị cho bữa tiệc.
A. Đó là niềm hân hạnh của tớ khi giúp được cậu.
B. Bữa ăn thì vô cùng tuyệt vời.
C. Đừng bao giờ nhắc tới tớ.
D. Tất nhiên là không.
Ta dùng “You’re welcome”, “My pleasure” để đáp lại lời cảm ơn.
Tom đang ở thành phố Hồ Chí Minh và hỏi người qua đường đường tới nhà ga xe lửa.
A. Không đời nào.
B. Nó chỉ ở quanh góc kia thôi.
C. Hãy tra cứu nó trong cuốn từ điển!
D. Không có giao thông ở gần đây.
- standard of living: mức sống, tiêu chuẩn của đời sống
- quality of life: chất lượng đời sống
- annual income: thu nhập hàng năm
- cost of living: chi phí sinh hoạt
Dịch: Giá đang tăng nhanh ở các thành phố lớn. Chi phí sinh hoạt dường như tăng lên từng ngày.
- promote (v); đẩy mạnh, thúc đẩy
- ensure (v): bảo đảm
- facilitate (v): tạo điều kiện thuận lợi
- improve (v): cải thiện
Cấu trúc: ensure + that + a clause (bảo đảm rằng ...)
Dịch: Chính phủ nên có một số biện pháp để đảm bảo du lịch phát triển hài hòa với môi trường.
Trang 17/21
- must + have Vpp: chắc hẳn đã làm gì trong quá khứ
- had to + V bare-inf: đã phải làm gì trong quá khứ
- needn’t + have Vpp: đáng lẽ ra đã không cần thiết làm gì trong quá khứ (nhưng thực tế đã làm)
- should + have Vpp: đáng lẽ ra đã nên làm gì trong quá khứ (nhưng thực tế đã không làm)
Dịch: Họ lẽ ra đã nên hành động để ngăn chặn ngọn lửa lan rộng ra. Tuy nhiên, họ đã không làm
điều đó.
Trang 18/21
Note 10
Modal perfect
- Could/ May/ Might + have + Vpp: có lẽ đã
Diễn tả một điều gì đó có thể dã xảy ra hoặc có thể đúng ở quá khứ; một khả năng có thể ở
quá khứ nhưng người nói không dám chắc.
E.g: She didn’t hear the phone ring. She might have been sleeping at that time. (Cô ấy đã
không nghe
thấy chuông điện thoại. Vào lúc đó có lẽ là cô ốy đang ngủ).
Mai could have gone out with him last night. (Tối qua Mai có lẽ đã đi chơi với anh ta.)
- Should/ Ought to +have + Vpp: Lẽ ra phải, lẽ ra nên
Diễn tả một điều gì đó lẽ ra đã nên hoặc phải xảy ra trong quá khứ nhưng thực tế đã không xảy
ra trong quá khứ vì lý do nào đó.
E.g: I should have gone to the post office this morning. (Lẽ ra sáng nay tôi phải đi bưu điện.)
 Tôi đã không đi.
- Diễn tả sự đáng tiếc, hối hận đã không làm việc gì đó
E.g: I failed the exam. I should have studied harder. (Tôi đã thi trượt. Lẽ ra tôi nên chăm học hơn.)
- Chúng ta có thể dùng cụm was/were supposed to V để thay thể cho should have Vpp
E.g: She was supposed to go/ should have gone to the party last night.
- Must + have + Vpp: Chắc hẳn đã, hẳn là
Diễn tả sự suy đoán hay kết luận logic dựa vào thực tế ở quá khứ.
E.g: Mary passed the exam with flying colors. She must have studied hard. (Mary đã thi đậu với
kết quả
cao. Cô ấy chắc hẳn đã học chăm chỉ.)
 Must + have been + V – ing: chắc hẳn lúc ấy đang
E.g: I didn’t hear the doorbell. I must have been gardening behind the house. (Tôi đã không nghe
thấy
chuông cửa. Chắc hẳn lúc ấy tôi đang làm vườn phía sau nhà.)
- Would + have + Vpp: dùng trong câu điêu kiện loại 3 với nghĩa “đã .. .rồi”
E.g: If I had had enough money, I would have bought that house last year. (Nếu năm ngoái tôi
đã có đủ tiền thì tôi đã mua ngôi nhà kia rồi.)
- Diễn tả một tình huống đã có thể xảy ra trong quá khứ, nhưng thực sự đã không xảy ra.
E.g: I would have been happy to see him, but I didn’t have time.
- Can’t + have + Vpp: Chắc là đã không thể làm gì.
Diễn tả một sự việc gần như chắc chắn không thể xảy ra.
E.g: They can’t have bought is today because shops are closed. (Hôm nay chắc là họ không thể
mua được
nó vì các cửa hàng đều đóng cửa)
Trang 19/21
Cấu trúc: - There + is/ are + N ... (dùng để chỉ sự tồn tại của người/ vật mà không có đối tượng sở
hữu)
E.g: + There are two books on the table. (có 2 quyển sách trên bàn.)
+ There was an accident in my neighborhood last night. (Tối qua đã có một vụ tai nạn ở
khu tôi.) Used to + V (bare-inf): đã từng ...
Dịch: Khi Tim còn bé thì đã từng có một công viên gần nhà cậu ấy.
- head (n): đầu
Trang 20/21
- mind (n): trí óc, tâm trí
- hand (n): tay
- life (n): cuộc sống
+ know sb/ sth like the back of one’s hand ~ to be very familiar with somebody/something: hiểu
biết rất rõ, biết rõ như lòng bàn tay
Dịch: Ông Nam biết thành phổ Hà Nội rõ như lòng bàn tay. Ông ấy từng lái xe taxi ở đó 10 năm.
put up with: chịu đựng
E.g: I cannot put up with him any
more. catch up with (sb): đuổi kịp
(ai)
E.g: Go on ahead. I’ll catch up with
you. keep up with: theo kịp, bắt kịp
E.g: Technology changes so fast it’s hard to keep up
with it. come down with: mắc bệnh, ốm (nhẹ)
E.g: I came down with flu last week.
Dịch: Mặc dù cô ấy là chị tôi nhưng tôi cảm thấy khó có thể chịu đựng được tính ích kỉ của chị.
Cấu trúc: - refuse + to V: từ chối làm gì đó
E.g: She refused to answer private questions.
Trang 21/21
Dịch: David từ chối tham gia cuộc thi bởi vì cậu ấy bị ốm.
Note 11
Động từ nguyên mẫu có “to” được dùng để:
- Làm chủ ngữ trong câu
E.g: To become a teacher is her dream. (Trở thành giáo viên là ước mơ của cô ấy.)
- Làm tân ngữ của động từ
Eg: It’s raining, so she decides to bring an umbrella. (Trời đang mưa, vì vậy cô ấy quyết định mang theo
một chiếc ô.)
- Làm tân ngữ của tính từ
E.g: I’m glad to see you here. (Tôi rất vui khi được gặp bạn ở đây.)
- Chỉ mục đích
E.g: Is there anything to eat? (Có cái gì để ăn không?)
- Dùng sau các từ để hỏi “wh-”: who, what, when, how... nhưng thường không dùng sau “why”
E.g: I don’t know what to do. (Tôi không biết phải làm gì.)
- Đứng sau các từ ‘the first”, “the second”, “the last”, “the only”.
E.g: Nam is the first person to receive the scholarship in my class.
- Dùng trong các cấu trúc:
a. It takes/took + O + thời gian + to + V-inf (Ai đó mất bao lâu thời gian để...)
E.g: It took me 2 weeks to find a suitable job.
b. S + be + adj + to V - inf
E.g: It’s interesting to play volleyball together. (Thật thú vị khi chơi bóng chuyền cùng nhau.)
Trang 22/21
c. S + V + too + adj/adv + to + V-inf: (quá …để)
E.g: It’s too late to say goodbye.
d. Ss + V + adj/adv + enough + to + V-inf (đủ... dể...)
E.g: He speaks English well enough to communicate with foreigners.
e. I + think/ thought/ believe/ find + it + adj + to + V-inf (tôi nghĩ ... để...)
E.g: I find it difficult to learn to play the piano.
- Dùng sau một số động từ: afford, agree, appear, arrange, attempt, begin, care, choose,
consent, determine, happen, hesitate, hope, intend, pretend, propose, promise, refuse, love,
offer, start, swear,...
E.g: They agreed to build a new hospital in this area.
- Dùng sau một số động từ có tân ngữ đi kèm: ask, advise, allow, bear, cause, encourage, expect,
forbid, force, get, hate, compel, intend, order, permit, like, invite, request, tell, trouble, want,
prefer, warn, wish, teach...
Form: S + V + O + to + V – inf
E.g: The doctor advises me to eat more vegetable.
- Dung sau một số tính từ diễn tả cảm xúc của con người: able, unable, delighted, proud,
ashamed, afraid, glad, anxious, surprised, pleased, easy, amused, annoyed, happy, ready...
E.g: Lan is able to speak Spanish fluently.

- light-hearted (adj): cheerful and without problems: vui vẻ, vô tư lự
E.g: I felt light-hearted and optimistic.
- like -minded (adj): having similar ideas and interests: có ý kiến và sở thích giống nhau
E.g: This is an opportunity for like-minded people get together.
- even-handed (adj): completely fair: công bằng
E.g: He had an even-handed approach to the negotiations.
- open-minded (adj): phóng khoáng, sẵn sàng tiếp thu cái mới
E.g: Children should be open-minded about new ideas.
Điều kiện để rút gọn mệnh đề trạng ngữ: Chủ ngữ 2 vế giống nhau
Cách rút gọn: - Dùng V-ing nếu mệnh đề trạng ngữ ở dạng chủ động; Dùng Vpp nếu mệnh đề
trạng ngữ ở dạng bị động
- Bỏ liên từ và động từ “to be” nếu có.
Câu ban đầu chưa rút gọn: When oil was discovered in the Middle East, oil/ it became known as
black gold because of the large profit it brought, (mệnh đề trạng ngữ ở dạng bị động) =>
Discovered in the Middle East, oil became known as black gold because of the large profit it
Trang 23/21
brought.
Dịch: Được phát hiện ra ở vùng Trung Đông, dầu mỏ đã được ví như “kho vàng đen” bởi vì nó
Note 12
Reduced adverb clause (Rút gọn mệnh đề trang ngữ)
Mệnh đề trạng ngữ là mệnh đề nối bằng các liên từ như when, because, while ...
Điều kiện rút gọn: Hai chủ ngữ phải giống nhau
mang lại lợi nhuận lớn.
Trang 24/21
Cách làm:
- Bỏ liên từ (hoặc để lại thì biến thành giới từ)
- Chủ động thì đổi động từ thành Ving
- Bị động thì dùng Vpp (nhưng nếu giữ lại liên từ, hoặc có NOT thì phải để lại "to be" và thêm
ing vào to be: (being + Vpp) - ngoại trừ các liên từ when, if, though thì lại có thể bỏ luôn to be.
Đối với liên từ when, as (khi) mà động từ chính trong mệnh đề đó là to be + N và mang nghĩa “là”
thì có
thể bỏ luôn to be mà giữ lại danh từ
thôi. Eg:
Chủ động: When I see him, I will give him this gift.
 When seeing him, I will give him this gift. / Seeing him, I will give him
this gift. Bị động: Because I was given a present, I was happy.
=> Because of being given a present, I was happy, (giới từ của because là because of, bắt buôc để
lại to be)
When he was attacked by a tiger, he ran away.
+ Mức độ 1: bỏ chủ từ
=> When being attacked by a tiger, he.... (theo nguyên tắc để lại liên từ phải để lại to be)
+Mức độ 2: bỏ to be
=> When attacked by a tiger, he.... (nhưng với when thì có thể bỏ luôn to be)
+Mức độ 3: bỏ liên từ
=> Attacked by a tiger, he
E.g: Because he wasn’t rewarded with a smile, he ....
=> Not being rewarded with a smile, he .... (có NOT nên bắt buộc để lại
to be) As he was a child, he lived in the countryside.
=> As a child, he lived in the country. (bỏ luôn to be)

Trật tự của tính từ trong câu này là: small (size) - blue (color) - plastic (material)
Dịch: Anh ấy vừa mới mua một cái cặp sách nhỏ màu xanh da trời bằng nhựa
Note 13
- Trật tự của các tính từ trước danh từ: OpSACOMP
Opinion- tính từSize
Opinion Age
chỉ quan điểm Colorwonderful,
(beautiful, Origin
bad…) Material Purpose
Size - tính từ chỉ kích cỡ (big, small, long, big, short, tall…)
Age – tính từ chỉ độ tuổi (old, young, new...)
Color - tính từ chỉ màu sắc (orange, yellow, blue ...)
Origin - tính từ chỉ nguồn gốc, xuất xứ (Japanese, American, Vietnamese...)
Material - tính từ chỉ chất liệu. (stone, plastic, leather, silk...)
Trang 25/21
Purpose - tính từ chỉ mục đích, tác dụng.
E.g: A small (size) red (color) ball
- effort (n): nỗ lực
- use (v, n): sử dụng, cách sử dụng
- need (v, n): cần, nhu cầu
- limit (v, n); hạn chế, giới hạn
+ Cụm từ: make use of - take advantage of: tận dụng
“Chúng ta nên tận dụng triệt để các nguồn năng lượng tái tạo như năng lượng gió và mặt trời
trên thế giới.
- devote (v): cống hiến, dành hết cho
- add (v): thêm vào
- commit (v): cam kết, dính vào
+ commit sth to memory: ghi nhớ điều gì
- admit (v): thừa nhận
“Cậu bé nhanh chóng ghi nhớ số điện thoại của bà cụ vào đầu.”
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
fall off (ph.v): rơi xuống, giảm (về số lượng)
take up (ph.v): bắt đầu một sở
thích put off (ph.v): trì hoãn
come out (ph.v): xuất hiện, lộ ra, nở (hoa), nảy (chồi)
“After winter months, the days become longer, the buds come out in the trees (Sau những tháng
mùa đông
thì ngày trở nên dài hơn, cây cối đâm chồi nảy lộc)”
look after (ph.v): chăm sóc, trông
nom put on (ph.v): mặc
carry on (ph.v): tiếp tục
deal with (ph.v): giải quyết
pass into: chuyển qua, chuyển sang
E.g: Many foreign words have passed into the English
language. “Spring passes into summer. (Xuân sang hè
tới.)”
Trang 26/21
- forego (v): thôi, bỏ
- evaluate (v): đánh giá
- succumb (v): không thể chống nổi, không thể chịu nổi (bệnh tật, tấn công, ...)
- last (v): kéo dài
Everyone knows that summer will not last. (Mọi người đều biết rằng mùa hè sẽ không kéo dài
mãi.)”
- yet (conj): nhưng mà, tuy nhiên
E.g: It’s a small car, yet it’s surprisingly spacious.
Trang 27/21
- therefore (adv): vì vậy, vì thế
- whereas (conj): trong khi đó, trong khi mà
- and (conj): và
“The com becomes ripe, the leaves turn brown and then drop to the ground, and the world
changes its green dress for a dress of autumn colors. “(Ngô bắp chín, những chiếc lá chuyển
sang màu nâu rồi rụng xuống, và thế giới chuyển từ màu xanh sang màu của mùa thu.)
Trọng tâm chính của bài đọc này là gì?
A. Các công việc trên phố Wall
B. Các loại bằng tốt nghiệp
C. Những thay đổi trong việc tuyển sinh của các trường MBA
D. Cách thức các trường đang thay đổi để phản ánh nền kinh tế
Dẫn chứng:
Đoạn 1: After twenty years of growing student enrollments and economic prosperity, business
schools in the United States have started to face harder times... (Sau 20 năm gia tăng số sinh
viên đăng kí học và sự phát triển thịnh vượng của nền kinh tế thì các trường kinh doanh ở Mỹ
đã bắt đầu phải đối mặt với những khó khăn...)
Đoạn 2: There are two factors causing this decrease in students seeking an MBA degree. (Có 2 yếu
tố dẫn đến tình trạng giảm số lượng sinh viên theo đuổi bằng MBA.)
- success (n): sự thành công
- surplus (n): số dư
- nurture (n): sự nuôi dưỡng
- education (n): giáo dục
“After twenty years of growing student enrollments and economic prosperity, business schools
in the United States have started to face harder times... (Sau 20 năm gia tăng số sinh viên đăng
kí học và sự phát triển thịnh vượng của nền kinh tế thì các trường kinh doanh ở Mỹ đã bắt đầu
phải đối mặt với những khó khăn...)”
Do đó: prosperity: ~ success: sự thịnh vượng, sự thành công
Trường kinh doanh nào sau đây cho thấy sự gia tăng trong việc tuyển sinh?
A. Princeton
B. Harvard
C. Stanford
Trang 28/21
D. Yale
Dẫn chứng: Only Harvard’s MBA School has shown a substantial increase in enrollment in
recent years. Both Princeton and Stanford have seen decreases in their enrollments. (Chỉ có
trường kinh doanh MBA ở Harvard đã cho thấy việc tuyển sinh tăng đáng kể trong những năm
gần đây. Cả Princeton và Standford đều cho thấy việc tuyển sinh giảm xuống.)
Trang 29/21
Miêu tả nào sau đây có thể thích hợp nhất với Phố Wall?
A. Một trung tâm ngoại giao
B. Một trung tâm tài chính lớn
C. Một khu vực mua sắm
D. Một vùng lân cận ở New York
Dẫn chứng: The first one is that many graduates of four-year colleges are finding that an MBA
degree does not guarantee a plush job on Wall Street, or in other financial districts of major
American cities... (Yếu tố đầu tiên là nhiều sinh viên tốt nghiệp đại học 4 năm nhận thấy rằng
bằng MBA không đảm bảo công việc tốt ở phố Wall hoặc các khu vực tài chính khác ở các thành
phố lớn của nước Mỹ.)
Theo bài đọc, hai nguyên nhân của việc giảm học sinh đăng kí ở các trường kinh doanh là gì?
A. Thiếu sự cần thiết cho bằng MBA và suy thoái kinh tế
B. Mức lương thấp và cạnh tranh nước ngoài
C. Ít trường MBA và ít công việc không đòi hỏi kinh nghiệm hơn
D. Dân số suy giảm và sự thịnh vượng kinh tế
Dẫn chứng:
The first one is that many graduates of four-year colleges are finding that an MBA degree does
not guarantee a plush iob on Wall Street, or in other financial districts of major American
cities...
(Yếu tố đầu tiên là nhiều sinh viên tốt nghiệp đại học 4 năm nhận thấy rằng bằng MBA không
đảm bảo
công việc tốt ở phố Wall hoặc các khu vực tài chính khác ở các thành phố lớn của nước Mỹ)
The second major factor has been the cutting of American payrolls and the lower number of
entry- level jobs being offered. (Yếu tố chính thứ hai là việc cắt giảm biên chế của nước Mỹ và
số lượng công việc không đòi hỏi kinh nghiệm thấp hơn đang được cung cấp.)
- evolving: tiến hóa
- plunging: lao xuống, đẩy vào
- starting: bắt đầu
- striving: cố gắng, đấu tranh
Business needs are changing, and MBA schools are struggling to meet the new demands. (Nhu
cầu kinh doanh đang thay đổi và các trường MBA đang cố gắng hết sức để đáp ứng các yêu cầu
mới.)”
Do đó: struggling ~ striving: cố gắng phấn đẩu
Điều nào sau đây có thể là chủ đề của đoạn văn tiếp theo?
Trang 30/21
A. Những nỗ lực thay đổi của các trường MBA
B. Những dự đoán kinh tế trong tương lai
C. Lịch sử của những thay đổi kinh tế gần đây
D. Những mô tả về các chương trình đại học không phải của MBA
Dẫn chứng: Business needs are changing, and MBA schools are struggling to meet the new
demands. (Nhu cầu kinh doanh đang thay đổi và các trường MBA đang cố gắng hết sức để đáp
ứng các yêu cầu mới.)
=> Đoạn tiếp theo sẽ nói về việc các trường MBA nỗ lực để thay đổi
Trang 31/21
Question 35 Chon đáp án C
Bài đọc này chủ yếu thảo luận về điều gì?
A. Dinh dưỡng tốt
B. Thức ăn giàu chất xơ
C. Các cách để giữ cho răng chắc khỏe
D. Sự cho florua vào nước để ngừa sâu răng và các lỗ sâu răng
Dẫn chứng: To keep your teeth healthy, a regular dental hygiene program should be followed (Để
giữ
cho răng chắc khỏe thì chúng ta nên tuân theo một chương trình vệ sinh răng miệng thường
xuyên)
In addition to a regular dental hygiene program, a good way to keep your teeth healthy is to
reduce your intake of sweet food. (Ngoài việc vệ sinh răng miệng thường xuyên thì cách hiệu
quả để giữ răng chắc khỏe là giảm lượng thức ăn ngọt.)
Theo bài đọc, tất cả những điều sau đây đều đúng về cao răng NGOẠI TRỪ
A. Nó có chứa các loại vi khuẩn tiết ra axit
B. Nó không bị ảnh hưởng bởi việc ăn đồ ngọt
C. Nó có thể được loại bỏ ra khỏi răng bằng việc đánh răng và dùng chỉ nha khoa
D. Nó giảm tác dụng tích cực của nước bọt
Dẫn chứng:
- The rate at which bacteria in the mouth produce acid depends on the amount of plaque on the
teeth, the composition of the microbial flora, and whether the bacteria of the plaque have been
“primed” by frequent exposure to sugar. (Tỉ lệ vi khuẩn trong miệng tiết ra axit phụ thuộc vào
lượng cao răng, thành phần của hệ vi khuẩn, và vào việc vi khuẩn của cao răng có được “phát
triển” bởi việc tiếp xúc thường xuyên với đường hay không.” => A đúng, B sai
- Removing plaque with a toothbrush and dental floss temporarily reduces the numbers of
accessible, enabling saliva to neutralize acid and remineralize lesions. (Loại bỏ cao răng bằng
việc đánh răng và dùng chỉ nha khoa tạm thời làm giảm số lượng vi khuẩn trong miệng và do
đó giảm được sâu răng. Điều đó cũng làm cho bề mặt răng dễ tiếp cận hơn, cho phép nước bọt
trung hòa axit và bù khoáng cho các tổn thương.)
=> C, D đúng.
Chúng ta có thể suy luận từ đoạn văn rằng một lợi ích của florua đối với răng chắc khỏe là .
A. Nó tăng cường men răng
Trang 32/21
B. Nó kích thích việc tiết nước bọt
C. Nó làm cho răng trắng hơn
D. Nó là sự thay thế cho việc đánh răng và dùng chỉ nha khoa trong việc chăm sóc răng miệng
Dẫn chứng: If fluoride is present in drinking water when teeth are forming, some fluoride is
incorporated into the enamel of the teeth, making them more resistant to attack by acid. (Nếu
Florua có mặt trong nước uống khi răng đang hình thành thì một số florua sẽ được kết hợp vào
men răng giúp chúng có khả năng chống lại sự tấn công của axit.)
Trang 33/21
“Removing plaque with a toothbrush and dental floss temporarily reduces the numbers of
accessible, enabling saliva to neutralize acid and remineralize lesions. (Loại bỏ cao răng băng
việc đánh răng và dùng chỉ nha khoa tạm thời làm giảm số lượng vi khuẩn trong miệng và do
đó giảm được sâu răng. Điều đó cũng làm cho bề mặt răng dễ tiếp cận hơn, cho phép nước bọt
trung hòa axit và bù khoáng cho các tổn thương.)”
Do đó: It = Removing plaque (việc loại bỏ cao răng)
Điều gì có thể được kết luận từ bài đọc về đồ ngọt?
A. Chúng ta nên tránh tất các loại đồ ngọt
B. Đồ ngọt phải được ăn cẩn thận
C. Tôt hơn nên ăn đồ ngọt riêng biệt trong ngày
D. Đồ ngọt dẻo thì ít có hại hon các loại đồ ngọt khác
Dẫn chứng: In addition to a regular dental hygiene program, a good way to keep your teeth
healthy is to reduce your intake of sweet food. The least cavity-causing way to eat sweets is to
have them with meals and not between. (Ngoài việc vệ sinh răng miệng thường xuyên thì cách
tốt để giữ răng khoe là giảm lượng đồ ngọt. Cách ít gây sâu răng nhất khi ăn đồ ngọt là ăn cùng
với các bữa ăn chứ không phải giữa các bữa ăn.) => Phải ăn đồ ngọt cẩn thận.
Từ “scrape off’ gần nghĩa nhất với từ .
A. đẩy lùi
B. cọ xát vào nhau.
C. loại bỏ
D. hòa tan
“Whenever possible, eat foods with fiber, such as raw caưot sticks, apples, celery sticks, etc.,
that scrape off plaque, acting as a toothbrush.” (Bất cứ khi nào có thể, hãy ăn các loại thực phẩm
giàu chất xơ, như cà rốt sống, táo, cần tây, ...mà có thể giúp loại bỏ cao răng, chúng giống như
một chiếc bàn chải đánh răng.) Do đó: scrape off ~ remove
Theo bài đọc, giá trị của việc ăn thực phẩm có chất xơ là .
A. chúng chứa Vitamin A
B. chúng rẻ hơn một cái bàn chải đánh răng
C. chúng có thể loại bỏ cao răng
D. chúng không chứa đường
Dẫn chứng: “Whenever possible, eat foods with fiber, such as raw carrot sticks, apples, celery
sticks, etc., that scrape off plaque, acting as a toothbrush.” (Bất cứ khi nào có thể, hãy ăn các
Trang 34/21
loại thực phẩm giàu chất xơ, như cà rốt sống, táo, cần tây, ...mà có thể giúp loại bỏ cao răng,
chúng giống như một chiếc bàn chải đánh răng.)
Tác giả của bài đọc nói rằng lượng axit do vi khuẩn tiết ra trong nước bọt tăng lên .
A. cùng với lượng đồ ngọt mà bạn ăn
B. cùng với số lần bạn ăn đồ ngọt
C. nếu bạn ăn đồ ngọt cùng với các bữa ăn
Trang 35/21
D. nếu bạn ăn đồ ngọt dẻo
Dẫn chứng: The number of times you eat sweets rather than the total amount determines how
much harmful acid the bacteria in your saliva produce. (Số lần bạn ăn đồ ngọt quyết định có
bao nhiêu axit gây hại do vi khuẩn tiết ra trong nước bọt của bạn.)
Câu ban đầu: Đôi khi điều tốt nhất cho xã hội không luôn tốt cho mỗi cá nhân sống trong xã hội
đó.
A. Đôi khi có một sự mâu thuẫn giữa lợi ích của xã hội và cá nhân sống trong xã hội đó.
B. Các cá nhân không luôn luôn tìm kiếm điều tốt nhất của xã hội mà họ sống.
C. Không thể cho cá nhân chấp nhận các quy tắc của xã hội mà họ sống.
D. Điều tốt nhất cho các cá nhân luôn phù hợp cho xã hội mà họ sống.
+ sometimes ~ from time to time, ocassionally: thỉnh thoảng, đôi khi
Câu ban đầu: Rất ngạc nhiên, tôi thấy bài giảng của cô ấy về động vật hoang dã vô cùng thú vị.
A. Trái với mong đợi của mình, tôi thấy bài giảng của cô ấy về động vật hoang dã thú vị
nhất trong tất cả.
B. Tôi bị cuốn hút bởi những gì mà cô ấy nói trong bài giảng về động vật hoang dã mặc dù tôi
đã không mong đợi như vậy.
C. Tôi đã không mong đợi cô ấy giảng về động vật hoang dã, nhưng cô ấy đã nói rất tốt.
D. Tại bài giảng của cô ấy về động vật hoang dã, tôi đã nhận ra mình cần học thêm về nó.
Câu ban đầu: Ngay khi tôi quen những người hàng xóm thì họ chuyển đi nơi khác.
A. Ngay sau khi tôi quen những người hàng xóm mới thì tôi ngừng liên lạc với họ.
B. Nếu những người hàng xóm của tôi ở lại lâu hơn thì tôi đã quen họ hơn.
C. Một khi tôi quen với những hàng xóm mới thì họ chuyển đến nơi khác
D. Ngay khi tôi quen với những hàng xóm của mình thì họ đến nơi khác sống.
+ no sooner ... than ~ hardly ... when: ngay khi... thì...
(for to make => for making)
Cấu trúc: be used for + V-ing: được sử dụng làm gì
“Cây cói giấy được dùng không chỉ để làm giấy mà còn làm thuyền buồm, rổ và quần áo.”
Trang 36/21
(too many => too much)
Cấu trúc: many + N- đếm được sốnhiều: nhiều; much + N - không đếm được
+ “time - thời gian” là danh từ không đếm được nên ta dùng “much”
“Bởi vì cậu bé dành quá nhiều thời gian để lướt web và chơi điện tử nên câu ấy không vượt qua kì
thi
cuối.”
(speeding up => speeds up)
Trang 37/21
Đây là câu trúc song song nên các động từ “relieve, ease và speed up” trong câu này đều được
chia theo danh từ “massage”
Dịch: Theo nhiều chuyên gia y học, việc mát-xa làm giảm cơn đau và lo lắng, làm giảm chứng
trầm cảm
và đẩy nhanh việc phục hồi bệnh tật.
Cấu trúc: Adj + as/ though + S + be, S + V ~ Although + S + be + adj, S + V (mặc dù ....nhưng)
E.g: Old as she is, she is active. (Mặc dù già nhưng bà ấy vẫn rất năng động.)
Do đó: “These students maybe excellent. They will not get used to dealing with practical
situations.
=> Excellent as they may be, these students will not get used to dealing with practical situations.”
(Mặc
dù có thể xuất sắc nhưng những học sinh này sẽ không quen giải quyết những tình huống thực
tế.)
A. sai ngữ pháp; B, C: sai nghĩa
B. Những học sinh này quá xuất sắc để quen với việc giải quyết những tình huống thực tế.
C. Những học sinh này sẽ quen với việc giải quyết những tình huống thực tế mặc dù chúng xuất
sắc.
Which: đại từ quan hệ có thể thay thế cho cả mệnh đề phía trước với nghĩa “điều mà”
E.g: He came here yesterday, which made me surprised.
Do đó: She behaved in a very strange way. That surprised me a lot. => She behaved very
strangely, which surprised me very much. (Cô ấy đã cư xử rất lạ, điều mà đã khiến tôi rất ngạc
nhiên.)
A. sai ngữ pháp (“that” không được dùng trong mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định)
C. sai nghĩa (Điều gần như đã khiến tôi ngạc nhiên là cách cô ấy cư xử lạ.)
D. sai nghĩa (Tôi gần như không bị ngạc nhiên bởi cách cư xử lạ của cô ấy.)
Trang 38/21
TẠO
3 Môn: TIẾNG ANH
06
trang
Question 1: A. compete B. intend C. medal D. defend
Question 2: A. extinction B. exhibit C. exhaustion D. exist
Question 3: A. hurricane B. photograph C. recommend D. separate
Question 4: A. dangerous B. computer C. courageous D. industrial
Question 5: Tom was too wet behind the ears to be in charge of such a difficult task.
A. full of experience B. lack of responsibility
C. without money D. full of sincerity
Question 6: Lisa rarely smiles because she’s shy about exposing her crooked teeth.
A. pulling B. hiding C. showing D. brushing
Question 7: I think Michael hit the nail on the head when he said that what is lacking in this
company is the feeling of confidence.
A. interpreted something indirectly
B. described something unconsciously
C. said something correctly
D. misunderstood something seriously
Question 8: The most irritating people are those who always disturb others by asking really
stupid questions.
A. annoying B. exciting C. cheerful D. humorous
Question 9: Mike is going to New York to study next week.
- Linda: “ ”
- Mike: “Thanks. I will write to you when I come to New York.”
A. Better luck next time! B. Have a go!
C. God bless you! D Have a nice trip
Question 10: Tim: "Where will you go on holiday?” - David " "
A. The beach is nice, isn’t it? B. Probably I won't think of.
C. Probably to the beach. D. I have a four-day vacation.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
Question 11: They were extremely tired at the end of the journey because they for
more than 24 hours.
A. have travelled B. have been travelling
C. had travelled D. had been travelling
Question 12: The fireworks festival is event that we all want to watch it.
A. such wonderful an B. so wonderful an
C. a very wonderful D. a too wonderful
Question 13: Many tourists have decided to visit Ha Long Bay because of of its
UNESCO’s natural beauty.
A. accepting B. protection C. recognition D. condition
Question 14: I’ve been with my friends for a couple of years.
A. out of reach B. out of the condition
C. out of touch D. out of the question
Question 15: I thought the party really well.
A. came off B. came up C. came about D. came across
Question 16: He denied the window of the classroom.
A. to break B. break C. to breaking D. breaking
Question 17: The government is aiming a 40% reduction unemployment.
A. to - of B. at - in C. on - in D. for - of
Question 18: You should be a little more if you want to attract their attention.
A. imaginative B. imagine C. imagination D. imaginatively
Question 19: I didn’t to see my aunt when I was in Paris.
A. take B. make C. get D. meet
Question 20: The of new technology transformed our lives.
A. interaction B. advent C. emergency D. identity
Question 21: What does global warming have overpopulation?
A. to do B. to do with C. made D. made up
Question 22: I think I put my in it when I asked Lisa about her ex-
husband.
A. thought B. elbow C. foot D. nose
Trang 2/22
the correct word
Can we see (23) the earth is a globe? Yes, we can, when we watch a ship that sails out
to sea. If we watch closely, we see that the ship begins (24) . The bottom of the ship
disappears first, and then the ship seems to sink lower and lower, (25) we can only see
the top of the ship, and then we see nothing at all. What is hiding the ship from us? It is the
earth. Stick a pin most of the way into an orange, and (26) turn the orange away.
Trang 3/22
Question 23: A. if B. where C. that D. when
Question 24: A. being disappeared B. to be disappeared
C. to have disappeared D. to disappear
Question 25: A. until B. since C. after D. by the time
Question 26: A. reluctantly B. accidentally C. slowly D.
Question 27: A. the same B. alike C. just as passionately
D. similar to
Because the low latitudes of the Earth, the areas near the equator, receive more heat than the
latitudes near the poles, and because the nature of heat is to expand and move, heat is
transported from the tropics to the middle and high latitudes. Some of this heat is moved by
winds and some by ocean currents, and some gets stored in the atmosphere in the form of latent
heat. The term “latent heat” refers to the energy that has to be used to convert liquid water to
water vapor. We know that if we warm a pan of water on a stove, it will evaporate, or turn into
vapor, faster than if it is allowed to sit at room temperature. We also know that if we hang wet
clothes outside in the summertime, they will dry faster than in winter, when the temperature is
lower. The energy used in both cases to change liquid water to water vapor is supplied by heat -
supplied by the stove in the first case and by the Sun in the latter case. This energy is not lost. It
is stored as vapor in the atmosphere as latent heat. Eventually, the water stored as vapor in the
atmosphere will condense to liquid again, and the energy will be released to the atmosphere.
In the atmosphere, a large portion of the Sun’s incoming energy is used to evaporate water,
primarily in the tropical oceans. Scientists have tried to quantify this proportion of the Sun’s
energy. By analyzing temperature, water vapor, and wind data around the globe, they have
estimated the quantity to be about 90 watts per square meter, or nearly 30 percent of the Sun’s
energy. Once this latent heat is stored within the atmosphere, it can be transported, primarily to
higher latitudes, by prevailing, large - scale winds. Or it can be transported vertically to higher
levels in the atmosphere, where it forms clouds and subsequent storms, which then release the
energy back to the atmosphere.
Question 28: The passage mainly discusses how heat
A. is transformed and transported in the Earth’s atmosphere.
B. is transported by ocean currents.
C. can be measured and analyzed by scientists.
D. moves about the Earth’s equator.
Question 29: The passage mentions that the tropics differ from the Earth’s polar regions in which
of the following ways?
A. The height of cloud formation in the atmosphere.
B. The amount of heat they receive from the Sun.
Trang 4/22
C. The strength of their large scale winds.
D. The strength of their oceanic currents.
Question 30: The word “convert” is closest in meaning to .
A. mix B. change C. adapt D. reduce
Question 31: Why does the author mention “the stove” in the passage?
A. To describe the heat of the Sun.
Trang 5/22
B. To illustrate how water vapor is stored.
C. To show how energy is stored.
D. To give an example of a heat source
Question 32: According to the passage, most ocean water evaporation occurs especially .
A. around the higher latitudes B. in the tropics
C. because of large - scale winds D. because of strong ocean currents
Question 33: According to the passage, 30 percent of the Sun’s incoming energy
A. is stored in clouds in the lower latitudes
B. is transported by ocean currents
C. never leaves the upper atmosphere
D. gets stored as latent heat
Question 34: The underlined word “it” refers to .
A. square meter B. the Sun’s energy
C. latent heat D. the atmosphere
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.
Often the craft worker’s place of employment in ancient Greece was set in rural isolation.
Potter, for instance, found it convenient to locate their workshops near their source of clay,
regardless of its relation to the center of settlement, At Corinth and Athens, however, two of the
best-known potters’ quarters were situated on the cities’ outskirts, and potters and makers of
terra-cotta figurines were also established well within the city of Athens itself. The techniques of
pottery manufacture had evolved well before the Greek period, but marked stylistic
developments occurred in shape and in decoration, for example, in the interplay of black and
other glazes with the red surface of the fired pot. Athenian black-figure and red- figure
decoration, which emphasized human figures rather than animal images, was adopted between
630 and 530 B.C.; its distinctive color and luster were the result of the skillful adjustments of the
kiln’s temperature during an extended three-stage period if firing the clayware. Whether it was
the potters or the vase-painters who initiated changes in firing is unclear; the functions of
making and decorating were usually divided between them, but neither group can have been so
specialized that they did not share in the concerns of the other.
The broad utility of terra-cotta was such that workers in clay could generally afford to confine
themselves to either decorated housewares like cooking pots and jars or building materials like
roof tiles and drainpipes. Some sixth-and fifth-century B.C. Athenian pottery establishments are
known to have concentrated on a limited range of fine ware, but a rural pottery establishment
on the island of Tliasos produced many types of pottery and roof tiles too, presumably to meet
local demand. Molds were used to create particular effects for some products, such as relief-
Trang 6/22
decorated vessels and figurines; for other products such as roof tiles, which were needed in
some quantity, they were used to facilitate mass production. There were also a number of poor-
quality figurines and painted pots produced in quantity by easy, inexpensive means- as
numerous featureless statuettes and unattractive cases testify.
Question 35: The passage mainly discusses ancient Greek pottery and its .
A. production techniques B. similarity to other crafts
C. unusual materials D. resemblance to earlier pottery
Trang 7/22
Question 36: It can be inferred from the passage that most pottery establishments in ancient
Greece were situated .
A. in city centers B. on the outskirts of cities
C. where clay could be found D. near other potters’ workshops
Question 37: The word “marked” in the first paragraph is closest in meaning to .
A. original B. attractive C. noticeable D. patterned
Question 38: The word “confine” in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to .
A. adapt B. train C. restrict D. organize
Question 39: It can be inferred from the passage that terra-cotta had which of the following
advantages?
A. It did not break during the firing process.
B. It was less expensive than other available materials.
C. Its surface had a lasting shine.
D. It could be used for many purposes.
Question 40: The word “presumably” in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to
A. frequently B. practically C. preferably D. probably
Question 41: The word “they” in the second paragraph refers to .
A. molds B. particular effects C. products D. vessels and
figurines Question 42: According to the passage, all of the following are true of ancient Greek
potters and vase painters EXCEPT .
A. Their functions were so specialized that they lacked common concerns.
B. They sometimes produced inferior ware.
C. They produced pieces that had unusual color and shine.
D. They decorated many of their works with human images
Question 43: Our chances of success are very small.
A. It’s not very likely that we will succeed.
B. There is possibility that we will achieve success.
C. We will certainly be very successful.
D. We have no chances, so we are not successful.
Question 44: There were so many people on the bus that Sally couldn’t get a seat.
A. The bus was too crowded for Sally not to get a seat.
B. The bus was so crowded that there was nowhere for Sally to sit.
C. So crowded the bus was that Sally couldn’t get a seat.
Trang 8/22
D. The crowded bus did not prevent Sally from getting a seat.
Question 45: “No, no, you really must stay with us! said the children.
A. The children denied my staying with them.
B. The children refused to let me stay with them.
C. The children didn’t agree to let stay with them.
D. The children insisted on my staying with them.
Trang 9/22
Question 46: Pointing in someone is usually considered rude but it is acceptable when teachers
want to
A B C D
attract their students’ attention in class.
Question 47: The bones of the elderly are more prone to fractures than of young people.
A B C D
Question 48: Lack of animal protein in a diet is a serious cause for malnutrition.
A B C D
Question 49: She did not study hard. She failed the exam.
A. Even though she failed the exam, she didn’t study hard.
B. Unless she had studied hard, she would have failed the exam.
C. If she had studied hard, she would have passed the exam.
D. However hard she studied, she failed the exam.
Question 50: You cannot completely avoid stress in your life. You need to find ways to cope with
it.
A. After you can completely avoid stress in your life, you need to find ways to cope with it.
B. As long as you can completely avoid stress in your lives, you need to find ways to cope with
it.
C. As you cannot completely avoid stress in your life, you need to find ways to cope with it.
D. Because stress can completely be avoided in your life, you need to find ways to cope with it.
Trang 10/22
ĐÁP ÁN
1A 2A 3C 4A 5A 6B 7C 8A 9D 10C
11D 12B 13C 14C 15A 16D 17B 18A 19C 20B
21B 22C 23C 24D 25A 26C 27C 28A 29B 30B
31D 32B 33D 34C 35A 36C 37C 38C 39D 40D
41A 42A 43A 44B 45D 46A 47D 48D 49C 50C
ANSWER KEY
- compete /kəmˈpiːt/ (v): cạnh tranh
E.g: It’s difficult for our small shop to compete with big stores.
- intend /ɪnˈtend/ (v): có ý định
E.g: I intend to go to New York next month.
- medal /ˈmedl/ (n): huy chương
E.g: She won a gold medal.
- defend /dɪˈfend/ (v): bảo vệ
E.g: She wants to defend her point of view
- extinction /ɪkˈstɪŋkʃn/ (n): sự tuyệt chủng
E.g: Many species are threatened with extinction.
- exhibit /ɪɡˈzɪbɪt/ (v): triển lãm
E.g: They have exhibited many of her works at their gallery recently.
- exhaustion /ɪɡˈzɔːstʃən/ (n): sự mệt nhoài, tình trạng kiệt sức
Trang 11/22
E.g: He felt ill with exhaustion.
- exist /ɪɡˈzɪst/ (v): tồn tại
E.g: Slavery still exists in this country
Trang 12/22
- hurricane /ˈhʌrɪkən/ (n): bão mạnh ở Đại Tây Dương
E.g: The house was destroyed in a hurricane.
- photograph /ˈfəʊtəɡrɑːf/ (n): ảnh
E.g: My parents took a lot of photographs when they went to Paris.
- recommend /ˌrekəˈmend/ (v): khuyên
E.g: The teacher recommend that I study harder.
- separate /ˈseprət/ (v): tách biệt
E.g: The north and south of the country are separated by a bridge.
- dangerous /ˈdeɪndʒərəs/ (adj): nguy hiểm
E.g: It’s dangerous to go out at night.
- computer /kəmˈpjuːtə/ (n): máy tính
E.g: I have just bought a new computer.
- courageous /kəˈreɪdʒəs/ (adj): dũng cảm, can đảm
E.g: He had a courageous decision.
- industrial /ɪnˈdʌstriəl/ (adj): (thuộc) công nghiệp
E.g: Industrial waste should be buried carefully
- full of experience: đầy kinh nghiệm
- lack of responsibility: thiếu trách nhiệm
- without money: thiếu tiền
- full of sincerity: đầy sự chân thành, rất chân thành
- wet behind the ears: young and without much experience: chưa có kinh nghiệm, quá non nớt,
miệng còn hôi sữa
E.g: He was still wet behind the ears.
Do đó: wet behind the ears full of experience

Question 6 Chọn đáp án
B
- pulling (v-ing): đẩy ra
- hiding (v-ing): che giấu
- showing (v-ing): để lộ ra
Trang 13/22
- brushing (v-ing): đánh (răng)
- exposing (v-ing): để lộ
ra Do đó: exposing
hiding
Dịch: Lisa hiếm khi cười vì cô ấy ngại phải để lộ hàm răng khểnh của mình.
Question7 Chọn đáp án C
Trang 14/22
- interpreted something indirectly: giải thích điều gì đó gián tiếp
- described something unconsciously: mô tả điều gì đó vô ý thức
- say something correctly: nói điều gì đó chính xác
- misunderstood something seriously: hiểu lầm điều gì đó một cách nghiêm trọng
- hit the nail on the head: to say something that is exactly right: nói điều gì hoàn toàn chính xác,
đánh đúng trọng tâm, gãi đúng chỗ ngứa
Do đó: hit the nail on the head ~ said something correctly
Dịch: Tôi nghĩ Michael đã đúng khi cậu ấy nói rằng cái mà công ty này đang thiếu là sự tin tưởng.
- irritating ~ annoying (adj): làm bực mình, chọc tức
- exciting (adj): hấp dẫn, hứng thú
- cheerful (adj): vui vẻ
- humorous (adj): hài hước
Dịch: Những người khiến cho người khác bực mình nhất là những người luôn quấy rầy người
khác bởi việc hỏi các câu hỏi thực sự ngớ ngẩn.
Tuần sau Mike đi học ở New York.
- Linda: “ ”
- Mike: “Cảm ơn cậu, tớ sẽ viết thư cho cậu khi tớ đến New York.”
A. Chúc cậu may mắn lần sau!
B. Đi thôi!
C. Chúa sẽ phù hộ cho cậu! (nói câu này khi ai đó hắt xì hơi, để cầu mong người đó được chúa
che chở
cho khỏi bệnh)
D. Chúc cậu có chuyến đi tốt đẹp nhé!
Tim: “Cậu sẽ đi nghỉ ở đâu?” David: “ ”
A. Bờ biển đẹp, có phải không?
B. Có lẽ tớ sẽ không nghĩ tới.
C. Có lẽ là tớ sẽ tới biển.
D. Tớ có kì nghi 4 ngày.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
Trang 15/22
Động từ trong câu này phải được chia ở thì quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp diễn để diễn tả hành động
này là nguyên nhân của một điều gì đó trong quá khứ.
Cấu trúc: S + had + been + V-ing .... (thì quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp diễn)
Dịch: Họ cực kì mệt vào cuối cuộc hành trình vì họ đã đi hơn 24 tiếng đồng hồ.
Trang 16/22
Cấu trúc: S + be + so + adj + a/an + N đếm được số ít + that + S + V = S + be + such + a/ an + adj +N
đếm được số ít + that + S + V (quá ,, .đến nỗi mà ...)
Dịch: Lễ hội bắn pháo hoa là một sự kiện tuyệt vời đến nỗi mà tất cả chúng tôi đều muốn đi xem.
- recognition (n): sự thừa nhận, sự công nhận
- accept (v): chấp nhận
- protection (n): sự bảo vệ
- condition (n): điều kiện
Dịch: Nhiều du khách đã quyết định đi tham quan Vịnh Hạ Long vì UNESCO đã công nhận vẻ
đẹp tự
nhiên của nó.”
- out of reach: ngoài tầm với
- out of condition: không được khỏe
- out of touch (with sb): không còn liên lạc (với ai)
- out of the question: không thể được, không thể chấp nhận được, không đáng để bàn
Dịch: Tôi đã không còn liên lạc với bạn của mình vài năm rồi.
come off (ph.v): be successful: thành
công come up (ph.v): xảy ra, xuất hiện
come across (ph.v): tình cờ gặp
Dịch: Tôi nghĩ bữa tiệc đã thực sự thành công
Cấu trúc: - deny + V-ing: phủ nhận làm việc gì
E.g: She denied stealing his car.
Trang 17/22
Dịch: Cậu ấy phủ nhận đập vỡ cánh cửa sổ phòng học.
Note 14
Gerunds (Danh động từ)
Danh động từ thường được dùng để:
- Làm chủ ngữ trong câu:
E.g: Doing exercise regularly is very good for our health.
- Làm tân ngữ đứng sau một số động từ: avoid, appreciate, admit, consider, deny, detest, enjoy,
fancy, mind, finish, imagine, resume, forgive, practice, resent, keep, tolerate, risk, postpone, suggest,
miss...
E.g: He practices speaking English every day.
- Làm tân ngữ đứng sau một số cụm từ: it's (not) worth..., it’s (no) use/good..., in addition to, can I help,
can’t bear, can't stand ...
E.g: It’s worth buying an expensive ticket to this concert.
- Đứng sau các cụm động từ (phrasal verbs): give up, put off, keep on, be opposed to, face up to, be
against, look forward to, be interested in, be/get used to, see about, care for...
Trang 18/22
E.g: I get used to getting up early.
Cấu trúc: - aim at sth: nhằm mục đích làm gì
- reduction in sth: giảm cái gì.
Dịch: Chính phủ đang nhằm mục đích giảm 40% tỉ lệ thất nghiệp.
- imaginative (adj): sáng tạo
- imagine (v): tưởng tượng
- imagination (n): trí tưởng tượng
- imaginatively (adv): một cách sáng tạo
Trong câu này, từ cần điền vào là một tính từ.
Dịch: Bạn nên sáng tạo hơn một chút nếu bạn muốn thu hút sự chú ý của họ.
Cấu trúc: - take to doing sth ~ begin/ start to do sth as a habit: bắt đầu làm gì như một
thói quen get to do sth -have the opportunity to do sth: có cơ hội làm gì đó
Dịch: Tôi đã không có cơ hội gặp dì tôi khi tôi ở Paris.
- interaction (n): sự tương tác
- advent (n): sự đến, sự ra đời, sự xuất hiện
+ the advent of sth/ sb: sự xuất hiện của cái gì/ ai
- emergency (n): tình trạng khẩn cấp
- identity (n): sự giống hệt, nét để nhận dạng
Dịch: Sự xuất hiện của công nghệ mới đã thay đổi cuộc sống của chúng ta.
Cấu trúc: “ have to + V: phải làm gì
- make up: tạo nên, cấu thành
- have to do with sth ~ be about/ be involved/ connected with something: nói về, liên quan đến
E.g: My question has to do with last week’s assignment.
Dịch: Sự nóng lên toàn cầu có liên quan gì đến sự bùng nổ dân số?
- ex-husband (n): chồng cũ, chồng trước
- thought (n): suy nghĩ
- elbow (n): khuỷu tay
- foot (n): bàn chân
- nose (n): mũi
Trang 19/22
+ Put your foot in it/ put your foot in your mouth (cho chân vào mồm): to say or do something
that upsets, offends or embarrasses somebody: nói hay làm điều gì đó không nên, làm cho
người khác xấu hổ hoặc bị xúc phạm
Dịch: Tôi nghĩ tôi đã thiếu tế nhị khi hỏi Lisa về chồng cũ của cô ấy.
Trang 20/22
the correct word
- if: nếu
- where: ở đâu
- that: rằng
- when: khi nào
Cấu trúc: see + that + a clause “Can we see that the earth is a globe?” (Chúng ta có thể nhìn thấy
trái đất
có hình cầu không?)
- begin + to V/ V-ing: bắt đầu làm gì (chủ động)
“If we watch closely, we see that the ship begins to disappear” (Nếu chúng ta quan sát kĩ thì
chúng ta thấy rằng con tàu bắt đầu biến mất)
- until: cho đến khi
- since: từ khi, vì
- after: sau khi
- by the time: trước
“The bottom of the ship disappears first, and then the ship seems to sink lower and lower, until
we can only see the top of the ship, and then we see nothing at all.” (Phần dưới của con tàu biến
mất đầu tiên, rồi sau đó con tàu bắt đầu chìm xuống càng thấp hơn, cho đến khi chúng ta chỉ
nhìn thấy phần trên của con tàu, và sau đó chúng ta không nhìn thấy gì nữa)
- reluctantly (adv): một cách miễn cưỡng
- accidentally (adv): một cách tình cờ, ngẫu nhiên
- slowly (adv): một cách từ từ, chầm chậm
- passionately (adv): một cách đam mê, say sưa
“Stick a pin most of the way into an orange, and slowly turn the orange away from you.” (Cắm
một cái ghim vào một quả cam và từ từ xoay quả cam hướng ra khỏi bạn)
- same (adj): giống nhau
the same (N) (+ as): giống (với)
E.g: We lived in the same house.
- alike (adj, adv): giống nhau
Trang 21/22
E.g: My brother and I do not look alike.
- just as + S + V: giống như, đúng như
E.g: It’s just as I thought. (Điều đó thì đúng như tôi nghĩ.)
- similar to: tương tự với
E.g: Their house is similar to ours.
Trang 22/22
“You will see the pin disappear, just as a ship does on the earth. “ (Bạn sẽ nhìn thấy cái ghim biến
mất, giống như con tàu trên trái đất.)
Bài đọc chủ yếu thảo luận về việc bằng cách nào mà nhiệt
A. được biến đổi và luân chuyển trong khí quyển của trái đất
B. được dòng hải lưu luân chuyển
C. có thể được các nhà khoa học đo lường và phân tích
D. di chuyển quanh xích đạo trái đất
Dẫn chứng: Because the low latitudes of the Earth, the areas near the equator, receive more heat
than the latitudes near the poles, and because the nature of heat is to expand and move heat is
transported from the tropics to the middle and high latitudes. Some of this heat is moved by
winds and some by ocean currents, and some gets stored in the atmosphere in the form of latent
heat. (Do vĩ độ thấp của trái đất nên các vùng gần xích đạo nhận được nhiều nhiệt hơn vĩ độ
gần cực và bởi vì bản chất của nhiệt là lan truyền và di chuyển nên nhiệt được luân chuyển từ
các vùng nhiệt đới đến các vĩ độ trung bình và cao. Một số lượng nhiệt này được di chuyển bởi
gió và một số bởi dòng hải lưu, và một số được lưu trữ trong khí quyển ở dạng nhiệt ẩn.)
Bài đọc đề cập đến các vùng nhiệt đới khác với các vùng cực của trái đất như thế nào?
A. Độ cao của việc hình thành đám mây trong khí quyển
B. Lượng nhiệt mà chúng nhận được từ mặt trời
C. Sức gió trên phạm vi rộng
D. Sức mạnh của dòng hải lưu
Dẫn chứng: Because the low latitudes of the Earth, the areas near the equator, receive more heat
than the latitudes near the poles, and because the nature of heat is to expand and move, heat is
transported from the tropics to the middle and high latitudes. (Do vĩ độ thấp của trái đất nên
các vùng gần xích đạo nhận được nhiều nhiệt hơn vĩ độ gần cực, và bởi vì bản chất của nhiệt là
lan truyền và di chuyển nên nhiệt được luân chuyển từ các vùng nhiệt đới đến các vĩ độ trung
bình và cao.)
- mix (v): trộn
- change (v): biến đổi
- adapt (v): thích nghi
- reduce (v): giảm
“The term “latent heat” refers to the energy that has to be used to convert liquid water to water
Trang 23/22
vapor.”
(Thuật ngữ “nhiệt ẩn” đề cập đến năng lượng được sử dụng để chuyển đổi nước lỏng thành hơi
nước.)
Do đó: convert ~ change: biến đổi, chuyển đổi
Tại sao tác giả đề cập đến “the stove-cái bếp” trong bài đọc?
A. Để mô tả nhiệt của mặt trời
B. Để minh họa hơi nước được lưu trữ như thế nào
Trang 24/22
C. Để chỉ ra năng lượng được lưu trữ như thế nào
D. Để đưa ra một ví dụ của nguồn nhiệt
Dẫn chứng: We know that if we warm a pan of water on a stove, it will evaporate, or turn into
vapor, faster than if it is allowed to sit at room temperature. We also know that if we hang wet
clothes outside in the summertime, they will dry faster than in winter, when the temperature is
lower. The energy used in both cases to change liquid water to water vapor is supplied by heat -
supplied by the stove in the first case and by the Sun in the latter case. (Chúng ta biết rằng nếu
chúng ta đun một ấm nước trên bếp thì nó sẽ bay hơi, hoặc biến thành hơi nước nhanh hơn nếu
nó được để ở nhiệt độ phòng. Chúng ta cũng biết rằng nếu chúng ta treo quần áo ướt bên ngoài
vào mùa hè thì chúng sẽ khô nhanh hơn vào mùa đông, khi nhiệt độ thấp hơn, Năng lượng
được sử dụng trong cả hai trường hợp để biến đổi nước lỏng thành hơi nước được cung cấp bởi
nhiệt - được cung cấp bởi cái bếp trong trường hợp đầu tiên và bởi mặt trời trong trường hợp
sau.)
Theo bài đọc, hầu hết sự bốc hơi nước đại dương xảy ra đặc biệt .
A. ở quanh vùng vĩ độ cao hơn
B. ở các vùng ôn đới
C. do sức gió trên phạm vi rộng
D. do dòng hải lưu mạnh
Dẫn chứng: In the atmosphere, a large portion of the Sun’s incoming energy is used to
evaporate water, primarily in the tropical oceans. (Trong khí quyển, một phần lớn năng lượng
của Mặt Trời được sử dụng để làm bay hơi nước, chủ yếu ở các đại dương nhiệt đới.)
Theo bài đọc, 30% của năng lượng đến từ mặt trời
A. được lưu trữ trong các đám mây ở vĩ độ thấp hơn
B. được luân chuyển bởi các dòng hải lưu
C. chưa bao giờ ra khỏi bầu khí quyển phía trên
D. được lưu trữ dưới dạng nhiệt ẩn
Dẫn chứng: By analyzing temperature, water vapor, and wind data around the globe, they have
estimated the quantity to be about 90 watts per square meter, or nearly 30 percent of the Sun’s
energy. Once this latent heat is stored within the atmosphere, it can be transported, primarily to
higher latitudes, by prevailing, large - scale winds. (Bằng cách phân tích nhiệt độ, hơi nước và
dữ liệu gió trên toàn cầu, họ đã ước tính số lượng khoảng 90w/1m2, hoặc gần 30% năng lượng
của mặt trời. Một khi nhiệt ẩn này được lưu trữ trong khí quyển thì nó có thể được luân
chuyển, chủ yếu đến các vĩ độ cao hơn bởi các cơn gió thịnh hành có quy mô lớn.)
Trang 25/22
Từ "it" đề cập đến .
A. mét vuông B. năng lượng mặt trời C. nhiệt ẩn D. khí quyển
"Once this latent heat is stored within the atmosphere, it can be transported, primarily to higher
latitudes, by prevailing, large - scale winds.” (Một khi nhiệt ẩn này được lưu trữ trong khí
quyển thì nó có thể được luân chuyển, chủ yếu đến các vĩ độ cao hơn bởi các cơn gió thịnh hành
có quy mô lớn
Do đó: it = latent heat
Trang 26/22
indicate the correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.
Bài đọc chủ yếu thảo luận đến việc làm gốm ở Hy Lạp cổ đại và .
A. các kĩ thuật sản xuất
B. sự tương tự với các nghề thủ công khác
C. các chất liệu khác thường
D. sự giống với nghề làm đồ gốm trước đó
Dẫn chứng: ....The techniques of pottery manufacture had evolved well before the Greek
period, but marked stylistic developments occurred in shape and in decoration, for example, in
the interplay of black and other glazes with the red surface of the fired pot... (...Các kĩ thuật sản
xuất gốm đã phát triển mạnh trước thời kì Hy Lạp, nhưng sự phát triển nghệ thuật đáng chú ý
đã xuất hiện trong hình dạng và trang trí, ví dụ trong sự tương tác giữa màu đen và các men
khác với bề mặt màu đỏ của nồi nung...)
Chúng ta có thể suy ra từ bài đọc rằng hầu hết các cơ sở sản xuất gốm ở Hy Lạp cổ đại được đặt
.
A. ở trung tâm thành phố
B. ở các vùng ngoại ô của thành phố
C. ở nơi có thể tìm thấy đất sét
D. ở gần các xưởng gốm khác
Dẫn chứng: Potter, for instance, found it convenient to locate their workshops near their source
of clay, regardless of its relation to the center of settlement... (Chẳng hạn, các thợ làm gốm thấy
thuận tiện khi đặt xưởng gốm ở gần nguồn đất sét, mà không quan tâm đến việc nó có gần khu
đông dân cư không...)
Từ “marked” trong đoạn đầu gần nghĩa nhất với
A. thuộc nguồn gốc
B. hấp dẫn, lôi cuốn
C. đáng chú ý
D. được trang trí bằng mẫu vẽ
“ThetechniquesofpotterymanufacturehadevolvedwellbeforetheGreekperiod.butmarkedstvlistic
developments occurred in shape and in decoration, for example, in the interplay of black and
other glazes with the red surface of the fired pot.” (Các kĩ thuật sản xuất gốm đã phát triển
mạnh trước thời kì Hy Lạp,
nhưng sự phát triển nghệ thuật đáng chú ý đã xuất hiện trong hình dạng và trang trí, ví dụ trong
Trang 27/22
sự tương
tác giữa màu đen và các men khác với bề mặt màu đỏ của nồi.)
Do đó: marked ~ noticeable: đáng chú ý, có thể nhận thấy
Từ “confine” trong đoạn 2 gần nghĩa nhất với .
A. thích nghi
B. huấn luyện, đào tạo
C. hạn chế
D. tổ chức
Trang 28/22
“The broad utility of terra-cotta was such that workers in clay could generally afford to confine
themselves to either decorated housewares like cooking pots and jars or building materials like
roof tiles and drainpipes” (Ứng dụng của đất nung là rất rộng nên các công nhân có thể tự giới
hạn mình với các đồ dùng gia đình trang trí như nồi nấu ăn và chum dự trữ hoặc vật liệu xây
dựng như ngói và ống thoát nước.)
Do đó: confine ~ restrict: giới hạn, hạn chế
Chúng ta có thể suy ra từ bài đọc rằng đất nung có những lợi ích nào sau đây?
A. Nó không bị vỡ suốt quá trình nung
B. Nó rẻ hơn các vật liệu có sẵn khác
C. Bề mặt của nó sáng bóng lâu
D. Nó có thể được sử dụng cho nhiều mục đích
Dẫn chứng: “The broad utility of terra-cotta was such that workers in clay could generally
afford to confine themselves to either decorated housewares like cooking pots and jars or
building materials like roof tiles and drainpipes” (Ứng dụng của đất nung là rất rộng nên các
công nhân có thể tự giới hạn mình với các đồ dùng gia đình trang trí như nồi nấu ăn và chum
dự trữ hoặc vật liệu xây dựng như ngói và ống thoát nước.)
Từ “presumably” trong đoạn 2 gần nghĩa nhất với từ
A. thường xuyên
B. thiết thực, thực tế
C. yêu thích
D. có thể, có lẽ
“Some sixth andfifth century B.C. Athenian pottery establishments are known to have
concentrated on a limited range of fine ware, but a rural pottery establishment on the island of
Thasos produced many types of pottery and roof tiles too, presumably to meet local demand.”
(Một số cơ sở gốm của người A-ten vào thế kỉ thứ 6 và 5 trước công nguyên được mọi người
biết đến chỉ tập trung vào việc sản xuất một số lượng hạn chế các đồ trang sức, nhưng một cơ
sở gốm nông thôn trên đảo Thasos đã sản xuất ra nhiều loại gốm và ngói, có lẽ là để đáp ứng
nhu cầu địa phương)
Do đó: presumably ~ probably: có lẽ, có thể
Từ “they” trong đoạn 2 đề cập đến .
A. những cái khuôn
B. các hiệu ứng đặc biệt
C. các sản phẩm
Trang 29/22
D. các loại chậu và các bức tượng nhỏ
Molds were used to create particular effects for some products, such as relief-decorated vessels
and figurines; for other products such as roof tiles, which were needed in some quantity, they
were used to facilitate mass production” (Khuôn được dùng để tạo ra các hiệu ứng đặc biệt cho
một số sản phẩm như các loại chậu và các bức tượng nhỏ được chạm nổi; đối với các sản phẩm
khác như ngói lợp cần số lượng lớn thì chúng được dùng để tạo thuận lợi cho việc sản xuất
hàng loạt)
Trang 30/22
Do đó: “they” = molds
Theo bài đọc, tất cả các điều sau đây đúng về thợ gốm và thợ sơn bình Hy Lạp NGOẠI TRỪ .
A. nhiệm vụ của họ quá chuyên biệt đến mức họ thiếu những mối quan tâm chung
B. Đôi khi họ sản xuất đồ kém chất lượng
C. Họ đã làm ra các sản phẩm có độ sáng bóng và màu sắc tuyệt vời
D. Họ đã trang trí nhiều tác phẩm của mình bằng các hình ảnh con người
A. sai (the functions of making and decorating were usually divided between them, but neither
group can have been so specialized that they did not share in the concerns of the other: các
nhiệm vụ sản xuất và trang trí thường được phân chia giữa họ, nhưng không có nhóm nào quá
chuyên biệt đến mức không chia sẻ mối quan tâm với nhóm còn lại)
B. đúng (There were also a number of poor-quality figurines and painted pots produced in
quantity by easy: Cũng có một số lượng các nồi sơn và bức tượng nhỏ có chất lượng kém được
sản xuất theo số lượng dễ dàng)
C. đúng (its distinctive color and luster were the result of the skillful adjustments of the kiln’s
temperature ...: màu sắc và độ bóng đặc biệt của nó là kết quả của sự điều chỉnh nhiệt độ lò
nung khéo léo...)
D. đúng (Athenian black-figure and red-figure decoration, which emphasized human figures
rather than animal images, was adopted between 630 and 530 B.C.: cách trang trí hình người A-
ten da đỏ và da đen nhấn mạnh hình ảnh con người hơn là các hình ảnh con vật được lựa chọn
vào thời kì năm 630-530 trước công nguyên)
Câu ban đầu: Cơ hội thành công của chúng ta rất nhỏ.
A. Không có mấy khả năng rằng chúng ta sẽ thành công.
B. Có khả năng chúng ta sẽ thành công.
C. Chúng ta chắc chắn sẽ rất thành công.
D. Chúng ta không có cơ hội nên chúng ta không thành công.
Câu ban đầu: Có quá nhiều người trên xe buýt đến nỗi mà Sally không thể có chỗ ngồi.
A. sai ngữ pháp (sửa thành: The bus was too crowded for Sally to get a seat.)  cấu trúc
too: S + be + too
+ adj + (for O) + to V....
B. Xe buýt quá đông đến nỗi mà không có chỗ nào cho Sally ngồi.  cấu trúc: S + be + so + adj +
that + a clause (quá ... đễn nỗi mà ...)
Trang 31/22
C. sai ngữ pháp (sửa thành: So crowded was the bus that Sally couldn’t get a seat)  đảo ngữ
với so: so + adj+be + S +that+....
D. sai nghĩa (Xe buýt đông đúc đã không ngăn cản được Sally có chỗ ngồi.)  cấu trúc: prevent
sb from doing sth (ngăn cản ai làm gì)
Câu ban đầu: “Không, không, mẹ phải ở lại với bọn con!” những đứa trẻ nói
Trang 32/22
Cấu trúc: - deny + V-ing: phủ nhận làm gì
- refuse + to V: từ chối làm gì
- agree + to V: đồng ý làm gì
- insist on + V-ing: khăng khăng đòi, nài nỉ
làm gì A, B, C sai nghĩa
D. Bọn trẻ khăng khăng đòi tôi ở lại với chúng
Note 15
Reported speech with
gerunds: Form 1: S + V + O +
V-ing/ N
Các động từ thường gặp trong dạng này là:
Apologize / apologise (to O) for V-ing: xin lỗi Thank + O + for V-ing: cảm ơn ai về việc gì
về việc gì Suspect + O + of+ V-ing: nghi ngờ ai làm gì
Accuse + O + of V-ing: buộc tội ai về điều gìWarn + O + against V-ing : cảnh báo/ cảnh cáo
Congratulate + O + on V-ing: chúc mừng ai về không nên làm gì
việc gì Criticize/ Reproach + O + for + Ving: chỉ trích/
Forgive + O + for + V-ing: tha thứ cho ai về phê bình ai về việc gì đó
gì Blame sb for sth: đổ lỗi cho ai về việc gì ~
Prevent + O + from V-ing = Stop + O + from V- sth on sb: đổ lỗi việc gì cho ai
ing: ngăn cản không cho ai làm gì
E.g: “I won’t allow you to play games”, the mother said to the boy.
=> The mother prevented / stopped the boy from playing games.
Form 2: S + V + Ving
Các động từ thường gặp trong dạng này là: advise (khuyên); suggest (đề nghị); admit (thừa nhận/
thú
nhận”; deny (phù nhận), stop (ngừng)
E.g: “I didn't do that”, lie said.
=> He denied doing that.
Form 3: S + V + giới từ +
Ving Các động từ thường
gặp như:
Dream (dreamt / dreamed) of V-ing (mơ về việc gì / điều gì)
Insist on + V-ing (khăng khăng, cố nài, năn nỉ làm việc gì)
Look forward to V-ing (mong đợi làm việc gì)
Think (thought) of V-ing (nghĩ đến việc gì)
E.g: “I want to become a teacher'’, the girl said.
Trang 33/22
=> The girl dreamed of becoming a teacher.
(Pointing in => Pointing at)
Cấu trúc: - point at sb: chỉ tay vào ai đó
Trang 34/22
“Chỉ tay vào ai đó thường được xem là bất lịch sự nhưng điều đó là chấp nhận được khi giáo viên
muốn
thu hút sự chú ý của học sinh trong lớp.”
(of => those of)
Khi so sánh hai đối tượng, để tránh lặp lại danh từ phía trước thì ta dùng “that/ those” để thay
thế. (“that” thay cho danh từ số ít; “those” thay cho danh từ số nhiều)
E.g: The price of this house is higher than that of his house, (that = the price)
Trong câu này, hai đối tượng so sánh là “the bones of the elderly - xương người già” và “the
bones of young people- xương người trẻ” nên ta dùng “those” để thay thế cho “the bones”
Dịch: Xương người già thì dễ gãy hơn xương người trẻ tuổi
Note 16
- Comparatives
Form
Short Adj/Adv: S + V + adj/adv + ER + than + N/pronoun
Long Adj/ Adv: S + V + MORE + adj/adv + than + N/pronoun (so sánh hơn)
S + V + LESS + adj/adv + than + N/pronoun (so sánh kém hơn)
E.g: He is taller than his brother.
Mr Nam speaks English more fluently than I do.
She visits her grandparents less frequently than he docs.
- Để nhấn mạnh thêm cho tính từ và trạng từ so sánh người ta dùng “far/ much/ slightly/...” trước so sánh
hơn kém.
E.g: This book is much more expensive than that one. (Quyển sách này đắt hơn nhiều so với quyển kia.)
This car is slightly cheaper than that one. (Xe ô tô này rẻ hơn một chút so với xe ô tô kia.)
(for => of)
- malnutrition (n- countable): sự suy dinh dưỡng
E.g: Many children are suffering from severe malnutrition.
- cause (n): nguyên nhân (cause + of)
E.g: Unemployment is a major cause of poverty.
“Thiếu đạm động vật trong chế độ ăn là một nguyên nhân nghiêm trọng của bệnh suy dinh
dưỡng.”
“Cô ấy không chăm học. Cô ấy đã thi trượt.”
A. Mặc dù cô ấy thi trượt nhưng cô ấy không chăm học.
Trang 35/22
B. Nếu cô ấy đã không chăm học thì cô ấy đã trượt kì thi.
C. Nếu cô ấy chăm học thì cô ấy đã thi đỗ.
D. Mặc dù cô ấy chăm học nhưng cô ấy đã thi trượt.
A, B, D: không phù hợp về nghĩa
Trang 36/22
Cấu trúc: If + S + had + Vpp, S + would have + Vpp... (câu điều kiện loại 3: diễn tả sự việc trái với
thực tế
trong quá khứ)
“Bạn không thể hoàn toàn tránh được căng thẳng trong cuộc sống. Bạn cần tìm cách để đối phó
với nó.”
A. Sau khi bạn có thể hoàn toàn tránh được căng thẳng trong cuộc sống thì bạn cần tìm cách để
đối phó
với nó.
B. Ngay khi bạn có thể hoàn toàn tránh được căng thẳng trong cuộc sống thì bạn cần tìm cách để
đối phó
với nó.
C. Vì bạn không thể hoàn toàn tránh được căng thẳng trong cuộc sống nên bạn cần tìm cách để
đối phó
với nó.
D. Bởi vì căng thẳng hoàn toàn có thể được tránh trong cuộc sống nên bạn cần tìm cách để đối
phó với
nó.
Trang 37/22
BẢNG MỤC TIÊU ÔN LUYỆN
Thời gian làm bài: ........................................
Bắt đầu lúc ........................................ Kết thúc lúc ........................................
Số điểm mục tiêu: ........................................
Số điểm thực tế: ........................................
Kiến thức quan trọng: - ........................................
- ........................................
- ........................................
If it doesn’t challenge you,
If it doesn’t challenge you!
- Fred Deuto –
BẢNG GHI CHÚ KIẾNTHỨC
Câu Nội Dung Ghi Chú

………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
Trang 38/22
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
Trang 39/22
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….
Em đã bỏ quên kiến thức quan trọng nào không? – Nhớ ghi lại sau mỗi đề nhé!
Trang 40/22
TẠO
5 Môn: TIẾNG ANH
07
trang
Question 1 : A. concerned. B. raised C. developed D.
returned Question 2: A. educate B. eliminate C.
certificate D. dedicate
Question 3: A. restaurant B. assistance C. usually D. compliment
Question 4: A. economics B. biology C. experiment D. philosophy
Question 5: I think you will be home and dry in the interview because you have many years of
teaching experience and good academic qualifications.
A. be successful B. be unsuccessful
C. be satisfied D. be unsatisfied
Question 6: You have got a high score in the final exam. You should put yourself on the back.
A. criticize yourself B. wear a backpack
C. praise yourself D. check up your back
Question 7: I don’t like him. There is a sneaky look on his face.
A. furious B. humorous C. dishonest D. guilty
Question 8: The bomb exploded in the school; fortunately no one was injured.
A. taken off B. went off C. put on D. hold up
Question 9: Mr David is having dinner with his friend in a restaurant.
- Mr David: “Could you bring me some water?” - Waiter: “ ”
A. No, thanks. B. Of course you can.
C. I’m afraid not. D. Certainly, sir.
Trang 1/5
Question 10: Nam: “Would you like to join us for dinner after work?” - Lan: “ .”
A. Thanks. You can cook dinner.
B. I'd love to, but I have to finish my presentation for tomorrow.
C. Thanks for your help, but I can cook dinner myself.
D. What’s wrong with you?
Trang 2/5
Question 11: David does not have Peter does.
A. money more than B. as many money as
C. more money as D. as much money as
Question 12: The president came a lot of criticism for the speech he made in a
television interview.
A. in for B. about C. out of D. off
Question 13: I had all the information at my before attending the meeting.
A. fingertips B. thumbs C. hands D. fingers
Question 14: They will be staying here for few weeks.
A. other B. another C. others D. the others
Question 15: I think jeans will not go of style soon.
A. down B. away C. out D. off
Question 16: Some men are concerned with physical when they choose a wife.
A. attract B. attractive C. attractiveness D. attractively
Question 17: He joined the English club, were over 50 years old.
A. most of its members B. most of which
C. most of whom D. most of whose members
Question 18: After a long working day, she felt .
A. broken down B. worn out C. knocked out D. turned down
Question 19: Mr. Huy received a warning for speeding. He so fast.
A. shouldn’t have driven B. should have
C. would have driven D. might have driven
Question 20. The father said to his daughter: “When you’ve finished lunch, I’ll you back
to school in the car. When school’s finished I’ll come to the school and you back home.”
A. take - bring B. bring - bring C. bring - take D. take -take
Question 21. I locked the door of my room all day yesterday to avoid .
A. disturbing B. being disturbed C. to disturb D. to be disturbed
Question 22. These boys often play tricks on their friends.
A. mischievous B. obedient C. honest D. well-behaved
Spring is coming and it’s time for us to grow plants. Of course, not all plants are (23)
in season. This makes it very (24)
to pick the best plants to grow. The good news is that
Trang 2/20
there are tons of choices. Do you know that plants can grow in nearly every climate?
It's true that some plants are picky but most are super (25) and only require water, dirt
and of course sun. This spring is the (26) time to start your own garden.
There are three amazing plants that work in every single climate. The first plant is spinach.
Spinach is very easy to grow because it removes water well and can (27) different levels
of heat. The second one is carrots. There are many types of carrots you can grow. Most
carrots are very quick to grow and also handle all types of
Trang 3/20
climates as well. The third one is tomatoes. There are tons of different types of tomatoes. It’s
easy to find the perfect tomato for any location. Go plant some plants!
Question 23. A. actually B. today C. currently D.
actively
Question 24. A. easy B. fun C. stressful D.
Question 25. A. flexible B. picky C. divine difficult
D. cranky
Question 26. A. worst B. fun C. perfect D. better
Question 27. A. hold B. sit C. stand D.
Some animal behaviorists argue that certain animals can remember past events, anticipate
future ones, make plans and choices, and coordinate activities within a group. These scientists,
however, are cautious about the extent to which animals can be credited with conscious
processing.
Explanations of animal behavior that leave out any sort of consciousness at all and ascribe
actions entirely to instinct leave many questions unanswered. One example of such unexplained
behavior: Honeybees communicate the sources of nectar to one another by doing a dance in a
figure-eight pattern. The orientation of the dance conveys the position of the food relative to the
sun’s position in the sky, and the speed of the dance tells how far the food source is from the
hive. Most researchers assume that the ability to perform and encode the dance is innate and
shows no special intelligence. But in one study, when experimenters kept changing the site of
the food source, each time moving the food 25 percent farther from the previous site, foraging
honeybees began to anticipate where the food source would appear next. When the researchers
arrived at the new location, they would find the bees circling the spot, waiting for their food.
No one has yet explained how bees, whose brains weigh four ten-thousandths of an ounce,
could have inferred the location of the new site.
Other behaviors that may indicate some cognition include tool use. Many animals, like the
otter who uses a stone to crack mussel shells, are capable of using objects in the natural
environment as rudimentary tools. One researcher has found that mother chimpanzees
occasionally show their young how to use tools to open hard nuts. In one study, chimpanzees
compared two pairs of food wells containing chocolate chips. Allowed to choose which pair
they wanted, the chimpanzees almost always chose the one with the higher total, showing some
sort of summing ability. Other chimpanzees have learned to use numerals to label quantities of
items and do simple sums.
Question 28: What does the passage mainly discuss?
A. The role of instinct in animal behavior
B. Observations that suggest consciousness in animal behavior
C. The use of food in studies of animal behavior
D. Differences between the behavior of animals in their natural environments and in
Trang 4/20
laboratory experiments.
Question 29: Which of the following is NOT discussed as an ability animals are thought to have?
A. Selecting among choices B. Anticipating events to come
C. Remembering past experiences D. Communicating emotions
Question 30: What is the purpose of the honeybee dance?
A. To determine the quantity of food at a site
B. To communicate the location of food
C. To increase the speed of travel to food sources
Trang 5/20
D. To identify the type of nectar that is available
Question 31: The word “yet” in line 15 is closest in meaning to
A. however B. since C. generally D. so far
Question 32: It can be inferred from the passage that brain size is assumed to .
A. be an indicator of cognitive ability B. vary among individuals within a species
C. be related to food consumption D. correspond to levels of activity
Question 33: Why are otters and mussel shells included in the discussion in paragraph 3?
A. To provide that certain species demonstrate greater ability in tool use than other species.
B. To provide an example of tool use among animals.
C. To show that animals are very good at using objects in their habitat.
D. To provide an example of the use of weapons among animals.
Question 34: The phrase “the one” in paragraph 3 refers to the .
A. study B. pair C. chimpanzee D. ability
The Native American peoples of the north Pacific Coast created a highly complex
maritime culture as they invented modes of production unique to their special environment. In
addition to their sophisticated technical culture, they also attained one of the most complex
social organizations of any nonagricultural people in the world.
In a division of labor similar to that of the hunting peoples in the interior and among
foraging peoples throughout the world, the men did most of the fishing, and the women
processed the catch. Women also specialized in the gathering of the abundant shellfish that
lived closer to shore. They collected oysters, crabs, sea urchins, abalone, and clams, which they
could gather while remaining close to their children. The maritime life harvested by the women
not only provided food, but also supplied more of the raw materials for making tools than did
fish gathered by the men. Of particular importance for the native tool than did the fish
gathered by the men. Of particular made from the larger mussel shells, and a variety of cutting
edges that could be made from other marine shells.
The women used their tools to process all of the fish and marine mammals brought in by
the men. They cleaned the fish, and dried vast quantities of them for the winter. They sun -
dried fish when practical, but in the rainy climate of the coastal area they also used
smokehouses to preserve tons of fish and other seafood annually. Each product had its own
peculiar characteristics that demanded a particular way of cutting or drying the meat, and each
task required its own cutting blades and other utensils.
After drying the fish, the women pounded some of them into fish meal, which was an
easily transported food used in soups, stews, or other dishes to provide protein and thickening
in the absence of fresh fish or while on long trips. The women also made a cheese-like substance
Trang 6/20
from a mixture of fish and roe by aging it in storehouses or by burying it in wooden boxes or
pits lined with rocks and tree leaves.
Question 35: Which aspect of the lives of the Native Americans of the north Pacific Coast does
the passage mainly discuss?
A. Methods of food preservation
B. How diet was restricted by the environment
C. The contributions of women to the food supply
D. Difficulties in establishing successful farms
Trang 7/20
Question 36: The word “unique” in the first paragraph is closest in meaning to .
A. comprehensible B. productive C. intentional D. particular
Question 37: It can be inferred from paragraph 1 that the social organization of many
agricultural peoples is .
A. more complex than that of hunters and foragers
B. less efficient than that of hunters and foragers
C. more widespread than that of hunters and foragers
D. better documented than that of hunters and foragers
Question 38: According to the passage, what is true of the “division of labor” mentioned in
paragraph 2?
A. It was first developed by Native Americans of the north Pacific Coast.
B. It rarely existed among hunting
C. It was a structure that the Native Americans of the north Pacific Coast shared with many
other peoples.
D. It provided a form of social organization that was found mainly among coastal peoples.
Question 39: All of the following are true of the north Pacific coast women EXCEPT that they .
A. were more likely to catch shellfish than other kinds of fish
B. contributed more materials for tool making than the men did
C. sometimes searched for food far inland from the coast
D. prepared and preserved the fish
Question 40. The word “They” in paragraph 3 refers to .
A. women B. tools C. mammals D. men
Question 41. The Native Americans of the north Pacific Coast used smokehouses in order to .
A. store utensils used in food preparation
B. prevent fish and shellfish from spoiling
C. have a place to store fish and shellfish
D. prepare elaborate meals
Question 42. All of following are true of the cheese-like substance mentioned in paragraph 4
EXCEPT that it was .
A. made from fish B. not actually cheese
C. useful on long journeys D. made in a short period of time
Question 43: We must remember what happened in the past so that it will never happen again.
A. If we could remember the past, it would not happen again.
B. Since we all tend to forget what happened in the past we make the same mistakes again.
Trang 8/20
C. We couldn’t remember what happened in the past so we did it again.
D. In order not to repeat the past, we should certainly not forget what happened then.
Question 44: After failing a doping test at the Beijing Olympics, John was stripped of his gold
medal.
A. At the Seoul Beijing John and many others were disqualified after failing a doping test.
B. If John hadn’t been tested positive for doping at the Beijing Olympics, he wouldn’t have lost
his gold medal.
Trang 9/20
C. Since John confessed having used doping his gold medal was taken back.
D. Although John failed the doping test he wasn’t disqualified from the Beijing Olympics.
Question 45: The only members of the cat family that can roar are lions, leopards, tigers, and
jaguars but lions are by far the loudest.
A. Like leopards, tigers, and jaguars, lions are among the members of the cat family that can
roar.
B Since lions come from the same cat family as leopards, tigers and jaguars do, they can roar
as loud as the others.
C. Lions, leopards, tigers, and jaguars are the only four cats that can roar; however, the others
can’t roar as loudly as lions do.
D. The roar of a lion is loud enough to make other animals, such as leopards or tigers, feel
frightened. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part
that needs correction in each of the following questions.
Question 46: His father (A) asked him (B) what (C) did he want (D) for his birthday.
Question 47: The (A) economy of this country is based (B) to a great extent (C) in its forests,
which cover 80 (D) percent of its surface area.
Question 48: While verbalization is (A) the most common form of language in (B) existence,
humans make use of many (C) others systems and techniques (D) to express their thoughts and
feelings.
Question 49: Wind a scarf around your neck. You will get cold.
A. You will not get cold unless you wind a scarf around your neck.
B. Wind a scarf around your neck, otherwise you will get cold.
C. If you wind a scarf around your neck, you will get cold.
D. You not only wind a scarf around your neck but also get cold.
Question 50: He raised his hand high. He wanted to attract his teacher’s attention.
A. Because his teacher attracted him, he raised his hand high.
B. To attract his teacher’s attention, he raised his hand high.
C. Though he raised his hand high, he could not attract his teacher’s attention.
D. He had such a high raising of hand that he failed to attract his teacher’s attention.
Trang
10/20
ANSWER KEY
1C 2C 3B 4A 5B 6A 7C 8B 9D 10B
11D 12A 13A 14B 15C 16C 17D 18B 19A 20A
21B 22A 23C 24D 25A 26C 27C 28B 29D 30B
31D 32A 33B 34B 35C 36D 37A 38C 39C 40A
41B 42D 43D 44B 45C 46C 47B 48C 49B 50B
Question 1 : Chọn đáp án C.
- concemed/kan'sɜ:nd/ (v-past/ adj): quan tâm, liên quan
E.g: Her attitude concerned me.
- raised /reizd/ (v-past): nuôi, tăng
E.g: The government raised taxes.
- developed /di'vel.əpt/ (v-past): phát triển
They developed a new policy to deal with the problem.
- returned /ri’tɜ:nd/ (v-past): trở lại, trở về
E.g: They returned home after many years of travelling.
Note 22
Quy tắc phát âm đuôi “ed” sau các động từ có quy
tắc:
TH1: phát âm là /id/: Khi động từ có tận cùng là phụ âm /t/ hoặc /d/
E.g: wanted / wɒntid /; needed / ni:did /
TH2: phát âm là /t /: Khi động từ tận cùng bằng phụ âm vô thanh /p/, /f/, /k/, /s/, /ʃ/, /tʃ/
E.g: stopped / stɒpt /; laughed / la:ft /; cooked / kʊkt /; watched / wɒtʃt /
TH3: phát âm là /d/: Khi động từ tận cùng là các nguyên âm và các phụ âm còn lại
Question 2. Chọn đáp án C.

- educate /'edʒ.u.keit/ (v): giáo dục
E.g: Many children are educated at home.
- eliminate /i'lɪm.ɪ.neɪt/ (v): loại trừ, loại bỏ
E.g: Water helps eliminate toxins form your system.
- certificate /sə'tɪf.ɪ.kət/ (n): chứng chỉ, giấy chứng nhận
E.g: We need your birth certificate.
- dedicate /'ded.ɪ.keɪt/ (v): cống hiến, hiến dâng
E.g: He dedicated his life to his career.
Trang 7/20
Question 3. Chọn Đáp án B.
- restaurant /’res.trɒnt/ (n): nhà hàng
Trang 8/20
E.g: He works in a big restaurant.
- assistance /ə'sis-təns/ (n): sự giúp đỡ
E.g: We are able to run our own business because of their financial assistance.
- usually /ju’ʒə'wəli/ (adv): thường xuyên
E.g: My mother usually goes shopping on the weekend.
- compliment /’kɒm.plɪ.mənt/ (n,v): lời khen, khen ngợi
E.g: My mother always pays me a compliment when I get good marks.
- economics /,i:.kə’nɒm.ɪks/ (n): kinh tế học
- biology /baɪ'ɒl.ə.dʒi/ (n): sinh vật học
- experiment /ɪk'sper.ɪ.mənt/ (n): thí nghiệm
E.g: We are conducting an experiment to test the effectiveness of the new drug.
- philosophy /fɪ'lɒs.ə.fi/ (n): triết học
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE ỉn
- be successful: thành công
- be unsuccessful: không thành công
- be satisfied: hài lòng, thỏa mãn
- be unsatisfied: không hài lòng, không thỏa mân
- be home and dry/ be home free: thành công, xuôi chèo mát mái
Do đó: be home and be unsuccessful
dry 
Dịch: Tôi nghĩ bạn sẽ thành công trong cuộc phỏng vấn vì bạn có nhiều năm kinh nghiệm dạy học
và
bằng cấp tốt.
- criticize yourself: chỉ trích bản thân mình, tự phê bình
- wear a backpack: đeo ba lô
- praise yourself: khen ngợi bản thân mình, tự khen mình
- check up your back: kiểm tra lưng bạn
- put yourself on the back: praise yourself for doing something well: khen ngợi bản thân mình
Do đó: put - yourself on the criticize yourself
back 
Dịch: Bạn đã đạt điểm cao trong kì thi cuối. Bạn nên khen ngợi bản thân mình.
Trang 8/20
- furious (adj): giận dữ
- humorous (adj): hài hước
- dishonest (adj): không chân thật, không thật thà
- guilty (adj): xấu hổ, có tội
- sneaky (adj): lén lút, không chân thật
Do đó: sneaky ~ dishonest
Trang 9/20
Dịch: Tôi không thích anh ta. Có nét không chân thật trên khuôn mặt anh ta.
- take off: cởi, tháo; cất cánh (máy bay)
- go off: nổ
- put on: mặc
- hold up: làm tắc nghẽn
- Do đó: exploded ~ went off
Dịch: Quả bom đã nổ trong trưởng; may mắn là không ai bị thương.
Ông David đang ăn tối với bạn tại một nhà hàng.
- Ông David: Cậu có thể mang cho tôi ít nước được không? - Nam phục vụ: “ ”
A. Không, cảm ơn nhé.
B. Dĩ nhiên ông có thể ạ.
C. Tôi e là không.
D. Dạ vâng, thưa ông.
Nam: “Cậu có muốn ăn tối với bọn tớ sau khi tan làm không?” - Lan: “ ”.
A. Cảm ơn. Cậu có thể nấu bữa tối.
B. Tớ rất muốn tham gia nhưng tớ phải hoàn thành bài thuyết trình cho ngày mai.
C. Cảm ơn vì cậu đã giúp đỡ, nhưng tự tớ có thể nấu bữa tối.
D. Cậu làm sao vậy?
Đây là cấu trúc so sánh bằng với danh từ:
- S+ V + as + many/ much/ little/ few + N + as + N/
pronoun “Money” là danh từ không đếm được =>
dùng much
Dịch: David không có nhiều tiền bằng Peter.
- come in for (ph.v): nhận được điều gì đó không tốt đẹp
+ Come in for a lot of criticism: bị nhận rất nhiều lởi phê bình
E.g: They have just come in for a lot of criticism.
- come out of: xuất hiện từ, phát triển từ
Trang 10/20
E.g: Rock music came out of the blues.
- come about (ph.v): xảy ra
E.g: Please tell me how the accident came about.
- come off (ph.v): thành công
E.g: The plan didn’t come off.
Trang 11/20
Dịch: Tổng thống đã bị nhận nhiều lởi phê bình về bài phát biểu của mình tại cuộc phỏng vấn trên
ti vi.
- fingertip (n): đầu ngón tay
- thumb (n): ngón tay cái
- hand (n): bàn tay
- finger (n): ngón tay
- have something at your fingertips: nắm được điều gì đó (thông tin, kiến thức,...) trong tầm
tay, sẵn có
Dịch: Tôi đã có tất cả thông tin cần thiết trong tầm tay trước khi tham dự cuộc họp.
Cấu trúc: - Another + số từ/ a few/ a couple of + N đếm được số nhiều (plural N): .. .nữa
E.g: I need another few minutes. (Tôi cần thêm vài phút
nữa.) Dịch: Họ sẽ ở tại đây một vài tuần nữa.
* Another
Another ~ one more’ or ‘an additional or extra’, or ‘an alternative or different: một ...nào đó,
một
...nào khác
- Another + singular noun (danh từ số ít): dùng để đề cập đến một đối tượng nào đó không
xác
định
E.g: You’ve met Linda, but I have another sister who you haven’t met, called Margaret.
(Bạn đã gặp Linda, nhưng tôi có một ngưởi chị gái khác nữa mà bạn chưa gặp, tên là
Margaret.)
- Another + one
E.g: - Hoa: You can borrow more of these books if you like. - Lan: Ok, I’ll take another one.
(= another book)
- Another được sử dụng như một đại từ (pronoun).
E.g: This novel is very boring. Give me another, “another = another novel” (Cuốn tiểu
thuyết này chán quá. Đưa tôi quyển khác đi.)
- Another + số từ/ a few/ a couple of + N đếm được số nhiều (plural N)
E.g: I like this city so much that I’m going to spend another three days here. (Tôi rất thích
thành
phố này nên tôi định sẽ ở lại đây 3 ngày nữa.)
* Other
- Other ~ additional or extra, or alternative, or different types of: vài/ những ...khác
- Other + plural noun (danh từ số nhiều)/ singular uncountable noun (danh từ không đếm
Trang 12/20
được)
E.g: I have invited some other people. (Tôi đã mởi một vài ngưởi khác.)
We have other styles if you are interested. (Chúng tôi có những kiểu cách khác nếu như bạn
quan tâm.)
- Other + ones
E.g: We don’t need those books. We need other ones. (= different books) (Chúng tôi không
cần những quyển sách đó. Chúng tôi cần những quyển khác.)
- Other có thể đi với danh từ đếm được số ít nhưng trước “other” phải có một từ hạn định
khác
như: one, my, an, that, our,..
E.g: Our other son (= another son of ours: một ngưởi con trai khác của chúng tôi); one other
son
( = another son)
Trang 13/20
* Others
- Others : những .... khác
- Others ~ other ones/ other + N số nhiều: dùng khi nói đến những đối tượng nào đó không
xác
định.
E.g: These novels are very boring. Give me others. (Những cuốn tiểu thuyết này chán quá.
Hãy
đưa cho tôi những cuốn khác xem) => others = other novels
* The other
- The other : ...còn lại: dùng khi nói đến đối tượng nào đó xác định.
- The other + N (danh từ không đếm được/ đếm được số ít/ đếm được số nhiều)
E.g: I have two sisters. One is a teacher; the other is a nurse. (Tôi có 2 ngưởi chị, một
ngưởi là giáo viên; ngưởi còn lại là y tá.)
Where are the other two dinner plates? I can only find four.
* The others
The others: những ...còn lại : dùng khi nói đến những đối tượng nào đó xác định.
E.g: I have 4 sisters. One is a nurse; the others are teachers. (Tôi có 4 ngưởi chị. Một
ngưởi là y tá; những ngưởi còn lại là giáo viên.)
- The others = The other + N số nhiều
E.g: There are 4 books on the table. I don’t like this book. I like the others = (I like the
other books )
Lưu ý: Khi chỉ có 2 đối tượng thì đối tượng đầu tiên dùng ONE đối tượng thứ 2 dùng
the other. E.g: I have 2 brothers. One is a doctor, and the other is a teacher. (Tôi có 2
ngưởi anh. Một ngưởi là bác sĩ, ngưởi kia là giáo viên.)
* Each other - One another - Together
- Each other (nhau): Dùng cho 2 đối tượng thực hiện hành động có tác động qua lại.
E.g: Nam and Mai love each other. (Nam và Mai yêu nhau.) có tác động qua lại
He and his girlfriend look at each other. (Anh ấy và bạn gái nhìn nhau.)
- One another (nhau): Cách dùng giống như “each other” nhưng dùng khi có 3 đối
tượng trở lên. (tuy nhiên hiện nay ngưởi ta thưởng dùng “each other” thay cho cả “one
another”)
E.g: All the football players tried to help one another in the winning goal.
- Together (cùng nhau, với nhau): dùng khi các đối tượng cùng thực hiện hành động nào
đó mà không có tác động qua lại
E.g: We go to the zoo together.
Trang 14/20
Question 15 Chọn đáp án c
- go out of style/ go out of fashion: lỗi thởi, lỗi mốt (thởi trang)
- go down: giảm xuống, chìm xuống
- go away: rởi đi, đi nghỉ, biến mất
- go off: rởi đi, nổ (bom, súng), reo (chuông)
Dịch: Tôi nghĩ quần bò sẽ không lỗi mốt.
- attract (v): hấp dẫn, thu hút
Trang 15/20
- attractive (adj): hấp dẫn, quyến rũ attractively (adv)
- attractiveness (n): sự thu hút, sự hấp dẫn, quyến rũ (về ngoại hình)
Từ cần điền vào là một danh từ sau tính từ “physical”.
Dịch: Một số đàn ông quan tâm đến vẻ đẹp ngoại hình khi họ chọn vợ.
- most of which: thay thế cho danh từ chỉ vật
- most of whom: thay thế cho danh từ chỉ ngưởi
- most of whose + N: thay thế cho sở hữu của danh từ đó
Vì danh từ phía trước chỗ trống cần điền vào là “the English club” nên xét theo nghĩa của cả câu
thì B, C không phù hợp.
Ta thấy: He joined the English club. Most of its members were over 50 years old.  He joined the
English club, most of whose members were over 50 years old. (“whose” thay thế cho tính từ sở
hữu “its”).
Dịch: Ông ấy đã tham gia vào câu lạc bộ Tiếng Anh mà đa số các thành viên của câu lạc bộ đó trên
50
tuổi rồi.
- break down (ph.v): suy sụp
E.g: She broke down when she heard the bad news.
- knock sb out ~ wear sb out: làm cho ai đó cảm thấy rất mệt
E.g: The kids have knocked me out.
- turn down (ph.v): từ chối
E.g: He turned down my invitation.
- worn out (adj): kiệt sức
+ be/ feel/ get worn out: cảm thấy kiệt sức
Dịch: Sau một ngày làm việc dài thì cô ấy cảm thấy kiệt sức.
- shouldn’t have Vpp: lẽ ra đã không nên làm gì (thực tế đã làm)
- should + V: nên làm gì
- would have Vpp: đã .. .rồi (dùng trong câu điều kiện loại 3)/ đã muốn làm gì trong quá khứ
(nhưng đã
không làm)
- might have Vpp: có thể/ có lẽ đã làm gì (khả năng trong quá khứ)
Dịch: Ông Huy đã nhận được lởi cảnh cáo về việc bắn tốc độ. Lẽ ra ông ấy đã không nên lái xe
quá nhanh.
Trang 16/20
Để phân biệt sự khác nhau giữa bring và take thì bạn nên dựa vào hành động được thực hiện so
với vị trí
của ngưởi nói.
- Bring nghĩa là “to carry to a nearer place from a more distant one.” (mang một vật, ngưởi từ một
khoảng
cách xa đến gần ngưởi nói hơn)
- Take thì trái lại “to carry to a more distant place from a nearer one.” (mang một vật, ngưởi từ
vị trí gần ngưởi nói ra xa phía ngưởi nói.)
Trang 17/20
Dịch: Ông bố nói vói con gái: “Khi con ăn trưa xong thì bố sẽ lái ô tô chở con quay lại trưởng. Khi
con
học xong thì bố sẽ đến trưởng và đón con về nhà.”
Cấu trúc:
- avoid + V-ing: tránh làm gì (chủ động)
- avoid + being Vpp: tránh bị làm gì (bị động)
Dịch: Tôi đã khóa cửa phòng cả ngày hôm qua để tránh bị ai quấy rầy.
- mischievous (adj): tinh nghịch, nghịch ngợm
- obedient (adj): ngoan ngoãn, biết vâng lởi
- honest (adj): chân thật, thành thật, trung thực
- well-behaved (adj): có giáo dục, cư xử đúng đắn
Dịch: Những đứa trẻ nghịch ngợm này thưởng chơi khăm bạn bè.
- actually (adv): thực sự, quả thật
- today (adv): ngày nay, thởi nay
- currently (adv): hiện nay, hiện thởi
- actively (adv): tích cực hoạt động
“Spring is coming and it’s time for us to grow plants. Of course, not all plants are currently in
season.” (Mùa xuân đang đến và đã đến lúc để chúng ta trồng các loại thực vật. Tất nhiên,
không phải tất cả các loài thực vật hiện đang trong mùa.)
- easy (adj): dễ dàng
- fun (adj): vui vẻ
- stressful (adj): căng thẳng
- difficult (adj): khó khăn
“This makes it very difficult to pick the best plants to grow.” (Điều này khiến cho chúng ta rất
khó để lựa chọn thực vật tốt nhất để trồng.)
- flexible (adj): linh hoạt
- picky (adj): kén chọn
- divine (adj): thần thánh; tuyệt diệu
- cranky (adj): lập dị, cáu kỉnh
Trang 18/20
It’s true that some plants are picky but most are super flexible and only require water, dirt and
of course sun. (Đúng là một số thực vật rất kén chọn nhưng đa số thì cực linh hoạt và chỉ cần
đến nước, đất và dĩ nhiên là ánh nắng mặt trởi.)
- worst: tồi tệ nhất, kém nhất
- fun (adj): vui vẻ
Trang 19/20
- perfect (adj): hoàn hảo, tuyệt vởi, tốt nhất
- better: tốt hơn
“This spring is the perfect time to start your own garden.” (Mùa xuân là thởi điểm rất tốt để bắt
đầu khu
vưởn riêng của bạn.)
- hold (v): giữ, chứa đựng
- sit (v): ngồi
- stand (v): chịu đựng
- remove (v): loại bỏ, rút ra
“Spinach is very easy to grow because it removes water well and can stand different levels of
heat.” (Rau chân vịt rat dc trồng vì nó chịu hạn tốt và có thể chịu đựng được nhiều mức nhiệt
khác nhau.)
Đoạn văn chủ yếu thảo luận về điều gì?
A. Vai trò của bản năng trong hành vi động vật
B. Những quan sát cho thấy ý thức trong hành vi động vật
C. Việc sử dụng thức ăn trong các nghiên cứu về hành vi động vật
D. Những sự khác nhau giữa hành vi của động vật trong môi trưởng tự nhiên và trong
phòng thí
nghiệm.
Dẫn chứng: - Some animal behaviorists argue that certain animals can remember past events ...
These scientists, however, are cautious about the extent to which animals can be credited with
conscious processing. (Một số nhà nghiên cứu hành vi của động vật tranh luận rằng một số
động vật có thể nhớ các sự việc trong quá khứ... Tuy nhiên, các nhà khoa này thận trọng về mức
độ mà động vật có thể được cho là xử lý có ý thức)
- Explanations of animal behavior that leave out any sort of consciousness at all and ascribe
actions entirely to instinct leave many questions unanswered. (Các giải thích về hành vi động
vật bỏ qua bất cứ loại ý thức nào và gán cho các hành động hoàn toàn do bản năng để lại nhiều
câu hỏi chưa được trả lởi)
- Other behaviors that may indicate some cognition include tool use (Các hành vi khác có thể
chỉ ra một số nhận thức bao gồm việc sử dụng công cụ)
Điều nào sau đây KHÔNG được thảo luận là khả năng mà động vật có?
A. Lựa chọn trong số các lựa chọn
Trang 20/20
B. Dự đoán được sự sắp đến
C. Nhớ các việc trong quá khứ
D. Truyền đạt cảm xúc
Dẫn chứng: Some animal behaviorists argue that certain animals can remember past events.
anticipate future ones, make plans and choices, and coordinate activities within a group. (Một
số nhà nghiên cứu hành vi của động vật tranh luận rằng một số động vật có thể nhớ các sự việc
quá khứ, dự đoán sự việc tương lai, lên kế hoạch và đưa ra lựa chọn và phối hợp các hoạt động
trong nhóm)
Mục đích của vũ điệu ong mật?
Trang 21/20
A. Để xác định số lượng thức ăn ở một địa điểm
B. Để truyền đạt thông tin về vị trí thức ăn
yVv
C. Để tăng tốc độ di chuyển đến nguồn thức ăn

D. Để nhận ra loại mật hoa sẵn có.
Dẫn chứng: “Honeybees communicate the sources of nectar to one another by doing a dance in
a figure- eight pattern.” (Loài ong mật truyền đạt thông tin về các nguồn mật hoa với nhau bằng
việc thực hiện vũ điệu hình số 8.)
- however: tuy nhiên
- since: từ khi
- generally: nói chung, thông thưởng
- so far: cho đến bây giở
“But in one study, when experimenters kept changing the site of the food source, each time
moving the food 25 percent farther from the previous site, foraging honeybees began to
anticipate where the food source would appear next. When the researchers arrived at the new
location, they would find the bees circling the spot, waiting for their food. No one has yet
explained how bees, whose brains weigh four ten- thousandths of an ounce, could have infeưed
the location of the new site.“ (Nhưng trong một nghiên cứu, khi các nhà thí nghiệm tiếp tục
thay đổi địa điểm đặt thức ăn, mỗi lần di chuyển thức ăn cách xa hơn 25% so với địa điểm
trước, những con ong mật săn mồi bắt đầu dự đoán nguồn thức ăn sẽ xuất hiện ở đâu tiếp theo.
Khi các nhà nghiên cứu đến địa điểm mới, họ thấy những con ong vây quanh nơi đó, chở đợi
thức ăn. Cho đến bây giở chưa ai giải thích được làm thế nào mà loài ong có bộ não với trọng
lượng bốn phần mưởi nghìn của một ounce, có thể suy đoán được vị trí của địa điểm mới.)
Do đó: yet ~ so far
Chúng ta có thể suy ra từ bài đọc rằng kích thước não bộ được cho là .
A. một dấu hiệu của khả năng nhận thức
B. đa dạng giữa các thành viên trong cùng một loài
C. liên quan đến việc tiêu thụ thức ăn
D. tương đương với mức độ hoạt động
Dẫn chứng: “No one has yet explained how bees, whose brains weigh four ten-thousandths of
an ounce could have inferred the location of the new site.” (Chưa ai giải thích được làm thế nào
mà loài ong có bộ não với trọng lượng bốn phần mưởi nghìn của một ounce, có thể suy đoán
Trang 22/20
được vị trí của địa điểm mới.) Question 33 Chọn đáp án B
Tại sao loài rái cá và vỏ sò được nói đến trong cuộc thảo luận ở đoạn 3?
A. Để cung cấp thông tin là một số loài nào đó thể hiện khả năng sử dụng công cụ tốt hơn các
loài khác
B. Để cung cấp ví dụ về việc sử dụng công cụ trong các loài động vật.
C. Để cho thấy rằng các động vật rất giỏi sử dụng các vật thể trong môi trưởng của mình
D. Để cung cấp ví dụ về việc sử dụng vũ khí trong các loài động vật.
Trang 23/20
“Other behaviors that may indicate some cognition include tool use. Many animals, like the
otter who uses a stone to crack mussel shells, are capable of using objects in the natural
environment as rudimentary tools.” (Các hành vi khác có thể chỉ ra một số nhận thức bao gồm
việc sử dụng công cụ. Nhiều loài động vật như loài rái cái sử dụng đá để đập vỡ vỏ sò, có khả
năng sử dụng các vật thể trong môi trưởng tự nhiên như các công cụ thô sơ.)
Cụm từ “the one” trong đoạn 3 đề cập đến .
“Allowed to choose which pair they wanted, the chimpanzees almost always chose the one
with the higher total, showing some sort of summing ability.” (Được phép chọn cặp nào mà
chúng muốn thì những con tinh tinh hầu như luôn chọn cặp nào có tổng số cao hơn, cho thấy
khả năng tổng hợp.)
Do đó: “the one” = “the pair”
Bài đọc chủ yếu thảo luận đến khía cạnh nào của đởi sống ngưởi Mỹ bản địa/ ngưởi da đỏ ở bở
biển phía
Bắc Thái Bình Dương?
A. Phương pháp bảo quản thức ăn
B. Chế độ ăn uống bị giới hạn bởi môi trưởng như thế nào
C. Những đóng góp của ngưởi phụ nữ cho việc cung cấp thức ăn
D. Những khó khăn trong việc thành lập các trang trại thành công
Dẫn chứng:
- Women also specialized in the gathering of the abundant shellfish that lived closer to shore.
They collected oysters, crabs, sea urchins, abalone, and clams, which they could gather while
remaining close to their children... (Ngưởi phụ nữ cũng chuyên về việc thu lượm các loài giáp
xác dồi dào sống gần bở biển. Họ thu lượm các loại hàu, cua, nhím biển, bào ngư, và con trai
trong khi họ vẫn ở gần bên các con của mình.)
- The women used their tools to process all of the fish and marine mammals brought in by the
men... (Những ngưởi phụ nữ đã dùng các công cụ của mình để xử lý các loài cá và động vật có
vú ở biển mà những ngưởi đàn ông mang về...)
- After drying the fish, the women pounded some of them into fish meal... (Sau khi sấy khô cá
thì phụ nữ đã giã một ít cá để làm bột cá....)
Từ “unique” trong đoạn đầu gần nghĩa nhất với .
A. có thể hiểu được, có thể lĩnh hội
B. năng suất cao, sản xuất nhiều
Trang 24/20
C. có ý định trước, cố ý
D. đặc biệt, đặc trưng
“The Native American peoples of the north Pacific Coast created a highly complex maritime
culture as they invented modes of production unique to their special environment” (Những
ngưởi da đỏ ở bở biển phía bắc Thái Bình Dương đã tạo ra một nền văn hóa biển rất phức tạp vì
họ đã phát minh ra các phương thức sản xuất độc đáo với môi trưởng đặc biệt của mình.)
Do đó: unique ~ particular
Trang 25/20
Chúng ta có thể suy ra từ đoạn 1 rằng tổ chức xã hội của nhiều dân tộc nông nghiệp .
A. phức tạp hơn tổ chức của các bộ tộc săn bắn và hái lượm
B. ít hiệu quả hơn tổ chức của các bộ tộc săn bắn và hái lượm
C. phổ biến hơn tổ chức của các bộ tộc săn bắn và hái lượm
D. có nhiều tài liệu hơn tổ chức của các bộ tộc săn bắn và hái lượm
Dẫn chứng: “In addition to their sophisticated technical culture, they also attained one of the
most complex social organizations of any nonagricultural people in the world.” (Ngoài nền văn
hóa kĩ thuật tinh vi của mình thì họ cũng là một trong những tổ chức xã hội phức tạp nhất
trong số bất cứ dân tộc phi nông nghiệp nào trên thế giới.)
Theo bài đọc, điều gì đúng về “sự phân chia lao động” được đề cập trong đoạn 2?
A. Sự phân chia lao động được phát triển đầu tiên bởi ngưởi da đỏ ở phía bắc Thái Bình
Dương
B. Sự phân chia lao động hiếm khi tồn tại trong việc săn bắn
C. Sự phân chia lao động là một cấu trúc mà ngưởi da đỏ ở phía bắc Thái Bình Dương giống với
nhiều
dân tộc khác
D. Sự phân chia lao động giúp hình thành tổ chức xã hội được tìm thấy chủ yếu ở những dân
tộc bở biển
Dẫn chứng: In a division of labor similar to that of the hunting peoples in the interior and
among foraging peoples throughout the world, the men did most of the fishing, and the
women processed the catch. (Về việc phân chia lao động thì giống như các dân tộc săn bắn và
hái lượm trên thế giới: ngưởi đàn ông đánh cá và ngưởi phụ nữ xử lý việc đánh bắt đó.)
Tất cả những điều sau đây đúng về ngưởi phụ nữ ở bở biển phía Bắc Thái Bình Dương NGOẠI
TRỪ việc
họ .
A. có khả năng bắt các loại giáp xác hơn các loại cá khác
B. đóng góp nhiều nguyên liệu để chế tạo công cụ hơn ngưởi đàn ông
C. thỉnh thoảng đi kiếm thức ăn xa bở biển
D. chuẩn bị và bảo quản cá
Dẫn chứng: - Women also specialized in the gathering of the abundant shellfish that lived
closer to shore. They collected oysters, crabs, sea urchins, abalone, and clams, which they could
gather while remaining close to their children... (Ngưởi phụ nữ cũng chuyên về việc thu lượm
các loài giáp xác dồi dào sống gần bở biển. Họ thu lượm các loại hàu, cua, nhím biển, bào ngư,
và con trai trong khi họ vẫn ở gần bên các con của mình.) => A đúng, C sai
- The maritime life harvested by the women not only provided food, but also supplied more of
Trang 26/20
the raw materials for making tools than did fish gathered by the men. (Việc thu hoạch của
ngưởi phụ nữ ở bở biển không chỉ giúp cung cấp thực phẩm mà còn cung cấp nhiêu nguyên
liệu thô để giúp chế tạo công cụ hơn việc ngưởi đàn ông đánh bắt cá.) => B đúng
- The women used their tools to process all of the fish and marine mammals brought in by the
men. They cleaned the fish, and dried vast quantities of them for the winter... (Những ngưởi
phụ nữ sử dụng các công cụ để xử lý tất cả các loài cá và động vật có vú ở biển được ngưởi đàn
ông mang về. Họ làm sạch cá và sấy khô số lượng lớn để dành cho mùa đông ...) => D đúng
Trang 27/20
Từ “They” trong đoạn 3 đề cập đến .
A. những ngưởi phụ nữ
B. các công cụ
C. các động vật có vú
D. những ngưởi đàn ông
“The women used their tools to process all of the fish and marine mammals brought in by the
men. They cleaned the fish, and dried vast quantities of them for the winter.” (Những ngưởi
phụ nữ sử dụng các công cụ để xử lý tất cả các loài cá và động vật có vú ở biển được ngưởi đàn
ông mang về. Họ làm sạch cá và sấy khô số lượng lớn để dành cho mùa đông.)
Do đó: They = The women
Ngưởi da đỏ ở phía bắc bở biển Thái Bình Dương sử dụng nơi hun khói để .
A. giữ các dụng cụ được sử dụng trong việc chuẩn bị thức ăn
B. cá và loài giáp xác không bị thối ươn
C. làm nơi chứa cá và giáp xác
D. chuẩn bị cho bữa ăn công phu
Dẫn chứng: They sun-dried fish when practical, but in the rainy climate of the coastal area they
also used smokehouses to preserve tons of fish and other seafood annually. (Họ phơi khô cá khi
trởi nắng, nhưng vào lúc khí hậu mưa gió ở khu vực ven biển, họ cũng dùng nơi hun khói để
bảo quản hàng tấn cá và hải sản khác hàng năm.)
Tất cả những điều sau đúng về chất giống như pho mát được đề cập trong đoạn 4 NGOẠI TRỪ
nó
.
A. được làm từ cá
B. không thực sự là pho mát
C. hữu ích trong các chuyến đi dài
D. được làm trong thời gian ngắn
Dẫn chứng: After drying the fish, the women pounded some of them into fish meal, which was
an easily transported food used in soups, stews, or other dishes to provide protein and
thickening in the absence of fresh fish or while on long trips. The women also made a cheese-
like substance from a mixture of fish and roe by aging it in storehouses or bv burying it in
wooden boxes or pits lined with rocks and tree leaves. (Sau khi sấy cá, phụ nữ đã giã một ít cá
làm bột cá, một loại thực phẩm dễ dàng được vận chuyển dùng trong các món súp, món hầm,
hoặc các món khác để cung cấp protein khi không có cá tươi hoặc trong những chuyến đi dài.
Những người phụ nữ này cũng tạo ra một chất giống pho mát từ hỗn hợp cá và trứng cá bằng
Trang 28/20
cách ủ nó lâu trong kho hoặc bằng cách chôn cất nó trong các hộp gỗ hoặc hố lót đá và lá cây.)
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
Câu ban đầu: Chúng ta phải nhớ chuyện xảy ra trong quá khứ để nó không bao giờ xảy ra lại nữa.
A. Nếu chúng ta có thể nhớ quá khứ thì nó sẽ không xảy ra lại.
Trang 29/20
B. Vì tất cả chúng ta có khuynh hướng quên chuyện xảy ra trong quá khứ nên chúng ta phạm lại
các sai
lầm đó.
C. Chúng ta không thể nhớ chuyện đã xảy ra trong quá khứ nên chúng ta để nó xảy ra lại.
D. Để không lặp lại quá khứ thì chúng ta chắc chắn không nên quên chuyện lúc đó đã xảy ra.
Cấu trúc: - So that + a clause: để mà
- in order to/ so as to + V: để mà
Câu ban đầu: Sau khi trượt ở bài kiểm tra doping - tại thế vận hội Bắc Kinh thì John đã bị tước
huy
chương vàng.
A. Tại thế vận hội Bắc Kinh, John và nhiều người khác bị truất quyền dự thi sau khi
thất bại bài kiểm
tra doping.
B. Nếu John đã không dính vào việc sử dụng doping tại thế vận hội Bắc Kinh thì anh ấy đã
không mất
huy chương vàng.
C. Vì John thú nhận đã dùng doping nên đã bị lấy lại huy chương vàng.
D. Mặc dù John trượt ở bài kiểm fra doping nhưng anh ấy vẫn không bị truất quyền dự thi
khỏi thế vận hội Bắc Kinh.
Cấu trúc : - If + s + had + Vpp..., S + would + have + Vpp ... (câu điều kiện loại 3 : sự việc trái với
thực tế
trong quá khứ)
Câu ban đầu: Những thành viên duy nhất trong họ mèo có thể gầm là sư tử, báo, hổ và báo
đốm Mỹ nhưng sư tử là loài gầm to nhất.
A. Giống như báo, hổ và báo đốm Mỹ, sư tử là một trong những thành viên họ mèo mà
có thể gầm.
B. Vì sư tử cùng họ mèo với báo, hổ và báo đốm Mỹ nên sư tử có thể gầm to như những loài
khác.
C. Sư tử, báo, hổ và báo đốm Mỹ là bốn loài mèo duy nhất có thể gầm; tuy nhiên, những loài
khác không gầm to bằng sư tử.
D. Tiếng gầm của sư tử đủ to để làm những động vật khác như báo hay hổ cảm thấy sợ hãi.
Cấu trúc: - S + ask (ed) + (O) + từ để hỏi + S +
V .... E.g: He asked me why I had been absent
Trang 30/20
from class. Do đó: did he want => he wanted
Dịch: Bố cậu ấy hỏi cậu ấy muốn gì cho dịp sinh nhật.
- Reporting questions (Câu hỏi trong lời nói gián tiếp)
Câu hói trong lời nói gián tiếp dược chia làm loại:
a. Yes/ No questions (Câu hỏi yes/no)
Form:
S1 + ask + (O) + IF/ WHETHER + S2 + V...
E.g: - Miss Nga said, “Are you a foreigner?”
 Miss Nga asked (me) if/ whether I was a foreigner.
b. WH- questions (Câu hỏi có từ để hỏi)
Trang 31/20
Form:
S1 + ask + (O) + WH- (when, where, how...) + S2 + V...
E.g: - “What is your name?” he asked.
He asked (me) what my name was.
Cấu trúc: - be + based + on: được dựa vào, căn cứ vào
E.g: This film is based on a real-life
incident. Do đó: to => on
Dịch: Nền kinh tế của nước này dựa vào diện tích rừng, chiếm 80% diện tích bề mặt.
- Other + danh từ số nhiều/ danh từ không đếm được: vài/ những .. .khác
- Others : những.... khác
- Others = other ones/ other + N số nhiều: dùng khi nói đến những đối tượng nào đó không xác
định.
Do đó: others systems => other systems
Dịch: Trong khi lời nói là hình thức ngôn ngữ tồn tại phổ biến nhất, con ngưởi sử dụng nhiều kĩ
thuật và
hệ thống khác nhau để thể hiện suy nghĩ và cảm xúc của mình.
each pair of sentences In the following questions.
“Hãy quàng khăn quanh cổ đi. Bạn sẽ bị lạnh đó.”
A. Bạn sẽ không bị lạnh nếu bạn không quàng khăn quanh cổ.
B. Hãy quàng khăn quanh cổ, nếu không bạn sẽ bị lạnh.
C. Nếu bạn quàng khăn quanh cổ thì bạn sẽ bị lạnh.
D. Bạn không chỉ quàng khăn quanh cổ mà còn bị lạnh nữa.
“Cậu ấy đã giơ tay lên cao. Cậu ấy muốn thu hút sự chú ý của giáo viên.”
A. Bởi vì giáo viên thu hút cậu ấy nên cậu ấy đã giơ tay lên cao.
B. Để thu hút sự chú ý của giáo viên thì cậu ấy đã giơ tay lên cao.
C. Mặc dù cậu ấy đã giơ tay lên cao nhưng cậu ấy không thể thu hút được sự chú ý của giáo
viên.
D. Cậu ấy đã giơ tay lên cao đến nỗi mà cậu ấy không thể thu hút sự chú ý của giáo viên.
Trang 32/20
TẠO
6 Môn: TIẾNG ANH
07
trang
Question 1: A. mood B. flood C. spoon D. moon
Question 2: A. digestion B. suggestion C. question D. attraction
Question 3: A. studious B. century C. similar D. semester
Question 4: A. competent B. implicate C. advertise D. reconstruct
Question 5: We received a lot of useful information because the report accurately reflected the
current state of the company.
A. carelessly B. imprecisely C. uneasily D. untruthfully
Question 6: Sally was unhappy that she lost contact with a lot of her old friends when she went
abroad to study.
A. made room for B. take charge of C. got in touch with D. lost control of
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 7: Deforestation may seriously jeopardize the habitat of many species.
A. do harm to B. set fire to C. give rise to D. make way for
Question 8: It is such a prestigious university that only good students are entitled to a full
scholarship each year.
A. have the right to refuse B. are given the right to
C. are refused the right to D. have the obligation to
Question 9: Huy was asking Mai, his classmate, for her opinion about the book he had
lent her. Huy: “What do you think about the book?”
Mai: “ .”
A. Yes, let’s read it together. B. The best I’ve ever read!
Trang 1/5
C. I can’t agree with you more. D. I wish I could buy one.
Question 10: Tim and Linda are talking about what to do after
school. Tim: “ ” - Linda: “Yes, I’d love to.”
A. Do you often have time for a drink after school?
B. Would you like to have a drink after school?
Trang 2/5
C. Do you often go out for a drink after school?
D. Do you like tea or coffee?
Question 11: He was the last man the meeting room.
A. who leave B. to leave C. leaving D. left
Question 12: Tom never stays in one place for long. He always gets feet and sets off on
his travels again.
A. chilly B. itchy C. dusty D. shaky
Question 13: Clothing made of plastic fibers has some certain advantages over made
of natural fibers.
A. that B. which C. the one D. what
Question 14: Whenever I visited her, my grandmother my favorite cake for me.
A. would make B. use to make C. would have made D. have made
Question 15: He was injured after jumping the wall yesterday.
A. over B. under C. across D.
through Question 16: Unfortunately, my trip to France because I
couldn’t save enough money.
A. fell through B. tried out C. took over D. turned up
Question 17: Action movies may have a negative on children.
A. opinion B. influence C. dependence D. decision
Question 18: As a small child, he was used to alone in the house for several hours.
A. being left B. leaving C. be left D. leave
Question 19: Nowadays, many serious childhood diseases by early immunization.
A. prevent B. can prevent C. can be prevented D. are preventing
Question 20: He lost his job because he was , He made so many mistakes.
A. rash B. incautious C. inefficient D. impulsive
Question 21. She is a(n) . She finds it difficult to socialize with other students in the class.
A. industrious B. dynamic C. reserved D. sociable
Question 22. winter I spent in USA was one of best in my life.
A. A/ a/ the B. The/ the/ a C. The/ - / the D. The/ the/ the
People come to this small country for many reasons. They can admire spectacular (23)
meet friendly natives,
and enjoy a vibrant arts scene. Some are searching for their family (24) or others
Trang 2/19
just want to get away from it all and, digging up old memories from their English Lit class of
gallant heroes engaging in larger-than-life struggles, their minds wander to faraway lands, to
somehow familiar yet different destinations. Why not go to Scotland? But what kind of country
are they coming to and what should they expect once they get there? Scotland (25) of an area
of 30, 418 square miles - so it's a fairly compact and "doable" country - with a population of
about five million people - not too small, not too big. It is one of three countries that form the
political (26) called Great Britain, the
other two being, of course, England and Wales, which, along with their fourth partner,
Trang 3/19
Northern Ireland, becomes the United Kingdom. Scotland is bordered on three sides by water
and on its fourth by England, which has had both its advantages and disadvantages.
Geographically speaking, the country can be divided into three broad areas, the Southern
Uplands, the Central Lowlands, and the Highlands. Although the rugged Highlands (27)
about two-thirds of the land area, the
vast majority of the population lives in the Central Belt between Glasgow, Scotland>s largest
city, and Edinburgh, Scotland's capital.
Question 23. A. scene B. scenery C. view D.
panorama Question 24. A. roots B.race C. basis
D. source Question 25. A. consists B.includes
C. embraces D. comprises Question 26. A.
entirety B. entitle C. entry D. entity
Question 27. A. take out B. take in C. take up D. take off
Foot-racing is a popular activity in the United States. It is seen not only as a competitive
sport but also as a way to exercise, to enjoy the camaraderie of like-minded people, and to
donate money to a good cause. Though serious runners may spend months training to
compete, other runners and walkers might not train at all. Those not competing to win might
run in an effort to beat their own time or simply to enjoy the fun and exercise. People of all
ages, from those of less than one year (who may be pushed in strollers) to those in their eighties,
enter into this sport. The races are held on city streets, on college campuses, through parks, and
in suburban areas, and they are commonly 5 to 10 kilometers in length.
The largest footrace in the world is the 12-kilometer Bay to Breakers race that is held in San
Francisco every spring. This race begins on the east side of the city near San Francisco Bay and
ends on the west side at the Pacific Ocean. There may be 80,000 or more people running in this
race through the streets and hills of San Francisco. In the front are the serious runners who
compete to win and who might finish in as little as 34 minutes. Behind them are the thousands
who take several hours to finish. In the back of the race are those who dress in costumes and
come just for fun. One year there was a group of men who dressed like Elvis Presley, and
another group consisted of firefighters who were tied together in a long line and who were
carrying a fire-hose. There was even a bridal party, in which the bride was dressed in a long
white gown and the groom wore a tuxedo. The bride and groom threw flowers to bystanders,
and they were actually married at some point along the route.
Question 28. The main purpose of this passage is to .
A. encourage people to exercise
B. describe a popular activity
Trang 4/19
C. make fun of runners in costume
D. give reasons for the popularity of footraces
Question 29. The word “camaraderie” as used in the first paragraph could be best replaced by
which of the following?
A. games B. companionship C. jokes D. views
Question 30. Which of the following is NOT implied by the author?
A. Footraces appeal to a variety of people.
B. Walkers can compete for prizes.
C. Entering a race is a way to give support to an organization.
D. Running is a good way to strengthen the heart.
Trang 5/19
Question 31. The word “beat” as used in the first paragraph could be best replaced by which of
the following?
A. incline B. overturn C. outdo D. undermine
Question 32. In what lines does the author give reasons for why people enter footraces?
A. Foot-racing... and exercise. B. People of all ages... in length.
The largest... 34 minutes. D. Behind them... a fire-hose.
Question 33. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in this passage?
A. Some runners looked like Elvis Presley.
B. Some runners were ready to put out a fire.
C. Some runners were participating in a wedding.
D. Some runners were serious about winning.
Question 34. A “bystander” as used in the last paragraph refers to which of the following?
A. a walker B. a participant C. a spectator D. a judge
Industrialization came to the United State after 1790 as North American entrepreneurs
increased productivity by reorganizing work and building factories. These innovations in
manufacturing boosted output and living standards to an unprecedented extent; the average
per capita wealth increased by nearly 1 percent per year - 30 percent over the course of a
generation. Goods that had once been luxury items became part of everyday life.
The impressive gain in output stemmed primarily from the way in which workers made
goods, since the 1790’s, North American entrepreneurs - even without technological
improvements - had broadened the scope of the outwork system that made manufacturing
more efficient by distributing materials to a succession of workers who each performed a single
step of the production process. For example, during the 1820’s and 1830’s the shoe industry
greatly expanded the scale of the outwork system. Tens of thousands of rural women, paid
according to the amount they produced, fabricated the “uppers” of shoes, which were bound to
the soles by wage-earning journeymen shoemakers in dozens of Massachusetts towns, whereas
previously journeymen would have made the enduring shoe. This system of production made
the employer a powerful “shoe boss” and eroded workers’ control over the pace and conditions
of labor. However, it also dramatically increased the output of shoes while cutting their price.
For tasks that were not suited to the outwork system, entrepreneurs created an even more
important new organization, the modem factory, which used power-driven machines and
assemblyline techniques to turn out large quantities of well-made goods. As early as 1782 the
prolific Delaware inventor Oliver Evans had built a highly automated, laborsaving flour mill
driven by water power. His machinery lifted the grain to the top of the milt, cleaned it as it fell
into containers known as hoppers, ground the grain into flour, and then conveyed the flour
Trang 6/19
back to the top of the mill to allow it to cool as it descended into barrels. Subsequently,
manufacturers made use of new improved stationary steam engines to power their mills. This
new technology enabled them to build factories in the nation’s largest cities, taking advantage
of urban concentrations of inexpensive labor, good transportation networks, and eager
customers.
Question 35. What is the passage mainly about?
A. The difficulties of industrialization in North America
B. The influence of changes in manufacturing on the growth of urban centers
C. The rapid speed of industrialization in North America
Trang 7/19
D. Improved ways of organizing the manufacturing of goods
Question 36. The word “scope” in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to .
A. value B. popularity C. extent D. diversity
Question 37. The author mentions the shoe industry in the second paragraph to provide an
example of how
A. entrepreneurs increased output by using an extended outwork system
B. entrepreneurs used technological improvements to increase output
C. rural workers responded to “shoe bosses”
D. changes in the outwork system improved the quality of shoes
Question 38. All of the following are true of the outwork system EXCEPT .
A. It involved stages of production.
B. It was more efficient than the systems used before 1790.
C. It made many employers less powerful than they had been before.
D. It did not necessarily involve any technological improvements.
Question 39. The word “prolific” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to .
A. famous B. productive C. self-employed D. progressive
Question 40. According to the passage, how did later mills differ from the mills built by Oliver
Evans?
A. They were located away from large cities.
B. They used new technology to produce power.
C. They did not allow flour to cool before it was placed in Barrels.
D. They combined technology with the outwork system.
Question 41. The passage mentions which of the following as a result of improvements in factory
machinery?
A. It become easier for factory’ owners to find workers and customers.
B. Manufacturers had to employ more highly skilled workers.
C. The amount of power required for factories operate was reduced.
D. Factories could operate more than one engine at a time.
Question 42. The word “eager” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to .
A. wealthy B. knowledgeable C. regular D. enthusiastic
Question 43: “I will come back early. I really will!”. She said.
A. She promised to come back early. B. She reminded me to come back early.
C. She refused to come back early. D. She offered to come back early.
Question 44: I thought he was the right person for the position, yet it turned out that he was quite
Trang 8/19
useless.
A. Because I was expecting him to be incompetent, I was shocked to see him perform rather
well.
B. I was mistaken about his suitability for the position since he proved rather incompetent.
C. Contrary to my initial impression, he was not totally unsuitable for the position.
D. I was right in thinking that he was totally useless for the job.
Question 45: Friendly though she may seem, she’s not to be trusted.
A. However friendly she seems, she’s not to be trusted,
Trang 9/19
B. She’s too friendly to be trusted.
C. However she seems friendly, she’s not to be trusted,
D. She may have friends, but she’s not to be trusted.
Question 46: It is (A) interested (B) to compare the early stylized art forms (C) of ancient
civilizations
(D) with the modem abstract forms of art.
Question 47: The (A) average salt (B) content of seawater is (C) more than three (D) percents.
Question 48: (A) No other quality is more important (B) for a scientist to acquire (C) as to observe
(D)
carefully.
Question 49: My mother is good at cooking. My father is bad at it.
A. My mother is good at cooking, but my father is bad at it.
B. My mother is good at cooking, for my father is bad at it.
C. My mother is good at cooking, or my father is bad at it.
D. My mother is good at cooking, so my father is bad at it.
Question 50: Smoking is an extremely harmful habit. You should give it up immediately.
A. As smoking is an extremely harmful habit, you should give it up immediately.
B. When you give up smoking immediately, your health will be affected with this harmful habit.
C. Stop your smoking immediately so it will become one of your extremely harmful habits.
D. You should give up smoking immediately and you will fall into an extremely harmful habit.
Trang 10/19
ANSWER KEY
1B 2D 3D 4D 5B 6C 7A 8B 9B 10B
11B 12B 13A 14A 15A 16A 17B 18A 19C 20C
21C 22D 23B 24A 25A 26D 27C 28B 29B 30D
31C 32A 33B 34C 35D 36C 37A 38C 39B 40B
41A 42D 43A 44B 45A 46A 47D 48C 49A 50A
- mood /mu:d/ (n): tâm trạng
E.g: I’m in a good mood.
- flood /flʌd/ (n): lũ lụt
E.g: The heavy rain caused floods in many areas.
- spoon /spu:n/ (n): thìa
E.g: I need a soup spoon.
- moon /mu:n/ (n): mặt trăng
E.g: The moon goes around the earth.
- digestion /daɪ’dʒes.tʃən/ (n): sự tiêu hóa
E.g: Eating at night can be bad for our digestion.
- suggestion /sə'dʒes.tʃən / (n): lởi đề nghị, sự gợi ý
E.g: I don’t know what to do now. Do you have any suggestions?
- question /'kwes.tʃən/ (n): câu hỏi
E.g: It is difficult to answer this question.
- attraction /ə'træk.ʃən (n): sự hấp dẫn
E.g: Nha Trang is one of the biggest tourist attractions in Vietnam.
- studious /'stju:.di.əs/ (adj): chăm học
E.g: She is a studious girl.
- century /'sen.tʃər.i/ (n): thế kỉ
E.g: He was bom in the 16th century.
- similar /'sɪm.ɪ.lə / (adj): tương tự, giống
Trang 11/19
E.g: I am similar in appearance to my brother.
- semester/sɪ'mes.tər/ (n): học kì
E.g: He made much progress in this semester.
competent /'kɒm.pɪ. tənt/ (adj): có năng lực, giỏi
Trang 12/19
E.g: He is a competent director.
- implicate/ ‘ɪm.plɪ.keɪt/ (v): làm dính líu vào, làm vướng vào
E.g: She is implicated in the scandal.
- advertise /’ æd.və.taɪz/ (v): quảng cáo
E.g: They advertised their services in the newspaper.
- reconstruct /,ri:.kən'strʌkt/ (v): xây dựng lại
E.g: They are reconstructing the city’s public transport system.
- carelessly (adv): bất cẩn
- imprecisely (adv): không chính xác
- uneasily (adv): không dễ dàng
- untruthfully (adv): không chân thật
- accurately (adv): chính xác
Do đó: accurately imprecisely

Dịch: Chúng tôi đã nhận được nhiều thông tin hữu ích vì bài báo cáo đã phản ánh chính xác
tình trạng hiện nay của công ty.
lose contact with: mất liên lạc với
- make room for: dành chỗ cho, nhường chỗ cho
- take charge of: chịu trách nhiệm
- get/ keep/ be + in touch with: giữ liên lạc với
- lose control of: mất kiểm soát
- lose contact with: mất liên lạc với
Do đó: lose contact with get in touch with

Dịch: Sally đã rất buồn khi cô ấy mất liên lạc với nhiều bạn cũ khi đi du học.
- do harm to: làm hại đến, gây nguy hiểm đến
- set fire to: đốt cháy
- give rise to: gây ra
- make way for: tránh đưởng cho, để cho qua
Trang 13/19
- jeopardize /’dʒep.ə.daiz/ (v); gây nguy hiểm cho, làm hại
Do đó: jeopardize ~ do harm to
Dịch: Nạn phá rừng có thể gây ra tác hại nghiêm trọng đến môi trưởng sống của nhiều loài.
- have the right to refuse: có quyền từ chối
- are gi ven the right to: được cho quyền
- are refused the right to: bị từ chối quyền
Trang 14/19
- have the obligation to: có nghĩa vụ, bổn phận
- are entitled to: có quyền
Do đó: are entitled to ~ are given the right to
Dịch: Đó là một trưởng đại học có uy tín mà chỉ có những sinh viên giỏi mới được hưởng học
bổng toàn
phần mỗi năm.
Huy hỏi Mai, bạn cùng lớp để biết ý kiến của cô ấy về cuốn sách mà cậu ấy cho cô ấy mượn.
Huy: “Bạn nghĩ gì về cuốn sách đó?”
A. Uh, chúng ta hãy cùng nhau đọc nhé.
B. Cuốn sách hay nhất mà tớ từng đọc!
C. Tớ hoàn toàn đồng ý với cậu.
D. Tớ ước tớ có thể mua một cuốn.
Tim và Linda đang nói chuyện về việc nên làm gì sau khi tan học.
Tim: “ .”
Linda: Uh, tớ rất thích.
A. Cậu có thường có thời gian uống nước sau khi tan học không?
B. Cậu có muốn đi uống nước sau khi tan học không? (lời mời)
C. Cậu có thường đi ra ngoài uống nước sau khi tan học không?
D. Cậu thích uống trà hay uống cà phê?
Cách rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ:
Nếu danh từ phía trước đại từ quan hệ “who, that, which” có các từ “the first/ the second/... thì
ta dùng “to V/ to be Vpp” để rút gọn.
- S + be + the + first/second/.../last/ only + N + relative pronoun + V ... = S + be + the + first/
second/.../last/ only + N + to V/ to be Vpp...(to V nếu mệnh đề ở dạng chủ động; to be Vpp nếu
mệnh đề ở dạng bị động)
Dịch: Anh ta là người cuối cùng rời khỏi phòng họp.
- chilly (adj): giá lạnh
- itchy (adj): ngứa ngáy
Trang 15/19
- dusty (adj): đầy bụi
- shaky (adj): run
+ get/ have itchy feet (ngứa ngáy chân tay): want to travel or move to a different place; to want to
do something different: muốn đi đây đi đó
Dịch: Tom chưa bao giờ ở lại một nơi quá lâu. Anh ấy luôn muốn xách ba lô lên và đi du lịch.
Trang 16/19
- clothing (n): quần áo (danh từ không đếm được)
- has an advantage over + N: có thuận lợi hơn ....
Ở đây 2 đối tượng được so sánh là “clothing made of plastic fibers” và “clothing made of natural
fibers”
=> Từ còn thiếu trong câu này là “clothing”. Tuy nhiên, để tránh việc lặp lại danh từ đã được đề
cập trước đó thì trong câu so sánh ta sẽ thay thế danh từ đó bằng “that” nếu đó là danh từ số ít
đếm được hoặc danh từ không đếm được và bằng“those” nếu đó là danh từ số nhiều.
E.g: The height of my house is the same as that of hers, (that = the height)
- Doctors in the city are better than those in the countryside, (those = doctors)
Dịch: Quần áo được làm từ sợi tổng hợp có một số thuận lợi vượt trội hơn quần áo được làm từ
sợi tự
nhiên.
+ “Whenever I visited her - Bất cứ khi nào tôi đến thăm bà” => sự việc trong quá khứ
- would + V ~ used to + V: đã từng, đã thường làm gì (thói quen trong quá khứ)
- would + have Vpp: đã ...rồi (dùng trong câu điều kiện loại 3 hoặc diễn tả một tình huống đã có
thể xảy ra trong quá khứ, nhưng thực sự đã không diễn ra)
- have V : thì hiện tại hoàn thành (diễn tả sự việc đã xảy ra trong quá khứ và kéo dài
đến hiện tại) Dịch: Bất cứ khi nào tôi đến thăm bà thì bà thường làm món bánh yêu
thích cho tôi.
Note 25
- Would - Used
to Would:
- Dùng trong lời nói gián tiếp (Tương lai trong quá khứ) hay dùng trong câu điều kiện
như loại 2,3
E.g: He said he would come back the next
day. If he were free, he would meet me.
She would have been very happy if she had passed the exam.
- Dùng để đề nghị, nhờ vả, xin phép, mời mọc
E.g: Would you turn on the TV for
me? Would you mind closing the
windows?
- Diễn tả một thói quen trong quá khứ (past habits). Với nghĩa này, WOULD có thể dùng thay
cho used to.
E.g: When we met each other, we would talk a lot.
Would- used to: dùng để diễn đạt hành động lặp lại trong quá khứ (thói quen), nhưng bây giờ
không còn
Trang 17/19
nữa
E.g: When I was younger my grandmother would/used to bring us chocolate when she visited.
Nhưng giữa would và used to có sự khác nhau:
- Would thường được sử dụng khi có từ/ cụm từ/ mệnh đề chỉ thời gian rõ ràng
E.g: When I was a child. I would watch cartoons every Sunday morning. (used to có thể được
dùng trong câu này)
Whenever we went to my aunt's house, we would play in the garden, (used to có thể dùng trong
câu này)
- "Used to" có thể được sử dụng để nói về tình trạng trong quá khứ cũng như những thói quen
và hành động trong quá khứ được lặp lại, nhưng ‘would’ chỉ được sử dụng để nói về thói quen
trong quá khứ nhưng không được sử dụng để nói về tình trạng trong quá khứ (past States).
Trang 18/19
E.g: I used to be a player, (không được sử dụng would trong câu này vì đây là tình trạng trong quá khứ,
không phải thói quen)
We used to have a car. (không được dùng would)
 Một số động từ biểu thị trạng thái/ tình trạng (stative verbs) như have (possession), be, live, like, love,
believe, think, understand, know, feel thì không được sử dụng WOULD.
- jump over sth: nhảy qua cái gì (nói về việc đến được phía bên kia của vật gì cao, hoặc vật gì
có chiều
cao lớn hơn bề ngang)
E.g: She jumped over the fence into the garden. (Cô ta đã nhảy qua hàng rào vào
khu vườn.) Dịch: Hôm qua anh ta đã bị thương sau khi nhảy qua bức tường.
Note 26
- Chúng ta có thể sử dụng across, over và through để nói về một vị trí ở bên kia hoặc đi dến được
như
bên kia cầu, đường, biên giới, sông... (on the other side of, to the other side of)
E.g: - Once he was across/over the border, he knew he would be safe. (Một khi ông ấy qua được
biên
giới thì ông ấy biết là mình sẽ được an toàn.)
- There’s a cafe across/over the street. (Có một quán cà phê bên kia đường.)
Ta dùng over hơn là across khi nói về việc đến được phía bên kia của vật gì cao, hoặc vật gì có
chiều cao
lớn hơn bề ngang.
E.g: - He jumped over the wall, so he hurt his leg. (Anh ta đã nhảy qua bức tường cho nên anh ta
bị đau
chân.)
- He jumped across the stream. (Anh ta đã nhảy qua con suối.)
- Khi nói đến vật gì mà chúng ta nghĩ như một mặt phẳng, hoặc một vùng như đất nước hoặc
biển thì ta hay dùng across hơn.
E.g: - I suddenly saw Mary across the room. (Tôi bỗng nhiên nhìn thấy Mary đi ngang qua
căn phòng.) Ta có thể nói all over (khắp) nhưng thường không nói all across. Thay vào đó ta
dùng across/ right across để nhấn mạnh .
E.g: - The disease has now spread all over/(right) across the world. (Căn bệnh đã lây lan trên
khắp cả thế giới.)
Chúng ta sử dụng through (xuyên qua) để chỉ sự chuyển động trong không gian ba chiều, với
những vật
xung quanh .
Through chỉ nghĩa qua một thể tích, một khối, một đám nhiều cây cối, như qua rừng (walk
through the wood), qua đám đông (through the crowd), qua nhiều thị trấn (drive through
Trang 19/19
several towns).
E.g: - He pushed his way through the crowd of people to get to his girlfriend.(Anh ấy len lỏi
qua đám đông để đến chỗ bạn gái của mình.)
- We drove through several towns. (Chúng tôi đã lái xe qua nhiều thị trấn.)
- Through thường chỉ chuyển động từ bên này sang bên kia.
E.g: I walked through the forest to get to my uncle’s house. (Tôi đã đi xuyên qua khu rừng để đến
nhà bác
của mình.) I spent free time walking in the forest. (Tôi dành thởi gian rảnh đi dạo trong khu
 rừng.)
- fall through (ph.v): to not be completed, or not happen: hỏng, thất bại, không thực
hiện được
E.g: Our plans fell through because of lack of money.
- try out (ph.v): thử
Trang 20/19
E.g: She is trying out her new shirt.
- take over (ph.v): tiếp quản, nối nghiệp
E.g: The company has been taken over by his son.
- turn up (ph.v): xuất hiện, đến
E.g: We arranged to meet at 8.00, but he never turned up.
Dịch: Thật không may, chuyến đi tới Pháp của tôi đã không thực hiện được vì tôi không thể tiết
kiệm đủ tiền.
- opinion (n): ý kiến
- influence (n): ảnh hưởng, tác động
+ have + a/an + adj + influence/ effect/ impact + on: tác động/ ảnh hưởng ...vào
- dependence (n): sự phụ thuộc
- decision (n): quyết định
Dịch: Phim hành động có thể có ảnh hưởng tiêu cực đến bọn trẻ.
Câu trúc: - be + used to + V-ing: quen với việc làm gì
- used to + V(bare-inf): đã từng làm gì
Trong câu này, động từ phải được chia ở dạng bị động mới phù hợp về mặt ý
nghĩa. Dịch: Khi còn nhỏ, cậu ấy đã quen bị bỏ lại một mình ở nhà khoảng vài
tiếng đồng hồ. Question 19 Chọn đáp án C
- can + V (bare-inf): có thể làm gì (chủ động)
- can + be Vpp: có thể bị/ được làm gì (bị động)
Động từ “prevent” trong câu này phải được chia ở dạng bị động mới phù hợp về mặt ý nghĩa.
Dịch: Ngày nay, nhiều bệnh nghiêm trọng đối với trẻ em có thể được ngăn chặn bằng tiêm chủng
vac- xin
sớm.
- rash (adj): liều, liều lĩnh
- incautious (adj): thiếu thận trọng, thiếu suy nghĩ
- inefficient (adj): không có khả năng, thiếu năng lực, không hiệu quả.
- impulsive (adj): bốc đồng
Dịch: Anh ấy mất việc vì thiếu năng lực. Anh ấy phạm quá nhiều sai lầm.
- industrious (adj): cần cù, siêng năng
- dynamic (adj): năng động
- reserved (adj): dè dặt, kín đáo
Trang 21/19
- sociable (adj): chan hòa, hòa đồng
Dịch: Cô ấy là một cô gái dè dặt. Cô ấy cảm thấy khó hoà đồng với các bạn khác trong lớp.
- a (article): một (mạo từ không xác định, dùng trước danh từ số ít bắt đầu bằng các phụ âm
hoặc một
nguyên âm có phiên âm là phụ âm)
Trang 22/19
- an (article): một (mạo từ không xác định, dùng trước danh từ số ít bắt đầu bằng các nguyên
âm “u,e,o,a,i” hoặc một âm câm)
- the (article): đứng trước danh từ đã được xác định.
Trong câu này, mạo từ “the” đứng trước tên một số quốc gia như: the USA, the UK,...; “the” đứng
trước
hình thức so sánh nhất.
Dịch: Mùa đông mà tôi đã trải qua ở nước Mỹ là một trong những khoảng thời gian đẹp nhất
trong đời
tôi.
- scene (n-countable) ~ view: quang cảnh, cảnh
E.g: I like to have a room with a breathtaking view.
- scenery (n-uncountable): the natural features of an area such as mountains, valleys, rivers and
forests: phong cảnh
E.g: The scenery is magnificent.
- panorama (n-countable): a view of a wide area of land: cảnh tầm rộng, toàn cảnh
E.g: You can enjoy a panorama of the whole city from the hotel.
+ spectacular scenery (collocation): phong cánh tuyệt đẹp
“People come to this small country for many reasons. They can admire spectacular sẹẹnẹry,
meet friendly natives, and enjoy a vibrant arts scene.” (Mọi người đến đất nước nhỏ bé này vì
Note 27
"Collocation" là một cụm gồm hai hay nhiều từ thường đi cùng với nhau, và theo một trật tự nhất định.
Chúng không có quy tắc hay một công thức cụ thể.
Để có được cách diễn đạt tự nhiên như người bản ngữ thì chúng ta phải học các cụm "collocations" đi với
nhau. Điều này giúp chúng ta có được cách diễn đạt phong phú hơn. Vì vậy mỗi học sinh nên có trong tay
một quyển từ điển về "collocations”.
Các loại "Collocations"
Có một vài hình thức khác nhau được tạo thành từ sự kết hợp giữa động từ (Verb), danh từ (Noun) và tính
từ (Adjective), có một số hình thức như: Adv + Adj; Adj + N; N + N; N + V; V + N; V + Prepostional
phrase; V + Adv
nhiều lí do. Họ có thể ngắm cảnh đẹp, gặp người bản địa thân thiện và ngắm sân khấu nghệ
thuật sôi động.)
- roots (n): nguồn gốc, gốc rễ
- race (n): nòi, giống, loài
Trang 13/19
- basis (n): nền tảng, cơ sở
- source (n): nguồn
+ family roots (collocation): nguồn gốc gia đình
“Some are searching for their family roots or others just want to gel away from it all...” (Một số
người đang đi tìm kiếm cội nguồn của mình hoặc những người khác chỉ muốn thoát khỏi tất cả
mọt thứ...) Question 25 Chọn đáp án A
- be comprised of/ comprise (v): bao gồm
E.g: The collection comprises more than 200 paintings.
Trang 14/19
- include (v): bao gồm
E.g: The price included tax.
- embrace ~ include(v): bao gồm
E.g: The shows embraced a wide range of issues.
- consist (v) + of: bao gồm
E.g: The committee consists of five members.
“Scotland consists of an area of 30,418 square miles” (Scotland có diện tích 30.418 m2.)
- entirety (n): toàn bộ, trạng thái toàn vẹn
- entitle (v): cho ai quyền làm gì
- entry (n): sự đi vào, lối vào
- entity (n): sự tồn tại, thực thể
+ political entity (collocation): thực thể chính trị
“It is one of three countries that form the political entity called Great Britain, the other two
being, of course, England and Wales, which, along with their fourth partner, Northern Ireland,
becomes the United Kingdom.” (Nó là một trong ba nước hình thành thực thể chính trị gọi là
vương quốc Anh / nước Anh thống nhất, hai nước còn lại là tất nhiên là nước Anh và xứ Wales
cùng với thành viên thứ tư là Bắc Ai- Len.)
- take up (ph.v): chiếm
E.g: The table takes up too much room.
“Although the rugged Highlands take up about two-thirds of the land area...” (Mặc dù vùng cao
nguyên
gồ ghề chiếm khoảng 2/3 diện tích đất...)
Mục đích chính của bài đọc là để
A. khuyến khích mọi người tập thể dục
B. miêu tả một hoạt động phổ biến
C. cười nhạo các vận động viên mặc trang phục
D. đưa ra lý do cho sự phổ biến của cuộc thi chạy bộ
Dẫn chứng: Foot-racing is a popular activity in the United States. (Chạy bộ là hoạt động phổ biến
ở nước Mỹ.)
Từ “camaraderie” được dùng trong đoạn đầu tiên có thể được thay thế tốt nhất bằng từ nào sau
Trang 14/19
đây?
A. trò chơi
B. tình bạn
C. chuyện đùa
D. quang cảnh/ quan điểm
Dẫn chứng: It is seen not only as a competitive sport but also as a way to exercise, to enjoy the
camaraderie of like-minded people, and to donate money to a good cause. (Nó không chỉ được
xem là
Trang 15/19
một môn thể thao cạnh tranh mà còn là một cách để tập thể dục, để tận hưởng tình bạn thân
thiết của những người cùng mục đích chí hướng với nhau và để quyên góp tiền cho tổ chức
làm các việc tốt.)
Do đó: camaraderie ~ companionship
Điều nào sau đây KHÔNG phải là ngụ ý của tác giả?
A. Cuộc thi chạy bộ hấp dẫn với nhiều người.
B. Những người chạy bộ có thể cạnh tranh để giành giải thưởng.
C. Tham gia cuộc đua là một cách để hỗ trợ một tổ chức.
D. Chạy là một cách tốt để giúp tim khỏe.
Dẫn chứng: “It is seen not only as a competitive sport but also as a way to exercise, to enjoy the
camaraderie of like-minded people, and to donate money to a good cause.” (Nó không chỉ được
xem là một môn thể thao cạnh tranh mà còn là một cách để tập thể dục, để tận hưởng tình bạn
thân thiết của những người cùng mục đích chí hướng với nhau và để quyên góp tiền cho tổ
chức làm việc tốt như từ thiện.) => B, C đúng
“People of all ages, from those of less than one year (who may be pushed in strollers) to those in
their eighties, enter into this sport.” (Mọi người ở mọi lứa tuổi, từ những người em nhỏ dưới 1
tuổi (có thể nằm trong các xe đẩy) đến những người ở độ tuổi 80 đều tham gia môn thể thao
này. => A đúng
Từ “beat” trong đoạn đầu có thể được thay thế bởi từ nào sau đây?
A. cúi xuống, có khuynh hướng
B. đổ nhào, lật ngược
C. vượt hơn hẳn, đánh bại
D. làm hao mòn
“Those not competing to win might run in an effort to beat their own time or simply to enjoy
the fun and exercise” (Những người không cạnh tranh để giành chiến thắng có thể nỗ lực chạy
để chiến thắng thời gian của chính mình hoặc đơn giản để tận hưởng niềm vui và tập thể dục)
Do đó: beat ~ outdo
Trong những dòng nào, tác giả đưa ra lý do tại sao con người nên tham gia chạy bộ?
Dẫn chứng: Foot-racing is a popular activity in the United States. It is seen not only as a
competitive sport but also as a way to exercise, to enjoy the camaraderie of like-minded people,
and to donate money to a good cause. Though serious runners may spend months training to
compete, other runners and walkers might not train at all. Those not competing to win might
run in an effort to beat their own time or simply to enjoy the fun and exercise. (Chạy bộ là hoạt
động phổ biến ở nước Mỹ. Nó không chỉ được xem là một môn thể thao cạnh tranh mà còn là
Trang 16/19
một cách để tập thể dục, để tận hưởng tình bạn thân thiết của những người cùng mục đích chí
hướng với nhau và để quyên góp tiền cho tổ chức làm việc tốt như từ thiện. Mặc dù người chạy
đua nghiêm túc có thể dành nhiều tháng tập luyện để thi đấu giành giải nhưng những người
khác không tập luyện chút nào cả. Những người không cạnh tranh để giành chiến thắng có thể
nỗ lực chạy để chiến thắng thời gian của chính mình hoặc đơn giản để tận hưởng niềm vui và
tập thể dục.)
Điều nào sau đây KHÔNG được đề cập trong bài đọc này?
Trang 17/19
A. Một số người chạy đua trông giống như Elvis Presley.
B. Một số người chạy đua sẵn sàng dập lửa.
C. Một số người chạy đua tham dự đám cưới.
D. Một số người chạy đua nghiêm túc về việc chiến thắng.
Dẫn chứng: - “One year there was a group of men who dressed like Elvis Presley” => A đúng
- There was even a bridal party, in which the bride was dressed in a long white gown and the
groom wore a tuxedo. => C đúng
- In the front are the serious runners who compete to win... => D đúng
Một “bystander” trong đoạn cuối đề cập đến người nào?
A. một người đi bộ
B. một người tham gia
C. một khán giả
D. một thẩm phán
Dẫn chứng: The bride and groom threw flowers to bystanders, and they were actually married
at some point along the route. (Cô dâu và chú rể ném hoa cho những khán giả, và họ đã thực sự
kết hôn tại một số điểm dọc theo tuyến đường.)
Bài đọc chủ yếu nói về điều gì?
A. Khó khăn của việc công nghiệp hóa ở Bắc Mỹ
B. Ảnh hưởng của thay đổi trong việc sản xuất vào sự phát triển của các trung tâm đô thị
C. Tốc độ công nghiệp hóa nhanh chóng ở Bắc Mỹ.
D. Những cách cải tiến tổ chức việc sản xuất hàng hóa
Dẫn chứng: - Industrialization came to the United State after 1790 as North American
entrepreneurs increased productivity by reorganizing work and building factories. These
innovations in manufacturing boosted output and living standards to an unprecedented
extent ... (Công nghiệp hóa đã đến nước Mỹ sau năm 1790 khi các doanh nhân Bắc Mỹ tăng
năng suất bằng cách tổ chức lại công việc và xây dựng nhà máy. Những cải tiến này trong sản
xuất đã giúp tăng sản lượng và mức sống đến mức độ chưa từng thấy...)
- For tasks that were not suited to the outwork system, entrepreneurs created an even more
important new organization, the modem factory, which used power-driven machines and
assembly-line techniques to turn out large quantities of well-made goods. (Đối với các nhiệm vụ
không phù hợp với hệ thống gia công, các chủ thầu thậm chí đã tạo ra một tổ chức mới quan
trọng hơn, nhà máy hiện đại, mà sử dụng các máy chạy bằng năng lượng và các kỹ thuật dây
Trang 18/19
chuyền lắp ráp để tạo ra số lượng lớn hàng hóa được chế tạo tốt.)
Từ “scope” trong đoạn 2 gần nghĩa nhất với .
A. giá trị
B. sự phổ biến
C. quy mô, phạm vi
Trang 19/19
D. sự đa dạng
“The impressive gain in output stemmed primarily from the way in which workers made
goods, since the 1790’s, North American entrepreneurs - even without technological
step of the production process” (Sự gia tăng ấn tượng về sản lượng xuất phát chủ yếu từ cách
công nhân sản xuất hàng hóa, từ những năm 1790 thì các doanh nhân Bắc Mỹ - thậm chí không
có cải tiến công nghệ - đã mở rộng phạm vi của hệ thống gia công giúp việc sản xuất hiệu quả
hơn bằng cách phân phát chất liệu cho một dây chuyền công nhân mà mỗi người thực hiện một
bước duy nhất trong quá trình sản xuất.)
Do đó: scope ~ extent
Tác giả đề cập đến công nghiệp sản xuất giày trong đoạn 2 để cung cấp ví dụ về cách thức .
A. các doanh nhân tăng sản lượng bằng việc sử dụng hệ thống gia công mở rộng
B. các doanh nhân sử dụng cài tiến công nghệ để tăng sản lượng
C. công nhân ở nông thôn phản ứng với “các ông chủ xưởng giày”
D. những thay đổi trong hệ thống gia công đã cải thiện chất lượng giày
Dẫn chứng: The impressive gain in output stemmed primarily from the way in which workers
made goods, since the 1790’s, North American entrepreneurs - even without technological
step of the production process. For example, during the 1820’s and 1830’s the shoe industry
greatlyexpanded the scale of the outwork system.... However, it also dramatically increased the
output of shoes while cutting their price. (Sự gia tăng ấn tượng về sản lượng xuất phát chủ yếu
từ cách công nhân sản xuất hàng hóa, từ những năm 1790 thì các doanh nhân Bắc Mỹ - thậm chí
không có cải tiến công nghệ - đă mở rộng phạm vi của hệ thống gia công giúp việc sản xuất
hiệu quả hơn bằng cách phân phát chất liệu cho một dây chuyền công nhân mà mỗi người thực
hiện một bước duy nhất trong qui trình sản xuất. Chẳng hạn như, trong những năm 1820 và
1830, ngành công nghiệp sản xuất giày đã mở rộng quy mô của hệ thống gia công.... Tuy nhiên,
nó cũng đã làm tăng sản lượng giày đáng kể trong khi cắt giảm giá.)
Tất cả những điều sau đúng về hệ thống gia công NGOẠI TRỪ .
A. Nó bao gồm các giai đoạn sản xuất
B. Nó hiệu quả hơn các hệ thống đã được dùng trước 1790
C. Nó đã làm cho nhiều ông chủ ít quyền lực hơn trước đây
D. Nó không nhất thiết có cải tiến công nghệ
Dẫn chứng: - The impressive gain in output stemmed primarily from the way in which workers
Trang 20/19
made goods, since the 1790’s. North American entrepreneurs - even without technological
step of the production process. => A, B, D đúng
- This system of production made the employer a powerful “shoe boss” => C sai
- famous (adj): nổi tiếng
- productive (adj): sản xuất nhiều, sáng tác nhiều, phát minh nhiều
Trang 21/19
- self-employed (adj): tự kinh doanh
- progressive (adj): tiếp diễn, tiếng bộ
“As early as 1782 the prolific Delaware inventor Oliver Evans had built a highly automated,
laborsaving flour mill driven by water power.” (Ngay từ năm 1782, nhà phát minh có nhiều
sáng chế ở tiểu bang Delaware tên là Oliver Evans đã phát minh máy xay bột tự động giúp tiết
kiệm sức lao đông được điều khiển bởi năng lượng nước.)
Do đó: prolific ~ productive
Theo bài đọc, máy xay sau này khác với máy xay được phát minh bởi Oliver Evans như thế nào?
A. Chúng được đặt ở xa các thành phố lớn.
B. Chúng dùng công nghệ mới để tạo ra năng lượng.
C. Chúng không cho phép bột nguội trước khi được bỏ vào khoang.
D. Chúng kết hợp công nghệ với hệ thống gia công.
Dẫn chứng: “Subsequently, manufacturers made use of new improved stationary steam
engines to power their mills...” (Sau đó, các nhà sản xuất đã sử dụng động cơ hơi nước cố định
được cải tiến để cung cấp năng lượng cho các máy xay...)
Bài đọc đề cập đến điều nào sau đây là kết quả của sự cải thiện máy móc nhà máy?
A. Các ông chủ nhà máy trở nên dễ dàng tìm công nhân và khách hàng.
B. Nhà sản xuất phải thuê nhiều công nhân có tay nghề cao.
C. Năng lượng cần cho nhà máy hoạt động thì giảm xuống.
D. Nhà máy không thể hoạt động nhiều hơn 1 động cơ vào một thởi điểm
Dẫn chứng: This new technology enabled them to build factories in the nation’s largest cities,
taking advantage of urban concentrations of inexpensive labor, good transportation networks,
and eager customers.
Từ “eager” trong đoạn cuối gần nghĩa nhất với .
A. giàu có
B. có kiến thức, biết nhiều
C. thường xuyên
D. nhiệt tình, hăng hái
“This new technology enabled them to build factories in the nation’s largest cities, taking
advantage of urban concentrations of inexpensive labor, good transportation networks, and
eager customers.” (Công nghệ mới này cho phép họ xây dựng nhà máy ở các thành phố lớn
nhất của đất nước, tận dụng lợi thế của việc tập trung nhân công rẻ tiền, mạng lưới giao thông
tốt và khách hàng háo hức).
Trang 22/19
Do đó: eager ~ enthusiastic
Cấu trúc:
- promise to do sth: hứa làm gì
- remind sb to do sth: nhắc nhở ai làm gì
Trang 23/19
- refuse to do sth: từ chối làm gì
- offer to do sth: đề nghị giúp làm gì
“I will come back early. I really will!” => đây là một lời
hứa Dịch: Cô ấy hứa sẽ trở về sớm.
Câu ban đầu: Tôi đã nghĩ anh ấy là người thích hợp cho vị trí đó, nhưng hóa ra anh ấy khá là vô
dụng.
A. Bởi vì tôi mong đợi anh ấy thiếu năng lực nên tôi bị sốc khi thấy anh ấy thể hiện khá tốt.
B. Tôi đã nhầm lẫn về sự phù hợp của anh ấy cho vị trí đó vì anh ấy đã tỏ ra khá kém.
C. Trái với ấn tượng ban đầu của tôi, anh ấy không hoàn toàn không thích hợp cho vị trí đó.
D. Tôi đã đúng khi nghĩ rằng anh ấy hoàn toàn vô dụng cho công việc đó.
Câu ban đầu: Mặc dù cô ấy dường như thân thiện nhưng cô ấy không đáng tin.
Cấu trúc: However + adj/ adv + S + V ~ Adj/ Adv + as/ though + S + V: mặc
dù .... B, D sai nghĩa; C sai cấu trúc
- tính từ tận cùng “ed”: miêu tả cảm xúc, tình cảm của con người đối với sự vật (bị động)
- tính từ tận cùng “ing”: miêu tả tính chất của sự vật, sự việc (chủ động)
Do đó: interested => interesting
Từ “percent” hay “per cent” luôn ở dạng số ít dù có đi với con số chỉ số lượng nhiều.
E.g: 1 percent, 5 percent, 10 percent, ...
Do đó: percents => percent
“Hàm lượng muối trung bình của nước biển trên 3 %.”
Đây là cấu trúc so sánh hơn:
- S + be + more + long - adj + than
+ .... Do đó: as => than
“Mẹ tôi giỏi nấu ăn. Bố tôi thì kém.”
A. Mẹ tôi giỏi nấu ăn, nhưng bố tôi thì kém.
B. Mẹ tôi giỏi nấu ăn, vì bố tôi thì kém.
Trang 24/19
C. Mẹ tôi giỏi nấu ăn, hoặc bố tôi thì kém.
D. Mẹ tôi giỏi nấu ăn nên bố tôi kém.
“Hút thuốc là thói quen cực kì có hại. Bạn nên bỏ nó ngay lập tức.”
A. Vì hút thuốc là thói quen cực kì có hại nên bạn nên bỏ nó ngay lập tức.
B. Khi bạn bỏ hút thuốc ngay lập tức thì sức khỏe bạn sẽ bị ảnh hưởng với thói quen có hại này.
Trang 25/19
C. Ngừng hút thuốc ngay lập tức nên nó sẽ trở thành một trong những thói quen cực kì có hại với
bạn.
D. Bạn nên bỏ hút thuốc ngay lập tức và bạn sẽ rơi vào một thói quen cực kì có hại.
Trang 26/19
TẠO
7 Môn: TIẾNG ANH
07
trang
Question 1: A. weave B. please C.seafood D. clear
Question 2: A. frame B. artisan C. attraction D. handicraft
Question 3: A. solidarity B. communicate C. documentary D. dedication
Question 4: A. tradition B. modernize C. impressive D. emotion
Question 5: Lan’s replies were inconsistent with her previous testimony.
A. contradicted B. compatible C. enhanced D. incorporated
Question 6: My grandparents are really tight with their money. They hate throwing away food
and never eat out.
A. to spend much money too easily B. to not like spending money
C. to not know the value of money D. to save as much money as possible
Question 7: The sales clerk was totally bewildered by the customer’s behavior.
A. disgusted B. puzzled C. angry D. upset
Question 8: My two children were full of beans today, looking forward to their trip.
A. disappointed B. hyperactive
C. melancholy D. lively and in high spirits
Question 9: - Tim: “Wow! You look terrific in that new dress!” - Lisa: “ ”
A. Oh, what a pity! B. I’m afraid so!
C. Thank you. I’m glad you think so. D. Why dare you say so?
Question 10: David and Tom are meeting after a long
Trang 1/5
time David: “How have you been recently?” - Tom: “
”
A. I am going on holiday next week. B. By bus, usually
C. I am working here. D. Pretty busy, I think
Trang 2/5
Question 11: Kelly and Tim persuaded me the party.
A. attending B. attended C. to attend D. to be attended
Question 12: I should leave here. I don’t want to my welcome.
A. give up B. go off C. run down D. wear out
Question 13: There were many politicians at the meeting, several of were very young.
A. that B. whom C. who D. which
Question 14: Tim didn’t do his homework, so the teacher became very angry. He his
homework.
A. must have done B. should have done C. might have D. will have
done
Question 15: Some people say that they are of events going on elsewhere.
A. ignorance B. ignorantly C. ignorant D. ignoring
Question 16: Our new classmate, John is a bit of a rough but I think I’m going to like
him once I get used to him.
A. stone B. rock C. diamond D. pearl
Question 17: The judge murderer to a lifetime imprisonment.
A. prosecuted B. sentenced C. convicted D. accused
Question 18: The problem needs to be immediately, otherwise it will be too late.
A. addressed B. focused C. monitored D. checked
Question 19: - Did you remember to give Linda the money you owed her?
- Yes, I gave it to her I saw her.
A. while B. the moment C. suddenly D. once
Question 20. me to your mother when you are in New York.
A. Tell B. Remind C. Remember D. Greet
Question 21. Tim was disappointed because he for the train for two hours.
A. was waiting B. waited C. has been waiting D. had been waiting
Question 22. Everybody thinks that the play last night was very successful, ?
A. don’t they B. doesn’t he C. was it D. wasn’t it
In the past, the process of choosing a career was a much simpler matter than it is today.
Aboy often followed in his father’s footsteps. His sister learned the household skills that
Trang 2/20
(23) her to become a
wife and mother. Nowadays young people grow up in a much freer society (24)
they enjoy almost
unlimited career opportunities. In recent years, there (25) an enormous
increase
in the kinds of vocations from which it is possible to choose. In addition, many of the barriers to
career opportunity that existed only a few decades ago, such as (26) based on sex or
religion or ethnic origins, are (27) disappearing.
Question 23. A. had prepared B. may prepare C. was prepared D. would prepare
Trang 3/20
Question 24. A. where B. when C. why D. whom
Question 25. A. had been B. has been C. will be D. was
Question 26. A. judgment B. perception C. devotion D.
Question 27. A. rapidly B. incessantly C. categorically discrimination
D. vigilantly
In 1900 the United States had only three cities with more than a million residents-New
York, Chicago, and Philadelphia. By 1930, it had ten giant metropolises. The newer ones
experienced remarkable growth, which reflected basic changes in the economy. The population
of Los Angeles (114,000 in 1900) rose spectacularly in the early decades of the twentieth century,
increasing a dramatic 1,400 percent from 1900 to 1930.
A number of circumstances contributed to the meteoric rise of Los Angeles. The
agricultural potential of the area was enormous if water for irrigation could be found, and the
city founders had the vision and dating to obtain it by constructing a 225-mile aqueduct,
completed in 1913, to tap the water of the Owens River. The city had a superb natural harbor, as
well as excellent rail connections. The climate made it possible to shoot motion pictures year-
round; hence Hollywood not only supplied jobs but also disseminated an image of the good life
in Southern California on screens all across the nation. The most important single industry
powering the growth of Los Angeles, however, was directly linked to the automobile. The
demand for petroleum to fuel gasoline engines led to the opening of the Southern California oil
fields, and made Los Angeles North America’s greatest refining center.
Los Angeles was a product of the auto age in another sense as well: its distinctive spatial
organization depended on widespread private ownership of automobiles. Los Angeles was a
decentralized metropolis, sprawling across the desert landscape over an area of400 square
miles.
It was a city without a real center. The downtown business district did not grow apace
with the city as a whole, and the rapid transit system designed to link the center with outlying
areas withered away from disuse. Approximately 800,000 cars were registered in Los Angeles
County in 1930, one per 2.7 residents. Some visitors from the east coast were dismayed at the
endless urban sprawl and dismissed Los Angeles as a mere collection of suburbs in search of a
city. But the freedom and mobility of a city built on wheels attracted floods of migrants to the
city.
Question 28. What is the passage mainly about?
A. The growth of cities in the United States in the early 1900s
B. The development of the Southern California oil fields
Trang 4/20
C. Factors contributing to the growth of Los Angeles
D. Industry and city planning in Los Angeles
Question 29. The author characterizes the growth of new large cities in the United States after
1900 as resulting primarily from .
A. new economic conditions B. images of cities shown in movies
C. new agricultural techniques D. a large migrant population
Question 30. The word “meteoric" in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to .
A. rapid B. famous c. controversial D. methodical.
Trang 5/20
Question 31. According to the passage, the most important factor in the development of
agriculture around Los Angeles was the .
A. influx of “new residents to agricultural areas near the city.
B. construction of an aqueduct.
C. expansion of transportation facilities
D. development of new connections to the city’s natural harbor
Question 32. According to the passage, the initial success of Hollywood’s motion picture
industry was due largely to the .
A. availability of many skilled workers
B. beauty of the countryside
C. region’s reputation for luxurious lifestyles
D. region’s climate and good weather
Question 33. It can be inferred from the passage that in 1930 the greatest number of people in
the Los Angeles area were employed in .
A. farming B. oil refining
C. automobile manufacturing D. the motion picture industry
Question 34. The visitors from the east coast mentioned in the passage thought that Los Angeles
A. was not accurately portrayed by Hollywood images
B. lacked good suburban areas in which to live
C. had an excessively large population
D. was not really a single city
According to sociologists, there are several different ways in which a person may become
recognized as the leader of a social group in the United States. In the tamily, traditional cultural
patterns confer leadership on one or both of the parents. In other cases, such as friendship
groups, one or more persons may gradually emerge as leaders, although there is no formal
process of selection. In larger groups, leaders are usually chosen formally through election or
recruitment.
Although leaders are often thought to be people with unusual personal ubility, decades ot
research have failed to produce consistent evidence that there is any category ot “natural
leaders”. It seems that there is no set of personal qualities that all leaders have in common;
rather, virtually any person may be recognized as a leader if the person has qualities that meet
the needs ot that particular group.
Trang 6/20
Furthermore, although it is commonly supposed that social groups have a single leader,
research suggests that there are typically two different leadership roles that are held by different
individuals. Instrumental leadership is leadership that emphasizes the completion of tasks by a
social group.
Group members look to instrumental leaders to “get things” done.” Expressive leadership,
on the other hand, is leadership that emphasizes the collective well-being of a social group’s
member. Expressive leaders are less concerned with the overall goals of the group than with
providing emotional support to group members and attempting to minimize tension and
conflict among them. Group members
Trang 7/20
expect expressive leaders to maintain stable relationships within the group and provide
support to individual members.
Instrumental leaders are likely to have a rather secondary relationship to other group
members. They give orders and may discipline group members who inhibit attainment of the
group’s goals. Expressive leaders cultivate a more personal or primary relationship to others in
the group. They offer sympathy when someone experiences difficulties or is subjected to
discipline, are quick to lighten a serious moment with humor, and try to resolve issues that
threaten to divide the group. As the differences in these two roles suggest, expressive leaders
generally receive more personal affection from group members; instrumental leaders, if they are
successful in promoting group goals, may enjoy a more distant respect.
Question 35. What does the passage mainly discuss?
A. The problems faced by leaders
B. How leadership differs in small and large groups
C. How social groups determine who will lead them
D. The role of leaders in social groups
Question 36. The passage mentions all of the following ways by which people can become
leaders EXCEPT .
A. recruitment B. formal election process
C. specific leadership training D. traditional cultural patterns
Question 37. In mentioning “natural leaders” in the second paragraph, the author is making the
point that
.
A. few people qualify as “natural leaders”
B. there is no proof that “natural leaders” exist
C. “natural leaders’ are easily accepted by the members of a social group
D. “natural leaders” share a similar set of characteristics
Question 38. Which of the following statements about leadership can be inferred from paragraph
2?
A. A person who is an effective leader of a particular group may not be an effective leader in
another group.
B. Few people succeed in sharing a leadership role with another person.
C. A person can best learn how to be an effective leader by studying research on leadership.
D. Most people desire to be leaders but can produce little evidence of their qualifications.
Question 39. The passage indicates that ‘instrumental leaders’ generally focus on .
Trang 8/20
A. ensuring harmonious relationships
B. sharing responsibility with group members
C. identifying new leaders
D. achieving a goal
Question 40. The word “collective” in the third paragraph is closest in meaning to .
A. necessary B. typical C. group D. particular
Question 41. The word “them” in the third paragraph refers to .
Trang 9/20
A. expressive leaders B. goals of the group
C. group members D. tension and conflict
Question 42. A “secondary relationship” mentioned in the last paragraph between a leader
and the members of a group could best be characterized as .
A. distant B. enthusiastic C. unreliable D. personal
Question 43: If I hadn’t had so much work to do I would have gone to the movies.
A. Because I had to do so much work I couldn’t go to the movies.
B. I would go to the movies when I had done so much work.
C. A lot of work couldn’t prevent me from going to the movies.
D. I never go to the movies if I have work to do.
Question 44: “If I were you, I would marry him”, she said to me.
A. She said to me that if I were you, I would marry him.
B. She said to me that she will marry him if she is me.
C. She suggested to marry him if she were me.
D. She advised me to marry him.
Question 45: The last time I saw David was when I ran into him at the station on my way to New
York.
A. I haven’t seen David since a chance meeting with him at the station when I was setting off
for New York.
B. When I last went to New York, I happened to meet David at the station.
C. When I last saw David at the station in New York, I ran after him.
D. I finally saw David at the station when I was on my way to New York.
Question 46: (A) The coal is (B) the world’s most abundant (C) fossil (D) fuel.
Question 47: Though (A) formally close friends, they (B) have now been estranged from (C)
each other due to some (D) regrettable misunderstandings.
Question 48: All the (A) applicants for the job will (B) be equally treated (C) regarding of their
sex, age, or (D) nationality.
Question 49: She applied for the job abroad. She wanted to develop herself and earn more money.
Trang 10/20
A. She applied for the job abroad in order to develop herself and earn more money.
B. So as to earn more money for development, she applied for the job abroad.
C. She applied for the job abroad, so she developed herself and earn more money.
D. To earn more money was the reason why she applied for the job abroad.
Question 50: Smallpox is a serious disease. Malaria is a serious disease.
A. Smallpox is a serious disease, and so is malaria.
Trang 11/20
B. Malaria is a serious disease, but smallpox is not.
C. Neither smallpox nor malaria is a serious disease.
D. Either smallpox or malaria is a serious disease.
Trang 12/20
ANSWER KEY
1D 2A 3B 4B 5B 6A 7B 8D 9C 10D
11C 12D 13B 14B 15C 16C 17B 18A 19B 20C
21D 22A 23D 24A 25B 26D 27A 28C 29A 30A
31B 32D 33B 34D 35D 36C 37B 38A 39D 40C
41C 42A 43A 44D 45A 46A 47A 48C 49A 50A
- weave /wi:v/ (v): đan, dệt
- please /pli:z/(v): làm hài lòng
- seafood /'si:.fu:d/(n): hải sản
- clear /klɪər/(adj): trong sạch, sáng sủa
- frame/freɪm/ (n): khung
- artisan /'ɑ:.tɪ.zæn/ (n): thợ làm nghề thủ công
- attraction/ 'ətræk. ʃən/ (n): điểm hấp dẫn, thu hút
- handicraft /'hæn.dɪ.krɑ:ft/ (n) sản phẩm thủ công
- solidarity /.sɒl.ɪ'dær.ə.ti/ (n): tình đoàn kết
- communicative /kə'mju:.nɪ.kə.tɪv/ (adv): mang tính giao tiếp
- documentary /.dɒk.jə’men.fər.i/ (adj, n): (thuộc) tài liệu, phim tài liệu
- dedication /.ded.ɪ'keɪ. ʃən/ (n): sự cống hiến, sự tận tụy
- tradition /trə'diʃ.ən/ (n): truyền thống
- modernize /'mɒd. ən.aɪz/ (v): hiện đại hóa
- impressive /ɪm'pres.ɪv/ (adj): gây ấn tượng sâu sắc
- emotion /ɪ’məʊ. ʃ ən / (n): cảm xúc
Trang 13/20
- contradicted /.kɒn.trə'dɪktid/ (adj): mâu thuẫn với, trái với
- compatible /kəm'pset.ə.bəl/ (adj): tương thích
- enhanced /ɪn'ha:nst (adj): được tăng cường
Trang 14/20
- incorporated /in'kɔ:.pər.eɪ.tɪd/ (adj): kết hợp chặt chẽ
- inconsistent /.in.kən'sɪs.tənt/ (adj): mâu thuẫn, không nhất quán, không
tương thích Do đó: inconsistent compatible
Dịch: Những câu trả lởi của Lan mâu thuẫn với bằng chứng trước đó cô ấy đưa ra.
- to spend much money too easily: tiêu nhiều tiền quá dễ dàng
- to not like spending money: không thích tiêu tiền
- to not know the value of money: không biết giá trị của đồng tiền
- to save as much money as possible: tiết kiệm tiền nhiều nhất có thể
- tight with their money: thắt chặt túi tiền, chắt bóp đồng tiền của mình
- disgusted (adj): ghê tởm, chán ghét
- puzzled (adj): bối rối, lúng túng, khó xử
- angry (adj): tức giận
- upset (adj): buồn bã, thất vọng
- bewildered (adj): bối rối, lúng
túng Do đó: bewildered ~
puzzled
Dịch: Nhân viên bán hàng hoàn toàn bối rối với cách cư xử của khách hàng.
- disappointed (adj): thất vọng
- hyperactive (adj): hiếu động thái quá, tăng động
- melancholy (adj): u sầu
- lively and in high spirits: năng nổ và tràn đầy năng lượng
- full of beans/ life: having a lot of energy: tràn đầy năng lượng, hăng hái
Dịch: Hôm nay hai đứa con của tôi thật hăng hái, đang mong chở chuyến đi chơi.
Tim: “Wow! Cậu trông rất tuyệt trong bộ váy mới đó!” Lisa: “ .”
A. Ồ, thật đáng tiếc!
Trang 15/20
B. Tớ sợ như vậy!
C. Cảm ơn cậu. Tớ rất vui khi cậu nghĩ vậy.
D. Sao cậu dám nói vậy?
David: “Cậu dạo này như thế nào?” Tom: “ .”
A. Tuần sau tớ sẽ đi nghỉ mát.
Trang 16/20
B. Thưởng xuyên đi bằng xe buýt.
C. Tớ đang làm việc ở đây.
D. Tớ nghĩ là khá bận rộn.
Cấu trúc: - S + persuade + O + to V ...: thuyết phục ai làm gì đó
E.g: They persuaded me to take part in the contest. (Họ đã thuyết phục tôi tham gia cuộc thi.)
Dịch: Kelly và Tim đã thuyết phục tôi tham dự bữa tiệc.
Note 28
Dạng: V + O + to V
Những động từ thường gặp là advise, allow, believe, cause, command, enable, encourage, force, invite,
order, persuade, remind, show, teach, tell, warn.
E.g: I advised him to stop smoking.
Dạng: V + to V
Những động từ thường gặp là decide, agree, consent, fail, hope, manage, offer, pretend, refuse, start,
threaten, volunteer, guarantee
E.g: I hope to see you soon.
She decided to move here.
Dạng: V + prep + O + to V
a. giới từ for
Những động từ thường gặp là advertise, arrange, apply, campaign, plan, wait
E.g: I arranged for Linda to stay in New York.
b.giới từ at
Những động từ thường gặp là go on, keep on, scream, shout, yell
E.g: He shouted at the girl to open the door.
c. giới từ on
Những động từ thường gặp là count, depend, prevail, rely
E.g: I depend on you to find the best solution.
d.giới từ to
Những động từ thường gặp là appeal, gesture, motion, signal
E.g: She signalled to the man to open the windows.
- give up (ph.v): từ bỏ
- go off (ph.v): rời khỏi, nổ (súng, bom), reo (chuông)
- run down (ph.v): ngừng hoạt động, mất hết năng lượng
Trang 17/20
- wear out (ph.v): làm kiệt sức; kéo dài, trôi qua chậm chạp (thời gian)
+ to wear out one’s welcome: ở chơi lâu đến nỗi người ta không muốn tiếp nữa.
Trang 18/20
Dịch: Tôi nên rời khỏi đây. Tôi không muốn chơi lâu đến nỗi người ta không muốn tiếp nữa.
- that: không dùng sau giới từ
- who: không dùng sau giới từ
- “whom” và “which”: có thể được dùng sau giới từ
- Chúng ta có thể dùng “all, most, none, neither, any, either, some, (a) few, both, half, each, one,
two, several, many, much” + of which/whom
E.g: I have two brothers, both of whom are doctors.
Dịch: Có nhiều nhà chính trị ở cuộc họp, một vài trong số họ thì trẻ.
Cấu trúc: - must + have Vpp: chắc hẳn đã làm gì
- should + have Vpp: lẽ ra đã nên làm gì
- might + Vpp (bare-inf): có thể làm gì đó (tương lai)
- will + have Vpp: sẽ làm gì trước 1 thởi điểm/ hành động khác trong tương lai (thì tương lai
hoàn thành) Dịch: Tim đã không làm bài tập về nhà cho nên giáo viên đã rất tức giận. Cậu ta lẽ
ra đã nên làm bài tập về nhà.
- ignorance (n): sự không biết, sự ngu dốt, sự thiếu kiến thức
- ignoring (v-ing): lở đi, không chú ý đến
- ignorant (+ of) (adj): không biết, ngu dốt => ignorantly (adv)
Từ cần điền vào là một tính từ sau động từ “to be”.
- stone (n): đá
- rock (n): đá
- diamond (n): kim cương
- pearl (n): ngọc trai
+ a rough diamond: kim cương chưa mài, một người căn bản tốt nhưng có thể cư xử thô lỗ, cục
mịch. Dịch: Bạn học cùng lớp mới của chúng tôi, John, hơi thô lỗ chút nhưng tôi nghĩ tôi sẽ
thích anh ấy một khi tôi quen anh ấy.
- prosecute (v): khởi tố, kiện
+ prosecute sb for sth: khởi tố ai về điều gì
- sentence (v): kết án, tuyên án
Trang 19/20
+ sentence sb to sth: kết án/ tuyên án ai....
- convict (v): kết tội, tuyên bố có tội
+ convict sb of sth: tuyên bó ai có tội ....
- accuse (v): kết tội, buộc tội
+ accuse sb of sth: buộc tội ai....
Trang 20/20
Dịch: Quan tòa tuyên án kẻ giết người tù chung thân.
- address (v) ~ tackle, solve: giải quyết
- focus (v): tập trung
- monitor (v): giám sát
- check (v): kiểm tra
Dịch: Vấn đề cần được giải quyết ngay lập tức nếu không thì sẽ quá trễ.
- while: trong khi
- suddenly: bỗng nhiên, đột ngột
- once: đã có thởi, một khi
- the moment (that) ~ as soon as: ngay khi
E.g: I want to see him the moment he arrives.
Dịch: “Bạn có nhớ đưa cho Linda số tiền mà bạn nợ cô ấy không? - Rồi, tôi đã đưa cho cô ấy ngay
khi
gặp cô ấy.”
- tell (v): bảo, kể
+ tell sb sth/ tell sb about sth: kể ai điều gì/ kể ai về điều gì
- remind (v): nhắc nhở
+ remind sb to do sth: nhắc nhở ai làm gì
- remember (v): nhớ
+ remember + to V/ V-ing: nhớ làm gì/ đã làm gì
+ remember me to sb: be used to ask somebody to give your good wishes to somebody else: gửi
lởi chào,
gửi lởi hỏi thăm
E.g: Remember me to your parents. (Nhớ gửi lởi hỏi thăm của tôi đến bố mẹ bạn nhé.)
- greet (v): chào
+ greet sb: chào ai
Dịch: Nhớ gửi lởi hỏi thăm của tôi tới mẹ bạn khi bạn ở New York nhé.
Động từ “wait” trong câu này được chia ở thì quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp diễn để diễn tả hành
động là nguyên nhân của một điều gì đó trong quá khứ.
Cấu trúc: - S + had + been + V-ing ... (thì quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp
Trang 21/20
diễn) Dịch: Tim đã rất thất vọng vì cậu ấy đã chở tàu 2 tiếng
đồng hồ rồi.
Nếu câu đầu có dạng “I + V (think, believe, suppose, ...) + mệnh đề phụ” thì lấy mệnh đề phụ làm
câu hỏi đuôi.
E. g: - I think he will come here, won’t he?
- I don’t think she can swim, can she? (vì phía trước có “not”)
Trang 22/20
Nếu chủ ngữ câu đầu trong dạng này mà không phải là “I” thì ta dùng mệnh đề đầu làm câu hỏi
đuôi.
E.g: She thinks that he will come here, doesn’t she?
Do đó, trong câu này, chủ ngữ là “everybody” nên phần hỏi đuôi sẽ theo mệnh đề đầu => phần
hỏi đuôi ở thể phủ định thì hiện tại đơn + đại từ they
Dịch: Mọi người nghĩ rằng vở kịch tối qua rất thành công, có phải không?
Vì động từ “leam” phía trước được chia ở thì quá khứ đơn nên động từ “prepare” được chia ở thì
tương
lai trong quá khứ với “would + V”.
- prepare sb... : chuẩn bị cho ai...
“His sister learned the household skills that would prepare her to become a wife and
mother.” (Chị gái cậu ấy đã học các kĩ năng nội trợ sẽ chuẩn bị cho tương lai cô ấy trở thành
người vợ và người mẹ.) Question 24 Chọn đáp án A
- where: trạng từ quan hệ, thay thế cho từ/ cụm từ nơi chốn
- when: trạng từ quan hệ, thay thế cho từ/ cụm từ chỉ thởi gian
- why: trạng từ quan hệ, thay thế cho từ/ cụm từ chỉ lý do
- whom: đại từ quan hệ, thay thế cho tân ngữ chỉ người
Trong câu này từ cần điền vào là đại từ quan hệ thay thế cho cụm từ nơi chốn “in a society”.
“Nowadays young people grow up in a much freer society where they enjoy almost unlimited
career opportunities” (Ngày nay, những người trẻ lớn lên trong một xã hội tự do hơn nhiều, nơi
mà họ có được hầu như vô số cơ hội nghề nghiệp.)
- In recent years: trong những năm gần đây => động từ chia ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành
“In recent years, there has been an enormous increase in the kinds of vocations from which it is
possible to choose” (Trong những năm gần đây, đã có sự tăng mạnh về các loại nghề nghiệp để
cho mọi người lựa chọn.)
- judgment (n): sự đánh giá, óc phán đoán
- perception (n): sự tiếp nhận, sự nhận thức
- devotion (n): sự tận tụy, sự hiến dâng
- discrimination (n): sự phân biệt đối xử
Trang 23/20
“In addition, many of the barriers to career opportunity that existed only a few decades ago,
such as discrimination based on sex or religion or ethnic origins...” (Thêm vào đó, nhiều rào cản
đối với cơ hội nghề nghiệp đã tồn tại một vài thập kỉ trước đây như sự phân biệt đối xử dựa
trên giới tính hoặc tôn giáo hoặc nguồn gốc dân tộc...)
- rapidly (adv): nhanh chóng
- incessantly (adv): không ngừng, không dứt
Trang 24/20
- categorically (adv): rõ ràng, minh bạch
- vigilantly (adv): thận trọng, cảnh giác
“In addition, many of the barriers to career opportunity that existed only a few decades ago,
such as discrimination based on sex or religion or ethnic origins, are rapidly disappearing.”
(Thêm vào đó, nhiều rào cản đối với cơ hội nghề nghiệp đã tồn tại chỉ một vài thập kỉ trước đây
như sự phân biệt đối xử dựa trên giới tính hoặc tôn giảo hoặc nguồn gốc dân tộc đang nhanh
chóng biến mất.)
Bài đọc chủ yếu thảo luận về điều gì?
A. Sự phát triển của các thành phố ở Mỹ vào đầu những năm 1900
B. Sự phát triển của các mỏ dầu phía Nam California
C. Các yếu tố góp phần vào sự phát triển của Los Angeles
D. Quy hoạch thành phố và công nghiệp ở Los Angeles
Dẫn chứng: A number of circumstances contributed to the meteoric rise of Los Angeles. The
agricultural potential of the area was enormous... The city had a superb natural harbor, as well
as excellent rail connections... The most important single industry powering the growth of Los
Angeles, however, was directly linked to the automobile. (Một số điều kiện đã góp phần vào sự
phát triển của Los Angeles. Tiềm năng nông nghiệp của khu vực này rất lớn... Thành phố có
một bến cảng tự nhiên tuyệt vời, cũng như các tuyến đường sắt tuyệt vời... Tuy nhiên, ngành
công nghiệp đơn lẻ quan trọng nhất thúc đẩy sự phát triển của Los Angeles, có liên quan trực
tiếp đến ô tô.)
Tác giả mô tả sự phát triển của các thành phố mới to lớn ở Mỹ sau năm 1900 chủ yếu do .
A. điều kiện kinh tế mới
B. hình ảnh các thành phố được chiếu trong phim
C. các kĩ thuật nông nghiệp mới
D. dân số di cư lớn
Dẫn chứng: In 1900 the United States had only three cities with more than a million residents-
New York, Chicago, and Philadelphia. By 1930, it had ten giant metropolises. The newer ones
experienced remarkable growth, which reflected basic changes in the economy. (Năm 1900 Hoa
Kỳ chỉ có ba thành phố với hơn một triệu cơ dân - New York, Chicago và Philadelphia. Đến
năm 1930, nó có mười đô thị khổng lồ. Những cái mới hơn đã tăng trưởng đáng kể, phản ánh
Trang 14/20
những thay đổi cơ bản trong nền kinh tế.)
Từ “meteoric” trong đoạn 2 gần nghĩa nhất với .
A. nhanh chóng
B. nổi tiếng
C. có thể gây tranh luận
D. có thứ tự
“A number of circumstances contributed to the meteoric rise of Los Angeles” (Một số yếu tố đã
góp phần
vào sự phát triển nhanh chóng của Los Angeles”)
Trang 15/20
Do đó: meteoric ~ rapid
Theo bài đọc, yếu tố quan trọng nhất trong sự phát triển nông nghiệp ở Los Angeles là .
A. dòng người nhập cư vào các khu vực nông nghiệp gần thành phố
B. việc xây dựng cống dẫn nước
C. sự mở rộng cơ sở hạ tầng cho giao thông
D. sự phát triển các sự kết nối vùng mới với cảng tự nhiên của thành phố
Dẫn chứng: The agricultural potential of the area was enormous if water for irrigation could be
found, and the city founders had the vision and dating to obtain it by constructing a 225-mile
aqueduct, completed in 1913, to tap the water of the Owens River. (Tiềm năng nông nghiệp của
khu vực là rất lớn nếu tìm thấy nguồn nước tưới tiêu, và hhững người sáng lập thành phố đã có
tầm nhìn và hứa hẹn để có được nó bằng cách xây dựng một cống nước dài 225 dặm, được
hoàn thành vào năm 1913, để khai thác nước của sông Owens.)
Theo bài đọc, thành công ban đầu của ngành công nghiệp điện ảnh của Hollywood chủ
yếu do
.
A. việc có sẵn nhiều công nhân lành nghề
B. vẻ đẹp của nông thôn
C. vùng nổi tiếng về lối sống xa hoa
D. khí hậu của vùng và thời tiết đẹp
Dẫn chứng: The climate made it possible to shoot motion pictures year-round: hence
Hollywood not only supplied jobs but also disseminated an image of the good life in Southern
California on screens all across the nation. (Thời tiết làm cho những hình ảnh ở đó thay đổi
quanh năm; do đó Hollywood không chỉ cung cấp việc làm mà còn cho thấy hình ảnh về cuộc
sống tốt đẹp ở miển Nam California trên các màn hlnh trên toàn quốc.)
Chúng ta có thể suy ra từ bài đọc rằng vào năm 1930 số lượng người lớn nhất ở vùng Los Angeles
được
thuê .
A. làm nông nghiệp
B. lọc dầu
C. sản xuất ô tô
D. vào công nghiệp điện ảnh
Dẫn chứng: The demand for petroleum to fuel gasoline engines led to the opening of the
Trang 15/20
Southern California oil fields, and made Los Angeles North America’s greatest refining center.
(Nhu cầu xăng dầu để làm nhiên liệu cho động cơ xăng dẫn đến việc khai thác các mỏ dầu ở
Nam California, và tạo ra trung tâm lọc dầu lớn nhất của Los Angeles Bắc Mỹ.)
Những du khách từ bờ biển phía đông được đề cập trong bài đọc nghĩ rằng Los Angeles .
A. không được miêu tả đúng bởi các hình ảnh Hollywood
Trang 16/20
B. thiếu các khu vực ngoại ô tốt để sống
C. có dân số quá lớn
D. không thực sự là một thành phố
Dẫn chứng: Some visitors from the east coast were dismayed at the endless urban sprawl and
dismissed Los Angeles as a mere collection of suburbs in search of a city. (Một số du khách từ
bờ biển phía đông đã bị khủng hoảng khi sống ở khu vực đô thị hóa và bỏ quên Los Angeles
như một bộ sưu tập ngoại ô chỉ để tìm kiếm một thành phố.)
A. những vấn đề mà các nhà lãnh đạo phải đối mặt
B. khả năng lãnh đạo trong các nhóm lớn và nhỏ khác nhau như thế nào
C. các nhóm xã hội xác định người lãnh đạo như thế nào
D. vai trò của các nhà lãnh đạo trong các nhóm xã hội
Dẫn chứng: - ... there are typically two different leadership roles that are held by different
individuals... (.. .thường có 2 vai trò lãnh đạo khác nhau được các cá nhân khác nhau nắm
giữ...)
- Instrumental leadership is leadership that emphasizes the completion of tasks by a social
group. (Công
việc lãnh đạo là điều hành nhấn mạnh việc hoàn thành nhiệm vụ của một nhóm xã hội)
- Expressive leader are less concerned with the overall goals of the group than with providing
emotional support to group members and attempting to minimize tension and conflict among
them. (Lãnh đạo cảm xúc là cung cấp hỗ trợ tình cảm cho các thành viên nhóm và cố gắng giảm
thiểu căng thẳng và xung đột trong nhóm mà ít quan tâm đến mục tiêu tổng thể của nhóm.)
Bài đọc đề cập tất cả những cách sau đây để một người có thể trở thành nhà lãnh đạo NGOẠI
TRỪ
.
A. tuyển dụng
B. quy trình bầu cử chính thức
C. đào tạo khả năng lãnh đạo
D. mô hình văn hóa truyền thống
Dẫn chứng: According to sociologists, there are several different ways in which a person may
become recognized as the leader of a social group in the United States. In the family, traditional
Trang 17/20
cultural patterns confer leadership on one or both of the parents. In other cases, such as
friendship groups one or more persons may gradually emerge as leaders, although there is no
formal process of selection. In larger groups, leaders are usually chosen formally through
election or recruitment, (đoạn 1) (Theo các nhà xã hội học, có nhiều cách khác nhau trong đó
một người có thể được công nhận là người lãnh đạo của một nhóm xã hội ở Hoa Kỳ. Trong gia
đình, các mẫu văn hóa truyền thống trao quyền lãnh đạo cho một hoặc cả hai cha mẹ. Trong các
trường hợp khác, chẳng hạn như các nhóm hữu nghị, một hoặc nhiều người có thể dần dần nổi
lên như các nhà lãnh đạo, mặc dù không có quá trình lựa chọn chính thức. Trong các nhóm lớn
hơn, các nhà lãnh đạo thường được chọn chính thức thông qua bầu cử hoặc tuyển dụng.)
Trang 18/20
Khi đề cập đến “các nhà lãnh đạo thiên bẩm" trong đoạn 2 thì ý của tác giả là .
A. rất ít người có đủ khả năng là “nhà lãnh đạo thiên bẩm“
B. không có bằng chứng về việc “nhà lãnh đạo thiên bẩm" tồn tại
C. “nhà lãnh đạo thiên bẩm” dễ dàng được chấp nhận bởi các thành viên trong một nhóm xã hội
D. “nhà lãnh đạo thiên bẩm” có chung nhiều đặc điểm
Dẫn chứng: Although leaders are often thought to be people with unusual personal ability,
decades of research have failed to produce consistent evidence that there is any category .of
“natural leaders.”(Mặc dù các nhà lãnh đạo thường được cho là những người có khả năng đặc
biệt nhưng các nghiên cứu trong nhiều thập kỉ qua đã không tìm ra bằng chứng phù hợp cho
việc có “các nhà lãnh đạo thiên bẩm” hay không.)
Điều nào sau đây về khả năng lãnh đạo có thể được suy ra từ đoạn 2?
A. Một người là nhà lãnh đạo giỏi trong tổ chức này nhưng chưa chắc đã giỏi trong tổ
chức khác.
B. Rất ít người thành công khi chia sẻ vai trò lãnh đạo với người khác.
C. Cách tốt nhất mà một người có thể trở thành nhà lãnh đạo giỏi là nghiên cứu về khả năng lãnh
đạo.
D. Hầu hết mọi người muốn trở thành nhà lãnh đạo nhưng không chứng minh được khả năng
của mình. Dẫn chứng: Although leaders are often thought to be people with unusual personal
ability, decades of research have failed to produce consistent evidence that there is any category
of “natural leaders”. It seems that there is no set of personal qualities that all leaders have
in common; rather, virtually any
person may be recognized as a leader if the person has qualities that meet the needs ot that
particular group. (Mặc dù các nhà lãnh đạo thường được cho là những người có khả năng đặc
biệt nhưng các nghiên cứu trong nhiều thập kỉ qua đã không tìm ra bằng chứng phù hợp cho
việc có “các nhà lãnh đạo thiên bẩm” hay không. Dường như các nhà lãnh đạo không có bất kì
phẩm chất cá nhân chung nào; thay vào đó, hầu như bất kì người nào cũng có thể trở thành
nhà lãnh đạo nếu người đó có phẩm chất đáp ứng được các yêu cầu của nhóm đó.)
Bài đọc chỉ ra rằng “instrumental leaders” thưởng tập trung vào .
A. đảm bảo các mối quan hệ được hài hòa
B. chia sẻ trách nhiệm với các thành viên trong nhóm
C. nhận ra các nhà lãnh đạo mới
D. đạt được mục tiêu
Trang 19/20
Dẫn chứng: Instrumental leadership is leadership that emphasizes the completion of tasks by a
social group. Group members look to instrumental leaders to “get things” done.”(Lãnh đạo
công cụ là lãnh đạo nhấn mạnh việc hoàn thành nhiệm vụ của một nhóm xã hội. Các thành viên
trong nhóm tìm đến các nhà lãnh đạo công cụ để "khiến mọi việc được thực hiện")
Từ “collective” trong đoạn 3 gần nghĩa nhất với .
A. cần thiết B. điển hình
C. nhóm D. đặc biệt, riêng biệt
Trang 20/20
“Expressive leadership, on the other hand, is leadership that emphasizes the collective well-
being of a social group’s member.” (Mặt khác, sự lãnh đạo giàu cảm xúc nhấn mạnh đến phúc
lợi tập thể của các thành viên trong nhóm xã hội.)
Do đó: collective ~ group
Question 41 Chọn đáp án c
Từ “them” trong đoạn 3 đề cập đến .
A. các nhà lãnh đạo giàu cảm xúc
B. các mục tiêu của nhóm
C. các thành viên trong nhóm
D. căng thẳng và xung đột
“Expressive leaders are less concerned with the overall goals of the group than with providing
emotional support to group members and attempting to minimize tension and conflict among
them.” (Những nhà lãnh đạo giàu cảm xúc ít quan tâm đến mục tiêu chung của nhóm hơn so
với việc giúp đỡ các thành viên trong nhóm về cảm xúc và nỗ lực giảm tối thiểu căng thẳng và
xung đột giữa các thành viên trong nhóm.)
Do đó: them = group members
Một “mối quan hệ phụ” được đề cập trong đoạn cuối giữa nhà lãnh đạo và các thành viên trong
nhóm có
thể được miêu tả là .
A. xa cách, có khoảng cách
B. nhiệt tình
C. không đáng tin
D. cá nhân
Dẫn chứng: “Instrumental leaders are likely to have a rather secondary relationship to other
group members. They give orders and may discipline group members who inhibit attainment
of the group’s goals. Expressive leaders cultivate a more personal or primary relationship to
others in the group” (“Các nhạc trưởng có khả năng kết nối với các thành viên khác trong
nhóm. Họ đưa ra mệnh lệnh và trật tự đối các thành viên trong nhóm, họ là những người kiểm
soát việc đạt được các mục tiêu của nhóm. Các nhạc trưởng biểu đạt trau dồi một mối quan hệ
cá nhân hoặc với những người khác trong nhóm”)
Trang 21/20
Câu ban đầu: Nếu tôi đã không có quá nhiều việc phải làm thì tôi đã đi xem phim.
A. Bởi vì tôi đã phải làm quá nhiều việc nên tôi không thể đi xem phim.
B. Tôi đi xem phim khi tôi làm quá nhiều việc.
C. Nhiều việc không thể ngăn cản tôi đi xem phim.
D. Tôi chưa bao giờ đi xem phim nếu tôi có việc phải làm.
“If I hadn’t had so much work to do , I would have gone to the movies” - câu điều kiện
loại 3
diễn tả sự việc trái với thực tế trong quá khứ.
Trang 22/20
- “If I were you” (Nếu tôi là bạn): diễn tả lời khuyên nên ta dùng động từ “advise” trong lời nói
tường thuật lại.
Cấu trúc: - advise sb to do sth: khuyên ai nên làm gì đó
E.g: The doctor advised me to go to bed early. (Bác sỹ khuyên tôi đi ngủ sớm)
- advise sb not to do sth: khuyên ai không nên làm gì đó
E.g: My mother advises me not to stay up late. (Mẹ khuyên tôi không nên thức khuya.)
Câu ban đầu: “Nếu tôi là bạn thì tôi sẽ lấy anh ấy”, cô ấy nói với tôi.  Cô ấy khuyên tôi lấy anh
Note 29
Nếu trong lời nói trực tiếp có các cấu trúc như If I were you, Why don’t you, Had better, Should, Ought to
thì trong lời nói tường thuật chúng ta thường dùng động từ “advise” để đưa ra lời khuyên.
ấy.
Câu ban đầu: Lần cuối tôi gặp David là khi tôi tình cờ gặp cậu ấy ở nhà ga trên đường đi New
York.
A. Tôi đã không gặp David từ lần gặp cậu ấy tình cờ tại nhà ga khi tôi đang trên đường đi New
York.
B. Khi lần cuối tôi đến New York, tôi đã tình cờ gặp David ở nhà ga.
C. Khi lần cuối tôi gặp David ở nhà ga tại New York, tôi đã chạy theo cậu ấy.
D. Cuối cùng tôi đã gặp David tại nhà ga khi tôi đang trên đường đi New York.
Cấu trúc: - run into (ph.v) ~ meet somebody by chance: tình cờ gặp ai
- set off (ph.v): khởi hành
- happen + to V: tình cờ làm gì đó
- coal (n-uncountable): than đá
Trong câu này, “coal” là danh từ không đếm được nói chung nên không có mạo từ
“the” đi kèm. Do đó: The coal => Coal
Dịch: Than đá là nhiên liệu hóa thạch phong phú nhất của thế giới.
- formally (adv): trang trọng, chính thức
- formerly (adv): trước đây, cũ
- though ~ although: mặc
dù Do đó: formally =>
Trang 23/20
formerly
Dịch: Mặc dù trước đây từng là những người bạn thân nhưng giờ họ đã trở nên xa lạ với nhau vì
một vài
hiểu lầm đáng tiếc.
- regarding (prep): đối với, về, liên quan đến
E.g: Call me if you have any problems regarding your work.
- regardless of (prep): bất kể, không chú ý đến, bất chấp
E.g: The club welcomes all new members regardless of age.
Trang 24/20
Do đó: regarding => regardless
Dịch: Tất cả các ứng viên cho công việc sẽ được đối xử công bằng bất kể giới tính, tuổi tác và quốc
tịch. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best
“Cô ấy đã nộp đơn xin việc ở nước ngoài. Cô ấy muốn phát triển bản thân và kiếm nhiều tiền
hơn.”
A. Cô ấy đã nộp đơn xin việc ở nước ngoài để phát triển bản thân và kiếm nhiều tiền hơn.
B. Để kiếm nhiều tiền hơn cho sự phát triển, cô ấy đã nộp đơn xin việc ở nước ngoài.
C. Cô ấy nộp đơn xin việc ở nước ngoài nên cô ấy đã phát triển bản thân minh và kiếm nhiều tiền
hơn.
D. Kiếm nhiều tiền hơn là lý do cô ấy đã nộp đơn xin việc ở nước
ngoài. Cấu trúc: - so as to/ in order to + V: để làm gì (diễn tả mục
đích) Question 50 Chọn đáp án A
A. Thủy đậu là bệnh nghiêm trọng và bệnh sốt rét cũng vậy.
B. Sốt rét là bệnh nghiêm trọng, nhưng thủy đậu thì không.
C. Cả thủy đậu và sốt rét đều không phải là bệnh nghiêm trọng.
D. Hoặc thủy đậu hoặc sốt rét là bệnh nghiêm trọng.
Cấu trúc: - Neither S1 + nor + S2 + V (chia theo S2): Không ...cũng không....
- Either S1 + or + S2 + V(chia theo S2): Hoặc ...hoặc ...
- so: Dùng phía sau một phát biểu khẳng định để diễn tả sự đồng tình (so + auxi + S)
Trang 25/20
Trang 26/20
TẠO
8 Môn: TIẾNG ANH
06
trang
Question 1: A. pedal B. petrol C. pretty D. petty
Question 2: A. sunbathe B. father C. theater D. weather
Question 3: A. available B. depression C. education D. majority
Question 4: A. medicine B. graduate C. confident D. encourage
Question 5: It’s very difficult to tell her to give in because she is so big-headed.
A. wise B. generous C. modest D. arrogant
Question 6: To his dismay, his name was not on the list.
A. disappointment B. depression C. happiness D. pessimism
Question 7: There are many TV commercials which distracting viewers from watching their
favorite films.
A. economics B. businesses C. contests D. advertisements
Question 8: I knew she was only flattering me because she wanted to borrow some money.
A. teasing B. threatening C. praising D. helping
Question 9: - David: “I didn’t do well in the final exam.” - Kelly: “ .”
A. That’s a shame! B. Don’t mention it!
C. What a drag! D. That will be the day!
Question 10: Tim and Mark are university students. They are going on a
field trip. Tim: “What do we have to bring for the trip?”
Mark: “ .”
Trang 1/5
A. What an interesting book you have! B. We’ll set off very early, you know.
C. All the coursebooks, of course. D. Well, don’t make a fuss.
Trang 2/5
Question 11: Making mistakes is all of growing up.
A. bits and bobs B. chalk and cheese C. part and parcel D. from top to bottom
Question 12: Over the years, he gradually became impervious about his wife’s
comments about his chosen profession and in the end she stopped complaining.
A. about B. for C. of D. to
Question 13: Hoa hoped to join the club. She could make friends with many people here.
A. being invited B. to invite C. to be invited D. inviting
Question 14: Sometimes in a bad situation, there may still be some good things. Try not to
“throw out the with the bathwater”.
A. fish B. duck C. baby D. child
Question 15: David is a rich man because he a lot of money last year.
A. went through B. checked in C. fell behind D. came into
Question 16: This job requires some important . You have to be good at operating
machines and dealing with people,
A. degrees B. knowledge C. techniques D. skills
Question 17: An endangered species is a species population is so small that it is in
danger of becoming extinct.
A. whose B. which C. what D. who
Question 18: They have a lot of extensive research into renewable energy sources.
A. carried B. done C. solved D. made
Question 19: With this type of insurance, you’re buying of mind.
A. peace B. satisfaction C. calmness D. contentment
Question 20. The recent heavy rain has helped to reduce the water .
A. poverty B. shortage C. plenty D. abundance
Question 21. over long distances is a fact that everyone knows.
A. That electricity transmitting B. That electricity can be transmitted
C. That electricity D. That can be transmitted
Question 22. My grandmother her whole life to looking after her children.
A. paying B. using C. spending D. devoting
Welcome to the Netherlands, a tiny country that only extends, at its broadest, 312 km
north to south, and 264 km east to west - (23) the land area increases slightly each year as
a result of continuous land reclamation and drainage. With a lot of heart and much to offer,
Trang 2/17
‘Holland,’ as it is (24)
known to most of us abroad - a name stemming from its once most prominent
provinces - has more going on per kilometer than most countries, and more English-speaking
natives. You’ll be impressed by its (25) cities and charmed by its countryside and
villages, full of contrasts. From the exciting variety on offer, you could choose a romantic canal
boat tour in Amsterdam, a Royal Tour by coach in The Hague, or a hydrofoil tour around the
biggest harbour in the world - Rotterdam. In season you could visit the dazzling bulb fields,
enjoy a full day on a boat, or take a bike tour through the
Trang 3/17
pancake-flat countryside spiced with windmills. The possibilities are countless and the
nationwide tourist office is on hand to give you information and help you (26)
reservations. You’ll have
(27)
language problems here, as the Dutch are true linguists and English is spoken
here almost universally.
Question 23. A. so B. despite C. in spite of D. although
Question 24. A. B. occasionally C. commonly D.
regularly 25. A. historic B. historical
Question C. historically unusually
D. historian
Question 26. A. sit B. catch C. do D. make
Question 27. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little
Cities develop as a result of functions that they can perform. Some functions result directly
from the ingenuity of the citizenry, but most functions result from the needs of the local area
and of the surrounding hinterland (the region that supplies goods to the city and to which the
city furnishes services and other goods). Geographers often make a distinction between the
situation and the site of a city. Situation refers to the general position in relation to the
surrounding region, whereas site involves physical characteristics of the specific location.
Situation is normally much more important to the continuing prosperity of a city. If a city is
well situated in regard to its hinterland, its development is much more likely to continue.
Chicago, for example, possesses an almost unparalleled situation: it is located at the southern
end of a huge lake that forces east-west transportation lines to be compressed into its vicinity,
and at a meeting of significant land and water transport routes. It also overlooks what is one of
the world’s finest large farming regions. These factors ensured that Chicago would become a
great city regardless of the disadvantageous characteristics of the available site, such as being
prone to flooding during thunderstorm activity.
Similarly, it can be argued that much of New York City’s importance stems from its early
and continuing advantage of situation. Philadelphia and Boston both originated at about the
same time as New York and shared New York’s location at the western end of one of the
world’s most important oceanic trade routes, but only New York possesses an easy-access
functional connection (the Hudson-Mohawk lowland) to the vast Midwestern hinterland. This
account does not alone explain New York’s primacy, but it does include several important
factors. Among the many aspects of situation that help to explain why some cities grow and
others do not, original location on a navigable waterway seems particularly applicable. Of
course, such characteristic as slope drainage, power resources, river crossings, coastal shapes,
and other physical characteristics help to dertermine city location, but such factors are normally
Trang 4/17
more significant in early stages of city development than later.
A. The development of trade routes through United States cities
B. Contrasts in settlement patterns in United States
C. Historical differences among three large United States cities
D. The importance of geographical situation in the growth of United States cities
Question 29. The word “ingenuity” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to .
A. wealth B. resourcefulness C. traditions D. organization
Trang 5/17
Question 30: According to the passage, a city’s situation is more important that its site in
regard to the city’s .
A. long-term growth and prosperity
B. ability to protect its citizenry
C. possession of favorable weather conditions
D. need to import food supplies
Question 31. The author mentions each of the following as an advantage of Chicago’s location
EXCEPT its .
A. hinterland B. nearness to a large lake
C. position in regard to transport routes D. flat terrain
Question 32. The primary purpose of paragraph 1 is to .
A. summarize past research and introduce a new study
B. describe a historical period
C. emphasize the advantages of one theory over another
D. define a term and illustrate it with an example
Question 33. According to the passage, Philadelphia and Boston are similar to New York City in
.
A. size of population B. age
C. site D. availability of rail transportation
Question 34. The word “it” in paragraph 2 refers to .
A. account B. primacy C. connection D. hinterland
In the North American colonies, red ware, a simple pottery fired at low temperatures, and
stone ware, a strong, impervious grey pottery fired at high temperatures, were produced from
two different native clays. These kinds of pottery were produced to supplement imported
European pottery. When the American Revolution (1775-1783) interrupted the flow of the
superior European ware, there was incentive for American potters to replace the imports with
comparable domestic goods. Stoneware, which had been simple utilitarian kitchenware, grew
increasingly ornate throughout the nineteenth century, and in addition to the earlier scratched
and drawn designs, threedimensional molded relief decoration became popular.
Representational motifs largely replaced the earlier abstract decorations. Birds and flowers were
particularly evident, but other subjects---lions, flags, and clipper ships---are found. Some
figurines, mainly of dogs and lions, were made in this medium. Sometimes a name, usually that
of the potter, was die-stamped onto a piece.
Trang 6/17
As more and more large kilns were built to create the high-fired stoneware, experiments
revealed that the same clay used to produce low-fired red ware could produce a stronger, paler
pottery if fired at a hotter temperature. The result was yellow ware, used largely for serviceable
items; but a further development was Rockingham ware---one of the most important American
ceramics of the nineteenth century. (The name of the ware was probably derived from its
resemblance to English brown-glazed earthenware made in South Yorkshire.) It was created by
adding a brown glaze to the fired clay, usually giving the finished product a mottled
appearance. Various methods of spattering or sponging the glaze
Trang 7/17
onto the ware account for the extremely wide variations in color and add to the interest of
collecting Rockingham. An advanced form of Rockingham was flint enamel, created by dusting
metallic powders onto the Rockingham glaze to produce brilliant varicolored streaks.
Articles for nearly every household activity and ornament could be bought in Rockingham
ware: dishes and bowls, of course; also bedpans, foot warmers, cuspidors, lamp bases,
doorknobs, molds, picture frames, even curtain tiebacks. All these items are highly collectible
today and are eagerly sought. A few Rockingham specialties command particular affection
among collectors and correspondingly high prices.
Question 35. The word “ornate” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to .
A. elaborate B. puzzling C. durable D. common
Question 36. The passage suggests that the earliest stoneware .
A. was decorated with simple, abstract designs
B. used three-dimensional decorations
C. was valued for its fancy decorations
D. had no decoration
Question 37. How did yellow ware achieve its distinctive color?
A. By sponging on a glaze B. By dusting on metallic powders
C. By brown-glazing D. By firing at a high temperature
Question 38. The phrase “derived from” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to .
A. ruined by B. warned against C. based on D. sold by
Question 39. The word “It” in paragraph 2 refers to .
A. red ware B. yellow ware
C. Rockingham ware D. English brown-glazed earthenware
Question 40. The phrase “account for” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to .
A. explain B. restrict C. finance D. supplement
Question 41. What was special about flint enamel?
A. Its even metallic shine B. Its mottled appearance
C. Its spattered effect D. Its varicolored streaks
Question 42. Which of the following kinds of Rockingham ware were probably produced in the
greatest quantity?
A. Picture frames B. Dishes and bowls
C. Curtain tiebacks D. Doorknobs
Trang 8/17
Question 43: I couldn’t have run my business successfully without my father’s money.
A. Had it not been for my father’s money, I couldn’t have run my business successfully.
B. I could have run my business successfully without my father’s money.
C. If I could run my business successfully, my father would give me his money.
D. If I couldn’t have run my business successfully, I would have had my father’s money.
Trang 9/17
Question 44: She shouldn’t have forgotten that yesterday was her daughter’s birthday.
A. She had a birthday which her daughter forgot.
B. Yesterday, she remembered when her daughter’s birthday was.
C. She failed to remember the date of her daughter’s birthday,
D. Her daughter forgot her own birthday.
Question 45: The film bears little resemblance to the original novel.
A. The film and the original novel resemble in many ways.
B. The film is very similar to the original novel.
C. The film and the original novel differ in some ways.
D. The film is completely different from the original novel.
Question 46: (A) Alike other forms of energy, natural gas (B) may be used to (C) heat homes, cook
food, and even (D) run automobiles.
Question 47: He not only (A) composed popular songs (B) for musicals, (C) and wrote (D) more
serious concerts.
Question 48: There (A) are twenty species of wild roses in North America, all of which have (B)
prickly stems, pinnate leaves, and large flowers, (C) which usually smell (D) sweetly.
Question 49: He tried very hard to pass the driving test. He could hardly pass it.
A. Despite being able to pass the driving test, he didn’t pass it.
B. No matter how hard he tried, he could hardly pass the driving test.
C. He tried very hard, so he passed the driving test satisfactorily.
D. Although he didn’t try hard to pass the driving test, he could pass it.
Question 50: Mr. Hung is a professor. His car was stolen yesterday.
A. His car was stolen yesterday, Mr Hung is a professor.
B. Mr. Hung, who his car was stolen yesterday, is a professor.
C. Mr. Hung, who is a professor, his car was stolen yesterday.
D. Mr. Hung, whose car was stolen yesterday, is a professor.
Trang 10/17
ANSWER KEY
1C 2C 3C 4D 5C 6C 7D 8C 9A 10C
11C 12D 13C 14C 15D 16D 17A 18B 19A 20B
21B 22D 23D 24C 25A 26D 27A 28D 29B 30A
31D 32D 33B 34A 35A 36A 37D 38C 39C 40A
41D 42B 43A 44C 45C 46A 47C 48D 49B 50D
Mark the letter A B C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
- pedal /'ped.əl/ (v,n): đạp xe đạp, bàn đạp
- strol /'pet.rəl/ (n): xăng dầu
- pretty /'prɪt.i/ (adj): dễ thương, xinh đẹp
- petty /'pet.i/ (adj): nhỏ bé, không quan trọng, tầm thường
- sunbathe/'sʌn.beɪð/: (v) tắm nắng
- father/'fa:.ðər/ (n): bố, cha
- theater/'ɵɪə.tər/ (n): rạp hát
- weather /'weð.ər/ (n): thời tiết
- available /ə'veɪ.lə.bəl/ (adj): sẵn có
- depression /dɪ'preʃ.ən/ (n): trầm cảm, tuyệt vọng
- education /,edʒ.u'keɪ.ʃən/ (n): giáo dục
- majority /mə'dʒɒr.ə.ti/ (n): đa số, phần lớn
- medicine /'med.ɪ.sən/ (n): thuốc
- graduate /'grædʒ.u.ət/ (v): tốt nghiệp
- confident /‘kɒn.fɪ.dənt/ (adj): tự tin
- encourage/ɪn'kʌr.ɪdʒ / (v): khuyến khích
Trang 11/17
- wise (adj): khôn ngoan
- generous (adj): hào phóng, rộng lượng
- modest (adj): khiêm tốn
- arrogant (adj): kiêu căng, ngạo mạn
Trang 12/17
- big-headed (adj): quá kiêu căng, ngạo mạn
Do đó: big-headed modest

Dịch: Rất khó để bảo cô ấy chịu thua vì cô ấy quá kiêu căng.
- disappointment (n): sự thất vọng
- depression (n): sự chán nản, trầm cảm
- happiness (n): sự hạnh phúc, sự vui mừng
- pessimism (n): sự bi quan
- dismay (n): sự mất hết tinh thần, sự buồn bã, thất vọng
Do đó: happiness
dismay
Dịch: Anh ấy rất buồn khi tên mình không có trong danh sách.
- economics (n-uncountable): kinh tế học
- businesses (n-pl): việc kinh doanh
- contests (n-pl): cuộc thi
- advertisements ~ commercials (n-pl): quảng cáo
Dịch: Có nhiều quảng cáo trên TV làm cho ngưởi xem truyền hình sao nhãng không xem được
bộ phim yêu thích của mình.
- tease (v): trêu chọc
- threaten (v): đe dọa
- praise (v): khen ngợi, tán dương
- help (v): giúp đỡ
- flatter (v): xu nịnh, tâng bốc
Do đó: flattering ~ praising
Dịch: Tôi biết cô ấy chỉ đang nịnh tôi vì cô ấy muốn mượn tiền.
David: “Tớ đã không làm tốt ở kì thi cuối cùng.” - Kelly: “ ”
A. Thật đáng tiếc quá!
Trang 13/17
B. Không có gì (đáp lại lởi cảm ơn)
C. Thật buồn chán!
D. Chuyện đó sẽ không xảy ra!
Tim và Mark là sinh viên đại học. Họ chuẩn bị đi tham quan thực tế.
Tim: Chúng ta phải mang gì cho chuyến đi?
Trang 14/17
Mark: “ ”
A. Cậu có cuốn sách hay quá!
B. Cậu biết đó, chúng ta sẽ khởi hành sớm.
C. Dĩ nhiên là tất cả các cuốn giáo trình
D. Ồ, đừng làm om sòm nữa.
- bits and bobs/pieces: những thứ lặt vặt, các vật linh tinh
- chalk and cheese: khác nhau hoàn toàn
- part and parcel of sth: an essential part of something: phần quan trọng, phần thiết yếu của cái gì
- from top to bottom: từ trên xuống dưới
Dịch: Phạm sai lầm là phần thiết yếu của sự trưởng thành.
- impervious /ɪm'pɜ:viəs/ (+ to)(adj): not affected or influenced by something: không bị ảnh hưởng,
không
bị tác động
E.g: She was impervious to his charms.
Dịch: Qua nhiều năm, anh ấy dần dần không bị ảnh hưởng bởi những lởi phê bình của vợ về nghề
nghiệp
mà anh ấy đã chọn nữa và cuối cùng cô ấy đã ngừng phàn nàn.
cấu trúc: - hope + to V: hi vọng làm gì (chủ động)
- hope + to be Vpp: hi vọng được làm gì (bị động)
- invite sb to do sth: mởi ai làm gì
Động từ trong câu này phải được chia ở dạng bị động mới phù hợp về nghĩa.
Dịch: Hoa hi vọng được mởi tham gia vào câu lạc bộ. Cô ấy có thể kết bạn với nhiêu ngưởi tại
đây.
- fish (n): cá
- duck (n): vịt
- baby (n): đứa bé
- child (n): đứa trẻ
+ throw out the baby with the bathwater: vứt bỏ cái gì đó quý báu cùng với cái gì mình không
thích
Trang 15/17
Dịch: Đôi khi trong những tình huống tồi tệ thì vẫn có những điều tốt đẹp. Cố gắng đừng vứt
đi những thứ đáng giá chỉ vì những thứ ta không thích.
- go through: trải qua/ chịu đựng; xem xét, kiểm tra cẩn thận
- check in: đăng kí làm thủ tục (ở khách sạn, sân bay,,..)
- fall behind: bị tụt lại phía sau
- come into: to be left money by somebody who has died: được hưởng, thừa hưởng
Dịch: David là ngưởi đàn ông giàu có bởi vì năm ngoái anh ta được thừa hưởng rất nhiều tiền.
Trang 16/17
Question Chọn đáp án D
- degrees (n.pl): bằng cấp
- knowledge (n. uncountable): kiến thức
- techniques (n.pl): kĩ thuật
- skills (n.pl): kĩ năng
Dịch: Công việc này đòi hỏi một số kĩ năng quan trọng. Bạn phải giỏi vận hành máy móc và cư xử
với
con ngưởi.
- whose: đại từ quan hệ thay thế cho tính từ sở hữu trước danh từ đó
- which: đại từ quan hệ thay thế cho chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ chỉ vật
- who: đại từ quan hệ thay thế cho chủ ngữ chỉ ngưởi
- what: dùng trong mệnh đề danh từ
E.g: What you have said is completely right.
Trong câu này, đại từ quan hệ cần điền vào là “whose” để thay thế cho tính từ sở hữu.
Dịch: Loài có nguy cơ tuyệt chủng là loài mà số lượng của nó ít đến nỗi mà có nguy cơ bị tuyệt
chủng.
- carry (v): mang
- do (v): làm
- solve (v): giải quyết
- make (v): làm, chế tạo
- carry out/ conduct/ do + research: tiến hành/ thực hiện/ làm nghiên cứu
Dịch: Họ đã làm nhiều nghiên cứu phạm vi rộng vào các nguồn năng lượng tái tạo.
- peace (n): sự thanh bình, sự yên tĩnh
- satisfaction (n): sự thỏa mãn, sự hài lòng
- calmness (n): sự bình tĩnh, sự điềm tĩnh
- contentment (n): sự hài lòng, sự bằng lòng
+ peace of mind: a feeling of calm or not being worried: sự yên tĩnh trong tâm hồn, sự
thanh thản Dịch: Với loại bảo hiểm này, bạn đang mua cho mình sự bình yên.
- poverty (n): sự nghèo nàn
- shortage (n): sự thiếu
- plenty (n): sự phong phú, dồi dào
Trang 17/17
- abundance (n): sự phong phủ, sự dồi dào
+ water shortage: sự thiếu nước
Dịch: Cơn mưa to gần đây đã giúp giảm tình trạng thiếu nước.
- Mệnh đề “that” trong câu này là mệnh đề danh từ làm chức năng chủ ngữ.
- Mệnh đề danh từ: mệnh đề có chức năng như một danh từ.
Trang 18/17
Cấu trúc: - That/ where/ when/ why/ what/.... + S + V ... + V- chia dạng số ít + .... (mệnh đề danh từ
làm
chức năng chủ ngữ)
E.g: What you did makes me disappointed. (Những điều bạn đã làm khiến tôi thất vọng.)
Do đó, các phương án A, C, D không đúng ngữ pháp.
Dịch: Điện có thể được truyền qua khoảng cách xa là một thực tế mà ai cũng biết.
- pay (v): trả, thanh toán
- use (v): sử dụng
- spend (v): tiêu tốn, dùng, trải qua
+ spend sth doing sth/ spend sth on sth/ doing sth: dành/ tiêu tốn .. .vào điều gì/ làm gì
- devote (v): cống hiến, hiến dâng
+ devote sth to sth/ to doing sth: dành, cống hiến . ...vào điều gì/ làm gì
Dịch: Bà tôi đã dành cả cuộc đởi để chăm sóc con cái.
- so: vì thế, cho nên
- despite ~ in spite of + N/ V-ing: mặc dù
- although + a clause (S+ V): mặc dù
“Welcome to the Netherlands, a tiny country that only extends ... although the land area
increases slightly each year (Chào mừng đến với Hà Lan, một quốc gia nhỏ chỉ rộng .... mặc dù
diện tích đất tăng nhẹ mỗi năm,..)
- regularly (adv): thưởng xuyên, đều đặn
- occasionally (adv): thỉnh thoảng
- commonly (adv) ~ usually, very often: thông thưởng
+ commonly known (collocation): widely known usually or by most people: thưởng được mọi
ngưởi biết đến '
- unusually (adv): bất thưởng, không thưởng
- historic (adj): important or influential in history: quan trọng trong lịch sử, có ý nghĩa lịch sử
- historical (adj): connected with the past: có liên quan đến lịch sử, đã xảy ra trong quá khứ
- historically (adv): về mặt lịch sử
- historian (n): sử gia, nhà sử học
Trang 19/17
+ a historic city ~ a very old city: thành phố rất cổ kính
“You’ll be impressed by its historic cities and charmed by its countryside and villages...” (Bạn
sẽ bị ấn tượng bởi các thành phố rất cổ kính và bị quyến rũ bởi các vùng nông thôn và những
ngôi làng ....) Question 26 Chọn đáp án D
- make a reservation (collocation): đặt chỗ trước
Trang 20/17
“... the nationwide tourist office is on hand to give you information and help you make
reservations” (văn
phòng du lịch trên toàn quốc sẵn sàng cung cấp cho bạn thông tin và giúp bạn đặt chỗ trước.)
- few + N đếm được số nhiều: rất ít, hầu như không có mấy (mang nghĩa phủ định)
- a few + N đếm được số nhiều ~ some: một vài, một ít (mang nghĩa khẳng định)
- little + N không đếm được: rất ít, hầu như không có mấy (mang nghĩa phủ định)
- a little + N không đếm được ~ some: một chút, một ít (mang nghĩa khẳng định)
Danh từ phía sau là “language problems” => loại C, D
“You’ll have few language problems here, as the Dutch are true linguists and English is spoken
here almost universally” (Ở đây, bạn sẽ gặp rất ít vấn đề về ngôn ngữ vì ngưởi Hà Lan là các
nhà ngôn ngữ thật sự và Tiếng Anh được nói ở đây gần như phổ biến.)
A. Sự phát triển của các tuyến thương mại khắp nước Mỹ
B. Sự tương phản về các kiểu định cư ở nước Mỹ
c. Sự khác biệt lịch sử giữa 3 thành phố lớn của nước Mỹ
D. Tầm quan trọng của vị trí địa lý đối với sự phát triển của nước Mỹ.
Từ đầu đến cuối, bài đọc tập trung nói đến tầm quan trọng của vị trí địa lý đối với sự phát triển
của nước Mỹ.
Dẫn chứng: - Geographers often a distinction between the situation and the site of a city.
Situation refers to the general position in relation to the surrounding region, whereas site
involves physical characteristics of the specific location. Situation is normally much more
important to the continuing prosperity of a city.... (Các nhà địa lý thường phân biệt giữa tình
hình và địa điểm của một thành phố. Tình huống đề cập đến vị trí chung liên quan đến khu vực
xung quanh, trong khi địa điểm liên quan đến đặc điểm vật lý của vị trí cụ thể. Tình hình
thường quan trọng hơn nhiều đối với sự thịnh vượng liên tục của một thành phố....)
- Chicago for example, possesses an almost unparalleled situation ...
- Similarly it can be argued that much of New York City’s importance stems from its early and
continuing advantage of situation
Từ “ingenuity” trong đoạn đầu gần nghĩa nhất với .
A. sự giàu có
Trang 21/17
B. tài khéo léo, xoay xở
C. truyền thống
“Some functions result directly from the ingenuity of the citizenry, but most functions result
from the needs of the local area and of the swrounding hinterland” (Một số chức năng có được
trực tiếp là do tài khéo léo của công dân, nhưng đa số chức năng có được là do nhu cầu của
vùng địa phương và vùng lân cận.)
Do đó: ingenuity ~ resourcefulness: tài khéo léo
Trang 22/17
Theo bài đọc, vị trí địa lý của một thành phố quan trọng hơn vị trí của nó liên quan đến của
thành phố.
A. sự thịnh vượng và phát triển lâu dài
B. khả năng bảo vệ công dân
C. việc sở hữu điều kiện thời tiết thuận lợi
D. nhu cầu nhập khẩu nguồn thực phẩm
Dẫn chứng: Situation is normally much more important to the continuing prosperity of a city. If
a city is well situated in regard to its hinterland, its development is much more likely to
continue. (Vị trí thường quan trọng hơn nhiều đối với sự thịnh vượng lâu dài của thành phố.
Nếu một thành phố có vị trí tốt liên quan đến vùng lân cận thì sự phát triển có thể sẽ còn tiếp
tục hơn.)
Tác giả đề cập đến các điều sau đây là thuận lợi về vị trí của Chicago NGOẠI TRỪ .
A. vùng lân cận
B. gần hồ lớn
C. vị trí liên quan đến các tuyến giao thông
D. địa hình bằng phẳng
Dẫn chứng: Chicago, for example, possesses an almost unparalleled situation: it is located at the
southern end of a huge lake that forces east-west transportation lines to be compressed into its
vicinity, and at a meeting of significant land and water transport routes, (vicinity — hinterland)
(Chicago, ví dụ, có một tình huống gần như không khả thi: nó nằm ở cuối phía nam của một hồ
nước lớn buộc các tuyến giao thông đông - tây được đẩy vào vùng lân cận của nó, và tại nơi
giao nhau của các tuyến giao thông đường bộ và đường thủy quan trọng, (vùng lân cận))
Mục đích chính của đoạn đầu là .
A. tóm tắt nghiên cứu trước và giới thiệu nghiên cứu mới
B. miêu tả một thời kì lịch sử
C. nhấn mạnh thuận lợi của một học thuyết với các học thuyết khác
D. định nghĩa thuật ngữ và minh họa bằng ví dụ
Trong đoạn đầu, tác giả nêu định nghĩa sau đó lấy ví dụ là Chicago để minh họa.
Theo bài đọc, Philadelphia và Boston giống với thành phố New York về .
A. số dân
B. độ tuổi
Trang 23/17
C. vị trí
D. vận tải đường sắt có sẵn
Dẫn chứng: “Philadelphia and Boston both originated at about the same time as New York...”
(same age) (“Thành phố Philadelphia và Boston đều có nguồn gốc cùng thời điểm với New York...
”(cùng độ tuổi)) Question 34 Chọn đáp án A
Từ “it” trong đoạn 2 đề cập đến .
Trang 24/17
A. sự miêu tả
B. tính ưu việt
C. sự kết nối
D. vùng lân cận
“This account does not alone explain New York’s primacy, but it does include several
important factors” (Sự miêu tả này không giải thích được hết tính vượt trội của New York,
nhưng nó bao gồm một vài yếu tố quan trọng)
Do đó: it = account
Từ “ornate” trong đoạn I gần nghĩa nhất với .
A. tỉ mỉ, công phu
B. làm bối rối
C. bền
D. chung, phổ biến
“Stoneware, which had been simple utilitarian kitchenware, grew increasingly ornate
throughout the nineteenth century, and in addition to the earlier scratched and drawn designs,
three-dimensional molded relief decoration became popular” (Đồ gốm đá là các đồ dùng nhà
bếp tiện dụng đơn giản, ngày càng được trang trí công phu suốt thế kỉ 19, và ngoài các thiết kế
đơn giản được đưa ra trước đó thì trang trí chạm nổi được đổ khuôn không gian ba chiều đã trở
nên phố biến.)
Do đó: ornate ~ elaborate
Bài đọc cho thấy rằng đồ gốm đá trước đó .
A. được trang trí với các thiết kế trừu tượng, đơn giản
B. sử dụng trang trí ba chiều
C. được ưa chuộng vì trang trí đẹp
D. không có trang trí
Dẫn chứng: “Stoneware, which had been simple utilitarian kitchenware, grew increasingly
ornate throughout the nineteenth century, and in addition to the earlier scratched and drawn
designs, three- dimensional molded relief decoration became popular. Representational motifs
largely replaced the earlier abstract decorations” (Đồ gốm đá, là các đồ dùng nhà bếp tiện dụng
đơn giản, ngày càng được trang trí công phu suốt thế kỉ 19, và ngoài các thiết kế đơn giản được
đưa ra trước đó thì trang trí chạm nổi được đổ khuôn không gian ba chiều đã trở nên phổ biến.
Trang 25/17
Các mô típ biểu tượng đã thay thế trang trí trừu tượng trước đó.)
Dẫn chứng: “As more and more large kilns were built to create the high-fired stoneware,
experiments revealed that the same clay used to produce low-fired red ware could produce a
stronger, paler pottery if fired at a hotter temperature. The result was yellow ware, used largely
for serviceable items.” (Khi ngày càng nhiều lò nung lớn được xây dựng để tạo ra đồ gốm nung
ở nhiệt độ cao, các thí nghiệm cho thấy
Trang 26/17
rằng cùng một loại đất sét được sử dụng để tạo ra loại đồ gốm màu đỏ có thể tạo ra một loại
gốm bền có màu nhạt hơn nếu được nung ở nhiệt độ cao hơn. Kết quả là tạo ra loại gốm màu
vàng, được sử dụng chủ yếu cho các mặt hàng tiện lợi.)
- ruined by: bị phá hủy bởi
- warned against: bị cảnh báo không
- based on: được căn cứ vào
- sold by: được bán bởi
“The name of the ware was probably derived from its resemblance to English brown-glazed
earthenware made in South Yorkshire” (Tên của loại gốm này có lẽ bắt nguồn từ sự giống nhau
của nó với loại đất nung có men màu nâu được làm ở Nam Yorkshire)
Do đó: derived from ~ based on
Từ “it” trong đoạn 2 đề cập đến .
“The result was yellow ware, used largely for serviceable items; but a further development was
Rockingham ware --- one of the most important American ceramics of the nineteenth century. It
was created by adding a brown glaze to the fired clay, usually giving the finished product a
mottled appearance” (Kết quả là cho ra loại gốm có màu vàng, được sử dụng chủ yếu cho các
mặt hàng tiện lợi; nhưng sự phát triển xa hơn nữa là đồ gốm Rockingham --- một trong những
loại gốm sứ Mỹ quan trọng nhất của thế kỷ 19. Nó được tạo ra bằng cách thêm một lớp men
màu nâu vào đất sét nung, thường cho ra một sản phẩm hoàn chỉnh với vẻ bề ngoài có nhiều
màu sắc)
Do đó: it = Rockingham ware
- explain (v): giải thích
- restrict (v): hạn chế
- finance (v): cấp tiền cho
- supplement (v): bổ sung
“Various methods of spattering or sponging the glaze onto the ware account for the extremely
wide variations in color...” (Các phương pháp khác nhau về việc tráng men cho đồ gốm giải
thích cho sự biến đổi màu sắc rất lớn...)
Dẫn chứng: “An advanced form of Rockingham was flint enamel, created by dusting metallic
powders onto the Rockingham glaze to produce brilliant varicolored streaks.” (Một hình thức
cao cấp của Rockingham là men flint, được tạo ra bằng cách hút bột kim loại trên men
Trang 27/17
Rockingham để tạo ra những vệt nhiều màu sắc rực rỡ.)
Loại nào của đồ gốm Rockingham có thể được sản xuất với số lượng lớn nhất?
Dẫn chứng: “Articles for nearly every household activity and ornament could be bought in
Rockingham ware: dishes and bowls, of course: also bedpans, foot warmers, cuspidors, lamp
Trang 28/17
bases, doorknobs, molds, picture frames, even curtain tiebacks.” (=> khả năng là bát đĩa được làm
với số lượng lớn nhất)
Question 43 Chọn dáp án A
Câu ban đầu: Tôi không thể điều hành việc kinh doanh thành công nếu không có tiền của bố tôi.
A. Nếu không có tiền bố tôi thì tôi không thể điều hành việc kinh doanh thành công. (câu điều
kiện loại 3)
B. Tôi có thể điều hành việc kinh doanh thành công nếu không có tiền của bố tôi.
C. Nếu tôi có thể điều hành việc kinh doanh thành công thì bố tôi sẽ cho tôi tiền.
D. Nếu tôi không thể điều hành việc kinh doanh thành công thì tôi đã có tiền của bố tôi.
Cấu trúc: - If it hadn’t been for + N, S + would/ could + have + Vpp... (Nếu không phải vì/ Nếu
không có
....) ~ Had + it + not + been + for + N, S + would/ could + have + Vpp ... (đảo ngữ) => câu điều kiện
Note 30
Đảo ngữ trong câu điều kiện
Loại 1: SHOULD + S + (not) + V, main clause
Loại 2: WERE + S + To V/ N + V, main clause
Loại 3: HAD + S + (not) + Vpp, main clause
E.g: If 1 knew about his party, I would go
there.
 Were
loại 3 I to know about his party, I would go there

Câu ban đầu: Cô ấy đáng lẽ ra không nên quên hôm qua là sinh nhật con gái của mình.
A. Cô ấy đã có ngày sinh nhật mà con gái đã quên mất ngày đó.
B. Hôm qua, cô ấy nhớ sinh nhật con gái mình là khi nào.
C. Cô ấy đã không nhớ ngày sinh nhật của con gái mình.
D. Con gái cô ấy đã quên sinh nhật của bản thân mình.
Cấu trúc: - fail + to V: không làm gì
Câu ban đầu: Bộ phim có rất ít điểm giống với tiểu thuyết gốc.
A. Bộ phim và tiểu thuyết gốc giống nhau ở nhiều điểm.
B. Bộ phim rất giống với tiểu thuyết gốc.
C. Bộ phim và tiểu thuyết gốc khác nhau ở một vài điểm
D. Bộ phim hoàn toàn khác với tiểu thuyết
Trang 29/17
gốc. Cấu trúc: - bear (a) resemblance to:
giống với
Mark the letter A, B C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
- alike (adj, adv): giống, giống nhau, như nhau
E.g: - My brother and I are alike.
Trang 30/17
- They treated all the children alike.
- like (prep): giống như, như
E.g: Like many children, I like watching
cartoons. Do đó: Alike => Like
Dịch: Giống như nhiều dạng năng lượng khác, khí tự nhiên có thể được dùng để sưởi ấm nhà cửa,
nấu ăn
và thậm chí chạy xe ô tô.
Cấu trúc: - not only ...but also: không những ...mà còn
E.g: She not only sings beautifully but also plays the guitar
well. Do đó: and => but also
- smell (v): có mùi, tỏa mùi
+ smell là động từ nối nên sau nó là một tính từ.
Do đó: sweetly => sweet
Dịch: Có 20 loài hoa hồng hoang dã ở Bắc Mỹ, tất cả đều có gai nhọn, lá có lông và hoa lớn,
thường tỏa
ra mùi thơm.
Note 31
- Động từ nối (Linking verbs): Là các động từ dùng để miêu tả trạng thái của chủ ngữ thay vì miêu tả
hành động.
- Sau động từ nối là một tính từ hoặc danh từ .
E.g: He looks sad. (Anh ấy trông có vẻ buồn.)
- Một số động từ nối thường gặp: feel, look, seem, taste (có vị), sound (nghe có vẻ), turn, become/get/
turn (trở nên), remain (giữ nguyên), ...
“Anh ấy đã cố gắng hết sức để vượt qua kì thi lấy bằng lái xe. Anh ấy đã không thể vượt qua
được.
A. Mặc dù có thể vượt qua kì thi lấy bằng lái xe nhưng anh ấy đã không vượt qua.
B. Dù cho anh ấy đã cố gắng hết sức mình nhưng anh ấy vẫn không thể vượt qua kì thi lấy bằng
lái xe.
C. Anh ấy đã cố gắng hết sức nên anh ấy đã vượt qua kì thi lấy bằng lái xe tốt đẹp.
D. Mặc dù anh ấy không cố gắng hết sức để vượt qua kì thi lấy bằng lái xe nhưng anh ấy có thể
Trang 31/17
vượt qua
được.
Cấu trúc: - No matter how/ However + adj/ adv + S + V..., S + V mặc dù ...nhưng
“Thầy Hùng là một giáo sư. Hôm qua xe thầy ấy đã bị lấy trộm.”
- who: thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người, làm chức năng chủ ngữ
- whom: thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người, làm chức năng tân ngữ
- whose: thay thế cho tính từ sở hữu trước danh từ (whose + N)
Trang 32/17
TẠO
9 Môn: TIẾNG ANH
06
trang
Question 1: A. vegetable B. student C. celebrate D. penalty
Question 2: A. although B. laugh C. paragraph D. enough
Question 3: A. pollution B. disaster C. volcano D. cholera
Question 4: A. athletic B. dramatic C. scientific D. heroic
Question 5: In remote areas, it’s very important to replenish stocks before the winter comes.
A. remake B. refill C. repeat D. empty
Question 6: Tom may get into hot water when driving at full speed after drinking wine.
A. get into trouble B. stay safe C. fall into disuse D. keep calm
Question 7: Talking about your feeling can help you get clear about what you feel.
A. control B. banish C. get rid of D. figure out
Question 8: Emissions from factories and exhaust fumes from vehicles can have detrimental
effects on our health.
A. beneficial B. neutral C. needy D. harmful
Question 9: - Hoa: “Would you mind closing the door?” - Hung: “ .”
A. Yes, of course. Are you tired? B. No, not at all. I’ll do it now
C. Yes, I do. You can close it. D. Don’t worry. Go ahead!
Question 10: Sally and Linda are playing in the
garden. Sally: “Look at this beautiful butterfly!”
Linda: “ .”
Trang 1/5
A. Where? I don’t see it. B. Yes, please.
C. Don’t worry. D. No, it’s your turn.
Trang 2/5
Question 11: I’ve broken her favorite vase. I’m .
A. taken for B. made for C. called for D. done for
Question 12: After two years of the country’s economy is finally looking a lot healthier.
A. let-down B. demise C. overdraft D. recession
Question 13: Your sister seldom cooks meals, ?
A. did she B. didn’t she C. does she D. doesn’t she
Question 14: When my teacher was away on holiday, Mr Nam had to her.
A. go in for B. stand in for C. get round to D. catch up with
Question 15: had I left my house when they arrived.
A. Just B. As soon as C. Hardly D. After
Question 16: The cup will be on at the clubhouse for a month before being sent
to the museum.
A. display B. parade C. exposition D. stage
Question 17: It is not easy for many civil servants to on their salaries as the inflation
rate is very high.
A. get by B. turn up C. wear out D. run over
Question 18: All candidates will be treated equally, of their age or background.
A. irrelevant B. discounting C. notwithstanding D. irrespective
Question 19: Yesterday, I a serious accident while I on the beach.
A. see / am walking B. saw / was walking
C. was seeing / walked D. have seen / were walking
Question 20. On my birthday, my mother gave me a .
A. new blue German car C. new German blue car
B. blue German new car D. German new blue car
Question 21. That women died of a drug .
A. overweight B. overhear C. overdo D. overdose
Question 22. Tim told Daisy that he he film three times.
A. had seen B. saw C. have seen D. sees
The story of gold is an adventure involving kings, queens, pirates, explorers, conquerors,
and the native peoples they conquered. Throughout history, gold has woven a magic spell over
those it touched. Gold is beautiful and rare; a soft shiny metal that can be moulded into many
(23) . It has
Trang 2/20
been used for money, jewelry, and to decorate special buildings such as palaces and places of
worship. (24)
the precious metal was discovered, prospectors rushed to mine it, starting new
cities and countries as they went. Gold and the people who love it have helped shape the world
we live (25)
today. Gold is one of many elements, or substances that cannot be changed by
normal chemical means, that are found in the Earth's crust. Gold has a warm, sunny colour and
(26) it does not react with air, water, and most chemicals, its shine never fades. In its
natural (27) ,
gold is soft and easily shaped. When heated to 1,062 Celsius it melts and can be poured into
moulds to
Trang 3/20
form coins, gold bars, and other objects. Stories have been told, movies made and legends bom
about the discovery of the world’s great gold deposits. It is a saga of dreams, greed, ambition and
exploration.
Question 23. A. formats B. outlines C. shapes D. lines
Question 24. A. B. However C. Forever D.
Whoever
Question 25. A. at B. in C. for Wherever
D. on
Question 26. A. yet B. despite C. because D. so
Question 27. A. estate B. stage C. state D. position
During the second half of the nineteenth century, the production of food and feed crops in
the United States rose at an extraordinarily rapid rate. Com production increased by four and a
half times, hay by five times, oats and wheat by seven times. The most crucial factor behind this
phenomenal upsurge in productivity was the widespread adoption of labor-saving machinery
by northern farmers. By 1850 horse- drawn reaping machines that cut grain were being
introduced into the major grain-growing regions of the country. Horse-powered threshing
machines to separate the seeds from the plants were already in general use. However, it was the
onset of the Civil War in 1861 that provided the great stimulus for the mechanization of
northern agriculture. With much of the labor force inducted into the army and with grain
prices on the rise, northern farmers rushed to avail themselves of the new labor-saving
equipment. In 1860 there were approximately 80,000 reapers in the country; five years later
there were 350,000.
After the close of the war in 1865, machinery became ever more important in northern
agriculture, and improved equipment was continually introduced. By 1880 a self-binding reaper
had been perfected that not only cut the grain, but also gathered the stalks and bound them
with twine. Threshing machines were also being improved and enlarged, and after 1870 they
were increasingly powered by steam engines rather than by horses. Since steam-powered
threshing machines were costly items-running from $ 1,000 to $4,000 - they were usually
owned by custom thresher owners who then worked their way from farm to farm during the
harvest season. “Combines” were also coming into use on the great wheat ranches in California
and the Pacific Northwest. These ponderous machines - sometimes pulled by as many as 40
horses - reaped the grain, threshed it, and bagged it, all in one simultaneous operation.
The adoption of labor-saving machinery had a profound effect upon the sale of
agricultural operations in the northern states-allowing farmers to increase vastly their crop
acreage. By the end of century, a farmer employing the new machinery could plant and harvest
two and half times as much com as a farmer had using hand methods 50 years before.
Trang 4/20
Question 28. What aspect of farming in the United States in the nineteenth century does the
passage mainly discuss?
A. How labor-saving machinery increased crop production
B. Why southern farms were not as successful as northern farms
C. Farming practices before the Civil War
D. The increase in the number of people taking up farming
Question 29. The word “crucial” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to .
A. obvious B. unbelievable C. important D. desirable
Question 30. The phrase “avail themselves of” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to .
Trang 5/20
A. take care of B. make use of C. get rid of D. consist of
Question 31. According to the passage, why was the Civil War a stimulus for mechanization?
A. The army needed more grain in order to feed the soldiers.
B. Technology developed for the war could also the used by farmers.
C. It was hoped that harvesting more grain would lower the price of grain.
D. Machines were needed to replace a disappearing labor force.
Question 32. Combines and self-binding reapers were similar because each .
A. could perform more than one function
B. required relatively little power to operate
C. was utilized mainly in California
D. required two people to operate
Question 33. The word “they” in paragraph 2 refers to .
A. grain stalks B. horses C. steam engines D. threshing
Question 34. It can be inferred from the passage that most fanners did not own threshing
machines because .
A. farmers did not know how to use the new machines
B. farmers had no space to keep the machines
C. thresher owners had chance to buy the machines before farmers did
D. the machines were too expensive for every farmer to own
In the early 1800s, to reach the jump-off point for the West, a family from the East of the
United States could either buy a steamboat passage to Missouri for themselves, their wagons
and their livestock or, as happened more often, simply pile everything into a wagon, hitch up a
team, and begin their overland trek right in their front yard.
Along the macadamized roads and turnpikes east of the Missouri River, travel was
comparatively fast, camping easy, and supplies plentiful. Then, in one river town or another,
the neophyte emigrants would pause to lay in provisions. For outfitting purposes, the town of
Independence had been preeminent ever since 1827, but the rising momentum of pioneer
emigration had produced some rival jump-off points. Westport and Fort Leavenworth
flourished a few miles upriver. St. Joseph had sprung up 55 miles to the northwest; in fact,
emigrants who went to Missouri by riverboat could save four days on the trail by staying on the
paddle wheelers to St. Joe before striking overland.
At whatever jump-off point they chose, the emigrants studied guide books and directions,
asked questions of others as green as themselves, and made their final decision about outfitting.
Trang 6/20
They had various, sometimes conflicting, options. For example, either pack animals or two -
wheel carts or wagons could be used for the overland crossing. A family man usually chose the
wagon. It was the costliest and slowest of the three, but it provided space and shelter for
children and for a wife who likely as not was pregnant. Everybody knew that a top-heavy
covered wagon might blow over in a prairie wind or be overturned by mountain rocks, that it
might mire in river mud or sink to its hubs in desert sand, but maybe if those things happened
on this trip, they would happen to someone else. Anyway, most pioneers, with their farm
background, were used to wagons.
Trang 7/20
Question 35. The word “preeminent” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to .
A. superior B. most easily reached
C. oldest D. closest
Question 36. Which of the cities that served as a jump-off point can be inferred from the passage
to be farthest west?
A. Independence B. Fort Leavenworth
C. St. Joseph D. Westport
Question 37. The expression “green” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to .
A. optimistic B. weary C. inexperienced D. frightened
Question 38. All of the following were mentioned in the passage as options for modes of
transportation from the Missouri River to the West EXCEPT .
A. a wagon. B. a two-wheel cart
C. a riverboat. D. a pack animal
Question 39. All of the following features of the covered wagon made it unattractive to the
emigrants EXCEPT .
A. its bulk B. the speed at which it could travel
C. its familiarity and size D. its cost
Question 40. In paragraph 3, the phrase “those things” refers to...
A. the belongings of the pioneers B. the problems of wagon travel
C. the types of transportation D. the overland routes
Question 41. The author implies in the passage that the early emigrants .
A. preferred wagon travel to other types of travel
B. left from the same place in Missouri
C. knew a lot about travel
D. were well stocked with provisions when they left their homes
Question 42. What is the topic of this passage?
A. Important towns B. Getting started on the trip west
C. Choosing a point of departure D. The advantages of travelling by wagon
Question 43: No one has sent me that letter.
A. I haven’t been sent that letter. B. I wasn’t sent that letter.
C. That letter hasn’t been sent me. D. That letter has sent to me by no one.
Question 44: “Why don’t you have your room repainted?” said Bob to Linda.
Trang 8/20
A. Bob suggested having Linda’s room repainted.
B. Bob asked Linda why she didn’t repaint her room.
C. Bob suggested that Linda should have her room repainted.
D. Bob suggested that Linda should repaint her room.
Question 45: I don’t have enough money; otherwise, I would buy that bag.
Trang 9/20
A. If I didn’t have money, I would buy that bag.
B. If I had much money, I wouldn’t buy that bag.
C. If I had enough money, I would buy that bag.
D. If I didn’t have money, I won’t buy that house.
Question 46: (A) What happened in that town (B) were a reaction from some people, (C)
including firemen and policemen who had been laid off from (D) their jobs.
Question 47: Some manufacturers are not only (A) raising their prices (B) but also (C) decreasing
the production of their products (D) as well.
Question 48: It is (A) generally believed that Thomas Jefferson was (B) the one who had
researched and
(C) wrote the Declaration of Independence during the months (D) prior to its signing in July 1776.
Question 49: The weather was very hot. The children continued playing football in the
schoolyard.
A. Because of the weather was hot, the children continued playing football in the schoolyard.
B. Because the hot weather, the children continued playing football in the schoolyard.
C. In spite of the hot weather, the children continued playing football in the schoolyard.
D. Despite the weather was hot, the children continued playing football in the schoolyard.
Question 50: These chemicals are very toxic. Protective clothing must be worn at all times.
A. Since these chemicals are very toxic, so protective clothing must be worn at all times.
B. So toxic are these chemicals that protective clothing must be worn at all times.
C. These chemicals are such toxic that protective clothing must be worn at all times.
D. These chemicals are too toxic to wear protective clothing at all times.
Trang 10/20
ANSWER KEY
1B 2A 3D 4C 5D 6B 7D 8D 9B 10A
11D 12D 13C 14B 15C 16A 17A 18D 19B 20A
21D 22A 23C 24D 25B 26C 27C 28A 29C 30B
31D 32A 33D 34D 35A 36C 37C 38C 39C 40B
41A 42B 43A 44C 45C 46B 47D 48C 49C 50B
part differs from the other three in pronuciation in each of the following questions.
- vegetable /'vedʒ.tə.bəl/ (n): rau
- student/'stju:.dənt/ (n): học sinh
- celebrate /'sel.ə.breɪt (v); kỉ niệm
- penalty/'pen. əl.ti/ (n): hình phạt
- although / ɔ:1' ðəʊ/ (conj): mặc dù
- laugh /lɑ:f/ (v): cưởi
- paragraph /'pær.ə.grɑ:f/ (n): đoạn văn
- enough / ɪ'nʌf/ (adv/ pro): đủ
other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
- pollution /pə'lu:. ʃən/ (n): sự ô nhiễm
- disaster/dɪ'zɑ:.stər/ (n): thảm họa
- volcano /vɒl'keɪ.nəʊ/ (n): núi lửa
- cholera /'kɒl.ər.ə/ (n): bệnh tả
- athletic /æɵ'let.ɪk/ (adj): (thuộc) điền kinh, thể thao
- dramatic /drə'mæt.ɪk/ (adj): đột ngột, đáng chú ý, mạnh mẽ
- scientific /.saɪən'tɪf.ɪk/ (adj): khoa học
- heroic /hɪ'roʊɪk/ (adj): anh hùng
Trang 11/20
- remake (v): làm lại
- refill (v): làm cho đầy lại
- repeat (v): lặp lại, nhắc lại
- empty (v): làm trống rỗng, làm cạn
Trang 12/20
- replenish (v): cung cấp thêm, làm đầy
Do đó: replenish empty

Dịch: Ở những vùng xa xôi hẻo lánh, rất quan trọng bổ sung thêm nguyên vât liệu dự trữ trước
khi mùa
đông đến.
- get into trouble: gặp rắc rối
- stay safe: giữ an toàn
- fall into disuse: bỏ đi, không dùng đến
- keep calm: giữ bình tĩnh
- get into hot water ~ get into trouble: gặp rắc rối
Do đó: get into hot stay safe
water 
Dịch: Tom có thể gặp rắc rối khi lái xe quá tốc độ sau khi uống rượu.
- control (v): kiểm soát, kiềm chế
- banish (v): đày đi, xua đuổi
- get rid of: tống khứ
- figure out: hiểu được, luận ra
- get clear: làm rõ ràng, hiểu được
Do đó: get clear ~ figure out
Dịch: Nói chuyện về cảm giác của mình sẽ giúp bạn hiểu được mình cảm thấy như thế nào.
- beneficial (adj): có lợi
- neutral (adj): trung tính, trung lập
- needy (adj): nghèo túng, nghèo đói
- harmful (adj): có hại
- detrimental (adj): có hại, bất lợi
cho Do đó: detrimental ~ harmful
Dịch: Khí thải từ các nhà máy và các phương tiện đi lại có thể tác động có hại đến sức khỏe của
chúng ta. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best
Trang 13/20
Hoa: “Phiền bạn đóng cửa lại hộ mình được
không?” Hung: “ ”
A. Ừ, tất nhiên là phiền rồi. Cậu mệt à?
B. Không, không phiền gì. Tớ sẽ đóng ngay.
C. Có. Cậu có thể đóng nó lại.
D. Đừng lo lắng. Cứ tiếp tục đi!
Trang 14/20
Sally và Linda đang chơi trong vưởn.
Sally: Hãy nhìn con bướm xinh đẹp
này đi! Linda: “ ”
A. Ở đâu vậy? Tớ không thấy nó.
B. Vâng, làm ơn. (đáp lại lởi mởi)
C. Đừng lo lắng.
D. Không, đến lượt cậu
Cấu trúc: - be made for sb/ each other: be completely suited to somebody/each other: hoàn toàn
phù hợp với ai/ với nhau
E.g: They seem to be made for each other. (Họ dưởng như hợp với nhau.)
- call for sb (phv): go to a place in order to collect someone: đi đến để đón ai
- be done for ~ be about to died: sắp chết
E.g: When he pointed the gun at me, I thought I was done for. (Khi anh ấy chĩa súng vào tôi, tôi
nghĩ tôi
sắp chết rồi.)
Dịch: Tôi đã làm vỡ cái bình yêu thích của cô ấy. Tôi sẽ tiêu đởi mất.
- let-down (n): sự thất vọng
- demise /dɪ'maɪz/ (n): sự qua đởi, sự kết thúc
- overdraft (n): sự rút quá số tiền gửi (ngân hàng)
- recession /rɪ'seʃ.ən/ (n): sự suy thoái (kinh tế)
Dịch: Sau hai năm suy thoái, nền kinh tế của đất nước cuối cùng đang tốt lên nhiều.
- Mệnh đề đầu ở thì hiện tại đơn nên phần hỏi đuôi cũng ở thì hiện tại đơn => loại A, B
- Mệnh đề đầu có trạng từ tần suất “seldom” mang nghĩa phủ định nên phần hỏi đuôi dùng
khẳng định. Dịch: Chị bạn hiếm khi nấu ăn, có phải không?
- go in for: tham gia cuộc thi; làm điều gì vì bạn thích
E.g: She doesn’t go in for sports.
- stand in (for sb): take somebody’s place: thay thế, đại diện, thay mặt ai
Trang 15/20
E.g: My colleague will stand in for me while I’m away.
- get round to (ph.v): tìm ra/ cần thởi gian để làm gì đó
E.g: I hope to get around to answering your letter next week.
- catch up with: đuổi kịp, theo kip
E.g: After his illness, he had to work hard to catch up with the others.
Dịch: Khi giáo viên tôi đi nghỉ thì thầy Nam đã thay cô ấy.
Trang 16/20
- just (adv): vừa mới (dùng trong thì hiện tại hoàn thành)
- as soon as: ngay khi
- hardly ...(adv): chỉ vừa mới, ngay khi
- after (adv, prep): sau, sau khi
Cấu trúc: - S + had + hardly + Vpp...+ when + S + V-past... = Hardly + had + S + Vpp... + when + S + V-
past... (ngay khi/ vừa mới .. .thì ...)
Dịch: Ngay khi tôi vừa rởi khỏi nhà thì họ đến.
- display (n): sự trưng bày, sự phô bày
- parade (n): sự phô trương, cuộc diễu hành
- exposition (n): sự bày hàng, sự giải thích
- stage (n): sân khấu, giai đoạn
+ on display: được trưng bày
E.g: These designs are on display in the library.
Dịch: Chiếc cúp sẽ được trưng bày ở trụ sở câu lạc bộ khoảng 1 tháng trước khi được mang đến
viện bảo
tàng.
- get by (on/in/with sth) (ph.v): manage to live or do a particular thing using the money,
knowledge, equipment, etc. that you have: xoay xở sống được/ làm gì đó được với những cái
mình hiện có (tiền bạc, kiến thức, thiết bị,...)
- turn up (ph.v) ~ arrive: đến
- wear out (ph.v): làm cho mòn hẳn, mòn; làm kiệt sức
- run over (ph.v): lái xe cán qua/ đè lên ai đó
Dịch: Thật không dễ dàng để nhiều công chức sống bằng lương của mình khi mà tỉ lệ lạm phát rất
cao.
- irrelevant / ɪ'reləvənt /(adj) (+ to sth/ sb): không thích hợp, không tương thích, không thích đáng
E.g: That evidence is irrelevant to the case.
- discounting: chiết khấu
- notwithstanding / .nɒtwɪ stændɪŋ / (adj): mặc dù, bất kể
E.g: Notwithstanding some major financial problems, the school has had a successful year.
- irrespective /ɪrɪ'spektɪv / + of ~ regardless of: bất kể, bất chấp
E.g: Everyone is treated equally, irrespective of race.
Trang 17/20
Dịch: Tất cả các thí sinh sẽ được đối xử công bằng không phân biệt tuổi tác và xuất thân.
Đây là sự kết hợp giữa thì quá khứ tiếp diễn và quá khứ đơn để diễn tả hành động đang xảy ra
thì có một hành động khác xen vào trong quá khứ (hành động đang xảy ra được chia ở thì quá
khứ tiếp diễn “was/ were + V-ing”, hành động xen vào được chia ở thì quá khứ đơn “V 2-ed”)
Dịch: Hôm qua tôi đã nhìn thấy một vụ tai nạn nghiêm trọng trong khi tôi đang đi dạo trên bãi
biển.
Trang 18/20
Trật tự của các tính từ trước danh từ: OpSACOMP
Size Age Origin
Purpose Opinion - tính từ chỉ quan điểm (beautiful,
wonderful, bad...)
Size - tính từ chỉ kích cỡ (big, small, long, big, short,
tall...) Age - tính từ chỉ độ tuổi (old, young, new...)
Color - tính từ chỉ màu sắc (orange, yellow, blue ...)
Origin - tính từ chỉ nguồn gốc, xuất xứ (Japanese, American,
Vietnamese...) Material - tính từ chỉ chất liệu, (stone, plastic, leather,
silk...)
Purpose - tính từ chỉ mục đích, tác dụng
Do đó, trật tự của tính từ trong câu này là new (age) - blue (color) - German (origin)
- overweight (adj): quá trọng lượng, quá béo
- overhear (v): nghe trộm, nghe lỏm
- overdo (v): làm quá, cường điệu quá; nấu quá nhừ
- overdose (n, v); liều quá mức, cho quá liều
Dịch: Người phụ nữ đó chết vì dùng thuốc quá liều.
Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả sự việc đã xảy ra lặp lại nhiều lần.
E.g: I have visited Hanoi City several times. (Tôi đã đến thăm thành phố Hà Nội vài lần rồi.)
Động từ “see” trong câu này phải được chia ở thì quá khứ hoàn thành vì đây là lời nói tường
thuật lại nên ta phải giảm thì của động từ (hiện tại hoàn thành => quá khứ hoàn thành)
Dịch: Tim đã bảo với Daisy rằng cậu ấy đã xem bộ phim này ba lần rồi.
- format (n): định dạng, khổ
- outline (n): đề cương, đường nét
- shape (n): hình, hình dạng
- line (n): đường kẻ
+ mould sth into shapes: nặn, đúc cái gì thành nhiều hình dạng
Trang 19/20
- Whoever (pronoun): bất cứ ai, bất cứ người nào
- However (adv): tuy nhiên
- Forever (adv): mãi mãi
- Wherever (adv, conj): bất cứ nơi nào, ở nơi nào
“Wherever the precious metal was discovered, prospectors rushed to mine it, starting new cities
and countries as they went.” (Bất cứ nơi nào mà kim loại quý được phát hiện, những người
thăm dò vội vã đến để khai thác, thành lập các thành phố và quốc gia mới khi họ đến.)
Trang 20/20
- in the world: trên thế giới
“Gold and the people who love it have helped shape the world we live in today.” (Vàng và những
người
yêu thích vàng đã giúp hình thành nên thế giới mà chúng ta đang sống ngày hôm nay.)
- yet (conj) + a clause: nhưng
- despite (prep) + N/ V-ing: mặc dù
- because (conj) + a clause: bởi vì
- so (conj) + a clause: vì vậy, cho nên
“Gold has a warm, sunny colour and because it does not react with air, water, and most
chemicals, its shine never fades” (Vàng có màu ánh kim và vì nó không phản ứng với không
khí, nước và hầu hết các hóa chất nên độ sáng bóng của nó không bao giờ phai.)
- estate (n): bất động sản
- stage (n): giai đoạn
- State (n): trạng thái, tình trạng
- position (n): vị trí
+ natural State: trạng thái tự nhiên
“In its natural state, gold is soft and easily shaped. When heated to 1,062 Celsius it melts and
can be poured into moulds to form coins, gold bars, and other objects” (Trong trạng thái tự
nhiên, vàng mềm và dễ tạo hình. Khi được đun nóng đến 1062 độ C thì nó tan chảy và có thể đổ
vào khuôn để đúc tiền xu, thỏi vàng và các đồ vật khác.)
Bài đọc chủ yếu thảo luận đến khía cạnh nào của nông nghiệp ở nước Mỹ vào thế kỉ 19?
A. Máy móc tiết kiệm sức lao động tăng năng suất mùa màng như thế nào
B. Tại sao các nông trại miền Nam không thành công như nông trại miền Bắc
C. Thực hiện canh tác trước Nội Chiến
D. Tăng số lượng người làm nông nghiệp
Dẫn chứng: - The most crucial factor behind this phenomenal upsurge in productivity was
the widespread adoption of labor-saving machinery by northern farmers...
- After the close of the war in 1865, machinery became ever more important in northern
agriculture, and improved equipment was continually introduced
Trang 21/20
- The adoption of labor-saving machinery had a profound effect upon the sale of agricultural
operations in the northern states-allowing farmers to increase vastly their crop acreage
Dịch: - Yếu tố quan trọng nhất đằng sau sự phát triển phi thường của năng suất này là việc áp
dụng rộng
rãi máy móc tiết kiệm lao động của nông dân miền Bắc...
- Sau khi chiến tranh kết thúc vào năm 1865, máy móc trở nên quan trọng hơn bao giờ hết
trong nông
nghiệp miền Bắc, và thiết bị được cải tiến liên tục được giới thiệu.
Trang 22/20
- Việc áp dụng máy móc tiết kiệm lao động có ảnh hưởng sâu sắc đến việc bán các hoạt động
nông nghiệp ở các bang phía bắc, cho phép nông dân tăng diện tích cây trồng rộng lớn của họ)
- obvious (adj): rõ ràng, hiển nhiên
- unbelievable (adj): không thể tin được
- important (adj): quan trọng
- desirable (adj): đáng thèm muốn
“The most crucial factor behind this phenomenal upsurge in productivity was the widespread
adoption of labor-saving machinery by northern farmers” (Yếu tố quan trọng nhất đằng sau sự
bùng nổ mạnh này trong năng suất là việc áp dụng rộng rãi máy móc tiết kiệm sức lao động của
các nông dân phía Bắc)
Do đó: crucial ~ important
- take care of: chăm sóc, trông nom
- make use of: tận dụng, sử dụng
- get rid of: tống khứ
- consist of: bao gồm
“With much of the labor force inducted into the army and with grain prices on the rise,
northern farmers rushed to avail themselves of the new labor-saving equipment” (Với phần
nhiều lực lượng lao động được đưa vào quân đội và giá thóc lúa đang tăng lên, nông dân miền
Bắc vội vã tận dụng thiết bị tiết kiệm sức lao động mới)
Do đó: avail themselves of ~ make use of
Theo bài đọc, tại sao Nội Chiến giúp kích thích việc cơ giới hóa?
A. Quân đội cần nhiều thóc hơn để nuôi binh lính
B. Công nghệ phát triển cho chiến tranh cũng có thế được người nông dân sử dụng
C. Người ta đã hi vọng rằng thu hoạch được thêm nhiều thóc hơn sẽ giúp hạ giá xuống
D. Máy móc cần để thay thế lực lượng lao động bị mất đi
Dẫn chứng: However, it was the onset of the Civil War in 1861 that provided the great stimulus
for the mechanization of northern agriculture. With much of the labor force inducted into the
army and with grain prices on the rise, northern farmers rushed to avail themselves of the new
labor-saving equipment. (Tuy nhiên, chính sự bắt đầu cuộc nội chiến vào năm 1861 đã kích
thích mạnh việc cơ giới hóa cho nông nghiệp phía bắc. Với phần nhiêu lực lượng lao động được
đưa vào quân đội và giá thóc lúa đang tăng lên, nông dân miền Bắc vội vã tận dụng thiết bị tiết
kiệm sức tao động mới.)
Trang 23/20
Máy liên hợp và máy gặt tự buộc rơm tương tự nhau vì đều .
A. có thể thực hiện nhiều chức năng
B. đòi hỏi tương đối ít năng lượng để hoạt động
C. được dùng chủ yếu ở California
D. cần 2 người để hoạt động
Trang 24/20
Dẫn chứng: By 1880 a self-binding reaper had been perfected that not only cut the grain, but
also gathered the stalks and bound them with twine.
“Combines” were also coming into use on the great wheat ranches in California and the Pacific
Northwest, These ponderous machines sometimes pulled by as many as 40 horses - reaped the
grain, threshed it. and bagged it. all in one simultaneous operation.
Dịch: Đến năm 1880. một chiếc máy gặt tự bó đã được hoàn thiện không chỉ cắt bỏ hạt mà còn thu
thập
thân cày và buộc chúng lại bằng sợi xe.
"Cỗ máy kết hợp này" cũng được đưa vào sử dụng trên các trang trại lúa mì lớn ở California và
Tây Bắc Thái Bình Dương. Nhưng cỗ máy nặng nề này - đôi khi bị kéo bởi tới 40 con ngựa - gặt
ngũ cốc, đập nát nó, và đóng gói nó, tất cả trong một hoạt động đồng thời.
Từ “they" trong đoạn 2 dề cập đến .
“Since steam-powered threshing machines were costly itetns-running from s 1,000 to $4,000 -
they were usually owned by custom thresher owners....” (Vì máy tuốt lúa chạy bằng hơi nước
có giá đắt - từ 1000 đô la đến 4000 đô la nên chúng thường được sở hữu bởi các ông chủ .....)
Do đó: they = threshing machines
Chúng ta có thể suy ra rằng đa số nông dân không có máy tuốt lúa vì .
A. nông dân không biết cách sử dụng máy móc mới
B. nông dân không có chỗ để giữ máy
C. các ông chủ máy tuốt có cơ hội mua máy trước người nông dân
D. máy móc quá đắt đối với nông dân
“Since steam-powered threshing machines were costly items-running from $ 1,000 to $4,000 -
they were usually owned by custom thresher owners .....” (Vì máy tuốt lúa chạy bằng hơi nước
có giá đắt - từ 1000 đô la đến 4000 đô la nên chúng thường được sở hữu bởi các ông chủ .....)
- superior: vượt trội, cao cấp, ưu việt
- most easily reached: tiếp cận dễ dàng nhất
- oldest: cũ nhất
- closest: gần nhất
Dẫn chứng: “the town of Independence had been preeminent ever since 1827, but the rising
momentum of pioneer emigration had produced some rival jump-off points” (thị trấn Độc Lập
Trang 25/20
vượt trội hơn cả kể từ năm 1827, nhưng nhu cầu di cư tăng lên đã tạo ra một số điểm xuất phát
khác đầy cạnh tranh)
Do đó: preeminent ~ superior
Thành phố nào được xem là điểm xuất phát xa nhất về phía Tây có thể được suy ra từ bài đọc?
Trang 26/20
Dẫn chứng: St. Joseph had sprune up 55 miles to the northwest; in fact, emigrants who went to
Missouri by riverboat could save four days on the trail by staying on the paddle wheelers to St.
Joe before striking overland.
Dịch: Đường Giuse cách 55 dặm về phía tây bắc; trên thực tế, những người di cư đến Missouri
bằng đường sông có thể tiết kiệm bốn ngày so với đi bằng đường mòn trên những chiếc xe cầu
chèo đến St. Joe trước khi đi vào vùng đất liền.
- optimistic (adj ): lạc quan
- weary (adj): mệt lử
- inexperienced (adj): thiếu kinh nghiệm
- frightened (adj): sợ hãi, hoảng sợ
"At whatever jump-off point they chose, the emigrants studied guide books and directions,
asked questions of others as green as themselves..." (Tại bất kì điểm xuất phát nào đã chọn thì
những người di cư đều nghiên cứu sách hướng dẫn và hướng đi, hỏi những câu hỏi của những
người di cư khác cùng thiếu kinh nghiệm như chính mình ...)
Do đó: green - inexperienced
Tất cả những cái sau đây được đề cập trong bài đọc như là các lựa chọn về hình thức vận tải từ
sông Missouri đến phía tây NGOẠI TRỪ .
Dẫn chứng: For example, either pack animals or two -wheel carts or wagons could be used for
the overland crossing. (Ví dụ, một trong hai loại xe sử dụng sức kéo của động vật là toa xe hoặc
có 2 bánh xe có thể được sử dụng cho việc băng qua đường bộ.)
Tất cả những đặc điểm sau của xe ngựa có mái che làm cho cho nó không hấp dẫn với người di
cư NGOẠI TRỪ .
A. trọng tải hàng hóa của nó
B. tốc độ có thể di chuyển
C. sự quen thuộc và độ lớn của nó
D. chi phí
Dẫn chứng: A family man usually chose the wagon. It was the costliest and slowest of the three,
but it provided space and shelter for children and for a wife who likely as not was pregnant. “...
Anyway, most pioneers, with their farm background, were used to wagons.” (Một người đàn
ông trong gia đình thường chọn toa xe. Đó là loại đắt nhất và chậm nhất trong ba loại, nhưng
nó có không gian và chỗ ở cho trẻ em và cho một người vợ khi cô ấy có khả năng mang thai. “...
Dù sao, hầu hết những người tiên phong, với trang trại có sẵn của họ, đều quen với toa xe.”)
Trang 27/20
“Everybody knew that a top-heavy covered wagon might blow over in a prairie wind or be
overturned by mountain rocks, that it might mire in river mud or sink to its hubs in desert sand,
but maybe if those things happened on this trip, they would happen to someone else” (Mọi
người đều biết rằng xe ngựa có mái che nặng phía trước có thể thổi bay trong một cơn gió hoặc
bị lật đổ bởi những tảng đá núi, rằng nó
Trang 28/20
có thể vấy bùn sông hoặc chìm trục bánh xe vào cát sa mạc, nhưng có lẽ nếu những điều đó xảy ra
trong
chuyến đi này thì sẽ xảy ra với người khác.)
Do đó: “those things” đề cập đến “the problems of wagon travel - các vấn đề của việc đi bằng xe
ngựa”
Tác giả ngụ ý trong bài đọc rằng những người di cư đầu tiên .
A. thích đi bằng xe ngựa hơn các loại phương tiện khác
B. xuất phát từ cùng một địa điểm ở Missouri
C. biết nhiều về việc đi lại
D. được cung cấp thức ăn dự trữ khi rởi khỏi nhà
Dẫn chứng: “... Anyway, most pioneers, with their farm background, were used to wagons.”
(“...Dù sao thì, hầu hết những người tiên phong, với nền tảng trang trại của họ, đều quen với toa
xe.”)
Chủ đề chính của bài đọc này là gì?
A. các thị trấn quan trọng
B. bắt đầu chuyến đi về phía Tây
C. lựa chọn điểm xuất phát
D. thuận lợi của việc đi bằng xe ngựa
Cả bài đọc này nói về việc bắt đầu chuyến đi đến phía Tây.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest In
Câu ban đầu: Không ai gửi cho tôi bức thư đó.
Đại từ "no one” mang ý nghĩa phủ định nên khi chuyển sang bị động ta phải dùng thể phủ
định. Thì của động từ được sử dụng trong câu này là thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
Cấu trúc:
Chủ S + have/ has + Vpp+ O

Bịđộng
dộng S (O) + have/ has + been + Vpp + by O
(S)
Vì chủ ngữ là “I” nên ta dùng “have”; “no one” được lược bỏ và dùng thể phủ định trong câu
bị động. Lưu ý: send sb sth ~ send sth to sb (gửi cho ai cái gì/ gửi cái gì cho ai)
Dịch: Tôi không được gửi bức thư đó.
Trang 29/20
Câu ban đầu: “Sao bạn không nhờ người sơn lại phòng của mình đi?” Bob nói với Linda
A. Bob gợi ý nhờ người sơn lại phòng của Linda.
B. Bob hỏi Linda sao cô ấy không sơn lại phòng của cô ấy.
C. Bob gợi ý rằng Linda nên nhờ người sơn lại phòng của cô ấy.
D. Bob gợi ý rằng Linda nên sơn lại phòng cô ấy.
Cấu trúc: - have sb do sth ~ have sth done by sb: nhờ/ thuê ai làm gì
- suggest + V-ing: gợi ý/ đề nghị làm gì
Trang 30/20
- suggest + that + S + (should) + V (bare-inf)...: gợi ý ai nên làm gì đó
A, B, D sai nghĩa
Note 32
Nếu trong lời nói trực tiếp có cấu trúc "Why don’t you ...?” để đưa ra lời khuyên thì trong lời nói gián
tiếp, ta dùng cấu trúc “advise sb to do sth” hoặc “suggest that sb (should) do sth”.

- I don’t have enough money; otherwise, I would buy that bag. (Tôi không có đủ tiền; nếu không
thì tôi sẽ
mua cái túi đó.) => sự việc ở hiện tại => dùng câu điều kiện loại 2
Cấu trúc: If + S + V-past, S + would/ could/ might + V (bare-inf) (câu điều kiện
loại 2) Câu điều kiện loại 2 diễn tả sự việc trái với thực tế ở hiện tại
A, B: sai nghĩa với câu ban đầu
D: sai cấu trúc
Dịch: Nếu tôi có đủ tiền thì tôi sẽ mua cái túi đó.
Mệnh đề danh từ “what” làm chức năng chủ ngữ thì động từ luôn chia ở dạng số ít.
E.g: What I need is a happy family.
Dịch: Chuyện đã xảy ra ở thị trấn đó là phản ứng của một số người bao gồm cả lính cứu hỏa và
cảnh sát
đã bị sa thải.
Do đó: were => was
Câu trúc: - not only ....but also ~ not only ....but ....as well (không những ....mà còn)
E.g: She not only sings beautifully but also dances well.
Dịch: Một số nhà sản xuất không những tăng giá thành mà còn giảm năng suất của các sản phẩm.
Do đó: as well => lược bỏ
Cấu trúc:- S + had + Vpp... (thì quá khứ hoàn thành)
Do đó: wrote (V2) => written (V3-Vpp) (phía trước có trợ động từ “had”)
Dịch: Người ta thường tin rằng Thomas Jefferson là người đã nghiên cứu và viết Tuyên ngôn Độc
lập
trong suốt những tháng trước khi ký kết vào tháng 7 năm 1776.
Trang 31/20
“Thời tiết rất nóng. Những đứa trẻ vẫn tiếp tục đá bóng trong sân
trường.” Cấu trúc: - Because of + N/ V-ing: bởi vì
- Because + a clause: bởi vì
- In spite of/ Despite + N/ V-ing: mặc dù
Trang 32/20
Do đó: A, B, D sai ngữ pháp
Dịch: Mặc dù thời tiết nóng nhưng bọn trẻ vẫn tiếp tục đá bóng trong sân trường.
“Những hóa chất này rất độc hại. Đồ bảo hộ phải luôn luôn được mặc.”
Cấu trúc: - S + be + so + adj + that clause ~ So + adj + be + S + that clause (đảo ngữ với “so”):
quá... đến nỗi mà ....
- S + be + too + adj + to V ...(quá .. .đến nỗi mà không thể làm gì)
A. sai ngữ pháp (bỏ “so” vì thừa)
C. sai ngữ pháp (such => so)
D. sai nghĩa
Trang 33/20
10 TẠO
Đề thi gồm Môn: TIẾNG ANH
trang Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút
Question 1: A. wicked B. watched C. stopped D. cooked
Question 2: A. B. initiate C. participant D.
Question 3: A. disappear B. arrangement C. opponent D. contractual
Question 4: A. comfortable B. necessary C. community D. memorable
Question 5: Inadequate supply of oxygen to the blood can cause death within minutes.
A. Sufficient B. Nonexistent C. Rich D. Useful
Question 6: If she passes the exam, her parents will be walking on air.
A. disgusted B. promising C. upset D. hopeful
Question 7: Tom is the black sheen of the family, so he is never welcomed there.
A. a beloved member B. a bad and embarrassing member
C. the only child D. the eldest child
Question 8: He was brought up in a well-off family. He can’t understand the problems we are
facing.
A. poor B. broke C. wealthy D. kind
Question 9: - Waitress: “Hi, may I take your order, madam?”
- Mrs. Brown: “ .”
A. I don’t want to do anything. I’ve really had enough.
B. OK, here is my bill
C. Yes, I’d like some fish and chips
D. Sure, it’s delicious
Question 10: - Mai: “Oops! I’m sorry for stepping on your foot” - Hoa: “ .”
Trang 1/5
A. Never mind B. You don’t mind C. You’re welcome D. That’s fine
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of
Question 11: If you put your money in a bank now, you may get 8% annually.
Trang 2/5
A. interest B. profit C. money D. income
Question 12: Many animal species are now on the of extinction.
A. danger B. border C. verge D. margin
Question 13: , he received a big applause.
A. Finishing his presentation B. His presentation has been finished
C. After he finishes his presentation D. When finished his speech
Question 14: I gave the waitress a $50 note and waited for my .
A. change B. supply C. cash D. cost
Question 15: They are always on good with their next-door neighbors.
A. will B. friendship C. terms D. relations
Question 16: In the end, he lost his and started gabbling incoherently.
A. head B. mind C. brain D. intelligence
Question 17: Governments should some international laws against terrorism.
A. bring up B. bring about C. bring in D. bring back
Question 18: Students can lots of information by attending lectures regularly.
A. absorb B. provide C. read D. transmit
Question 19: The size and shape of a nail depend primarily on the function intended.
A. which it is B. for which it is C. which it is for D. for which is
Question 20. we have!
A. What awful weather B. How awful is the weather
C. How awful the weather D. What an awful weather
Question 21. I think that married couples should be financially independent their parents.
A. to B. of C. with D. on
Question 22. Many ambulances took injured to a nearby hospital.
A. an B. a C. the D. 
The use of computers has meant that students can study language programmes (23) their
own speed when and for how long they want. What’s more, in the virtual classrooms of the
future the student will put on their headset, and be transported into an imaginary school,
choose their class, take the books they need off the shelf and hold conversations with other
computerised students. They might instead choose to pay a visit to the supermarket or the train
station, the bank or the restaurant. At the (24)
of a button they would be transported to (25) realistic settings where they
could practice their English, maybe getting a hand from a virtual English companion. All this
Trang 2/8
perhaps, at the computer, from the comfort of their home: no (26) to catch the bus to
college, or a plane to England. Exciting? Certainly, and it’s an interesting alternative to
traditional classroom lessons. But would it ever (27) the classroom? Hopefully not. Surely
the need to relate to real people talking about real issues and generally learning a little more
about others will always lead language learners to uzcx be exc eg at least a little of their time
with real people.
Question 23: A. on B. in C. at D. of
Trang 3/8
Question 24: A. force B. hit C. depress D. push
Question 25: A. so B. such C. like D. alike
Question 26: A. role B. duty C. obligation D. need
Question 27: A. replace B. restore C. succeed D.
The main difference between urban growth in Europe and in the American colonies was
the slow evolution of cities in the former and their rapid growth in the latter. In Europe they
grew over a period of centuries from town economies to their present urban structure. In North
America, they started as wilderness communities and developed to mature urbanism’s in little
more than a century.
In the early colonial day in North America, small cities sprang up along the Atlantic
Coastline, mostly in what are now New America, small cities sprang up along the Atlantic
United States and in the lower Saint Lawrence valley in Canada. This was natural because these
areas were nearest England and France, particularly England, from which most capital goods
(assets such as equipment) and many consumer goods were imported Merchandising
establishments were, accordingly, advantageously located in port cities from which goods could
be readily distributed to interior settlements. Here, too, were the favored locations for
processing raw materials prior to export. Boston, Philadelphia, New York, Montreal, and other
cities flourished, and, as the colonies grew, these cities increased in importance.
This was less true in the colonial South, where life centered around large farms, known as
plantations, rather than around towns, as was the case in the areas further north along the
Atlantic coastline. The local isolation and the economic self-sufficiency of the plantations were
antagonistic to the development of the towns. The plantations maintained their independence
because they were located on navigable streams and each had a wharf accessible to the small
shipping of that day. In fact, one of the strongest factors in the selection of plantation land was
the desire to have it front on a water highway.
When the United States became an independent nation in 1776, it did not have a single city
as large as 50,000 inhabitants, but by 1820 it had a city of more than 10,000 people, and by 1880
it had recorded a city of over one million. It was not until after 1823, after the mechanization of
the spinning and weaving industries, that cities started drawing young people away from
farms. Such migration was particularly rapid following the Civil War (1861-1865).
A. Factors that slowed the growth of cities in Europe.
B. The evolution of cities in America
C. Trade between North American and European cities
Trang 4/8
D. The effects of the United Sates’ independence on urban growth in New England.
Question 29. The word “they” in paragraph 1 refers to .
A. North American colonies B. cities
C. centuries D. town economies
Question 30. According to the passage, early colonial cities were established along the Atlantic
coastline of North America due to
A. an abundance of natural resources
B. financial support from colonial governments
Trang 5/8
C. proximity to parts of Europe
D. a favorable climate
Question 31. Which of the following did the Atlantic coastline cities prepare for shipment to
Europe during colonial times?
A. Manufacturing equipment B. Capital goods
C. Consumer goods D. Raw materials
Question 32. According to the passage, all of the following aspects of the plantation system
influenced the growth of southern cities EXCEPT the .
A. location of the plantations
B. access of plantation owners to shipping
C. relationships between plantation residents and city residents
D. economic self-sufficiency of the plantation
Question 33. It can be inferred from the passage that, in comparison with northern, cities, most
southern cities were .
A. more prosperous B. smaller
C. less self-sufficient D. stronger
Question 34. The word “drawing” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to .
A. attracting B. employing C. instructing D. representing
Most desert animals will drink water if confronted with it, but many of them never have
any opportunity. All living things must have water, or they will expire. The herbivores find it in
desert plants. The carnivores slake their thirst with the flesh and blood of living prey. One of the
most remarkable adjustments, however, has been made by the tiny kangaroo rat, who not only
lives without drinking but subsists on a diet of dry seeds containing about 5% free water. Like
other animals, he has the ability to manufacture water in his body by a metabolic conversion of
carbohydrates. But he is notable for the parsimony with which he conserves his small supply by
every possible means, expending only minuscule amounts in his excreta and through
evaporation from his respiratory tract.
Investigation into how the kangaroo rat can live without drinking water has involved
various experiments with these small animals. Could kangaroo rats somehow store water in
their bodies and slowly utilize these resources in the long periods when no free water is
available from dew or rain? The simplest way to settle this question was to determine the total
water content in the animals to see if it decreases as they are kept for long periods on a dry diet.
If they slowly use up their water, the body should become increasingly dehydrated, and if they
Trang 6/8
begin with a store of water, this should be evident from an initial high water content. Results of
such experiments with kangaroo rats on dry diets for more than 7 weeks showed that the rats
maintained their body weight. There was no trend toward a decrease in water content during
the long period of water deprivation. When the kangaroo rats were given free access to water,
they did not drink water. They did nibble on small pieces of watermelon, but this did not
change appreciably the water itent in their bodies, which remained at 66.3 % to 67.2 % during
this period.
This is very close to the water content of dry-fed animals (66.5 %), and the availability of
free water, therefore, did not lead to any “storage” that could be meaningful as a water reserve.
This makes it
Trang 7/8
reasonable to conclude that physiological storage of water is not a factor in the kangaroo rat’s
ability to live on dry food.
Question 35. What is the topic of this passage?
A. Kangaroo rats B. Water in the desert
C. Desert life D. Physiological experiments
Question 36. The word “expire” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to .
A. become ill B. die C. shrink D. dehydrate
Question 37. Which of the following is NOT a source of water for the desert animals?
A. Desert plants
B. Metabolic conversion of carbohydrates in the body
C. The blood of other animals
D. Streams
Question 38. The author states that the kangaroo rat is known for all of the following
EXCEPT
.
A. the economy with which it uses available water.
B. living without drinking water.
C. breathing slowly and infrequently.
D. manufacturing water internally.
Question 39. The word “parsimony” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to .
A. intelligence B. desire C. frugality D. skill
Question 40. It is implied by the author that desert animals can exist with little or no water
because of
.
A. less need for water than other animals
B. many opportunities for them to find water
C. their ability to eat plants
D. their ability to adjust to the desert environment
Question 41. The word “deprivation” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to .
A. preservation B. renewal C. examination D. loss
Question 42. According to the passage, the results of the experiments with kangaroo rats showed
that
A. kangaroo rats store water for use during dry periods
B. kangaroo rats took advantage of free access to water
C. there was no significant change in body weight due to lack of water or accessibility to water
Trang 8/8
D. a dry diet seems detrimental to the kangaroo rat’s health
Question 43: Our parents join hands to give us a nice house and a happy home.
A. Our parents take us by the hand and lead us into a nice house and a happy home.
B. Our parents hold our hands when they give us a nice house and a happy home.
C. Our parents work together to give us a nice house and a happy home.
Trang 9/8
D. Our parents shake hands when they give us a nice house and a happy home.
Question 44: My son shows a desire to put aside the status of the school child.
A. The status of the school child makes my son happy
B. My son is determined to put up with the other school children.
C. My son decides to play down the status of the school child
D. My son doesn't want to be a school child any more
Question 45: You should take regular exercises instead of sitting in front of the computer screen
all day.
A. Taking regular exercises is better than sitting in front of the computer screen all day.
B. Sitting in front of the computer screen all day helps you take regular exercises.
C. Sitting in front of the computer screen all day and taking exercises are advisable.
D. Don’t take regular exercises, and sit in front of the computer screen all day.
Question 46: (A) Sleeping, resting, and (B) to drink fruit (C) juice are the (D) best wavs to care
for a cold.
Question 47: It is (A) vitally important (B) that he (C) takes this (D) medication night and
morning. Question 48: His application (A) for a visa was turned (B) up not only because it was
(C) incompletely and incorrectly filled out but also because it was written in (D) pencil.
Question 49: He wasn’t wearing a seat-belt. He was injured.
A. If he hadn’t been wearing a seat-belt, he wouldn’t have been injured.
B. If he had been wearing a seat-belt, he would have been injured.
C. If he had been wearing a seat-belt, he wouldn’t be injured.
D. If he had been wearing a seat-belt, he wouldn’t have been injured.
Question 50: Mary was not here yesterday. Perhaps she was ill.
A. Mary needn’t be here yesterday because she was ill.
B. Because of her illness, Mary shouldn’t have been here yesterday.
C. Mary might have been ill yesterday, so she was not here.
D. Mary must have been ill yesterday, so she was not here.
Trang 10/8
ANSWER KEY
1A 2C 3A 4C 5A 6C 7B 8C 9C 10A
11A 12C 13A 14A 15C 16A 17C 18A 19B 20A
21B 22C 23C 24D 25B 26D 27A 28B 29B 30C
31D 32C 33B 34A 35A 36B 37D 38C 39C 40D
41D 42C 43C 44D 45A 46B 47C 48B 49D 50C

- wicked /'wɪk.ɪd/ (adj): xấu xa, độc ác
- watched /wɒtʃt/ (v-ed): xem
- stopped /stɒpt/ (v-ed): dừng, ngừng lại
- cooked /kʊkt (v-ed): nấu
- substantial /səb'stæn.jəl/ (adj): lớn lao, quan trọng, có giá trị lớn
- initiate /ɪ'nɪ.i.eɪt (v): khởi đầu, bắt đầu
- participant /pɑ:'tɪs.ɪ.pənt/ (n): người tham gia, người tham dự
- attention /ə'ten.ʃən/ (n): sự chú ý
- disappear /,dɪs.a'pɪər/(v): biến mất
- arrangement /ə’reɪndʒ.mənt/ (n): sự sắp xếp
- opponent /ə'pəʊ.nənt/ (n): đối thù, kẻ thù
- contractual /kən'træk.tʃu.əl/ (adj): bằng hợp đồng
- comfortable /'kʌm.fə.tə.bəl/ (adj): thoải mái
- necessary /'nes.ə.ser.i/ (adj): cần thiết
- community /kə'mju:.nə.ti/ (n): cộng đồng
- memorable /'mem.ər.ə.bəl/ (adj): đáng ghi nhớ
Question Chọn đáp án A
- sufficient (adj): đủ
- nonexistent (adj): not existing; not real: không tồn tại
Trang 11/8
- rich (adj): giàu
- useful (adj): có ích
- inadequate (adj): not enough: không đủ, thiếu
Dịch: Việc cung cấp không đủ khí oxi cho máu có thể gây ra cái chết trong vòng vài phút.
Trang 12/8
Do đó: inadequate suf ficient

- disgusted (adj): ghê tởm
- promising (adj): đầy hứa hẹn, triển vọng
- upset (adj): buồn; thất vọng
- hopeful (adj): đầy hi vọng
- walk on air: feel very happy: cảm thấy vô cùng vui sướng, rất hạnh phúc
- Dịch: Nếu cô ấy thi đỗ thì bố mẹ cô ấy sẽ cảm thấy rất hạnh phúc.
- a beloved member: thành viên được yêu quý
- a bad and embarrassing member: thành viên được xem là sự xấu hổ với gia đình
- the only child: con một
- the eldest child: con cả
- the black sheep of the family (con cừu đen trong gia đình): chỉ một người khác biệt với
những người
khác trong gia đình (theo hướng xấu); thường được xem là nỗi nhục nhã hoặc sự xấu hổ
cho gia đình. Do đó: the black sheep ~ a bad and embarrassing member
- poor (adj): nghèo
- broke (adj): túng tiền
- wealthy (adj): giàu có
- kind (adj): tử tế, tốt bụng
- well-off (adj): giàu có, sung
túc Do đó: well-off ~ wealthy
Dich: Anh ấy được nuôi dưỡng trong một gia đình giàu có. Anh ấy không thể hiểu được những
vấn đề mà chúng ta đang đối mặt.
Mark the letter A, B, C,or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best
Nữ phục vụ: Xin chào, quý khách gọi món gì chưa ạ?
Bà Brown: .
A. Tôi không muốn làm bất cứ việc gì. Tôi thực sự đã dùng đủ rồi.
Trang 13/8
B. OK, đây là hóa đơn của tôi
C. Vâng, tôi muốn một ít cá và khoai tây chiên.
D. Chắc chắn rồi, món ăn rất ngon.
Mai: “Ối! Tớ xin lỗi vì đã dẫm lên chân cậu nhé!” Hoa: “ .”
A. Không sao cả đâu
Trang 14/8
B. Cậu không phiền
C. Không có gì (đáp lại lời cảm ơn)
D. Điều đó ổn mà
- interest (n): tiền lãi
+ interest rate (n.p): lãi suất
- profit (n): lợi nhuận
- money (n): tiền
- income (n): thu nhập
Dịch: Nếu bạn gửi tiền vào ngân hàng bây giờ thì bạn sẽ nhận được lãi suất 8% một năm.
- on the verge of sth/ doing sth: sắp/ suýt/ gần làm gì đó, trên bờ vực ...
- in danger (of sth): lâm vào cảnh nguy hiểm
- by a margin of: tỉ số là, với cách biệt
E.g: He beat the other runners by a margin of five seconds.
Dịch: Nhiều loài động vật bây giờ sắp tuyệt chủng.
Đây là cách rút gọn mệnh đề trạng ngữ ở chủ động khi chủ ngữ 2 vế giống nhau (dùng V-ing)
Ta thấy: When/ After he finished/ had finished his presentation, he received a big applause. =>
When/ After finishing his presentation, he received a big applause. Hoặc Finishing his
presentation, he received a big applause. (rút gọn mệnh đề trạng ngữ ở chủ động)
Do đó: B, C sai thì động từ; D sai ngữ pháp (finished => finishing)
Dịch: Sau khi kết thúc bài thuyết trình của mình, anh ấy đã nhận được một tràng vỗ tay to.
- change (n): tiền lẻ, tiền thừa
- supply (n): sự cung cấp
- cash (n): tiền mặt
- cost (n): chi phí
Dịch: Tôi đã đưa cho bạn nữ phục vụ 50 đô và chờ lấy lại tiền thừa.
- will (n): ý chí, nguyện vọng
- friendship (n): tình bạn
Trang 15/8
- terms (n.pl): quan hệ
- relations (n.pl): mối quan hệ, sự liên hệ
+ be on good terms with sb ~ have a good relationship with sb: có mối quan hệ tốt
với ai đó Dịch: Họ luôn có mối quan hệ tốt với hàng xóm bên cạnh của mình.
Trang 16/8
- head (n): đầu
- mind (n): tâm trí, trí tuệ
- brain (n): não
- intelligence (n): sự thông minh
+ lose one’s head: become unable to act in a calm or sensible way: mất bình tĩnh
+ lose one’s mind: become mentally ill: mất trí, trở nên điên rồ
Dịch: Cuối cùng, anh ấy mất bình tĩnh và bắt đầu nói lắp bắp không rõ ràng.
- bring up (ph.v): nuôi dưỡng
- bring about (ph.v): làm xảy ra, dẫn đến
- bring in (ph.v): introduce a new law: giới thiệu/ công khai luật mới nào đó
- bring back (ph.v): mang trả lại, làm nhớ lại
Dịch: Các chính phủ nên ban hành một số luật quốc tế để chống lại khủng bố.
- absorb (v): hấp thụ, tiếp thu
+ absorb information: tiếp thu thông tin
- provide (v): cung cấp
- read (v): đọc
- transmit (v): truyền
Dịch: Học sinh có thể tiếp thu được nhiều thông tin bằng việc tham gia nghe giảng đều đặn.
- intend + for: định dùng, ý định cho
- giới từ có thể được đảo lên trước đại từ quan hệ
- Trong câu này, “which” thay thế cho danh từ “the function”
Do đó: The size and shape of a nail depend primarily on the function for which it is intended. =
The size and shape of a nail depend primarily on the function which it is intended for.
Dịch: Kích cỡ và hình dạng của cái đinh phụ thuộc chủ yếu vào chức năng mà nó định dùng.
Cấu trúc: - Câu cảm thán với how và what:
* What + a/an + adj + N (đếm được số ít) (+ S + V)!/ What + adj + N (không đếm được) (+ S + V)!/
What
+ adj + N (đếm được số nhiều) + (S + V)!
E.g: What a lovely house you have!
* How + adj/adv + S + V!
Trang 17/8
E.g: How beautiful she is!
Do đó, B và C sai cấu trúc; D sai vì "weather" là danh từ không đếm được nên không có mạo từ
“a/an” phía trước.
- independent of sb/ sth: độc lập, không phụ thuộc vào
E.g: Students should aim to become more independent of their teachers.
Trang 18/8
Dịch: Tôi nghĩ rằng các cặp đôi đã kết hôn không nên phụ thuộc tài chính vào bố mẹ mình.
- Adjective + preposition: expressing feelings
Nhiều tính từ chỉ cảm xúc hoặc ý kiến có thể kèm theo các giới từ cụ thể: amazed at/ by, ashamed of,
bored with, confident of, content with, crazy about, critical of, enthusiastic about, envious of, fed up with,
impressed by/ with, indifferent to, interested in, intolerant of, jealous of, keen on, nervous about/ of,
proud of, satisfied with, scared of, shocked at/ by, surprised at/ by, tired of, upset about, worried about
E.g: Many young people seem very enthusiastic about the event.
- Adjective + preposition: different meanings
Một số tính từ kèm theo những giới từ khác nhau, phụ thuộc vào nghĩa của chúng: afraid of/for; angry/
annoyed/furious about/ with; answerable for/ to; bad/ good at/for; concerned about/ with/for;
disappointed with/ at/ about/ in; frightened of/ for; good about/ to/ with; glad for/ of; pleased about/ at/
with; sorry about/for; unfair of/ on; wrong about/ of
E.g: We are concerned about what is going on in the world, (concerned about ~ worried about)
We have a reviews section, which is concerned with films, CDs and books, (concerned with ~ to do with)

- the injured (n.pl): the people injured in an accident, a battle, etc: những người
bị thương Dịch: Nhiều xe cứu thương đã chở những người bị thương tới bệnh
viện gần đó.
- do sth at one’s own speed: làm việc gì theo nhịp độ mà mình thích/ muốn
“The use of computers has meant that students can study language programmes at their own
speed when and for how long they want” (Việc sử dụng máy tính nghĩa là học sinh có thể học
các chương trình ngoại ngữ tùy theo nhịp độ mà họ muốn học lúc nào và trong bao lâu)
- force (n): sức, lực
- hit (n): đòn, cú đánh trúng
- depress (v): ấn xuống, nén xuống
- push (n): sự xô, cú đẩy, ...
+ At the push of a button: very easily: rất dễ dàng
E.g: He could get everything he needs at the push of a button.
- so (adv): quá, rất
Trang 19/8
+ so + adj/ adv (+ that clause); quá ... (đến nỗi mà)
- such (deter): như vậy, như thế
+ such (+a/an+ adj) + N ...như vậy
- like (v, adj, prep): thích, giống như, như
Trang 20/8
- alike (adj, adv); giống nhau
“At the push of a button they would be transported to such realistic settings where they could
practice their English” (Rất dễ dàng, họ sẽ được chuyển đến môi trường học thực tế như vậy,
nơi mà họ có thể luyện tập tiếng Anh của mình)
- role (v): vai trò
- duty (n): nhiệm vụ
- obligation (n): nghĩa vụ, bổn phận
- need (n): nhu cầu
+ no need to do sth: không cần làm
gì E.g: There’s no need to buy more
food. Question 27 Chọn đáp án A
- replace (v): thay thế
- restore (v): khôi phục lại, phục hồi lại
- succeed (v): thành công
- recover (v): khôi phục lại, sửa lại, bình phục
“Exciting? Certainly, and it’s an interesting alternative to traditional classroom lessons. But
would it ever replace the classroom? (Hấp dẫn ư? Chắc chắn rồi và đó là một lựa chọn thú vị so
với các bài học ở lớp học truyền thống. Nhưng nó sẽ thay thế lớp học chăng?)
A. Các yếu tố làm chậm sự phát triển của các thành phố ở Châu Âu
B. Sự phát triển của các thành phố ở Mỹ
C. Thương mại giữa các thành phố Châu Âu và Bắc Mỹ
D. Những ảnh hưởng của nền độc lập nước Mỹ vào sự phát triển đô thị ở New England
Dẫn chứng: - The main difference between urban growth in Europe and in the American
colonies was the slow evolution of cities in the former and their rapid growth in the latter. ()
- In the early colonial day in North America, small cities sprang up along the Atlantic Coastline,
mostly in what are now New America, small cities sprang up along the Atlantic United States
and in the lower Saint Lawrence valley in Canada.
- This was less true in the colonial South, where life centered around large farms, known as
Trang 21/8
Atlantic coastline.
Bài đọc nói về sự phát triển của các thành phố ở nước Mỹ sau khi giành được độc lập
Dịch: - Sự khác biệt chính giữa tăng trưởng đô thị ở châu Âu và ở các thuộc địa Mỹ là sư phát
triển chậm của các thành phố trong quá khứ và sự tăng trưởng nhanh chóng của chúng ở thời
gian sau.
- Vào đầu thời kỳ thuộc địa ở Bắc Mỹ, các thành phố nhỏ mọc lên dọc theo bờ biển Đại Tây
Dương, phần lớn là ở New America, các thành phố nhỏ mọc dọc theo Đại Tây Dương Hoa Kỳ
và ở thung lũng Saint Lawrence thấp hơn ở Canada
Trang 22/8
- Điều này không đúng ở miền Nam thuộc địa, nơi cuộc sống tập trung quanh các trang trại lớn
được gọi là đồn điền, chứ không phải quanh các thị trấn, như trường hợp ở các khu vực xa hơn
về phía bắc dọc theo bờ biển Đại Tây Dương
“The main difference between urban growth in Europe and in the American colonies was the
slow evolution of cities in the former and their rapid growth in the latter. In Europe they grew
over a period of centuries from town economies to their present urban structure. In North
America, they started as wilderness communities and developed to mature urbanism’s in little
more than a century.” (Sự khác biệt chính giữa sự phát triển đô thị ở Châu Âu và ở các thuộc
địa ở Mỹ là sự phát triển chậm của các thành phố ở châu Âu và sự phát triển nhanh của các
thành phố ở thuộc địa tại châu Mỹ. Ở Châu Âu, chúng đã phát triển qua hàng thế kỉ từ các kinh
tế đô thị đến cấu trúc đô thị hiện tại. Ở Bắc Mỹ, chúng (các thành phố) ngay từ ban đầu như các
vùng hoang dã và đã phát triển thành các đô thị lớn mạnh chỉ hơn một thế kỉ.)
Do đó: they = cities
Theo bài đọc, những thành phố thuộc địa ban đầu được thành lập dọc theo bờ biển Đại Tây
Dương của Bắc Mỹ vì .
A. sự phong phú về tải nguyên thiên nhiên
B. hỗ trợ tài chính từ chính quyền thuộc địa
C. gần với các vùng của châu Âu
D. khí hậu thuận lợi
Dẫn chứng: In the early colonial day in North America, small cities sprang up along the
Atlantic Coastline... This was natural because these areas were nearest England and France,
particularly England...” (Vào đầu thời kỳ thuộc địa ở Bắc Mỹ, các thành phố nhỏ mọc lên dọc
theo bờ biển Đại Tây Dương... Điều này là tự nhiên bởi vì những khu vực này gần Anh và
Pháp, đặc biệt là nước Anh...)
Các thành phố dọc bờ biển Đại Tây Dương chuẩn bị mặt hàng nào để nhập sang châu Âu suốt
thời kì
thuộc địa?
Dẫn chứng: Here, too, were the favored locations for processing raw materials prior to export.
Boston, Philadelphia, New York, Montreal, and other cities flourished, and, as the colonies
grew, these cities increased in importance. (Đây cũng là các địa điểm thuận lợi cho việc chế biến
nguyên liệu thô trước khi xuất khẩu. Boston, Philadelphia, New York, Montreal, và các thành
phố khác đều phát triển thịnh vượng; và khi các thuộc địa phát triển thì tầm quan trọng của
những thành phố cũng tăng lên.)
Trang 23/8
Theo bài đọc, tất cả những khía cạnh sau của hệ thống đồn điền ảnh hưởng đến sự phát triển
của các thành phố phía Nam NGOẠI TRỪ .
Dẫn chứng: The local isolation and the economic self-sufficiency of the plantations were
antagonistic to the development of the towns. The plantations maintained their independence
because they were located on navigable streams and each had a wharf accessible to the small
shipping of that day. (Các địa phương bị cô lập và sự tự cung tự cấp về kinh tế của các đồn điền
là đối lập với sự phát triển của các thị trấn. Các
Trang 24/8
đồn điền duy trì sự độc lập của chúng bởi vì chúng nằm trong vùng luân chuyển và từng có một
cầu nối
có thể tiếp cận với vận chuyển trong ngày.)
Chúng ta có thể suy ra từ bài đọc rằng so với các thành phố phía Bắc thì đa số các thành phố phía
Nam
.
Dẫn chứng: - Boston, Philadelphia, New York, Montreal, and other cities flourished, and, as the
colonies grew, these cities increased in importance. (Boston, Philadelphia, New York, Montreal,
và các thành phố khác đều phát triển thịnh vượng; và khi các thuộc địa phát triển thì tầm quan
trọng của những thành phố cũng tăng lên).
- This was less true in the colonial South, where life centered around large farms, known as
Atlantic coastline. (Điều này ít đúng hơn với các vùng thuộc địa phía Nam, nơi mà cuộc sống
tập trung quanh các trang trại lớn, được biết đến là các đồn điền, thay vì tập trung ở các thành
phố như ở cac vùng phía Bắc dọc bờ biển Đại Tây Dương.)
“It was not until after 1823, after the mechanization of the spinning and weaving industries, that
cities started drawing young people away from farms. Such migration was particularly rapid
following the Civil War (1861-1865).” (Mãi cho đến sau năm 1823, sau khi cơ giới hóa các ngành
công nghiệp kéo sợi và dệt vải, các thành phố bắt đầu thu hút những người trẻ rời khỏi trang
trại. Sự di cư như vậy đặc biệt nhanh chóng sau Nội Chiến (1861 - 1865).)
Do đó: drawing ~ attracting
Chủ đề cùa bài đọc là gì?
A. loài chuột túi
B. nước ở sa mạc
C. đời sống sa mạc
D. thí nghiệm sinh lý
Dẫn chứng: - One of the most remarkable adjustments, however, has been made by the tiny
kangaroo rat, who not only lives without drinking but subsists on a diet of dry seeds containing
about 5% free water... (Tuy nhiên, một trong những điều chỉnh đáng chú ý nhất, đã được thực
hiện bởi chuột kangaroo nhỏ, chúng không chỉ sống mà không uống nhưng trong chế độ ăn
uống của chúng những hạt khô chứa khoảng 5% nước trong đó)
Trang 25/8
- Investigation into how the kangaroo rat can live without drinking water has involved various
experiments with these small animals...
Cả bài đọc này chủ yếu thảo luận về loài chuột túi.
- become ill: trở nên ốm yếu
- die: chết
- shrink: co lại, rút lại
Trang 26/8
- dehydrate: hút nước, khử nước
“Most desert animals will drink water if confronted with it, but many of them never have any
opportunity. All living things must have water, or they will expire”. (Hầu hết các loài động vật
trên sa mạc sẽ uống nước nếu gặp được nước, nhưng nhiều loài chưa bao giờ có cơ hội. Tất cả
các sinh vật sống phải có nước hoặc chúng sẽ chết.)
Do đó: expire ~ die
Cái nào sau đây KHÔNG phải là nguồn nước cho các động vật ở sa mạc?
A. thực vật sa mạc
B. quá trình trao đổi carbohydrates trong cơ thể
C. máu của động vật khác
D. suối
Dẫn chứng: The herbivores find it in desert plants. The carnivores slake their thirst with the
flesh and blood of living prey. One of the most remarkable adjustments, however, has been
made by the tiny kangaroo rat, who not only lives without drinking but subsists on a diet of dry
seeds containing about 5% free water. Like other animals, he has the ability to manufacture
water in his body by a metabolic conversion of carbohydrates. (Động vật ăn cỏ tìm thấy nước từ
trong thực vật của sa mạc. Loài ăn thịt thỏa mãn cơn khát của chúng bằng máu thịt của con mồi.
Tuy nhiên, một trong những sự thích nghi đáng chú ý nhất nằm ở loài chuột túi nhỏ bé. Chúng
không chỉ sống mà không cần uống nước. Chúng tồn tại bằng chế độ ăn với hạt khô chứa
khoảng 5% nước. Giống như các loài động vật khác, chúng có khả năng sản sinh nước trong cơ
thể bằng cách chuyển hóa carbohydrates.)
Tác giả nói rằng chuột túi được biết đến với tất cả các đặc điểm sau NGOẠI TRỪ .
A. cách tiết kiệm nước có sẵn
B. sống mà không cần uống nước
C. thở chậm và không thường xuyên
D. tạo nước từ trong cơ thể
Dẫn chứng: One of the most remarkable adjustments, however, has been made by the tiny
kangaroo rat, who not only fives without drinking but subsists on a diet of dry seeds containing
about 5% free water. Like other animals, he has the ability to manufacture water in his body by
a metabolic conversion of carbohydrates. But he is notable for the parsimony with which he
congerveshis small supply bv every possible means, expending only minuscule amounts in his
excreta and through evaporation from his respiratory tract.
Trang 27/8
- intelligence (n): sự thông minh
- desire (n): sự mong muốn, khát khao
- frugality (n): tính tiết kiệm
- skill (n): kĩ năng
“But he is notable for the parsimony with which he conserves his small supply by every possible
means, expending only minuscule amounts in his excreta and through evaporation from his
respiratory tract.”
Trang 28/8
(Nhưng nó nổi tiếng với tính tiết kiệm qua việc bảo tồn nguồn cung cấp nhỏ bé của mình bằng
mọi cách có thể, chỉ dùng hết lượng rất nhỏ trong chất bài tiết và qua quá trình bay hơi từ
đường hô hấp)
Do đó: parsimony ~ frugality
Tác giả ngụ ý rằng động vật sa mạc có thể tồn tại với rất ít hoặc không cần nước bởi vì .
A. ít có nhu cầu nước hơn các động vật khác
B. chúng có nhiều cơ hội tìm nước
C. khả năng ăn thực vật
D. khả năng thích nghi với môi trường sa mạc
Dẫn chứng: The herbivores find it in desert plants. The carnivores slake their thirst with the
flesh and blood of living prey. One of the most remarkable adjustments, however, has been
made by the tiny kangaroo rat who not only lives without drinking but subsists on a diet of dry
seeds containing about 5% free water. Like other animals, he has the ability to manufacture
water in his body by a metabolic conversion of carbohydrates.
- preservation (n): sự bảo tồn, sự bảo quản
- renewal (n): sự làm mới, sự phục hồi
- examination (n): sự kiểm tra, sự nghiên cứu
- loss (n): sự mất
“There was no trend toward a decrease in water content during the long period of water
deprivation.”
(Không có xu hướng giảm lượng nước trong suốt thời kì dài mất nước.)
Do đó: deprivation ~ loss
Theo bài đọc, kết quả của các thí nghiệm với chuột túi chỉ ra rằng .
A. chuột túi dự trữ nước để sử dụng suốt thời kì khô hạn
B. chuột túi tận dụng việc tự do tiếp cận nguồn nước
C. không có sự thay đổi đáng kể về trọng lượng cơ thể do thiếu nước hay việc tiếp cận đến nguồn
nước.
D. một chế độ ăn khô có vẻ có hại cho sức khỏe của chuột túi
Dẫn chứng: Results of such experiments with kangaroo rats on dry diets for more than 7 weeks
showed that the rats maintained their body weight. There was no trend toward a decrease in
water content during the long period of water deprivation. When the kangaroo rats were given
free access to water, they did not drink water. They did nibble on small pieces of watermelon,
Trang 29/8
but this did not change appreciably the water content in their bodies, which remained at 66.3 %
to 67.2 % during this period..."(Kết quả của các thí nghiệm với chuột kangaroo trong chế độ ăn
khô trong hơn 7 tuần cho thấy rằng những con chuột vẫn duy trì trọng lượng cơ thể của chúng.
Không có xu hướng giảm hàm lượng nước trong thời gian dài bị thiếu nước. Khi chúng được
cho phép uống nước tự do, chúng đã không uống. Chúng đã ăn vài miếng dưa hấu nhỏ, nhưng
điều này không thay đổi đáng kể hàm lượng nước trong cơ thể chúng, mà vẫn ở mức 66,3% đến
67,2% trong thời kỳ này...”)
Trang 30/8
Câu ban đầu: Bố mẹ chúng ta cùng chung tay làm việc để cho chúng ta một ngôi nhà đẹp và một
gia đình hạnh phúc.”
- join hands (with sb): work together in doing sth: cùng nhau làm gì
A. Bố mẹ chúng ta nắm tay chúng ta và dẫn chúng ta vào một ngôi nhà đẹp và một gia đình hạnh
phúc.
B. Bố mẹ chúng ta nắm tay chúng ta khi họ cho chúng ta một ngôi nhà đẹp và một gia đình hạnh
phúc.
C. Bố mẹ chúng ta cùng nhau làm việc để cho chúng ta một ngôi nhà đẹp và một gia đình hạnh
phúc.
D. Bố mẹ chúng ta bắt tay khi họ cho chúng ta một ngôi nhà đẹp và một gia đình hạnh phúc.
Câu ban đầu: Con trai tôi muốn gạt đi việc là một đứa học sinh.
- put aside: gạt sang một bên, dẹp bỏ; để dành
A. Làm một học sinh khiến con trai tôi vui.
B. Con trai tôi quyết tâm chịu đựng những học sinh khác ở trường (put up with: chịu đựng)
C. Con trai tôi quyết định đánh giá thấp địa vị của đứa học sinh. (play down ~ underestimate: tầm
thường
hóa, đánh giá thấp)
D. Con trai tôi không muốn làm một đứa học sinh nữa.
Câu ban đầu: Bạn nên tập thể dục thường xuyên thay vì ngồi trước màn hình mảy tính cả ngày.
A. Tập thể dục thường xuyên tốt hơn việc ngồi trước màn hình máy tính cả ngày.
B. Ngồi trước màn hình máy tính cả ngày giúp bạn tập thể dục thường xuyên.
C. Ngồi trước màn hình máy tính cả ngày và tập thể dục là hợp lý.
D. Đừng tập thể dục thường xuyên và hãy ngồi trước màn hình máy tính cả ngày.
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
Cấu trúc song song:
- Khi thông tin trong một câu được đưa ra dưới dạng liệt kê thì các thành phần được liệt kê
phải tương ứng với nhau về mặt từ loại (N - N, V - V, adj – adj...)
E.g: I like playing football, listening to music and watching TV.
Trong câu này, các động từ nối với nhau bằng dấu phẩy và liên từ and phải cùng dạng với
nhau (V-ing). Do đó: to drink => drinking
Trang 31/8
Dịch: Ngủ, nghỉ ngơi và uống nước hoa quả là những cách tốt nhất để điều trị cảm cúm.
Tính từ “important” dùng trong cấu trúc giả định nên động từ ở mệnh đề phía sau ở dạng
nguyên thể.
Cấu trúc: - S + be + adj (important, necessary, essential, imperative,...) + that + S + V-nguyên thể/
should V- nguyên thể .... (thể giả định)
Do đó: takes => take/ should take
Dịch: Rất quan trọng là anh ấy uống thuốc vào ban đêm và buổi sáng.
Trang 32/8
- turn up (ph.v): đến
- tum down (ph.v): từ chối
- Do đó: up => down
Dịch: Đơn xin visa của anh ấy bị từ chối không chỉ vì nó được điền không đúng và đầy đủ mà còn
vì nó
được viết bằng bút chì.
“Anh ấy không đeo dây an toàn. Anh ấy đã bị thương.”
Đây là sự việc đã xảy ra trong quá khứ nên ta dùng câu điều kiện loại 3 để diễn tả sự việc trái
ngược với thực tế ở quá khứ.
Cấu trúc: If + S + had + Vpp..., S + would/ could + have + Vpp... (câu điều kiện
loại 3) A, B sai nghĩa; C sai cấu trúc câu điều kiện
Dịch: Nếu anh ấy đã đeo dây an toàn thì anh ấy đã không bị thương.
- shouldn’t have Vpp: lẽ ra đã không nên làm gì
- might + have Vpp: có lẽ, có thể đã làm gì
- must + have Vpp: chắc hẳn đã làm gì (suy đoán có căn cứ ở quá khứ)
“Mary đã không ở đây vào hôm qua. Có lẽ cô ấy bị ốm.”
A. Mary không cần ở đây vào hôm qua vì cô ấy đã bị ốm.
B. Bởi vì bị ốm nên cô ấy lẽ ra không nên ở đây vào hôm qua.
C. Có lẽ hôm qua Mary bị ốm nên cô ấy không ở đây.
D. Chắc hẳn hôm qua Mary bị ốm nên cô ấy không ở đây.
Trang 33/8
Trang 34/8
11 TẠO
Đề thi gồm Môn: TIẾNG ANH
trang Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút
Question 1: A. encourage B. entertain C. endanger D.
envelop Question 2: A. paradise B. reliable C.
helpline D. illiterate
Question 3: A. quality B. solution C. compliment D. energy
Question 4: A. preference B. attraction C. advantage D. infinitive
Question 5: We should husband our resources to make sure we can make it through these hard
times.
A. spend B. manage C. use up D. marry
Question 6: Sorry, I can’t come to your birthday party. I am snowed under with work now.
A. relaxed about B. busy with C. interested in D. free from
Question 7: All the students were all ears when the teacher started talking about the changes in
the next exam.
A. attentive B. restless C. silent D. smiling
Question 8: The augmentation in the population has created a fuel shortage.
A. increase B. necessity C. demand D. decrease
Question 9: - Mark: “You stepped on my toes!” - Mike: “ .”
A. Are you sure? It’s understandable. C. I’m sorry but I meant it.
B. Really? I’m glad. D. I’m terribly sorry. I didn’t mean it.
Question 10: Customer: “Can I try this sweater
on?” Salesgirl: “ .”
Trang 1/5
A. No, the shop is closed in half an hour
B. Sorry, only cash is accepted here
C. Yes, it is quite cheap. It costs one hundred dollars
D. Sure, the changing rooms are over there
Trang 2/5
Question 11: You look upset. Have you and Kelly again?
A. gone out B. gone grey C. fallen out D. let off
Question 12: All we had been told turned out to be untrue.
A. that B. which C. what D. where
Question 13: My aunt used to be a woman of great , but now she gets old and looks pale.
A. beauty B. beautiful C. beautifully D. beautify
Question 14: no taxi, they had to walk home.
A. There was B. There being
C. Because there being D. There is
Question 15: There has been little rain in this region for several months, ?
A. has it B. has there C. hasn’t it D. hasn’t there
Question 16: Tim was to the court for jury duty, but took a doctor's sick note with
him and was excused.
A. pulled B. assembled C. summoned D. requested
Question 17: She was ill for six weeks and with her schoolwork.
A. picked up B. told off C. turned out D. fell behind
Question 18: Her car needs .
A. be fixed B. fixing C. to fix D. fixed
Question 19: I’m afraid that I can’t give you the answer off the top of my , but I’ll find it
out for you.
A. tongue B. hand C. mind D. head
Question 20. To should I write if I want to make a complaint?
A. which B. what C. who D. whom
Question 21. Three wolves ran through the forest in of a deer.
A. following B. chase C. hunting D. pursuit
Question 22. his good work and manners, he didn’t get a promotion.
A. Because of B. In spite of C. Even though D. As a result of
No one can know when sports began. Since it is impossible to imagine a time when children
did not spontaneously run races or wrestle, it is clear that children have always included sports
in their play, but one can only speculate about the (23) of
sports as autotelic physical contests for adults. Hunters are depicted in prehistoric art, but it
cannot be known (24) the hunters pursued their prey in a mood of grim necessity or with
the joyful abandon of sportsmen. It is certain, (25) ,
Trang 2/8
from the rich literary and iconographic evidence of all ancient civilizations that hunting soon
became an end in itself at least for royalty and nobility. Archaeological evidence also indicates
that ball games were common among ancient peoples as different as the Chinese and the like
those recommended for health by the Greek physician Galen in the 2 nd century AD.
Question 23: A. B. emerge C. emergency D. immersion
emergence
Question 24: A. when B. whether C. how D. why
Trang 3/8
Question 25: A. therefore B. so C. consequently D. however
Question 26: A. B. competitively C. noncompetitive D.
competitive
Question 27: A. definite B. defined C. definitive competition
D. definition
Very few people in the modem world obtain their food supply by hunting and gathering
in the natural environment surrounding their homes. This method of harvesting from nature s
provision is the oldest subsistence strategy, and has been practiced for at least two million
years. It was, indeed, the only way to obtain food until rudimentary farming and the
domestication of animals were introduced about 10,000 years ago.
Because hunter-gathers have fared poorly in comparison with their agricultural cousins,
their numbers have dwindled, and they have been forced to live in marginal environments
such as deserts forests or arctic wasteland. In higher latitudes, the shorter growing season has
restricted the availability of plant life. Such conditions have caused a greater independence on
hunting, and along the coasts and waterways, on fishing. The abundance of vegetation in the
lower latitudes of the tropics, on the other hand, has provided a greater opportunity for
gathering a variety of plants. In short, the environmental differences have restricted the diet and
have limited possibilities for the development of subsistence societies. Contemporary hunter-
gathers may help us understand our prehistoric ancestors. We know from observation of
modem hunter- gathers in both Africa and Alaska that society based on hunting and gathering
must be very mobile. While the entire community camps in a central location, a smaller party
harvests the food within a reasonable distance from the camp. When the food in the area is
exhausted, the community moves on to exploit another site. We also notice a seasonal migration
on pattern evolving for most hunter gathers, along with a restrict division of labor between
sexes. These patterns of behavior may be similar to those practiced by mankind during the
Paleolithic Period.
Question 28. With which of the following topics is the passage primarily concerned?
A. The Paleolithic period B. Subsistence farming
C. Hunter- gatherers D. Marginal environment
Question 29. The word “rudimentary” is closest in meaning to .
A. rough B. preliminary C. ancient D. backward
Question 30. The word “abundance” is closest in meaning to .
A. plenty B. amount C. density D. majority
Question 31. When was hunting and gathering introduced?
A. 1,000,000 years ago B. 2,000,000 years ago
C. 10,000 years ago D. 2,000 years ago
Trang 4/8
Question 32. What conditions exist in the lower latitude?
A. Greater dependence on hunting B. More coasts and waterways for fishing
C. A shorter growing season D. A large variety of plant life
Question 33. How cun we know more about the hunter- gathers of prehistoric time?
A. By studying the remains of their camp sites
B. By studying similar contemporary societies
C. By studying the prehistoric environment
Trang 5/8
D. By practicing hunting and gathering
Question 34. Which of the following is not true according the passage?
A. More and more people in the modern time live on the food they gather in the natural
environment around their homes.
B. The more vegetable in the lower latitude in the tropics there is, the greater opportunity for
gathering plants there are.
C. Because of the shorter growing season in higher latitude, the availability of plants is limited
D. The environmental differences result in restricted diet.
It may seem as if the art of music by its nature would not lend itself to the exploration and
expression of reality characteristic of Romanticism, but that is not so. True, music does not tell
stories or paint pictures, but it stirs feelings and evokes moods, through both of which various
kinds of reality can be suggested or expressed. It was in the rationalist 18" 1 century that
musicians rather mechanically attempted to reproduce stories and subjects in sound. These
literal renderings naturally tailed, and the Romanticists profited from the error. Their discovery
of new realms of experience proved communicable in the first place because they were in touch
with the spirit of renovation, particularly through poetry. What Goethe meant to Beethoven and
Berlioz and what Gennan folk tales and contemporary lyricists meant to Weber, Schumann, and
Schubert are familiar to all who are acquainted with the music of these men.
There is, of course, no way to demonstrate that Beethoven’s Egrnont music or, indeed, its
overture alone corresponds to Goethe’s drama and thereby enlarges the hearer’s consciousness
of it; but it cannot be an accident or an aberration that the greatest composers of the period
employed the resources of their art for the creation of works expressly related to such lyrical
and dramatic subjects. Similarly, the love of nature stirred Beethoven, Weber, and Berlioz, and
here too the correspondence is felt and persuades the fit listener that his own experience is
being expanded. The words of-the creators themselves record this new comprehensiveness.
Beethoven referred to his activity of mingled contemplation and composition as dichten, making
a poem; and Berlioz tells in his Memoires of the impetus given to his genius by the music of
Beethoven and Weber, by the poetry of Goethe and Shakespeare, and not least by the spectacle
of nature. Nor did the public that ultimately understood their works gainsay their claims.
It must be added that the Romantic musicians including Chopin, Mendelssohn, Glinka,
and Liszt- had at their disposal greatly improved instruments. The beginning of the 19th
century produced the modem piano, of greater range and dynamics than theretfore, and made
all wind instruments more exact and powerful by the use of keys and valves. The modem full
orchestra was the result. Berlioz, whose classic treatise on instrumentation and orchestration
Trang 6/8
helped to give it definitive form, was also the first to exploit its resources to the full, in the
Symphonic fantastique of 1830. This work, besides its technical significance just mentioned, can
also be regarded as uniting the characteristics of Romanticism in music, it is both lyrical and
dramatic, and, although it makes use of a “story,” that use is not to describe the scenes but to
connect them; its slow movement is a “nature poem” in the Beethovenian manner; the second,
fourth, and fifth movements include “realistic” detail of the most vivid kind; and the opening
one is an introspective reverie.
Question 35: Music can suggest or express various kinds of reality by .
Trang 7/8
A. telling stories or minting pictures B. stirring feelings and evoking moods
C. exploring and expressing reality D. depicting nature and reality
Question 36: The word “error” in paragraph 1 refers to .
A. the feelings and moods of the Romanticist musicians
B. the exploration and expression of reality of Romanticism
C. the works of the Romanticist musicians in the 18th century
D. musicians’mechanica! reproduction of stories and subjects
Question 37: It is stated in the passage that the Romanticists were influenced by .
A. the works of the rationalist musicians in the 18th century
B. Goethe, German folk tales and contemporary lyricists
C. the thoughts of Beethoven, Weber, and Berlioz
D. the art of music by the rationalist musicians
Question 38: The passage indicates that the Romanticist composers were inspired not only by
lyrical and dramatic subjects but also by .
A. the rationalists B. the creation of works
C. the love of nature D. the poetry of Goethe
Question 39: The Romantic musicians also made use of modem technologies such as .
A. improved wind instruments B. powerful keys and valves
C. greater range and dynamics D. instrumenation and orchestration
Question 40: Romanticism in music is characterized as being .
A. exact and powerful B. realistic and vivid
C. great and dynamic D. lyrical and dramatic
Question 41: All of the following are true about the Symphonic fantastique EXCEPT .
A. It is both lyrical and dramatic.
B. It was composed by Beethoven.
C. It was issued in 1830.
D. It unites the characteristics of Romanticism.
Question 42: According to the passage, Romanticism in music extended over .
A. the 18th and 19th centuries B. the late 18th century
C. the early 19th century D. the beginning of the 20th century
Mark the tetter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
Question 43: “I’m sorry for being late again.” said Mai.
A. I felt sorry for Mai as she was late again.
Trang 8/8
B. Mai was sorry for my being late again.
C. Mai excused for my being late again.
D. Mai apologized for being late again.
Question 44: She must have had a blackout after the accident.
A. She must have lost consciousness after the accident.
Trang 9/8
B. She must have been depressed after the accident.
C. Her body was all covered with bruises after the accident.
D. There must have been no power in the neighbourhood after the accident because the car
had hit a lamp post.
Question 45: Tom no longer smokes a lot.
A. Tom now smokes a lot. B. Tom used to smoke a lot.
C. Tom didn’t use to smoke a lot. D. Tom rarely smoked a lot.
Question 46: The (A) science and technology industries (B) have grown up (C) steadily over the
(D) last decade.
Question 47: (A) Read the letter (B) from my father, I (C) feel very (D) happy.
Question 48: They thought that children (A) will learn (B) better through participating (C) in
activities rather than through (D) listening to lectures.
Question 49: The company director decided to raise the workers’ wages. He did not want them to
leave.
A. The company director decided to raise the workers’ wages in order not to want them to leave.
B. The company director decided to raise the workers’ wages though he wanted them to leave.
C. The company director decided to raise the workers’ wages so that he did not want them to
leave.
D. The company director decided to raise the workers’ wages because he did not want them
to leave.
Question 50: My father does a lot of exercise. He’s still very fat.
A. Despite the fact that doing a lot of exercise, my father is still very fat.
B. My father does a lot of exercise, so he’s very fat.
C. Even though my father does a lot of exercise, he’s very fat.
D. My father is very fat, but he does a lot of exercise.
Trang
10/8
ANSWER KEY
Đây là cấu trúc tuyệt đối/ độc lập dạng “S + V-ing ...” - dùng trong câu bị động
A. sai vì thiếu liên từ (hai câu độc lập không được nối với nhau bằng dấu phẩy)
B. sai vì động từ “tobe” phải được chia (being => was)
C. sai thì động từ và thiếu liên từ
Dịch: Không có xe taxi nên họ đã phải đi bộ về nhà.
Note 34
Cấu trúc độc lập/ tuyệt đối không phải là một câu, mà nó tương đương như
một cụm từ Cấu trúc này thường được dùng trong văn chương và thơ
Cách nhận biết: Trong câu có 2 vế phải khác chủ ngữ và có dấu phẩy ngăn cách
Cấu tạo của câu độc lập - nó không dùng động từ chia mà dùng phân từ (participle) /tính
từ/cụm giới từ...
Một số loại cấu trúc độc lập thường gặp:
* Danh từ/ Đại từ (N/ Pro) + hiện tại phân từ (Ving): dùng trong câu chủ động
E.g: The weather being fine, we went out for a picnic. ~ The weather was fine, so we went out for
a picnic. (Thời tiết đẹp nên chúng tôi đi dã ngoại.)
- It being very late, they stayed at home.
- There being little time left, they had to hurry.
Đây là loại hay gặp nhất trong các đề thi.
* Danh từ/ Đại từ (N/ Pro) + quá khứ phân từ (Vpp): dùng trong câu bị động
E.g: These exercises finished, I went to bed. ~ After these exercises had been finished, I went to
bed. (Sau khi những bài tập này được hoàn thành thì tôi đi ngủ.)
* Danh từ/ Đại từ (N/ Pro) + giới từ
E.g: A girl came in, a book in hand. (Cô gái bước vào với quyển sách trên tay.)
* Danh từ/ Đại từ (N/ Pro) + tính từ
E.g: His determination stronger than ever, Peter resolved not to give up until he had
achieved his dreams.
* Trước cấu trúc độc lập có thể có giới từ “with”
E.g: She came in with a book in (her) hand.
I won’t be able to go on holiday with my mother
being ill. He sat there with his eyes closed.
Trang
11/8
Don’t sleep with the doors open.
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp B D B A C D A A D D
Trang
12/8
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp C A A A B C D B D D
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp D B A B D C B C B A
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp B D B A B D B C A D
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp B C D A B B A A D C
án
Trang
13/8
TẠO
12 Môn: TIẾNG ANH

07
trang
Question 1: A. predator B. restore C. recollect D. preface
Question 2: A. apprehension B. equation C. precaution D. discretion
Question 3: A. opponent B. contractual C. disappear D. arrangement
Question 4: A. uncertain B. arrogant C. familiar D. impatient
Question 5: Slavery was abolished in this country.
A. instituted B. eradicated C. eliminated D. required
Question 6: Mary decided to remain celibate and devote her life to helping the homeless and
orphans.
A. single B. married C. divorced D. separated
Question 7: My husband has lost his job, so we’ll have to tighten our belt to avoid getting into
debt.
A. earn money B. spend money C. sit still D. economize
Question 8: When our rent increased from $100 to $200 a month, we protested against
such a
tremendous increase.
A. light B. huge C. tiring D. difficult
Question 9: Ken and Laura are saying goodbye to each other after going to LOTTE Center. And
they are going to have a date with each other later.
Trang 1/5
Laura: “Well, it’s getting late. Maybe we could get together sometime.” - Ken: “ ”
A. Nice to see back you. B. Take it easy.
C. Sounds good. I’ll give you a call. D. Yes, I’ve enjoyed it.
Question 10: “Don’t forget to send your parents my regards.” - “ ”
A. It’s my pleasure B. Good idea, thanks C. Never mind D. Thanks, I will
Trang 2/5
Question 11: Genetically, the chimpanzee is more similar to humans .
A. are than any other animal B. than any other animal
C. any other animal is D. and any other animal is
Question 12: When the weather was very hot in summer, sales of bottles of water went
the roof.
A. through B. to C. above D. over
Question 13: If we leave here now, we can drive half the distance before we stop lunch.
A. for having B. having had C. having D. to have
Question 14: He lifted the phone receiver, slightly.
A. his hands trembling B. his hands were trembling
C. his hands trembled D. with his hands trembling
Question 15: No matter , he was an accomplished composer while still a child.
A. how it seems remarkable B. how remarkable it seems
C. it seems remarkable how D. how seems it remarkable
Question 16: Such a doctor retire from his job before the retirement age.
A. as well as B. may as well C. so as to D. as much as
Question 17: By 1820, there were over sixty steamboats on the Mississippi river, were
quite luxurious.
A. which many B. many of them C. many of which D. many that
Question 18: We put his success his efforts.
A. up to B. down to C. off at D. up with
Question 19: The judge the pedestrian for the accident.
A. accused B. charged C. sued D. blamed
Question 20. Linda had a problem with her finances, so we talked .
A. over B. it over C. over it D. over and over
Question 21. My brother and I will never get along. We’re .
A. cats and dogs B. chalk and cheese
C. salt and pepper D. brick and mortar
Question 22. The book says that the revolution was off by the assassination of the president.
Trang 2/9
A. launched B. cropped C. triggered D. prompted
What is meant by the term economic resources? In general, these are all the natural, man-
made, and human resources that go into the production of goods and services. Economic
resources can be broken
Trang 3/9
down into (23) general categories: property resource - land and capital, and human
resources - labor and entrepreneurial skills.
What do economists mean (24) land? Much more than the non-economist, land
refers to all the natural resources (25) are usable in the production process: arable land,
forests, mineral and oil deposits, and so on. What about capital? Capital goods are all the
manmade aids to producing, storing, transporting, and distributing goods and services. Capital
goods differ from consumer goods in that (26) satisfy wants directly, while the former do
so indirectly by facilitating the production of consumer goods. It should be noted that capital as
defined here does not refer to money. Money, as such, produces nothing.
The term labor refers to the physical and mental talents of humans used to produce goods
and services (with the exception of a certain set of human talents, entrepreneurial skills, which
will be considered separately because of their special significance). Thus the services of a factory
worker or an office worker, a ballet dancer or an astronaut all fall (27) the general heading of
labor.
Question 23: A. many B. some C. two D. six
Question 24: A. calling B. with C. using D. by
Question 25: A. these B. what C. they D. that
Question 26: A. lately B. the latter C. the latest D. later
Question 27: A. into B. to C. from D.
under
Esperanto is what is called a planned, or artificial, language. It was created more than a
century ago by Polish eye doctor Ludwik Lazar Zamenhof. Zamenhof believed that a common
language would help to alleviate some of the misunderstandings among cultures.
In Zamenhof’s first attempt at a universal language, he tried to create a language that was
as uncomplicated as possible. This first language included words such as ab, ac, ba, eb, be, and
ce. This did not result in a workable language in that these monosyllabic words, though short,
were not easy to understand or to retain.
Next, Zamenhof tried a different way of constructing a simplified language. He made the
words in his language sound like words that people already knew, but he simplified the
grammar tremendously. One example of how he simplified the language can be seen in the
suffixes: all nouns in this language end in o, as in the noun amiko, which means “friend”, and
all adjectives end in -a, as in the adjective bela, which means “pretty”. Another example of the
simplified language can be seen in the prefix mal-, which makes a word opposite in meaning;
the word malamiko therefore means “enemy”, and the word malbela therefore means “ugly” in
Trang 4/9
Zamenhof’s language.
In 1887, Zamenhof wrote a description of this language and published it. He used a pen
name, Dr. Esperanto, when signing the book. He selected the name Esperanto because this
word means “a person who hopes” in his language. Esperanto clubs began popping up
throughout Europe, and by 1950, Esperanto had spread from Europe to America and Asia.
In 1905, the First World Congress of Esperanto took place in France, with approximately
700 attendees from 20 different countries. Congresses were held annually for nine years, and
4,000 attendees were registered for the Tenth World Esperanto Congress scheduled for 1914,
when World War I erupted and forced its cancellation.
Trang 5/9
Esperanto has had its ups and downs in the period since World War I. Today, years after
it was introduced, it is estimated that perhaps a quarter of a million people are fluent in it. This
may seem like a large number, but it is really quite small when compared with the billion
English speakers and billion Mandarin Chinese speakers in today’s world. Current advocates
would like to see its use grow considerably and are taking steps to try to make this happen.
Question 28: The topic of this passage is .
A. how language can be improved
B. a language developed in the last few years
C. one man’s efforts to create a universal language
D. using language to communicate internationally
Question 29: According to the passage, Zamenhof wanted to create a universal language .
A. to create one world culture B. to resolve cultural differences
C. to provide a more complex language D. to build a name for himself
Question 30: It can be inferred from the passage that the Esperanto word malespera means .
A. hopelessness B. hope C. hopeful D. hopeless
Question 31: The expression “popping up” in paragraph 4 could best be replaced by .
A. leaping B. hiding C. shouting D. opening
Question 32: According to the passage, what happened to the Tenth World Esperanto Congress?
A. It had attendees from 20 countries B. It never took place
C. It had 4,000 attendees D. It was scheduled for 1915
Question 33: The expression “ups and downs” in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to .
A. tops and bottoms B. takeoffs and landings
C. floors and ceilings D. highs and lows
Question 34: Which paragraph describes the predecessor to Esperanto?
A. The first paragraph B. The second paragraph
C. The third paragraph D. The fourth paragraph
Glass is a remarkable substance made from the simplest raw materials. It can be colored
or colorless, monochrome or polychrome, transparent, translucent, or opaque. It is lightweight
impermeable to liquids, readily cleaned and reused, durable yet fragile, and often very
beautiful Glass can be decorated in multiple ways and its optical properties are exceptional. In
Trang 6/9
all its myriad forms - as table ware, containers, in architecture and design - glass represents a
major achievement in the history of technological developments.
Since the Bronze Age about 3,000 B.C., glass has been used for making various kinds of
objects. It was first made from a mixture of silica, line and an alkali such as soda or potash, and
these remained the basic ingredients of glass until the development of lead glass in the
seventeenth century. When heated, the
Trang 7/9
mixture becomes soft and malleable and can be formed by various techniques into a vast array
of shapes and sizes. The homogeneous mass thus formed by melting then cools to create glass,
but in contrast to most materials formed in this way (metals, for instance), glass lacks the
crystalline structure normally associated with solids, and instead retains the random molecular
structure of a liquid. In effect, as molten glass cools, it progressively stiffens until rigid, but does
so without setting up a network of interlocking crystals customarily associated with that
process. This is why glass shatters so easily when dealt a blow. Why glass deteriorates over
time, especially when exposed to moisture, and why glassware must be slowly reheated and
uniformly cooled after manufacture to release internal stresses induced by uneven cooling.
Another unusual feature of glass is the manner in which its viscosity changes as it turns
from a cold substance into a hot, ductile liquid. Unlike metals that flow or “freeze” at specific
temperatures glass progressively softens as the temperature rises, going through varying stages
of malleability until it flows like a thick syrup. Each stage of malleability allows the glass to be
manipulated into various forms, by different techniques, and if suddenly cooled the object
retains the shape achieved at that point. Glass is thus amenable to a greater number of heat-
forming techniques than most other materials.
Question 35: Why does the author list the characteristics of glass in paragraph 1?
A. To demonstrate how glass evolved
B. To show the versatility of glass
C. To explain glassmaking technology
D. To explain the purpose of each component of glass
Question 36: The word “durable” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to .
A. lasting B. delicate C. heavy D. plain
Question 37: What does the author imply about the raw materials used to make glass?
A. They were the same for centuries. B. They are liquid.
C. They are transparent. D. They are very heavy.
Question 38: According to the passage, how is glass that has cooled and become rigid different
from most other rigid substances?
A. It has an interlocking crystal network.
B. It has an unusually low melting temperature.
C. It has varying physical properties.
D. It has a random molecular structure.
Question 39: The words “exposed to” in paragraph 2 most likely mean .
A. hardened by B. chilled with C. subjected to D. deprived of
Trang 8/9
Question 40: What must be done to release the internal stresses that build up in glass products
during manufacture?
A. The glass must be reheated and evenly cooled.
B. The glass must be cooled quickly.
C. The glass must be kept moist until cooled.
Trang 9/9
D. The glass must be shaped to its desired form immediately
Question 41: The word “it” in paragraph 3 refers to .
A. feature B. glass C. manner D. viscosity
Question 42: According to the passage, why can glass be more easily shaped into specific forms
than can metals
A. It resists breaking when heated
B. It has better optical properties.
C. It retains heat while its viscosity changes.
D. It gradually becomes softer as its temperature rises.
Question 43: You should have persuaded him to change his mind.
A. You should persuade him to change his mind.
B. You didn’t persuade him to change because of his mind.
C. It was essential to persuade him to change his mind but you didn’t.
D. You persuaded him to change his mind but he didn’t listen.
Question 44: Bill’s English is much better than it was.
A. Bill speaks English better now than he did before.
B. Bill has started to learn English but doesn’t speak it well
C. Bill has always spoken good English.
D. Bill’s English was much better than it is now.
Question 45: They said that Sally had quit five jobs before working for us.
A. They said that five jobs had been quit by Sally before working for us.
B. Sally worked for us then she quit five other jobs.
C. It was said that Sally had quit five jobs before working for us.
D. Sally said that she had quit five jobs before working for us.
Question 46: The proposal (A) has repealed after a (B) twenty-minutes discussion (C) a number of
objections to its failure (D) to include our district.
Question 47: In the 1920s, Tulsa had a (A) higher number of (B) millionaire than any (C) other
U.S. (D)
Trang
10/9
city.
Question 48: There are many (A) frequently (B) mentioned reasons why one out of (C) four
arrests (D)
involve a juvenile.
Trang
11/9
Question 49: He didn’t take his father’s advice. That’s why he is out of work.
A. If he had taken his father’s advice, he would not have been out of work.
B. If he took his father’s advice, he would not be out of work.
C. If he had taken his father’s advice, he would not be out of work.
D. If he takes his father’s advice, he will not be out of work.
Question 50: She buys a lot of new dresses every month. She always dresses shabbily.
A. However a lot of new dresses she buys every month, she always dresses shabbily.
B. However many new dresses she buys every month, she always dresses shabbily.
C. Many as new dresses she buys every month, she always dresses shabbily.
D. She always dresses shabbily because she buys a lot of new dresses every month.
Trang
12/9
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp B B C B A B D B C D
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp B A D B B B C B D B
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp B C C D D B D C B D
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp D B D B B A A D C A
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp B D C A C B B D C B
án
Cấu trúc: - Stop to do sth: dừng lại để làm gì
E.g: I stop to read books.
- Stop doing sth: dừng hẳn làm gì đó
E.g: He stopped smoking. (Anh ấy đã ngừng hút thuốc hẳn.)
Dịch: Nếu chúng ta rời khỏi đây bây giờ thì chúng ta có thể lái xe được một nửa quãng
khi
đường trước dừng lại để ăn trưa.
Note
35
ĩa:
Một số động từ có thể đi cùng với cả động từ nguyên thể và V-ing, nhưng có sự khác
nhau về ý ngh
Stop V-ing: dừng làm gì (dừng hẳn)
Stop to V: dừng lại để làm việc gì
- Stop smoking: dừng hút thuốc
- Stop to talk: dừng lại đề nói chuyện

E.g: I regret to inform you that the train was cancelled. (Tôi rất tiếc phải báo tin cho anh rằng
chuyến tàu
đã bị hủy.)
- She remembers seeing him. (Cô ấy nhớ đã gặp anh ấy.)
Try to V: cố gắng làm gì
Try V-ing: thử làm gì
E.g: I try to pass the exam. (Tôi cố gắng vượt qua kỳ thi.)
Trang
13/9
Prefer V-ing to V-ing
Prefer + to V + rather than (V)
E.g: I prefer staying at home to going out.
- I prefer to stay at home rather than go out.
Mean to V: có ý định làm gì.
Mean V-ing: Có nghĩa là gì.
E.g: He doesn’t mean to prevent you from doing that. (Anh ấy không có ý ngăn cản bạn làm việc đó.)
- This sign means not going into. (Biển báo này có ý nghĩa là không được đi vào trong.)
Need to V: cần làm gì
Need V-ing: cần được làm gì (= need to be done)
E.g: I need to clean the house.
- Your hair needs cutting. (= Your hair needs to be cut.)
Used to V: đã từng/thường làm gì trong quá khứ (bây giờ không làm nữa)
Be/Get used to V-ing: quen với việc gì (ở hiện tại)
E.g: I used to get up early when I was young. (Tôi đã từng dậy sớm khi còn trẻ.)
- I’m used to getting up early. (Tôi quen với việc dậy sớm rồi)
Advise/ recommend /allow/permit + O + to V: khuyên/cho phép ai làm gì.
Advise/ recommend /allow/permit + V-ing: khuyên/cho phép làm gì.
E.g: They don’t allow us to go out.
They don’t allow going out.
We are allowed to go out. (bị động)
Trang
14/9
TẠO

07
trang
Question 1: A. shortage B. storage C. garage D.
encourage Question 2: A. eternal B. energy C. eradicate
D. eliminate
Question 3: A. medicine B. endanger C. addition D. survival
Question 4: A. musician B. officer C. pianist D. triangle
Question 5: There has been insufficient rainfall over the past two years, and farmers are having
trouble.
A. adequate B. unsatisfactory C. abundant D. dominant
Question 6: She was so insubordinate that she lost her job within a week.
A. fresh B. disobedient C. obedient D. understanding
Question 7: Help and supports are rapidly sent to wherever there are victims of catastrophe.
A. sudden great disaster B. warfare
C. poverty and famine D. diseases and illnesses
Question 8: You must answer the police’s questions truthfully: otherwise, you will get into
trouble.
A. as trustingly as you can B. with a negative attitude
C. in a harmful way D. exactly as things really happen
Trang 1/5
Question 9: Tom: “How did you get here?” - John: “ ”
A. The train is so crowded. B. I came here last night.
C. I came here by train. D. Is it far from here?
Question 10: Mai: “It’s been a tough couple of months, but I think the worst is behind
us now.” Nam: “ ”
Trang 2/5
A. Good! B. Good luck! C. Good morning. D. Goodness me!
Question 11: His and bad work led to his dismissal from the company.
A. unpunctual B. unpunctuality C. inpunctual D. inpunctuality
Question 12: The smell of the sea her childhood.
A. took her in B. took after C. took her back to D. took it for granted
Question 13: Can you tell me who is responsible luggage?
A. to check B. checking C. for checking D. about checking
Question 14: Not only the exam but she also got a scholarship.
A. did she pass B. she passed C. she has passed D. has she passed
Question 15: What made Mark his family and his job? Where did he go and why?
A. walk away on B. leave out at C. go off on D. walk out on
Question 16: My mother has for a bargain.
A. a sharp ear B. a strong head C. a keen eye D. a keen ear
Question 17: Despite all the interruptions, she with her work.
A. pressed on B. held on C. stuck at D. hung out
Question 18: My grandfather is getting old and forgetful. , he is experienced.
A. Be that as it may B. Regardless C. Inasmuch as it is D. Consequently
Question 19: Rarely have I visited Bangkok, the capital of Thailand.
A. as a beautiful city as B. as beautiful a city as
C. as beautiful as the city D. as a city as beautiful as
Question 20. I read the essay again and again avoiding making spelling mistakes.
A. in terms of B. by means of C. with a view to D. in view of
Question 21. Not until a monkey is several years old to exhibit signs of independence
from its mother.
A. beginning B. does it begin C. and begin D. it begins
Question 22. He suffered from depression by overwork and ill-health.
A. brought on B. coming about C. taken up D. pull through
Trang 2/9
Easter is a holiday in late March or early April, the first Sunday after the first full moon
after 21 March. Many people (23) it with their family or have a short holiday/ vacation. It is
also an important Christian festival. Easter Sunday, the day of the Resurrection, is the
end of Lent (24)
the most important date in the Christian year. Many people who do not go to
church at other times go on Easter Sunday. It was once common for people to wear new clothes
to church on this day. Women wore new hats, called Easter bonnets. Today, people
sometimes make elaborately decorated
Trang 3/9
Easter bonnets for fun. A few people send Easter cards with religious symbols on them or
pictures of small chickens, lambs, rabbits and spring flowers, all traditionally associated (25)
Easter.
The Friday before Easter Sunday is called Good Friday and is (26) as the day Christ
was crucified (= hanged on a cross to die). On Good Friday many people eat hot cross buns (=
fruit buns decorated with a simple cross). The Monday after Easter is called Easter Monday. In
Britain Good Friday and Easter Monday are both bank holidays. In the US, each company
decides for itself (27) to close or remain
open on those days.
Question 23. A. take B. use C. spend D. expend
Question 24. A. for B. as C. and D. nor
Question 25. A. toward B. with C. to D. from
Question 26. A. missed B. recalled C. reminded D.
remembered Question 27. A. if B. how C. why
D. whether
It is estimated that over 99 percent of all species that ever existed have become extinct.
What causes extinction? When a species is no longer adapted to a changed environment, it may
perish. The exact causes of a species' death vary from situation to situation. Rapid ecological
change may render an environment hostile to a species. For example, temperatures may change
and a species may not be able to adapt. Food Resources may be affected by environmental
changes, which will then cause problems for a species requiring these resources. Other species
may become better adapted to an environment, resulting in competition and, ultimately, in the
death of a species.
The fossil record reveals that extinction has occurred throughout the history of Earth.
Recent analyses have also revealed that on some occasions many species became extinct at the
same time - a mass extinction. One of the best-known examples of mass extinction occurred 65
million years ago with the demise of dinosaurs and many other forms of life. Perhaps the
largest mass extinction was the one that occurred 225 million years ago. When approximately
95 percent of all species died, mass extinctions can be caused by a relatively rapid change in the
environment and can be worsened by the close interrelationship of many species. If, for
example, something were to happen to destroy much of the plankton in the oceans, then the
oxygen content of Earth would drop, affection even organisms not living in the oceans. Such a
change would probably lead to a mass extinction.
One interesting, and controversial, finding is that extinctions during the past 250 million
Trang 4/9
years have tended to be more intense every 26 million years. This periodic extinction might be
due to intersection of the Earth’s orbit with a cloud of comets, but this theory is purely
speculative. Some researchers have also speculated that extinction may often be random. That
is, certain species may be eliminated and others may survive for no particular reason. A
species’ survival may have nothing to do with its ability or inability to adapt. If so, some of
evolutionary history may reflect a sequence of essentially random events.
Question 28. The word “it” in paragraph 1 refers to
A. environment B. species C. extinction D. 99 percent
Question 29. What does the author say in paragraph 1 regarding most species in Earth’s history?
A. They have remained basically unchanged from their original forms.
B. They have been able to adapt to ecological changes.
Trang 5/9
C. They have caused rapid change in the environment.
D. They are no longer in existence.
Question 30. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in paragraph 1 as resulting from rapid
ecological change?
A. Temperature changes B. Availability of food resources
C. Introduction of new species D. Competition among species
Question 31. The word “demise” in line 10 is closest in meaning to
A. change B. recovery C. help D. death
Question 32. Why is “plankton” mentioned in paragraph 2?
A. To demonstrate the interdependence of different species
B. To emphasize the importance of food resources in preventing mass extinction.
C. To illustrate a comparison between oiganisms that live on the land and those that live in the
ocean
D. To point out that certain species could never become extinct.
Question 33. Which of the following can be inferred from the theory of periodic extinction
mentioned in paragraph 3?
A. Many scientists could be expected to disagree with it
B. Evidence to support the theory has recently been found.
C. The theory is no longer seriously considered.
D. Most scientists believe the theory to be accurate.
Question 34. In paragraph 3, the author makes which of the following statements about a
species’ survival?
A. It reflects the interrelationship of many species.
B. It may depend on chance events.
C. It does not vary greatly from species to species
D. It is associated with astronomical conditions.
A considerable body of research has demonstrated a correlation between birth order and
aspects such as temperament and behavior, and some psychologists believe that birth order
significantly affects the development of personality. Psychologist Alfred Adler was a pioneer in
the study of the relationship between birth order and personality. A key point in his research
and in the hypothesis that he developed based on it was that it was not the actual numerical
Trang 6/9
birth position that affected personality; instead, it was the similar responses in large numbers of
families to children in specific birth order positions that had an effect. For example, first - borns,
who have their parents to themselves initially and do not have to deal with siblings in the first
part of their lives, tend to have their first socialization experiences with adults and therefore
tend to find the process of peer socialization more difficult. In contrast, later-born children have
to deal with siblings from the first moment of their lives and therefore tend to have stronger
socialization skills.
Trang 7/9
Numerous studies since Adler’s have been conducted on the effect of birth order and
personality. These studies have tended to classify birth order types into four different
categories: first-born, second- born and/or middle, last, and only child.
Studies have consistently shown that first-bom children tend to exhibit similar, positive
and negative personality traits. First-borns have consistently been linked with academic
achievement in various studies; in one study, the number of National Merit scholarship winners
who are first - borns was found to be equal to the number of second - and third-borns
combined. First - borns have been found to be more responsible and assertive than those
born in other birth-order positions and tend to rise to positions of leadership more often
than others; more first - borns have served in the U.S. Congress and as U.S. presidents than
have those born in other birth - order positions. However, studies have shown that first-borns
tend to be more subject to stress and were considered problem children more often than later-
borns.
Second-born and/or middle children demonstrate markedly different tendencies from

firstborns. They tend to feel inferior to the older child or children because it is difficult for them
to comprehend that their lower level of achievement is a function of age rather than ability, and
they often try to succeed in areas other than those in which their older sibling or siblings excel.
They tend to be more trusting, accepting, and focused on others than the more self-centered
first-borns, and they tend to have a comparatively higher level of success in team sports than do
first-borns or only children, who more often excel in individual sports.
The last-born child is the one who tends to be the eternal baby of the family and thus often
exhibits a strong sense of security. Last-borns collectively achieve the highest degree of social
success and demonstrate the highest levels of self - esteem of all the birth-order positions. They
often exhibit less competitiveness than older brothers and sisters and are more likely to take
part in less competitive group games or in social organizations such as sororities and
fraternities.
Only children tend to exhibit some of the main characteristics of first-borns and some of
the characteristics of last-borns. Only children tend to exhibit the strong sense of security and
selfesteem exhibited by last-borns while, like first-borns, they are more achievement oriented
and more likely than middle-or last-borns to achieve academic success. However, only children
tend to have the most problems establishing close relationships and exhibit a lower need for
affiliation than other children.
Question 35. The word body in paragraph 1 could best be replaced by .
A. corpse B. amount C. organization D. skeleton
Question 36. The word it in paragraph 1 refers to .
A. personality B. component C. research D. hypothesis
Question 37. What is stated in paragraph 1 about Adler?
Trang 8/9
A. He was one of the first to study the effect of birth order on personality.
B. He believed that it was the actual birth order that affected personality.
C. He had found that the responses by family members had little to do with personality.
D. He was the only one to study birth order.
Question 38. The word traits in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to .
A. stresses B. marks C. characteristics D. fears
Trang 9/9
Question 39. Which of the sentences below expresses the essential information in the bold
sentence in paragraph 3? Incorrect choices change the meaning in important ways or leave out
essential information.
A. In spite of certain characteristics that first-borns possess, many of them become

leaders.
B. An interesting fact that is difficult to explain is that many first-borns have served in high
government positions.
C. Because first-borns tend to be very assertive, they are uncomfortable serving in

government positions.
D. Several examples support the idea that first-borns have characteristics that make them
leaders.
Question 40: The word accepting in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to .
A. tolerant B. affectionate C. admissible D. respectable
Question 41. Which of the following is NOT true?
A. First-borns tend to do well in individual sports.
B. Middle children tend to have a preference for team sports.
C. Last-borns tend to prefer games with fierce competition.
D. Only children tend to prefer individual over team sports.
Question 42. Which of the following would be most likely to have a successful career but few
close friendships?
A. A second-born B. A middle child C. A last-born D. An only child
Question 43: His dog was so fierce that nobody would visit him.
A. He had a such fierce dog that nobody would visit him.
B. He had so fierce a dog that nobody would visit him.
C. He had a so fierce dog that nobody would visit him.
D. His dog was too fierce to visit.
Question 44: "If I were you, I’d buy that house." Ms. Hoa said to Ms. Lan.
A. Ms. Hoa promised Ms. Lan that he would buy that house.
B. Ms. Hoa advised Ms. Lan to buy that house.
C. Ms. Hoa suggested Ms. Lan to buy that house.
D. Ms. Hoa forced Ms. Lan to buy that house.

Trang
10/9
Question 45: You needn’t hurry because there is a delay of about two hours.
A. There is a delay of about two hours and therefore you mustn’t hurry.
B. It is not possible for you to hurry because there is a delay of about two hours.
C. It is not necessary for you to hurry because there is a delay of about two hours.
D. You mustn’t hurry because there is a delay of about two hours.
Trang
11/9
Question 46: (A) After writing it, the essay must (B) be duplicated by the student himself and
handed (C)
in to the department secretary before (D) the end of the month.
Question 47: It is the (A) high time Tim (B) understands (C) how to behave properly (D) towards
the old men.
Question 48: She finds (A) the work she (B) has to do quite (C) easily; boredom is her (D)
biggest problem.
Question 49: You’d better take the keys. It’s possible I’ll come home late.
A. You’d better take the keys as I possibly come home late.
B. You’d better take the keys in case I come home late.
C. I’ll probably come home late so that you’d better take the keys.
D. If I come home late, you’d better take the keys.
Question 50: We chose to find a place for the night. We found the bad weather very inconvenient.
A. Bad weather was approaching, so we started to look for a place to stay.
B. The bad weather prevented us from driving any further.
C. Seeing that the bad weather had set in, we decided to find somewhere to spend the night.
D. Because the climate was so severe, we were worried about what we’d do at night.
Trang
12/9
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp án C B A A A C A D C A
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp án B C C A D C A A B C
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp án B A C C B D D B D C
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp án D A A B B C A C D A
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp án C D B B C A B C B C

- Tom: “Bạn đã đến đó bằng phương tiện gì?”
- John: “ ”
A. Tàu quá đông
B. Tôi đến đây tối qua
C. Tôi đến đây bằng tàu hỏa
D. Nó ở xa đây đúng không?
Note 36
Hỏi về phương tiện: How do/does/did + you + go/travel...?
Để trả lời, ta đùng: by bike (bằng xe đạp), by bus (bằng xe buýt), by train (bằng tàu hỏa), by ike
motorb
(bằng xe máy), by car (bằng xe hơi), by plane (bằng máy bay), on foot (đi bộ)
E.g: How do you go to school? (Bạn đi học bằng phương tiện gì?)
- I walk to school (= I go to school on foot ~ Tôi đi bộ đến trường)
Cấu trúc đảo ngữ với “not only”:
- Not only + trợ động từ/ động từ to be + S + V .. .but + S + also + V... (không những .. ..mà còn....)
Trang
13/9
E.g: Not only does he sing well but he also plays the piano
perfectly. A, C sai cấu trúc
D. sai “thì” của động từ
Dịch: Cô ấy không những đã thi đậu mà còn được học bổng.
Trang
14/9
Note 37
Đảo ngữ với “not only, not until, not since, not a +N”
E.g: Not until 11 o’clock will he come back. ~ It was not until 11 o’clock that he will come back. (Mãi
cho đến 11 giờ thì anh ta mới về.)
Not until he came home did he realize that he had lost his wallet. (Mãi cho đến khi anh ta về nhà thì
anh ta mới nhận ta anh ta đã mất ví.)
Not only does she sing beautifully but she can also play the guitar well. (Cô ta không những hát hay mà
cô ta còn có thể chơi ghi-ta giỏi.)
Đây là dạng rút gọn mệnh đề trạng ngữ ở bị động vì chủ ngữ là “the essay/ it” =>
dùng Vpp Do đó: After writing it =>After being written
Note 38
Rút gọn mệnh đề trạng ngữ
- Mệnh đề trạng từ là mệnh đề nối nhau bằng các liên từ như when, because, while,
after, before...
+ Điều kiện rút gọn: Chủ ngữ 2 vế giống nhau
+ Cách thức rút gọn:
- Bỏ liên từ (hoặc để lại thì biến thành giới từ)
- Chủ động thì đổi động từ thành Ving
- Bị động thì dùng Vpp (nhưng nếu giữ lại liên từ, hoặc có NOT thì phải để lại to be và thêm
"ing" vào "to be": (being + Vpp) - ngoại trừ các liên từ "when, if, though" thì lại có thể bỏ luôn to
be.
- Đối với liên từ when, as (khi) mà động từ chính trong mệnh đề đó là to be + N và mang nghĩa
“là” thì có
thể bỏ luôn "to be" mà giữ lại danh từ.
E.g1: When I see him, I will give him this gift, (chủ động)
 When seeing him, I will give him this gift. (liên từ when có thể giữ lại)
Seeing him, I will give him this gift. (bỏ liên từ when)
E.g2: When I was given a watch by my mother, I felt very happy.
 When being given a watch by my mother, I felt very happy, (để lại liên từ when thì để lại
to be => being Vpp)
 When given a watch by my mother, I felt very happy, (nếu là liên từ when thì có thể bỏ “to be”)
Trang
15/9
 Given a watch by my mother, I felt very happy, (bỏ liên từ)
Trang
16/9
TẠO

06
trang
Question 1: A. courage B. honour C. favour D.
labour Question 2: A. inform B. situation C.
dialogue D. signal
Question 3: A. passion B. escape C. prefer D. review
Question 4: A. auditory B. evidence C. currency D. distinguish
Question 5: Affluent families find it easier to support their children financially.
A. Wealthy B. Well-off C. Privileged D. Impoverished
Question 6: His friend’s thoughtless comments made him very angry.
A. honest B. kind C. pleasant D. thoughtful
Question 7: The conference was held with a view to laying down rules for the treatment and
protection of the wounded and the disaster-stricken.
A. establishing C. cancelling
B. putting down D. putting aside.
Question 8: My father is always bad-tempered when I leave my room untidy.
A. feeling embarrassed B. talking too much
C. very happy and satisfied D. easily annoyed or irritated
Trang 1/5
Question 9: Jane: “How about a game of cards?” - Mary: “ ”
A. Good idea. B. I’m afraid I do.
C. No, it’s interesting, isn’t it? D. Sorry, I don’t like to work.
Question 10: David: “Wait! I have something to do before we can go to the movies.”
Trang 2/5
Mary: “ ! We don’t have much time, honey.”
A. Leave immediately B. Come on
C. Come at once D. No way
Question 11: How can the manager act nothing had happened?
A. therefore B. so C. if D. as though
Question 12: She used to work here as a nurse, she?
A. did B. didn’t C. wouldn’t D. use
Question 13: My wife was good enough to my mistake.
A. oversee B. overtake C. overdo D. overlook
Question 14: Okay, I the tickets if you buy the drinks.
A. will buy B. buy C. would buy D. bought
Question 15: If you are with your goods, contact us within a week of receipt, and
we will refund your money in full.
A. not completely satisfied C. not completely satisfactory
B. not completely satisfying D. not satisfied completely
Question 16: I don’t remember of your decision to change our plan.
A. to tell B. being told C. telling D. to be told
Question 17: I would sooner you your phone in the meeting.
A. shouldn’t have used B. shouldn’t use C. not to use D. didn’t use
Question 18: Never in my life such an intelligent boy.
A. I have met B. I haven’t met C. have I met D. haven’t I met
Question 19: My mother usually buys her clothes . It’s cheaper than going to the dress
maker.
A. on the house B. off the peg C. in public D. on the shelf
Question 20. Don’t worry about trying to catch last bus home, as we can easily you up for
the night.
A. keep B. put C. take D. Set
Question 21. We have a party tonight and Mary is worried about .
A. what to wear B. which wearing C. these wearing D. that she wearing
Question 22. The girl proposed that their group leader a camping trip.
Trang 2/10
A. organized B. organize C. organizes D. organizing
In order that they could ensure higher (23) , TV producers have developed a whole
new breed of programmes featuring real people. In Europe the most famous of these (24)
reality
Trang 3/10
TV shows was probably Big Brothers, where 12 ordinaiy people volunteered to live under the
watchful eye of TV cameras 24 hours a day. In America, the top show was Survivor, based on a
similar concept, in which 16 constants are abandoned on a desert island. But the ultimate
example of the genre must surely be The Osbournes, first (25) on MTV in 2002, in which
the homelife of rock star Ozzy Osbourne and his family was laid bare to public scrutiny.
Obsoume himself was already a (26)
name as the former lead singer of the highly successful heavy-metal group, Black
Sabbath, The show was described as a real-life sitcom because it (27) light on Ozzy’s softer,
more humorous side. It revealed his devotion to his teenage kids, even though he was often
heard yelling and swearing at them. The programme brought in millions for the Osbourne
family and certainly blurred the boundaries between reality and television.
Question 23. A. scores B. levels C. sequences D. ratings
Question 24. A. so-calledB. alleged C. renowned D. adept
Question 25. A. played B. dubbed C. cast D.
broadcast Question 26. A. common B. known C.
household D. domestic Question 27. A. opened B. wound
C. shed D. set
Magazines have been a major growth area of popular in the 20 th century. Specialist
magazines cater to every imaginable field and activity. In the United Kingdom, over 12,000
periodicals, magazines, bulletins, annuals, trade journals, and academic journals are published
on a regular basis. There are some
40 women’s magazines and over 60 dealing with particular sports games, hobbies, and
pastimes. Although some US magazines, such as The Saturday Evening Post, has succumbed
to the circulations, The Reader’s Digest over 16 million, the National Geographic over 10
million. For many people, magazines have been the most available and widely used form of
continuing education, providing information about history, geography, literature, science, and
the arts, and as well as guidance on gardening, cooking, home decorating, financial
management, psychology, even marriage and family life.
Until the rise of television, magazines were the most available form of cheap, convenient
entertainment in the English-speaking world. Radio served a similar function, but it was more
limited in what it could do. Magazines and television, however, both address the more
powerful visual sense. During the third quarter of the 20 th century, coincident with a dramatic
rise in the popularity of television, many general-interest, especially illustrated magazines went
out of business. The shift in attention of a mass audience from reading such magazines to
watching television has been a major factor in this decline, but it is an implicit tribute to the
Trang 4/10
older genre that its programs are generally organized in a single format and content.
Question 28. The word “it” in paragraph 2 refers to .
A. television B. publishing
C. entertainment D. radio
Question 29. From the passage it can be inferred that .
A. movies have replaced magazines
B. the author is fond of magazines
C. almost all magazines are printed in English
Trang 5/10
D. home decorating magazines are dramatic
Question 30. According to the passage, which of the following magazines is no longer printed?
A. The Saturday Evening post C. The Nation
B. The Reader’s Digest D. The National Geographic
Question 31. Which of the following docs the author describe as limited in what it could do?
A. radio B. magazines C. movies D. television
Question 32. The word “succumbed” means .
A. set up for B. brought up to
C. taken up by D. given in to
Question 33. What does the author say about mass audiences?
A. They have little influence on communication in the 20lh century.
B. They have gone out of business.
C. They get information about gardening and psychology from radio.
D. They have shifted their attention from magazines to television.
Question 34. The passage mainly discusses .
A. the rise and fall of the radio business.
B. the growth and decline of magazines in the 20th century.
C. magazines and continuing education.
D. the decline of international circulation.
Jazz has been called “the art of expression set to music”, and “America’s great contribution
to music”. It has functioned as popular art and enjoyed periods of fairly widespread public
response, in the “jazz age” of the 1920s, in the “swing era” of the late 1930s and in the peak
popularity of modem jazz in the late 1950s. The standard legend about Jazz is that it originated
around the end of the 19th century in New Orleans and moved up the Mississippi River to
Memphis, St. Louis, and finally to Chicago. It welded together the elements of Ragtime,
marching band music, and the Blues. However, the influences of what led to those early sounds
go back to tribal African drum beats and European musical structures. Buddy Bolden, a New
Orleans barber and comet player, is generally considered to have been the first real Jazz
musician, around 1891.
What made Jazz significantly different from the other earlier forms of music was the use of
improvisation. Jazz displayed a break from traditional music where a composer wrote an entire
piece of music on paper, leaving the musicians to break their backs playing exactly what was
Trang 6/10
written on the score. In a Jazz piece, however, the song is simply a starting point, or sort of
skeletal guide for the Jazz musicians to improvise around. Actually, many of the early Jazz
musicians were bad sight readers and some couldn’t even read music at all. Generally speaking,
these early musicians couldn’t make very much money and were stuck working menial jobs to
make a living. The second wave of New Orleans Jazz musicians included such memorable
players as Joe Oliver, Kid Ory, and Jelly Roll Morton. These men
Trang 7/10
formed small bands and took the music of earlier musicians, improved its complexity, and gained
greater success. This music is known as "hot Jazz” due to the enormously fast speeds and
rhythmic drive.
A young comet player by the name of Louis Armstrong was discovered by Joe Oliver
inNew Orleans. He soon grew up to become one of the greatest and most successful musicians
of all time, and later one of the biggest stars in the world. The impact of Armstrong and other
talented early Jazz musicians changed the way we look at music.
Question 35. The passage answers which of the following questions?
A. Why did Ragtime, marching band music, and the Blues lose popularity after about 1900?
B. What were the origins of Jazz and how did it differ from other forms of music?
C. What has been the greatest contribution of comet players to music in the twentieth century?
D. Which early Jazz musicians most influenced the development of Blues music?
Question 36. According to the passage, Jazz originated in .
A. Chicago B. St. Louis
C. along the Mississippi river D.New Orleans
Question 37. Which of the following distinguished Jazz as a new form of musical expression?
A. the use of comets B. “hot Jazz"
C. improvisation D. New Orleans
Question 38. Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?
A. many early Jazz musicians had poor sight
B. there is no slow music in Jazz
C. many early Jazz musicians had little formal musical training
D. the comet is the most common musical instrument used in Jazz
Question 39. The word “menial” in line 14 is closest in meaning to .
A. mean B. attractive C. degrading D. skilled
Question 40. According to the passage, which of the following belonged to the second wave of
New Orleans Jazz musicians?
A. Louis Armstrong B. Buddy Bolden
C. St. Louis D. Joe Oliver
Question 41. All of the following are true EXCEPT .
A. the late 1930s was called the “swing era”
B. “hot Jazz” is rhythmic
Trang 8/10
C. Jazz has been said to be America’s greatest contribution to music
D. Joe Oliver is generally considered to be the first real Jazz musician
Question 42. The word “its” in line 16 refers to .
A. small bands B. earlier music C. men D. earlier musicians
Trang 9/10
Question 43: Although he was very tired, he agreed to help me with my homework.
A. Tired as he was, he agreed to help me with my homework.
B. Despite being very tired, but he agreed to help me with my homework.
C. Tired though he was, but he agreed to help me with my homework.
D. As tired as was he, he agreed to help me with my homework.
Question 44: Why don’t you get your hair cut, Nam?” said Hung.
A. Hung advised Nam to cut his hair.
B. Nam was suggested to cut his hair.
C. It was suggestablc that Hung get Nam’s hair cut.
D. Hung suggested that Nam should have his hair cut.
Question 45: Kelly ran into her former teacher on the way to the cinema yesterday.
A. Kelly caused an accident to her teacher while she was going to the cinema.
B. Kelly’s car ran over her teacher on the way to the cinema.
C. Kelly happened to meet her teacher while she was going to the cinema.
D. Kelly’s teacher got run over whole she was going to the cinema.
Question 46: (A) Before the invention of (B) the printing press, books (C) have been all printed
(D) by hand.
Question 47: The (A) better you (B) are at English, (C) more opportunities you have to get (D) a
well- paid job in this country.
Question 48: Mrs. Mai, (A) along with (B) her friends from Vietnam, (C) are planning (D) to
attend the festival.
Question 49: He has been studying English for many years. He should have realized sooner that
his grammar was incorrect.
A. He has been studying English for many years to have soon realized that his grammar was
incorrect.
B. He has been studying English for many years that he should have realized sooner that his
grammar was incorrect.
Trang 10/10
C. No sooner has he been studying English for many years than he should have realized that
his grammar was incorrect.
D. Though he has been studying English for many years, he did not realize sooner that his
grammar was incorrect.
Question 50: Colour is an important facet of nature. It influences the life of almost every creature.
Trang 11/10
A. Influencing the life of almost every creature in nature, colour is important.
B. Colour influencing the life of almost every creature being an important facet of nature.
C. Colour, which is an important facet of nature, influencing the life of almost every creature.
D. Colour, which is an important facet of nature, influences the life of almost every creature.
Trang 12/10
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp A C A D D D A D A B
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp D B D A A B D C B B
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp A B D A D C C D B A
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp A D D B B D C C C D
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp D B A D C C C C D D
án
- therefore: Vì thế, do đó, cho nên
- so: vì thế, vì vậy
- if: nếu
- as though: như thế là
Dịch: Sao trưởng phòng có thể hành động như thể chưa có chuyện gì xảy ra chứ?
Note
39
+ Mệnh đề sau as though là mệnh đề không có thật

ở quá
+ Nếu động từ ở mệnh đề trước chia ở thời hiện tại đơn giản thì động từ ở mệnh đề sau
thường chia
khứ đơn. act)
E.g: He acts as though he were rich. (Anh ta cứ làm như thể là anh ta giàu có lắm) (He is hành
not rich inf
.ea
- satisfied with somebody/something: hài lòng với ai đó/cái gì đó
E.g: She’s never satisfied with what she’s got.
Note 40
Vị trí của trạng từ trong câu:
Trước động từ thường
Trang 13/10
E.g: They often get up at 6 a.m.
Giữa trợ động từ và động từ thường
E.g: I have recently finished my homework.
Sau động từ thường:
E.g: She is singing loudly.
Sau động từ to be/seem/look...và trước tính từ
Cấu trúc: be/feel/look... + adv + adj
E.g: She is very nice.
Sau “too”: V + too + adv
E.g: The teacher speaks too quickly.
Trước “enough” : V + adv + enough
E.g: The teacher speaks slowly enough for US to understand.
Trong cấu trúc so....that: V + so + adv + that
E.g: Jack drove so fast that he caused an accident.
Đứng đầu câu, giữa câu hoặc cuối câu
E.g: The teacher carefully marked all the incorrect sentences on the blackboard. (Thầy giáo cẩn thận đánh
dấu mọi câu sai trên bảng đen.)
Certainly, they will be here this afternoon.
He fulfilled the work completely well.
Trạng từ bổ nghĩa cho động từ gần nhất
E.g: They secretly decided to leave the town. (Họ bí mật quyết định rời khỏi thị trấn)
quyết định một cách bí mật.
They decided to leave the town secretly. (Họ quyết định rời khỏi thị trấn một cách bí mật.)
Câu đảo ngữ với Never: Never + trợ động từ + S + V
E.g: She had never experienced this exhilarating emotion in her life. => Never in her life
had she experienced this exhilarating emotion.
Dịch: Chưa bao giờ trong cuộc đời tôi, tôi gặp một cậu bé thông minh đến thế.
Note 41
Đảo ngữ với các trạng từ phủ định (negative adverbials)
Never (before), rarely, seldom, barely/ hardly/ scarcely ...when/ before, no sooner...than,
nowhere, neither, nor
E.g: Never (before) have I eaten this kind of food. (Trước đây tôi chưa bao giờ ăn loại thức ăn này.)
Trang 14/10
Hardly/ Barely/ Scarcely had she left here when he arrived. (Cô ấy vừa mới rời khỏi đây thì anh ta đến.)
Cấu trúc: từ để hỏi + to V
Dịch: Chúng tôi có một bữa tiệc tối nay và Mary đang lo lắng về việc mặc cái gì.
Note 42
- Mệnh đề danh ngữ là mệnh đề bắt đầu bàng if, whether và các từ để hỏi (what, why, when, where,...)
hoặc “that”
anh ngữ đóng vai trò như một danh từ; do đó, mệnh đề danh ngữ có thể làm chủ ngữ hay bổ ngữ tùy thuộc vào vị trí mệnh đề
E.g: + That she comes late surprises me. (Việc cô ấy đến muộn làm tôi ngạc nhiên)
+ I don’t know what he wants. (Tôi không biết anh ấy muốn gì)
Dạng rút gọn của mệnh đề danh ngữ: S + V + từ để hỏi (what, where, when, how...) + to V
Mệnh đề danh ngữ có thể được rút gọn khi mệnh đề danh ngữ giữ chức năng bổ ngữ, mệnh đề chính và
mệnh đề danh ngữ có cùng chủ ngữ.
E.g: I can’t decide whether I will leave or stay. => I can’t decide whether to leave or stay.

- Nếu trong câu có 2 chủ ngữ được nối với nhau bởi “along with” thì chia động từ theo chủ ngữ thứ
E.g: Nam, along with his friends is going on holiday in Ha Long Bay. His friends, along with Nam are going on hol
Do đó: are => is
nhất.
Note 43
- Either... or, neither... nor,...
h từ nối với nhau bằng cấu trúc: either... or; neither... nor, or. not only... but also... thì động từ chia theo danh từ phía sau or, n
E.g: Either the students or the teacher comes here.
- As well as, together with, with, along with, accompanied by
Các danh từ nối nhau bằng: as well as, with, together with, along with, accompanied by thì chia động từ
theo danh từ đầu tiên
E.g: Mary, along with her manager and some friends, is going to a party tonight, (chia theo Mary)
Trang 15/10
TẠO
07
trang
Question 1: A. mechanic B. parachute C. chemistry D.
character Question 2: A. sugar B. season C. serious
D. secret
Question 3: A. untrustworthy B. diversity C. encouraging D. inattentive
Question 4: A. uncertain B. arrogant C. familiar D. impatient
Question 5: Names of people in the newspaper were changed to preserve anonymity.
A. reveal B. conserve C. cover D. presume
Question 6: There are several different kinds of faults in reading which are usually more
exaggerated
with foreign learners.
A. overestimated B. understated C. overemphasized D. undertaken
Question 7: The teacher gave some hints on what could come out for the examination.
A. effects B. symptoms C. suggestions D. demonstrations
Question 8: Relaxation therapy teaches us not to fret over small problems in life.
A. get involved in B. worry about C. look for D. get angry about
Question 9: Hoa: “Well, I hope you enjoyed your meal.” - Mai: “ ”
A. Oh, absolutely delicious. B. No problem.
C. Yes, that’s very interesting. D. Yeah, that’s right.
Question 10: Linda: “Do you have a minute?” - Tim: “ ”
A. Sorry, I haven’t got it here. B. Well. I’m not sure when.
Trang 1/5
C. Good, I hope so. D. Sure. What’s problem?
Question 11: It was we couldn’t stop laughing.
A. such a funny story that B. so a funny story that
C. a very funny story that D. so a laughing story that
Question 12: How well people remember things on many different factors.
Trang 2/5
A. depends B. depended C. depending D. depend
Question 13: I think the thing would be to catch a bus home. I'm tired of walking.
A. sensitive B. sensational C. sensible D. senseless
Question 14: Mai’s encouraging words gave me to undertake the demanding task once
again.
A. an incentive B. a resolution C. a point D. a target
Question 15: Everyone knows about pollution problems, but not many people have any
solutions.
A. come up with B. thought over C. got round to D. looked into
Question 16: In most developed countries, over 50% of population attends
higher education at some time in their lives.
A. 0/0 B. the / 0 C. 0 / the D. the/a
Question 17: calculations have shown that the earth’s resources may run out before
the end of the next century.
A. Crude B. Blunt C. Rude D. Raw
Question 18: I walked away as calmly as I could. , they would have thought I was a thief.
A. If so B. Or else C. In case D. Owing to
Question 19: After the flood, all the drains were overflowing storm water.
A. with B. by C. from D. for
Question 20: The total cost to renovate the building was $20 million, double the
original estimate.
A. mostly B. most all C. the most D. almost
Question 21. In my opinion, the changes to our education system have been to good .
A. outcome B. upshot C. influence D. effect
Question 22. He expects that the new trend will soon here.
A. take up B. catch up C. catch on D. identify with
Mobile phones emit microwave radio emissions. Researchers are questioning whether
exposure to these radio waves might (23) to brain cancer. So far, the data are not
conclusive. The scientific evidence does not enable us to say with certainly that mobile
phones are categorically (24)
. On the other hand, current research has not yet proved clear adverse effect
associated with the prolonged use of mobile phones.
Numerous studies are now going on in various countries. Some of the results are
contradictory but others have shown an association between mobile phone use and cancer.
(25) , these
Trang 2/20
studies are preliminary and the issue needs further, long - term investigation.
(26) the scientific data is more definite, it is prudent for people to try not to use
mobile phones for long periods of time. Don’t think that hands free phones are any safer either.
At the moment, research is in fact showing the (27) and they may be just as dangerous. It is also
thought that young people whose bodies are still growing may be at particular risk.
Question 23. A. cause B. bring C. produce D. lead
Question 24. A. risky B. secure C. unhealthy D. safe
Question 25. A. While B. Though C. Additionally D.
Trang 3/20
Question 26. A. Until B. When C. Provide D. As
Question 27. A. way B. truth C. opposite D.
Though Edmund Halley was very famous because of his achievements as an astronomer,
he was a scientist of diverse interests and great skill. In addition to studying the skies, Halley
was also deeply interested in exploring the unknown depths of the oceans. One of his lesser-
known accomplishments that were quite remarkable was his design for a diving bell that
facilitated exploration of the watery depths.
The diving bell that Halley designed had a major advantage over the diving bells that
were in use prior to his. Earlier diving bells could only make use of the air contained within the
bell itself, so divers had to surface when the air inside the bell ran low. Halley’s bell was an
improvement in that its design allowed for an additional supply of fresh air that enabled a crew
of divers to remain underwater for several hours.
The diving contraption that Halley designed was in the shape of a bell that measured three
feet across the top and five feet across the bottom and could hold several divers comfortably; it
was open at the bottom so that divers could swim in and out at will. The bell was built of wood,
which was first heavily tarred to make it water repellent and was then covered with a half-ton
sheet of lead to make the bell heavy enough to sink in water. The bell shape held air inside for
the divers to breathe as the bell sank to the bottom.
The air inside the bell was not the only source of air for the divers to breathe, and it was
this improvement that made Halley’s bell superior to its predecessors. In addition to the air
already in the bell, air was also supplied to the divers from a lead barrel that was lowered to the
ocean floor close to the bell itself. Air flowed through a leather pipe from the lead barrel on the
ocean floor to the bell. The diver could breathe the air from a position inside the bell, or he
could move around outside the bell wearing a diving suit that consisted of a lead bell-shaped
helmet with a glass viewing window and a leather body suit, with a leather pipe carrying fresh
air from the diving bell to the helmet.
Question 28: The subject of the preceding passage was most likely Halley’s .
A. childhood B. invention of the diving bell
C. work as an astronomer D. many different interests
Question 29: Halley’s bell was better than its predecessors because it .
A. was bigger B. weighed less
C. could rise more quickly D. provided more air
Question 30: The expression “ran low” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to
A. sank to the bottom B. had been replenished
C. was almost exhausted D. move slowly
Trang 4/20
Question 31: How long could divers stay underwater in Halley’s bell?
A. Only a few minutes B. Just a few seconds
C. For hours at a time D. For days on end
Question 32: It is NOT stated in the passage that Halley’s bell .
A. could hold more than one diver B. was made of tarred wood
C. was completely enclosed D. was wider at the top than at the bottom
Question 33: The expression “at will” in paragraph 3 could best be replaced by .
Trang 5/20
A. upside down B. with great speed C. as they wanted D. in the future
Question 34: It can be inferred from the passage that, if Halley’s' bell not covered with lead, it
would
.
A. trap the divers B. suffocate the divers
C. get wet D. float
Desertification is the degradation of once-productive land into unproductive or poorly
productive land. Since the first great urban-agricultural centers in Mesopotamia nearly 6,000
years ago, human activity has had a destructive impact on soil quality, leading to gradual
desertification in virtually every area of the world.
It is a common misconception that desertification is caused by droughts. Although
drought does make land more vulnerable, well-managed land can survive droughts and
recover, even in arid regions. Another mistaken belief is that the process occurs only along the
edges of deserts. In fact, it may take place in any arid or semiarid region, especially where poor
land management is practised. Most vulnerable, however, are the transitional zones between
deserts and arable land; wherever human activity leads to land abuse in these fragile marginal
areas, soil destruction is inevitable.
Agriculture and overgrazing are the two major sources of desertification. Large-scale
farming requires extensive irrigation, which ultimately destroys lands by depleting its nutrients
and leaching minerals into the topsoil. Grazing is especially destructive to land because, in
addition to depleting cover vegetation, herds of grazing mammals also trample the fine organic
particles of the topsoil, leading to soil compaction and erosion. It takes about 500 years for the
earth to build up 3 centimeters of topsoil. However, cattle ranching and agriculture can deplete
as much as 2 to 3 centimeters of topsoil every 25 years- 60 to 80 times faster than it can be
replaced by nature.
Salinization is a type of land degradation that involves an increase in the salt content of
the soil. This usually occurs as a result of improper irrigation practices. The greatest
Mesopotamian empires- Sumer, Akkad and Babylon- were built on the surplus of the
enormously productive soil of the ancient Tigris-Euphrates alluvial plain. After nearly a
thousand years of intensive cultivation, land quality was in evident decline. In response, around
2800 BC the Sumerians began digging the huge Tigris-Euphrates canal system to irrigate the
exhausted soil. A temporary gain in crop yield was achieved in this way, but over-irrigation
was to have serious and unforeseen consequences. From as early as 2400 BC we find Sumerian
documents referring to salinization as a soil problem. It is believed that the fall of the Akkadian
Empire around 2150 BC may have been due to a catastrophic failure in land productivity; the
soil was literally turned into salt. Even today, four thousand years later, vast tracks of salinized
Trang 6/20
land between the Tigris and Euphrates rivers still resemble rock-hard fields of snow.
Soil erosion is another form of desertification. It is a self-reinforcing process; once the cycle
of degradation begins, conditions are set for continual deterioration. As the vegetative cover
begins to disappear, soil becomes more vulnerable to raindrop impact. Water runs off instead of
soaking in to provide moisture for plans. This further diminishes plan cover by leaching away
nutrients from the soil. As soil quality declines and runoff is increased, floods become more
frequent and more severe. Flooding washes away topsoil, the thin, rich, uppermost layer of the
earth’s soil, and leaves finer underlying particles more vulnerable to wind erosion. Topsoil
contains the earth’s greatest concentration of organic matter and microorganisms, and is where
most of the earth’s land-based biological activity occurs. Without this fragile coat of nutrient-
laden material, plan life cannot exist. An extreme case of its erosion
Trang 7/20
is found in the Sahel, a transitional zone between the Sahara Desert and the tropical African rain
forests; home to some 56 million people. Overpopulation and overgrazing have opened the
hyperarid land to wind erosion, which is stripping away the protective margin of the Sahel, and
causing the desert to grow at an alarming rate. Between 1950 and 1975, the Sahara Desert
spread 100 kilometers southward through the Sahel.
Question 35: Which of the following statements is true about desertification?
A. It was just as serious in the past as it is today.
B. Ancient societies managed the problem well.
C. It is a fairly recent problem.
D. It has a history as long as that of civilization.
Question 36: The word “arable” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to .
A. populated B. settled C. cultivatable D. dry
Question 37: According to the passage, many people’s understanding of desertification is
incorrect because .
A. they do not see it as being caused by human activity
B. they see it as being reversible
C. they think of it as a very slow process
D. they do not think of it as a serious problem
Question 38: The word “compaction” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to .
A. depletion B. compression C. disruption D. fragmentation
Question 39: According to the passage, agriculture furthers desertification through which of
the following activities
A. Over fertilization
B. The repetitive planting of the same crops
C. The stripping away of native vegetation
D. Irrigation
Question 40: The word “degradation” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to .
A. contribution B. rejuvenation C. consumption D. deterioration
Question 41: Paragraph 4 of the passage serves mainly to do which of the following?
A. Propose a method for dealing with the desertification problem.
B. Describe the main cause of desertification in one particular area
C. Describe one process that leads to desertification
D. Show the progress of desertification down through history
Question 42: The word “leaching” in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to .
A. washing B. depositing C. dispersing D. concentrating
Trang 8/20
Question 43: As soon as we arrived at the beach, it started to rain.
A. We had no sooner arrived at the beach, it started to rain.
B. No sooner had we arrived at the beach than it started to rain.
C. We had hardly arrived at the beach, it started to rain.
Trang 9/20
D. It started to rain when arriving at the beach.
Question 44: No one has ever seen the old woman again since then.
A. The old woman has not been seen again by no one since then.
B. The old woman has never seen anyone since then.
C. The old woman was not seen by anyone since then.
D. The old woman has never been seen again since then.
Question 45: I found myself at a loss to understand my closest friend’s words.
A. I understood my closest friend’s words completely.
B. I found my closest friend’s words easy to understand.
C. I lost heart and didn’t understand my closest friend’s words
D. I found my closest friend’s words quite incomprehensible.
Question 46: Your trip (A) to Ho Chi Minh City (B) sounds absolutely (C) fascinated. I’d love to
go (D)
there.
Question 47: Food prices have (A) raised (B) so rapidly in the past few months (C) that some
families have been (D) forced to alter their eating habits.
Question 48: (A) On the way back home from the library, we saw (B) two of our classmates (C) to
cycle
(D) side by side.
Question 49: She was the first woman in the Philippines. She was elected as the president of the
country.
A. She was the first woman to be elected as the president of the Philippines.
B. She was the first woman who is elected as the president of the Philippines.
C. She was the first woman being elected as the president of the Philippines.
D. She was the first woman elected as the president of the Philippines.
Question 50: The thief changed his address all the time. He didn’t want the police to find him.
A. The thief changed his address all the time in order not want the police to find him.
B. The thief changed his address all the time so as to want the police not to find him.
C. The thief changed his address all the time as so that the police didn’t find him.
D. The thief changed his address all the time in order for the police not to find him.
Trang
10/20
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp B A D B A B C B A D
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp A A C A A C A B A D
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp D C D D D A C C D C
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp C C C D D C A B D D
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp C A B D D C A C A D
án

Vì cụm danh từ làm chức năng chủ ngữ trong câu này là “Your trip to Ho Chi Minh City” nên tính từ phía sau phải
Do đó: fascinated => fascinating
Dịch: Chuyến du lịch của bạn đến thành phố Hồ Chí Minh nghe có vẻ rất thú vị. Tôi rất muốn đến đó.
Note 44
à những tính từ nói về cảm xúc của con người, trạng thái tinh thần hay các phản ứng của tình cảm đối với một sự viêc gì đó.

“Tên trộm luôn thay đổi địa chỉ. Anh ấy không muốn cảnh sát tìm thấy mình.”
Cấu trúc: - so as to/ in order to + V (bare- inf)
E.g: I get up early in order to/ so as to go to school on time.
Trang
11/20
- in order for o + (not) to V (inf): để cho ai (không) làm gì đó
A, B, C sai cấu trúc
Lưu ý: sau “so as to/ in order to” không đi kèm với động từ “want”
Dịch: Tên trộm luôn thay đổi địa chỉ để cho cảnh sát không tìm ra mình.
Trang
12/20
Note 45
SỰ KẾT HỢP TỪ VỚI CÁC DANH TỪ THÔNG DỤNG
Advice
- follow/ take/ listen to/get on sb’s advice (nghe theo lời khuyên của ai)
- get/ obtain/ receive advice (nhận lời khuyên)
Bill
- pay/ settle/ pick up a bill (trả một hóa đơn)
- be landed with/ face a bill (chịu một hóa đơn)
- an unpaid bill (một hóa đơn chưa thanh toán)
Career
- at the height/ peak of one’s carreer (ở đỉnh cao sự nghiệp)
- embark on a career (dấn thân vào một nghề)
- have a careeer in (có sự nghiệp trong lĩnh vực)
- climb the career ladder (thăng tiến nghề nghiệp)
- week/ ruin one’s career (hủy hoại sự nghiệp của mình)
- a promising/ brilliant career (sự nghiệp đầy hứa hẹn)
Chance
- get/have a chance (có cơ hội)
- give/ offer/ provide a chance (tạo cơ hội)
- jump at/ seize/ grab a chance (nắm lấy cơ hội)
- not stand a chance of doing sth (không có khả năng làm gì)
- sheer/ pure chance (sự tình cờ hoàn toàn)
- good/ fair/ high/strong chance (khả năng cao)
- minimal/ slight/ little chance (khả năng mong manh)
Demand
- meet/ satisfy/cope with a demand (đáp ứng/ thỏa mãn nhu cầu)
- increase/ boost/ stimulate demand (tăng nhu cầu)
- big/ huge/ great/ considerable/ enormous/ strong demand (nhu cầu lớn/ cao)
Difference
- make a difference (tạo ra/ mang sự khác biệt)
- make all the difference (thay đổi lớn)
- tell the difference (phân biệt)
- feel/ know/ notice/ see/ perceive/ the difference (cảm nhận, nhận thức sự khác biệt)
- considerable/ enormous/ profound/ dramatic/ sharp difference (sự khác biệt đáng kể, rõ rệt)
- with a difference (đặc biệt khác thường)
Trang
13/20
Difficulty
- have/ experience/ encounter/ face/ get into/ run into difficulties (gặp khó khăn)
- do sth with/ without difficulty (làm gì một cách khó khăn/ dễ dàng)
- solve/ cope with/ deal with difficulties (giải quyết khó khăn)
- overcome/ surmount difficulties (vượt qua khó khăn)
Trang
14/20
- great/ enormous/ considerabke/ serious difficulty (khó khăn lớn, nghiêm trọng)
Fault
- find/ locate/ identify/ discover fault (tìm lỗi)
- correct/ fix/ repair/ recify a fault (sữa chữa một lỗi)
- be all/ entirely one’s own fault (hoàn toàn do lỗi của ai)
- be hardly one’s own fault (hầu như không phải lỗi của ai)
- at fault (chịu trách nhiệm về một sai lầm)
Favour
- do sb a favour (làm giúp ai điều gì)
- ask a favour (hỏi xin một ân huệ)
- owe sb a favour (mang ơn ai)
- return a favour (đáp lại một ân huệ)
- find/ gain/ win favour (có được sự ủng hộ)
- in favour of sth (ủng hộ, tán thành cái gì)
Habit
- be in/ have the habit of (có thói quen)
- form/ get into/ fall into/ make/ develop/ acquire a habit (hình thành, tạo thành một thói quen)
- change a habit (thay đổi một thói quen)
- break/ give up/ get out of a habit (bỏ một thói quen)
- by habit (do thói quen)
- out of habit (vì thói quen)
Measure
- adopt/ take/ implement/ impose/ inưoduce a measure (thực hiện/ áp dụng một giải pháp)
- appropriate/ effective/ necessary/ practical measure (giải pháp thích hợp/ hiệu quả/ cần thiết
thực tế)
- short-term/ temporary measure (giải pháp tạm thời)
Occupation
- follow/ take up an occupation (theo một nghề)
- choose an occupation (chọn một nghề)
- give up one’s occupation (bỏ nghề)
Opportunity
- have/ find/ get an opportunity (có/ tìm được một cơ hội)
- have ample/ considerable/ plenty of opportunity (có nhiều cơ hội)
- have limited/ little/ not much opportunity (có ít cơ hội)
- a good/ great/ wonderful/ golden opportunity (cơ hội tốt, cơ hội tuyệt vời, cơ hội vàng)
Problem .
Trang
15/20
- encounter/ be faced with/ confront/ be confronted with/ face a problem (gặp phải một vấn đề)
- solve/ deal with/ clear up/ overcome/ address/ tackle a problem (giải quyết/ vượt qua một vấn
đề)
- big/ great/ serious/ acute problem (vấn đề lớn/ nghiêm trọng)
Popularity
- gain/ grow/ enjoy popularity (ngày càng được ưa thích)
Trang
16/20
- at the peak of sbV sth’s popularity (ở đỉnh cao của sự nổi tiếng)
- an increase/ a rise in popularity (sự ưa chuộng, gia tăng)
- a decline/ drop in popularity (giảm/ ít nổi tiếng)
Relationship
- have/ enjoy a close/ good relationship (có mối liên hệ gần gũi/ tốt)
- build (up)/ develop/ establish/ foster a relationship (xây dựng/ thiêt lập mối quan hệ)
- improve/ strengthen a relationship (cải thiện, củng cố mối quan hệ)
Standard
- set a Standard (đưa ra, lập ra một tiêu chuẩn)
- meeư achieve/conform to/ comply with standards (đáp ứng, đảm bảo tiêu chuẩn)
- raise/ improve standards (nâng cao/ cải thiện chất lượng)
Subject
- bring up a subject (đưa ra một đề tài)
- cover/ discuss/ talk about/ touch a subject (đề cập/ thảo luận một đề tài)
- drop a subject (thôi nói về một đề tài)
- get off a subject (chán nói về một đề tài)
Time
- spend time doing sth (dành thời gian làm gì)
- take sb time to do sth (mất thời gian làm gì)
- find/ make time to do sth (có thời gian làm gì)
- kill/ pass time (giết thời gian)
- time + pass / go by/ elapse (thời gian trôi qua)
Title
- hold a title (giữ một danh hiệu)
- defend/ retain a title (bảo vệ/ duy trì danh hiệu)
- lose a title (mất danh hiệu)
- award/ below/ confer a title (ban một danh hiệu)
- under a / the title (với tựa đề)
Trouble
- bring/ cause/ give sb trouble (gây phiền toái)
- take the trouble to do sth (nhọc công làm gì)
- have trouble with sth (gặp rắc rối với cái gì)
- run into/ get into trouble (gặp rắc rối)
Trang 10/20
Note
Adverb Adjective 46
bitterly cold, disappointed, divided, hostile, humiliated, hurt, opposed, resented,

resentful, upset
completely acclimatized, alone, different, drained, empty/ full/ extinguished, immune
(from/
Trang 11/20
to sth), incapable (of sth), incomprehensible, lost, negative, new open (with
sb) ( = honest), overlooked, revised, right/ wrong, untenable
deeply ashamed, attached (to sb/ sth) (=strong feeling for), conscious,
conservative, depressed, disappointed, disturbed, divided, embedded,
embittered, hurt, indebted (to sb), ingrained, in love with, involved,
involved (in sth), lamented, meaningful, moving, religious, rutted
heavily Armed, booked, built, censored, criticized, embroiled (with sb/ sth),
flavored, guarded, involved (in sth), muscled, polluted, populated,
protected, publicized, regulated, represented, scented, soiled, taxed
hideously bad, burnt, deformed, disfigured, disfiguring, effective, embarrassing,
expensive, injured, lurid, mangled, scarred, swollen, ugly, unhygienic
highly commended, contagious, controversial, critical, dependent, developed,
educated, enjoyable, flexible, intelligent, mobile, paid, personal, polished,
political, popular, publicized, qualified, recommended, regarded, relevant,
resistant, respected, significant, skilled, specialized, technical, toxic,
painfully acute, aware, evocative, learned, loud, obvious, self-conscious, sensitive,
shy, slow, small, sparse, thin
perfectly arranged, balanced, capable, fitting (= appropriate), formed, genuine,
good, healthy, normal, placed, proper, rational, reasonable, (all) right, safe,
still, straightforward, understandable, valid
seriously damaged, exposed, hit (=damaged), ill, impaired, rich, threatened,
undermined, wealthy
totally abandoned, abused, alien, anemic, decent, destroyed, different,
embarrassed, harmless, homogeneous, honest, impervious (to sth),
inadequate, incompetent, integrated, irresistible, logical, new, normal,
overpowering, stiff, surprising, unacceptable, unbelievable, undefined,
utterly abandoned, alone, appalled, creless, dejected, destroyed, devoted (to sb),
different, disastrous, fearless, futile, aimpossible, irresistible, lacking,
ruthless, tragic, unacceptable, unattainable, unquestioning, useless,
Trang 12/20
Trang 13/20
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. drumhead B. culture C. pollution D. adulthood
Question 2: A. affordable B. forbidden C. metropolitan D. cosmopolitan
Question 3: A. disappear B. precision C. mechanic D. discover
Question 4: A. desert B. harbor C. cartoon D. nation
Question 5: A solution needs to be found as soon as possible, because the epidemic has become
more
rampant.
A. flagrant B. gentle C. violent D. dramatic
Question 6: Lisa is on the horns of a dilemma: she just wonders whether to go camping with
her friends or to stay at home with her family.
A. unwilling to make a decision B. able to make a choice
C. eager to make a plan D. unready to make up her mind
Question 7: A person who suffers from stage fright is easily intimidated by a large audience.
A. improved B. encouraged C. applauded D. frightened
Question 8: The report advocated that all houses should be fitted with smoke detectors.
A. supported B. cheered C. forced D. warned
Question 9: A man is talking to Mary when he is on holiday in
New York. The man: “You haven’t lived here long, have you?”
Mary: " "
A. Yes, just a few days B. No, I live here for a long time
C. No, only two months D. Yes, I have just moved here
Question 10: Mom: “Good luck with the exam, my dear!” - Hoa: “ , Mom.”
A. Never mind B. Thank you C. I wish so D. By no means
Question 11: Lan has spent two days hundreds of photographs so that she can put
them in separate albums.
A. playing at B. sorting out C. cutting off D. filling up
Question 12: I truly respected my father and always by his rule.
A. submitted B. obeyed C. complied D. abode
Question 13: Tuan’s and efficiency at the company led to his promotion to
Sales Manager.
A. punctuality B. punctual C. punctuate D. punctually
Question 14: After my husband his work, he went straight home.
A. would finish B. has finished C. had finished D. was finishing
Question 15: Pandas are in of becoming extinct.
A. crisis B. threat C. danger D. warning
Question 16: Pesticide residues in fruit and vegetable can be to health.
A. crucial B. supportive C. receptive D. destructive
Question 17: On hearing that she failed the entrance exam, Hanh couldn’t help into tears.
A. bursting B. burst C. to bursting D. to burst
Question 18: My friend for 4 hours before he arrives.
A. will be driving B. had driven C. will have been driven D. will have been
driving
Question 19: My lawyer advised me anything further about the accident
A. not saying B. telling C. not to say D. not tell
Question 20. I have been to Da Nang city of time
A. a great deal B. much C. a lot D. little
Question 21. You won’t pass the exam you study hard
A. unless B. in case C. so D. as
Question 22. Not only well but she also dances perfectly.
A. does she sing B. she sings C. she can sing D. can sing
A worrying question which requires global attention is severe overpopulation and its drastic
effects in the countries of the Third World. In regions where the birth rate is extremely high,
poverty and starvation are (23) . In India, there is an average of thirty five
infants being bom every minute, yet the most shocking figures are those which (24) the
enormous number of the victims of famine in certain African territories. Communities afflicted
with acute destitution are additionally confronted with
Trang 2/7
illiteracy, life in appalling conditions and infectious diseases (25) the indigenous
populations. There is an urgent need for these problems to be solved. Unless measures are taken
to ease the suffering of the impoverished underdeveloped nations, desperate crowds of
immigrants will (26) in flooding the richer states in search of a brighter future. It’s the most
challenging task for the international giants nowadays to help the poor populations get out of
the poverty (27) .
Question 23. A. profuse B. rife C. generous D.
predominant
Question 24. A. appear B. refer C. indicate D. comprise
Question 25. A. B. enumerating C. discounting D.
Trang 3/7
Question 26. A. linger B. maintain C. persist D.
remain
Question 27. A. lure B. pitfall C. snare D. trap
It is said that George Washington was one of the first to realize how important the building of
canals would be to the nation’s development. In fact, before he became the President, he headed
the first company in the United States to build a canal, which was to connect the Ohio and
Potomac rivers. It was never completed, but it showed the nation the feasibility of canals. As
the country expanded westward, settlers in western New York, Pennsylvania, and Ohio needed
a means to ship goods. Canals linking natural waterways seemed to supply an effective
method.
In 1791, engineers commissioned by the state of New York investigated the possibility of a
canal between Albany on the Hudson River and Buffalo on Lake Eric to link the Great Lakes
area with the Atlantic seacoast. It would avoid the mountains that served as a barrier to canals
from the Delaware and Potomac rivers.
The first attempt to dig the canal, to be called the Eric Canal, was made by private companies
but only a comparatively small portion was built before the project was halted for lack of funds.
The cost of the prospect was estimated $5 million, an enormous amount for those days. There
was some on-again-off- again federal funding, but this time the War of 1812 put an end to
construction. In 1817, DeWitt Clinton was elected Governor of New York and persuaded the
state to finance and build the canal. It was completed in 1825, costing $2 million more than
expected.
The canal rapidly lived up to its sponsors’ faith, quickly paying for itself through tolls. It was
far more economical than any other form of transportation at the time. It permitted trade
between the Great Lake region and the East coast, robbing the Mississippi River of much of its
traffic. It allowed New York to supplant Boston, Philadelphia, and other eastern cities as the
chief center of both domestic and foreign commerce. Cities sprang up along the canal. It also
contributed in a number of ways to the North’s victory over the South in the Civil War.
An expansion of the canal was planned in 1849. Increased traffic would undoubtedly have
warranted its construction had it not been for the railroads.
Question 28: Why does the author most likely mention George Washington in the first
paragraph?
A. He was President at the time the Eric Canal was built.
B. He commissioned engineers to study the possibility of building the Eric Canal.
C. He successfully opened the first canal in the United States.
D. He was involved in pioneering efforts to build canals.
Question 29: The word “feasibility” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to
Trang 4/7
A. possibility B. capability C. difficulty D. profitability
Question 30: According to the passage, the Eric Canal connected the
A. Delaware and Potomac Rivers
B. Hudson River and Lake Eric
C. Atlantic Ocean and the Hudson River
D. Potomac and Ohio Rivers
Question 31. The completion of the Eric Canal was financed by
A. provate company B. DeWitt Clinton C. the federal govermment D. New York
Trang 5/7
Question 32: The actual cost of building the Eric Canal was
A. $5 million B. less than had been expected
C. $7 million D. more than could be repaid
Question 33: The word “tolls” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to which of the following?
A. Grants B. Fees C. Links D. Jobs
Question 34: Which of the following is NOT given as an effect of the building of the Eric Canal in
paragraph 4?
A. It took water traffic away from the Mississippi River.
B. It established Boston and Philadelphia as the most important centers of trade.
C. It helped determine the outcome of the Civil War.
D. It allowed the East coast to trade with the Great Lake Sea.
Biological diversity has become widely recognized as a critical conservation issue only in the
past two decades. The rapid destruction of the tropical rain forests, which are the ecosystems
with the highest known species diversity on Earth, has awakened people to the importance and
fragility of biological diversity. The high rate of species extinctions in these environments is
jolting, but it is important to recognize the significance of biological diversity in all ecosystems.
As the human population continues to expand, it will negatively affect one after another of
Earth’s ecosystems. In terrestrial ecosystems and in fringe marine ecosystems (such as
wetlands), the most common problem is habitat destruction. In most situations, the result is
irreversible. Now humans are beginning to destroy marine ecosystems through other types of
activities, such as disposal and runoff of poisonous waste; in less than two centuries, by
significantly reducing the variety of species on Earth, they have irrevocably redirected the
course of evolution.
Certainly, there have been periods in Earth’s history when mass extinctions have occurred.
The extinction of the dinosaurs was caused by some physical event, either climatic or cosmic.
There have also been less dramatic extinctions, as when natural competition between species
reached an extreme conclusion. Only 0.01 percent of the species that have lived on Earth have
survived to the present, and it was largely chance that determined which species survived and
which died out.
However, nothing has ever equaled the magnitude and speed with which the human species
is altering the physical and chemical world and demolishing the environment. In fact, there is
wide agreement that it is the rate of change humans are inflicting, even more than the changes
themselves, that will lead to biological devastation. Life on Earth has continually been in flux as
slow physical and chemical changes have occurred on Earth, but life needs time to adapt-time
Trang 6/7
for migration and genetic adaptation within existing species and time for the proliferation of
new genetic material and new species that may be able to survive in new environments.
A. The variety of species found in tropical rain forests
B. The cause of the extinction of the dinosaurs
C. The time required for species to adapt to new environments
D. The impact of human activities on Earth’s ecosystems
Trang 7/7
Question 36. The word “jolting” is closest in meaning to .
A. illuminating B. unknown C. shocking D. predicted
Question 37: The author mentions the reduction of the variety of species on Earth in line 7-8 to
suggest that
A. humans are often made ill by polluted water
B. new habitats can be created for species
C. some species have been made extinct by human activity
D. understanding evolution can prevent certain species from disappearing
Question 38: The author mentions all of the following as examples of the effect of humans on
the world’s ecosystems EXCEPT .
A. damage to marine ecosystems B. habitat destruction in wetlands
C. the introduction of new varieties of plant species D. destruction of the tropical rain forests
Question 39: The author mentions the extinction of the dinosaurs in the 2nd paragraph to
emphasize that
A. not all mass extinctions have been caused by human activity
B. actions by humans could not stop the irreversible process of a species’ extinction
C. Earth’s climate has changed significantly since the dinosaurs’ extinction
D. the cause of the dinosaurs’ extinction is unknown
Question 40: The word “magnitude” is closest in meaning to .
A. carelessness B. extent C. determination D. concern
Question 41: According to the passage, natural evolutionary change is different from changes
caused by humans in that changes caused by humans .
A. affect fewer ecosystems
B. are occurring at a much faster rate
C. are reversible
D. are less devastating to most species
Question 42: With which of the following statements would the author be most likely to agree?
A. The extinction of a few species is an acceptable consequence of human progress.
B. Technology will provide solutions to problems caused by the destruction of ecosystems.
C. Human influence on ecosystems should not be a factor in determining public policy.
D. Humans should be more conscious of the influence they have on ecosystems.
Question 43: I should have finished my homework last night but I was exhausted.
A. I finished my homework last night although I was exhausted.
Trang 8/7
B. I was exhausted so I didn’t finish my homework last night as planned.
C. Last night I was exhausted but I tried to finish my homework.
D. My homework was finished last night but I was exhausted.
Question 44: She was still bad at English although she put much effort into it.
A. She was still bad at English despite the fact that she put much effort into it.
B. She was still bad at English, so she put much effort into it.
Trang 9/7
C. She was still bad at English but she put much effort into it.
D. She was still bad at English and she put much effort into it.
Question 45: Daisy poured her heart out to me.
A. Daisy told me her secret feelings.
B. Daisy was very angry with me.
C. Daisy and I did some exercises.
D. Daisy and I fell in love with each other
Question 46: (A) As seeing (B) from the mountain top, the area looks (C) like a picturesque (D)
harbour town.
Question 47: As far as I’m (A) concerned, it was (B) the year 2007 (C) which Vietnam joined (D)
the World Trade Organization.
Question 48: The teacher was (A) considering (B) postponing the exam until (C) the following
week (D) because the student’s confusion.
Question 49: The teacher explained the lesson clearly. However, the students found it hard to
understand it.
A. Although the teaching lesson was clear, there was a real challenge to the students.
B. Despite the teacher's clear explanation of the lesson, students had difficulty understanding it.
C. In spite of explaining the lesson clearly, students themselves found it hard to understand it.
D. Though explained clearly, tfifc lesson of teaching was difficult to students.
Question 50: I did not see Tim off at the airport. I feel bad about it now.
A. I could have seen Tim off at the airport.
B. If only I had seen Tim off at the airport.
C. That I did not see Tim off at the airport escapes me now.
D. It suddenly dawns on me that I should have seen Tim off at the airport.
Trang
10/7
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp C A A C B B D A C B
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp B D A C C D A D C C
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp A A B C A C D D A B
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp D C B B D C D C A B
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp B D B D A A C D B B
án
Trang
11/7
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. smooth B. loop C. booth D. foot
Question 2: A. disliked B. listened C. reviewed D. travelled
Question 3: A. competent B. implicate C. reconstruct D. advertise
Question 4: A. enter B. fashion C. diverse D. justice
Question 5: It is impolite when you ask Alex about her age, marriage and income.
A. rude B. courteous C. friendly D. thoughtful
Question 6: My father, who is an accomplished guitarist, taught me how to play the guitar.
A. ill-educated B. unskilled C. qualified D. unimpaired
Question 7: His wife’s behavior at the party was unacceptable, which made everyone there
shocked.
A. out of practice B. out of line C. out of the habit D. out of sight
Question 8: Lack of water and nutrients has impeded the growth of these plants.
A. promoted B. assisted C. realized D. prevented
Question 9: Hung: "How nice! You sang so beautifully!" - Giang:" ."
A. Thank you. I am exhausted. B. Thank you. But I am busy.
C. Thank you. But I am not so sure. D. Thank you. It’s very encouraging.
Question 10: Hoa and Hung are talking about what to do after work.
- Hoa: “Do you fancy going to a movie this evening?” - Hung:“ ”
A. Not at all. Go ahead.
B. I’m sorry. I don't know about that movie.
C. That would be nice.
D. Not so bad. Do you like that movie?
Question 11: The doctors hope to the source of the infection which has been a
mystery for the medical community since its discovery.
A. trend down B. back down C. push down D. track down
Question 12: I’d have been able to say goodbye to Peter if only to the airport in time.
A. I get B. I got C. I have got D. I had got
Question 13: Although he to Mark Twain, I think his books are unique.
A. often has been compared B. has often compared
C. has often been compared D. has been often comparing
Question 14: He denied part in the fighting at school.
A. to take B. take C. to taking D. taking
Question 15: Had you told me that she was going to drop out of college, I it.
A. hadn’t believed B. will never believe
C. would have never believed D. can’t believe
Question 16: He’s not breathing. He .
A. must die B. must be dead C. must have dead D. must not dead
Question 17: My sister went the competition and won the first prize.
A. on B. in for C. away D. through
Question 18: No one won the match; the final result was a(n) .
A. draw B. equal C. score D. drawing
Question 19: Shining her torch, Linda could just a shadowy figure crouched
behind a tree.
A. draw out B. work out C. make out D. put out
Question 20. The trip to the UK was very expensive. , it was worth every penny.
A. Whatever B. However C. Despite D. Even though
Question 21. After four hours of walking in the hot summer sun, we were for a drink.
A. sighing B. panting C. gulping D. gasping
Question 22. My grandfather has a bad lung cancer and his doctor has advised him to smoking.
A. put up B. give up C. take up D. turn up
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, 0, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
HERE ARE TIPS THAT HELP SUCCEED IN YOUR JOB INTERVIEW
Always arrive early. If you do not know (23) the organization is located, call for
exact directions (24) advance. Leave some extra time for any traffic, parking, or
unexpected events. If you are running late, call right away and let someone know. The best time
to arrive is approximately 5-10 minutes early. Give yourself the time to read your resume one
more time, to catch your breath, and to be ready for the interview. Once you are at the office,
treat everyone you encounter with respect. Be (25) to everyone as soon as you walk in
Trang 2/7
the door.
Wear a professional business suit. This point should be emphasized enough. First (26)
are extremely
important in the interview process. Women should (27) wearing too
much jewelry or make-up. Men should avoid flashy suits or wearing too much perfume. It is
also important that you feel comfortable. While a suit is the standard interview attire in a
business environment, if you think it is an informal environment, call before and ask.
Regardless, you can never be overdressed if you are wearing a tailored suit.
Trang 3/7
Question 23: A. when B. why C. where D. that
Question 24: A. with B. in C. on D. for
Question 25: A. happy B. pleasant C. disappointed D. excited
Question 26: A. B. attentions C. impressions D.
attendances
Question 27: A. avoid B. suggest C. enjoy pressures
D. mind
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
In 1826, a Frenchman named Niepce needed pictures for his business. He was not a good
artist, so he invented a very simple camera. He put it in a window of his house and took a
picture of his yard. That was the first photograph.
The next important date in the history of photography was 1837. That year, Daguerre, another
Frenchman, took a picture of his studio. He used a new kind of camera and a different process.
In his pictures, you could see everything clearly, even the smallest details. This kind of
photograph was called a daguerreotype.
Soon, other people began to use Daguerre’s process. Travelers brought back daguerreotypes
from all around the world. People photographed famous buildings, cities, and mountains.
In about 1840, the process was improved. Then photographers could take pictures of people
and moving things. The process was not simple and photographers had to carry lots of film and
processing equipment. However, this did not stop photographers, especially in the United
States. After 1840, daguerreotype artists were popular in most cities.
Matthew Brady was one well-known American photographer. He took many portraits of
famous people. The portraits were unusual because they were lifelike and full of personality.
Brady was also the first person to take pictures of a war. His 1862 Civil War pictures showed
dead soldiers and ruined cities. They made the war seem more real and more terrible.
In the 1880s, new inventions began to change photography. Photographers could buy film
ready-made in rolls, instead of having to make the film themselves. Also, they did not have to
process the film immediately. They could bring it back to their studios and develop it later.
They did not have to carry lots of equipment. And finally, the invention of the small handheld
camera made photography less expensive.
With a small camera, anyone could be a photographer. People began to use cameras just for
fun. They took pictures of their families, friends, and favorite places. They called these pictures
“snapshots”.
Documentary photographs became popular in newspapers in the 1890s. Soon magazines and
books also used them. These pictures showed true events and people. They were much more
real than drawings.
Some people began to think of photography as a form of art. They thought that photography
could do more than show the real world. It could also show ideas and feelings, like other art
Trang 4/7
forms.
(From "Reading Power” by Beatrice S. Mikulecky and Linda Jeffries)
Question 28: Which of the following could best serve as the title of the passage?
A. Photography and Painting B. Story of Photography
C. Story of Famous Photographers D. Different Steps in Film Processing
Question 29: The word “this” in the passage refers to the
A. taking of pictures of people and moving things
B. stopping of photographers from taking photos
Trang 5/7
C. carrying of lots of film and processing equipment
D. fact that daguerreotype artists were populer in most cities
Question 30: The latest invention mentioned in the passage is the invention of
A. handheld cameras B. rolls of film
C. daguerreotypes D. processing equipment
Question 31: The first photograph was taken with
A. new types of film B. a small handheld camera
C. a daguerreotype D. a very simple camera
Question 32: As mentioned in the passage, photography can
A. convey ideas and feelings
B. show the underworld
C. print old pictures
D. replace drawings
Question 33: Matthew Brady was well-known for
A. inventing daguerreotypes B. the small handheld camera
C. taking pictures of French cities D. portraits and war photographs
Question 34: The word “lifeliky” in the passage is closest in meaning to “ ”
A. moving B. realistic C. manlike D. touching
Long before they can actually speak, babies pay special attention to the speech they hear
around them. Within the first month of their lives, babies’ responses to the sound of the human
voice will be different from their responses to other sorts of auditory stimuli. They will stop
crying when they hear a person talking, but not if they hear a bell or the sound of a rattle. At
first, the sounds that an infant notices might be only those words that receive the heaviest
emphasis and that often occur at the ends of utterances. By the time they are six or seven weeks
old, babies can detect the difference between syllables pronounced with rising and falling
inflections. Very soon, these differences in adult stress and intonation can influence babies’
emotional states and behavior. Long before they develop actual language comprehension,
babies can sense when an adult is playful or angry, attempting to initiate or terminate new
behavior, and so on, merely on the basis of cues such as the rate, volume, and melody of adult
speech.
Adults make it as easy as they can for babies to pick up a language by exaggerating such cues.
One researcher observed babies and their mothers in six diverse cultures and found that, in all
six languages, the mothers used simplified syntax, short utterances and nonsense sounds, and
transformed certain sounds into baby talk. Other investigators have noted that when mothers
Trang 6/7
talk to babies who are only a few months old, they exaggerate the pitch, loudness, and intensity
of their words. They also exaggerate their facial expressions, hold vowels longer, and
emphasize certain words.
More significant for language development than their response to general intonation is
observation that tiny babies can make relatively fine distinctions between speech sounds. Other
words, babies enter the world with the ability to make precisely those perceptual
discriminations that are necessary if they are to acquire aural language.
Trang 7/7
Babies obviously derive pleasure from sound input, too: even as young as nine months they
will listen to songs or stories, although the words themselves are beyond their understanding.
For babies, language is a sensory-motor delight rather than the route to prosaic meaning that it
often is for adults.
A. How babies differentiate between the sound of the human voice and other sounds
B. The differences between a baby’s and an adult’s ability to comprehend language
C. How babies perceive and respond to the human voice in their earliest stages of language
development
D. The response of babies to sounds other than the human voice
Question 36: Why does the author mention a bell and a rattle in paragraph 1?
A. To contrast the reactions of babies to human and nonhuman sounds
B. To give examples of sounds that will cause a baby to cry
C. To explain how babies distinguish between different nonhuman sounds
D. To give examples of typical toys that babies do not like
Question 37: The word “they” in the passage refer to .
A. responses B. sorts of auditory stimuli
C. the babies D. sounds
Question 38: The passage mentions all of the following as ways adults modify their speech
when talking to babies EXCEPT .
A. giving all words equal emphasis B. speaking with shorter sentences
C. speaking more loudly than normal D. using meaningless sounds
Question 39: The word “emphasize” in the passage is closest in meaning to .
A. stress B. repeat C. explain D. leave out
Question 40: Which of the following can be inferred about the findings described in paragraph 2?
A. Babies who are exposed to more than one language can speak earlier than babies exposed
to a single language.
B. Mothers from different cultures speak to their babies in similar ways.
C. Babies ignore facial expressions in comprehending aural language.
D. The mothers observed by the researchers were consciously teaching their babies to speak.
Question 41: What point does the author make to illustrate that babies are bom with the ability to
acquire language?
A. Babies begin to understand words in songs.
B. Babies exaggerate their own sounds and expressions.
C. Babies are more sensitive to sounds than are adults.
Trang 8/7
D. Babies notice even minor differences between speech sounds.
Question 42: According to the author, why do babies listen to songs and stories, even though they
cannot understand them?
A. They understand the rhythm.
B. They enjoy the sound.
C. They can remember them easily.
Trang 9/7
D. They focus on the meaning of their parents’ words.
Question 43: She last had her eyes tested ten months ago.
A. She had tested her eyes ten months before.
B. She had not tested her eyes for ten months then.
C. She hasn’t had her eyes tested for ten months.
D. She didn’t have any test on her eyes in ten months.
Question 44: Until he spoke I hadn’t realized he didn’t know anything about the subject.
A. If he didn’t speak, I wouldn’t realize he didn’t know anything about the subject.
B. If he hadn’t spoken, I wouldn’t have realized he didn’t know anything about the subject.
C. Unless he spoke I wouldn’t realize he didn’t know anything about the subject.
D. When he spoke I hadn’t realized he didn’t know anything about the subject
Question 45: There is no doubt that John is the best candidate for the job.
A. John is by all means the best candidate for the job.
B. Without question, John is the best candidate for the job.
C. In all likelihood, John is the best candidate for the job.
D. Quite by chance, John is the best candidate for the job.
Question 46: (A) Farther evidence is needed (B) before we can make any (C) judgments (D) about
that person.
Question 47: (A) More than people there are, especially in poor countries with (B) limited (C)
amounts of land and water, the fewer resources there are (D) to meet basic needs.
Question 48: (A) The girl (B) that you (C) are looking for (D) living in this area.
Question 49: We planned to visit Ba Na Hills in the afternoon. We could not afford the fee,
however.
A. As planned, we could not afford the visit to Ba Na Hills in the afternoon because of the fee.
B. We visited Ba Na Hills in the afternoon though the fee was too high for us.
C. We were going to visit Ba Na Hills in the afternoon, but the fee was too high for us.
D. The fee was, however, high enough for us to plan a visit to Ba Na Hills in the afternoon.
Question 50: She had just finished eating her breakfast. Then she fell down.
A. Hardly did she finished eating her breakfast when she fell down.
Trang
10/7
B. Hardly she had finished eating her breakfast when she fell down.
C. Hardly have she finished eating her breakfast when she fell down.
D. Hardly had she finished eating her breakfast when she fell down.
Trang
11/7
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp D A C C B B B D D C
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp D D C D C B B A C B
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp D B C B B C A B C A
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp D A D B C A C A A B
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp D B C B B A A D C D
án
Trang
12/7
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. bushes B. wishes C. headaches D.
researches Question 2: A. custom B. cushion C.
mushroom D. culture
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 3: A. comfortable B. employment C. important D. surprising
Question 4: A. improvement B. communicate C. occasional D. reservation
Question 5: The situation in that country has remained relatively stable for a few months now.
A. constant B. changeable C. objective D. ignorant
Question 6: The Vietnamese consider it rude to interrupt a person while he is talking.
A. bad mannered B. polite C. uneducated D. ignorant
Question 7: In 2012, about 10% of the energy consumed in the USA came from the renewable
sources. Out of this, hydro-power accounted for 16%.
A. produced B. utilized C. costumed D. recycled
Question 8: Although we argued with Tim for a long time, he stood his ground.
A. refused to change his decision B. felt sorry for us
C. wanted to continue D- changed his decision
Question 9: - Kelly: “How lovely your dogs are!” - Tim: “ ”
A. Really? They are.
B. Thank you, it is nice of you to say so.
C. Can you say that again?
D. I love them very much.
Question 10: - Nam: " " - Hoa: “Just pop in and have a look at your new car.”
A. Welcome home! You look quite so brown and healthy.
B. What a surprise to see you here on Sunday!
C. Can I have a try at this dress, Madame?
D. Please come in and talk.
Question 11: Many people aren’t of the amount of waste produced by their
own households.
A. known B. familiar C. aware D. recognised
Question 12: I don’t get on well with my sister but I’m extremely of my brothers.
A. interested B. close C. attached D. fond
Question 13: If I didn’t have a mobile phone, my life complete.
A. would not have been B. will be not C. would not be D. will not be
Question 14: I went to university with a very important person, Bill Clinton.
A. namely B. however C. therefore D. for example
Question 15: , I realized I should have applied to the university.
A. As I call B. With hindsight C. By and large D. In remembrance
Question 16: It was with a heart that she said goodbye to all her classmates.
A. solemn B. heavy C. dismal D. grim
Question 17: I can’t believe that Sarah is going to on that parachute jump. Of
course, she’s doing it for charity.
A. bear a charmed life B. raise the alarm
C. risk life and limb D. take sensible precautions
Question 18: Their trip to London didn’t expectations.
A. climb up to B. come up with C. come up to D. rise to
Question 19: She’d rather I to the party with her yesterday.
A. had to go B. to have gone C. went D. had gone
Question 20. Some people to the party were late because of thick fog.
A. be invited B. invited C. were invited D. Who invited
Question 21. I can’t find my English book now. I hope it will up soon.
A. clear B. look C. come D. turn
Question 22. Mr. Hung in the army from 1970 to 1980.
A. has served B. had been serving C. had served D. served
School exams are, generally speaking, the first kind of tests we take. They find out (23)
much knowledge we have gained. But do they really show how intelligent we are? After all, isn’t
it a fact that some people who are very successful academically don’t have any common sense?
Intelligence is the speed at which we can understand and react to new situations and it is
Trang 2/7
usually tested by logic puzzles. (24) scientists are now preparing advanced computer
technology
that will be able to ‘“read” our brains, for the present, tests are still the most popular ways of
measuring intelligence.
Trang 3/7
A person’s IQ is his intelligence (25) it is measured by a special test. The
most common IQ tests are run by Mensa, an organization that was founded in England in 1946.
By 1976 it had 1,300 members in Britain.
Today there are 44,000 in Britain and 100,000 worldwide, (26) in the US.
People taking the tests are judged in relation to an average score of 100, and those (27)
score over 148
are entitled to join Mensa. This works out at 2% of the population.
Question 23: A. what B. how C. which D. why
Question 24: A. Although B. Until C. Because D.
Despite Question 25: A. that B. as C. so D.
how Question 26: A. enormously B. considerably C.
mainly D. highly Question 27: A. why B. who
C. which D. whom
Southern Thailand was hit Thursday by the most severe haze from forest fires in Indonesia,
forcing all schools in a province to close and disrupting flights in a popular tourist area,
officially said.
The haze that has shrouded parts of Malaysia and Singapore for nearly two months reached
hazardous levels in the southern Thai city of Songkhla, with the pollution index hitting a
record-high reading of 365. A reading of 101-200 is unhealthy, 201-300 is very unhealthy and
above 300 is hazardous.
“This is a crisis,” said Halem Jemarican, head of the Southern Environment Office. He said the
pollution index in southern Thailand has never exceeded 300 before. Halem said his office has
worked with other authorities to have all schools in Songkhla province send students home and
all outdoor sports stadiums to close temporarily. Warnings have been issued to vulnerable
people such as children, the elderly and people with illnesses not to go out of their homes.
“The wind speed is very low this year in the south, causing haze to stay in our skies longer,”
Halem said by telephone.
An airport official in Hat Yai, a popular tourist area, said three flights bound for Bangkok
were delayed Thursday morning because of the haze. A flight from Bangkok to Hat Yai was
diverted to Surat Thani on Wednesday evening. The official declined to be identified because of
working rules.
Local media reported that cloud seeding has been discussed as a way to dispel the haze in
southern Thailand, which is hundreds of kilometers (miles) from the forest fires in Indonesia’s
Sumatra island.
Trang 4/7
Southern Thailand boasts tropical beaches popular among tourists in Surat Thani and Phuket,
two of the seven provinces suffering from the haze.
Question 28: The word “dispel” in the passage is closest in meaning to .
A. solve B. eliminate C. discourage D. lessen
Question 29: Which statement is NOT true, according to the passage?
A. The pollution index in southern Thailand used to exceed 300
B. Seven provinces in Thailand suffered from the haze
C. The haze reached a hazardous level in the city of Songkhla
D. The local authorities warned the citizens against going out
Question 30: The following actions are taken by die authorities in response to the haze
EXCEPT
.
Trang 5/7
A. closing sports stadiums B. sending students home
C. issuing warnings D. disrupting flights
Question 31: The word “their” in the passage refers to .
A. vulnerable people B.the elderly
C. students D. stadiums
Question 32: What is the event reported in the news?
A. Southern Thailand was hit by the haze from Indonesia.
B. People suffered because of the haze from Indonesia.
C. The flights were disrupted by the haze on Thursday.
D. The haze from Indonesia was the worst ever last year.
Question 33: The haze stayed longer in the southern Thailand because of .
A. the fíne particles of dust in the air
B. the tropical weather in the area
C. the high pollution index
D. the low speed of the wind
Question 34: What is the main idea of paragraph 2?
A. Thailand is the most polluted country in Asia.
B. Thailand’s pollution index reads 201-300.
C. The haze reached a dangerous level.
D. People living in Songkhla do a lot of reading.
Leonardo was the son of a wealthy Florentine public official and a peasant woman. In the
mid- 1460s, the family settled in Florence, where Leonardo was given the best education that
Florence could offer. He rapidly advanced socially and intellectually. He was handsome,
persuasive in conversation, and a fine musician and improviser. About in 1466 he apprenticed
as a studio boy to Andrea Del Verrocchio. In Verrocchio’s workshop, Leonardo was introduced
to many activities, from the painting of altarpieces and panel pictures to the creation of large
sculptural projects. In 1472, he was entered in the painter’s guild of Florence, and in 1476, he
was still mentioned as Verrocchio’s assistant. In Verrocchio’s Baptism of Christ, the kneeling
angel at the left of the painting is by Leonardo.
In 1478, Leonardo became an independent master. His first commission, to paint an altarpiece
for the chapel of the Palazzo Vecchino, the Florentine town hall, was never executed. His first
large painting, The Adoration of the Magi, left unfinished, was ordered in 1481 for the
Monastery of San Donato a Scopeto, Florence. Other works ascribed to his youth are the so-
called Benois Madonna, the portrait Ginerva de 'Benci, and the unfinished Saint Jerome,
Trang 6/7
In 1482, Leonardo’s career moved into high gear when he entered the service of the duke of
Milan, Ludovico Sforza, having written the duke an astonishing letter in which he stated that he
could build portable bridges; that he knew the techniques of constructing bombardments and of
making cannons; that he could build ships as well as armored vehicles, catapults, and other war
machines; and that he could execute sculpture in marble, bronze, and clay. He served as a
principal engineer in the duke’s numerous
Trang 7/7
military enterprises and was so active also as an architect. In addition, he assisted the Italian
mathematician Luca Pacioli in the celebrated work Divina Proportione.
Evidence indicates that Leonardo had apprentices and pupils in Milan, for whom he probably
wrote the various texts later compiled as Treatise on Painting. The most important of his own
paintings during the early Milan period was The Virgin of the Rocks, two versions of which exist;
he worked on the compositions for a long time, as was his custom, seemingly unwilling to finish what he
had begun.
From 1495 to 1496, Leonardo labored on his masterpiece, The Last Super, a mural in the
refectory of the Monastery of Santa Maria Delle Grazie, Milan. Unfortunately, his experimental
use of oil on dry plaster was technically unsound, and by 1500 its deterioration had begun.
Since 1726 attempts have been made, unsuccessfully, to restore it; a concerted restoration and
conservation program, making use of the latest technology, was begun in 1977 and is reversing
some of the damage. Although much of the original surface is gone, the majesty of the
composition and the penetrating characterization of the figures give a fleeting vision of its
vanished splendor.
During his long stay in Milan, Leonardo also produced other paintings and drawings, most of
which have been lost, theater designs, architectural drawings, and models for the dome of
Milan Cathedral. His largest commission was for a colossal bronze monument to Francesco
Sforza, father of Ludovico, in the courtyard of Castello Sforzesco. In December 1499, however,
the Sforza family was driven from Milan by French forces; Leonardo left the statue unfinished
and he returned to Florence in 1500.
Question 35: What is NOT mentioned about the young Leonardo da Vinci?
A. He was physically attractive.
B. He was a talented speaker
C. He was well-connected
D. He was gifted in many fields of art.
Question 36: The word “apprenticed” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to
A. cleaned B. painted C. studied D. mastered
Question 37: How old was Leonardo da Vinci when he became an independent master?
A. 23 B. 25 C. 26 D. 28
Question 38: The pronoun “he” in paragraph 3 refers to
A. Leonardo da Vinci B. The duke C. Sforza D. Milan
Question 39: What is NOT mentioned as a work by a young Leonardo da Vinci?
A. The Adoration of the Magi B. Ginerva de’ Benci
C. Donato a Scopeto D. Saint Jerome
Question 40: The word “catapults” in paragraph 3 is probably
Trang 8/7
A. an animal B. a method of transportation
C. a food D. an arm
Question 41: The word “concerted” in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to
A. musical B. artistic C. organized D. painful
Question 42: What is NOT mentioned as a creation of Leonardo da Vinci’s while he was in Milan?
A. theatre designs B. architectural drawings
C. models of bronze horses D. models for church domes
Trang 9/7
Question 43: My goal was to train myself to learn as much as possible to prepare for the future.
A. I aimed at training myself to learn as much as possible to prepare for the future.
B. Self-training to learn as much as possible to prepare for the future is my desire.
C. I try to attain the goal of learning as much as possible to prepare for the future.
D. I train myself as much as possible with the aim of preparing for the future.
Question 44: “You should have finished the report by now,” Mr Huy told his secretary.
A. Mr Huy reminded his secretary of finishing the report on time.
B. Mr Huy said that his secretary had not finished the report.
C. Mr Huy scolded to his secretary for not having finished the report.
D. Mr Huy reproached his secretary for not having finished the report.
Question 45: Immediately, after his arrival, things went wrong.
A. No longer did he arrive, but things still went wrong.
B. When he was arriving, things went wrong.
C. Because he arrived, things still went wrong.
D. No sooner had he arrived than things went wrong.
Question 46: The number (A) of homeless people in Nepal (B) have increased significantly
(C) due to the recent (D) serene earthquake.
Question 47: When the children realized that they (A) were by themselves in (B) the dark, they
(C) became really (D) frightening.
Question 48: There (A) are (B) a car and (C) two vans (D) in front of my house.
Question 49: Jerry had a training course in alternative medicine. She was able to help the man
out of danger.
A. Much as Jerry had a training course in alternative medicine, she was able to help the man
out of danger.
B. Having trained in alternative medicine, Jerry was able to help the man out of danger.
C. But for a training course in alternative medicine, Jeny could have helped the man out of
danger.
D. Despite training in alternative medicine, Jerry was able to help the man out of danger.
Question 50: We cut down many forests. The Earth becomes hot.
Trang
10/7
A. The more forests we cut down, the hotter the Earth becomes.
B. The more we cut down forests, the hotter the Earth becomes.
C. The more forests we cut down, the Earth becomes hotter.
D. The more we cut down forests, the Earth becomes hotter.
Trang
11/7
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp C B A D B B B A B B
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp C D C A B B C C D B
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp D D B A B C B B A D
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp A A D C C C C A C D
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp C C A D D B D A B A
án
Trang
12/7
Trang
13/7
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. apostrophe B. rhyme C. recipe D.
psyche Question 2: A. soldier B. leader C. adopt
D. wonder
Question 3: A. ecclesiastical B. unsatisfactory C. occupational D. octogenarian
Question 4: A. humorous B. lubricious C. strenuous D. prosperous
Question 5: After three days on trial, the court found him innocent of the crime and he was
released.
A. innovative B. benevolent C. guilty D. naive
Question 6: Many people perished in the earthquake because they were not prepared for it.
A. survived B. departed C. suffered D. declined
Question 7: The way the care-taker treated those little children was deplorable. She must be
punished for what she did.
A. respectable B. unacceptable C. mischievous D. satisfactory
Question 8: The Extension Program first established in 1873 at Cambridge University has
successfully
withstood changing popular trends.
A. sponsored B. endured C. stabilized in D. extended
Question 9: Sally: “I will never travel by plane again.” - Linda: “Me ”
A. so B. too C. neither D. either
Question 10: The waiter asks Mr. Mark to order his food in a restaurant.
The waiter: “May I take your order now, sir?” - Mr Mark: “Yes, .”
A. let’s go to that restaurant B. keep the change
C. a soup and a steak D. the food tastes really good
Question 11: There is no answer when I ring him. He the office already.
A. needn’t have left B. should have left C. can’t have left D. must have left
Question 12: An economic is a time when there is very little economic activity,
which causes a lot of unemployment and poverty.
A. improvement B. depression C. development D. mission
Question 13: flowers are usually made of plastic or silk.
A. Unreal B. Natural C. Artificial D. Untrue
Question 14: The last of these reasons is the most important.
A. so B. very C. far D. by far
Question 15: They have lived next door to us for years we hardly ever see them.
A. yet B. although C. so D. and
Question 16: The more you study during semester, the week before the exam.
A. you have to study the less B. the less you have to study
C. the least you have to study D. the study less you have
Question 17: I know you feel bad now, Jimmy, but try to put it out of your mind. By the time
you’re an adult, you all about it.
A. forget B. will be forgetting C. will have forgotten D. are forgetting
Question 18: The bombardment from the sea and the air large parts of the city.
A. drowned B. abolished C. liquidated D. demolished
Question 19: They live on a busy road. a lot of noise from traffic.
A. It must be B. There must be C. There must have D. It must have been
Question 20: Nobody says a word about that accident, ?
A. do they B. don’t they C. does he D. doesn’t he
Question 21: The headmaster says that the laboratory in our school next semester.
A. will be building B. will build C. are being built D. will be built
Question 22: The teacher asked a difficult question, but finally Alex a good answer.
A. keep pace with B. put up with C. came up with D. made way for
Dear Parents,
The exams of your children are to start soon. I know you are all really anxious for your
children to do well.
But, please do remember, amongst the students who will be (23) for the exams there
is an artist, who doesn’t need to understand Math. There is an (24) , who doesn’t care
about History or English literature. There is a musician, whose Chemistry marks won’t matter.
Trang 2/7
There’s an athlete, whose physical fitness is more important than Physics. If your child does
get top marks, that’s
great! (25) , if he or she doesn’t, please don’t take away their self-confidence and
dignity from them. Tell them it’s OK, it’s just an exam! They are cut (26) for much bigger
things in life. Tell them, no matter (27) they score, you love them and will not judge them.
Trang 3/7
Please do this, and when you do, watch your children conquer the world. One exam or a low
mark won’t take away their dreams and talent. And please, do not think that doctors and
engineers are the only happy people in the world.
(Source: https://www. inspire more, com/principals-test-letter-to-parents/)
Question 23: A. sitting B. making C. doing D. taking
Question 24: A. B. entrepreneur C. venture D.
business 25: A. And
Question B. Also C. So enterprise
D.
Question 26: A. down B. off C. out However
D. away
Question 27: A. what B. how C. which D. when
Humans are consuming hundreds of wild animals “to extinction” for meat, ornaments,
medicines and pets, according to scientists. A global crisis sparked by unregulated or illegal
hunting and trapping means 301 different species - from monkeys to bats - are now in danger, a
new study claims. Experts at Oregon State University in the US, who conducted the research,
have warned the decline is having a significant environmental impact and undermining the
food security of millions of people in Asia, Africa and South America. “Our goal is to raise
awareness of this global crisis. Many of these animals are at the brink of extinction. The illegal
smuggling in wildlife and wildlife products is run by dangerous international networks and
ranks among trafficking in arms, human beings and drugs in terms of profits,” said study leader
Professor William Ripple.
Researchers concluded that bold changes and political will were needed to diminish the
possibility of humans consuming many of the world’s wild mammals to the point of extinction.
Of the species affected, 126 were primates, more than any other group, according to a team of
researchers writing in the journal Royal Society Open Science. Animal rights activists said the
study should serve as a wake-up call to protect endangered species from extinction. “This
research should be heart-stopping news for anyone who cares about wild animal welfare and
the health of our planet. Urgent action needs to be taken by governments across the globe to
protect these hundreds of threatened species from extinction,” Dr Neil D’Cruze, Head of
Wildlife Research and Policy at World Animal Protection told The Independent.
The authors found that wild meat made up a crucial part of global diets, with an estimated
89,000 tonnes harvested annually in the Brazilian Amazon alone. They also found overhunting
to be mainly associated with poorer countries, where hunters might find it harder to feed their
families. The research also showed much of the wild animal meat was sold in street markets
and destined to become urban restaurant delicacies.
In 2010, another study found that about five tonnes of bushmeat was smuggled weekly in
tourist luggage through Charles de Gaulle airport in Paris, France. Dr D’Cruze said: “There are
Trang 4/7
also the too often forgotten welfare impacts and high levels of suffering that animals, like
primates, endure when captured and slaughtered for bush meat or the illegal wildlife trade. We
must prevent the extinction of these incredible species, but we must also eradicate the pain and
suffering being inflicted on millions of animals as we speak.” Large carnivores and herbivores
over 10 kg comprised a small percentage of the animals listed but were hit more severely by
overhunting, it was claimed. Scientists also warned the loss of large mammals could result in
population explosions of prey animals, greater risk of disease and economic impact on humans.
The study found that 57 large species of even-toed ungulates, including hippopotamus, wild
yak, camel and marsh deer, were threatened by hunting. Smaller mammals were said
Trang 5/7
to play crucial roles in dispersing seeds, pollinating plants and controlling insects. Wild ox,
camels, pigs, fruit bats, rhinoceroses, tapirs, deer, tree kangaroos, armadillos, pangolins, rodents
and big cats, were all said to be affected.
(Soure: https://www.independent.co.uk)
A. Hundreds of animal species “being consumed to extinction”
B. The illegal smuggling in wildlife and wildlife products.
C. Wild meat - a crucial part of global diets.
D. Raising people’s awareness of the worldwide crisis.
Question 29: According to paragraph 1, which of the following is NOT true?
A. People are consuming a large number of wild animals for food, drugs and ornaments.
B. Unregulated or illegal hunting leads to global crisis.
C. Illegal smuggling in wildlife and wildlife products is managed on global networks.
D. The decline in the number of species has an impact on people all over the world.
Question 30: The word “diminish” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to .
A. raise B. fluctuate C. decline D. remain
Question 31: The word “they” in paragraph 3 refers to .
A. global diets B. authors C. tonnes D. hunters
Question 32: According to paragraph 4, all of the following are the essential roles that small
animals play EXCEPT?
A. scattering seeds B. pollinating plants C. limiting insects D. improving soil
Question 33: The word “carnivores” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to
A. animals eating meats B. animals eating plants
C. animals living in water D. animals living on land.
Question 34: Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?
A. The illegal smuggling in wildlife is considered to be more profitable than drug trafficking.
B. Much of the wildlife meat can be available to normal people.
C. The loss of large mammals could indirectly affect the health of human.
D. Overhunting is partly linked to the poor nations which lack food supply.
One of the most interesting authors of the twentieth century, J.R.R Tolkien, achieved fame
through his highly inventive trilogy, The Lord of the Rings. Bom in 1892, Tolkien received his
education from Oxford and then served in World War I. After the war, he became a professor of
Anglo -Saxon and English language and literature at Oxford University.
Trang 6/7
Although published in 1965, the three books that comprise the Lord of the Rings were written
in intervals from 1936 to 1949. This was mainly due to Tolkien’s responsibilities as a professor
and the outbreak of World War II. By the late 1960s, this fascinating trilogy had become a
sociological phenomenon as young people intently studied the mythology and legends created
by Tolkien.
The trilogy is remarkable not only for its highly developed account of historical fiction but
also its success as a modem heroic epic. The main plot describes the struggle between good and
evil kingdom as
Trang 7/7
they try to acquire a magic ring that has the power to rule the world. The novels, which are set
in a time called Middle Earth, describe a detailed fantasy world. Established before humans
populated the Earth, Middle Earth was inhabited by good and evil creatures such as hobbits,
elves, monsters, wizards, and some humans. The characters and the setting of Middle Earth
were modeled after mythological stories from Greece and Northern Europe.
Although readers have scrutinized the texts for inner meaning and have tried to connect the
trilogy with Tolkien’s real life experiences in England during World War II, he denied the
connection. He claims that the story began in his years as an undergraduate student and grew
out of his desire to create mythology and legends about elves and their language.
Tolkien was a masterful fantasy novelist who used his extensive knowledge of folklore to
create a body of work that is still read and enjoyed throughout the world today.
Question 35: What can we assume is NOT true about Middle Earth?
A. Middle Earth was based on European folktales
B. Middle Earth was a fictional world
C. The good and evil kingdom fought for the power
D. People dominated Middle Earth
Question 36: The word “scrutinized” in the fourth paragraph could be replaced by .
A. examined B. denied C. enjoyed D. criticized
Question 37: What does this paragraph mainly discuss?
A. J.R.R Tolkien’s work as a professor
B. All of J.R.R Tolkien’s fantasy books
C. J.R.R Tolkien and his trilogy
D. The popularity of J.R.R Tolkien
Question 38: According to the passage, when did “the Lord of the Rings” trilogy become popular
with young people?
A. In the late 1960s B. After World War II
C. In 1892 D. Between 1936 and 1946
Question 39: When did Tolkien begin to create this trilogy?
A. When he was a student B. During World War I
C. When he was a professor D. During World War II
Question 40: What does the word “trilogy” in the first paragraph mean?
A. A specific type of fantasy novel B. A long novel
C. A group of three literary books D. An unrelated group of books
Question 41: What is the setting of Tolkien’s trilogy?
A. Modem - day Greece B. England in the 1800’s
Trang 8/7
C. Oxford University D. Middle Earth
Question 42: The word “fascinating” in the second paragraph could be replaced by .
A. thrilling B. extremely interesting
C. boring D. terrifying
Trang 9/7
Question 43: The car was very expensive and she couldn’t afford it.
A. The car was expensive so that she couldn’t buy it.
B. The car was too expensive for her to buy.
C. She was rich enough to buy the car.
D. She was so poor but she bought the car.
Question 44: You will get a raise in salary after six months.
A. Your salary will be risen after you work for six months
B. After six months your salary will be raised.
C. You’ll get your salary after six months’ work.
D. After six month your salary will be raised.
Question 45: “Don’t forget to tidy up the final draft before submission,” the team leader told us.
A. The team leader reminded us to tidy up the final draft before submission.
B. The team leader warned us to tidy up the final draft before submission.
C. The team leader ordered us to tidy up the final draft before submission.
D. The team leader simply wanted us to tidy up the final draft before submission.
Question 46: Global warming will (A) get worse (B) when (C) more and more people in the
world (D) will have cars.
Question 47: They (A) arrived (B) to Sydney (C) sometime early in (D) the summer.
Question 48: (A) Petroleum is (B) composed of a complex (C) mix of hydrogen (D) and carbon.
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
Question 49: Soccer is not my favourite sport. My father is infatuated with it.
A. Neither my father nor I like soccer.
B. Soccer is not my favourite sport so my father is infatuated with it.
C. Because soccer is not my favourite sport, my father is infatuated with it.
D. Although my father is infatuated with soccer, it is not my favourite sport.
Question 50: The song says about the love of two young students. The song is being sung.
A. The song says about the love of two young students that she is singing.
B. The song says about the love of two young students who she is singing.
C. The song which she is singing it says about the love of two young students.
D. The song which is being sung says about the love of two young students.
Trang
10/7
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp B A C B C A B B C C
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp D B C D A B C D B A
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp D C A B D C A A D C
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp B D A C D A C A A C
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp D B B B A D B C D D
án
Trang
11/7
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. scuba B. hummock C. fund D. punishment
Question 2: A. repent B. extinct C. respect D. celebrate
Question 3: A. quality B. solution C. compliment D. energy
Question 4: A. vocabulary B. politically C. documentary D. laboratory
Question 5: Slang can be defined as a set of lexical, grammatical, and phonological regularities
used in
informal speech.
A. informative B. official C. situational D. casual
Question 6: The relationship between structure, process and outcome is very unclear.
A. disappear B. external C. apparent D. uncertain
Question 7: Setting off on an expedition without thorough preparation and with inadequate
equipment is
tempting fate.
A. taking a risk B. losing heart C. having panic D. going round in circles
Question 8: “It’s no use talking to me about philosophy. It’s a closed book to me.’’
A. a subject that I don’t understand
B. a theme that I like to discuss
C. a book that is never opened
D. an object that I really love
Question 9: Tim and Tom are talking about the result of the English test.
Tim: “I was worried about the English result, but Mr. Smith gave me an A’’ - Tom: “ ’’
A. Good luck to you!
C. Mr Smith is so mean.
B. Congratulations! That’s great.
D. Don’t worry about it.
Question 10: Mary is talking to Julia over the phone.
Mary: “Thank you for helping me prepare for my birthday party, Julia.” - Julia:
A. It’s my pleasure
B. That’s out of this world
C. Never mention me
D. Of course not
Question 11: People are encouraged to take bottles to bottle-banks, and only shops in
supermarkets which use packing.
A. environmentalist friendly B. environmental friendly
C. environmentally friendly D. friendly environment
Question 12: Mike won five medals at the competition. His parents very proud of him.
A. could have been B. can’t have C. can’t be D. must have been
Question 13: My English teacher, Mrs. Brown, was the person I had great respect.
A. for who B. for whom C. that D. whom
Question 14: The kind-hearted woman all her life to helping the disabled and the
poor.
A. wasted B. spent C. dedicated D. lived
Question 15: make a good impression on him.
A. Only by doing so can I B. Only so doing can I
C. Only by doing so I can D. Only by so doing I can
Question 16: The authorities recommend that the meeting next Monday.
A. be held B. is held C. will be held D. held
Question 17: The Ministry of Finance has proposed an special consumption tax of
1,000 VND for each pack of cigarettes.
A. additional B. exclusive C. limited D. auxiliary
Question 18: the salesman promised to exchange the detective CD player for a
new one, they insisted on getting a refund.
A. And B. But C. Although D. Despite
Question 19: The audience showed their by giving the world-famous singer a big
round of applause.
A. intention B. admiration C. consideration D. sympathy
Question 20: Many years ago, black children were to discrimination in many schools.
A. subjective B. subject C. subjecting D. to be subjected
Question 21: It’s about time Mrs. Brown apologized to me me a gossip in front
Trang 2/7
of everybody.
A. to have called B. that she called C. of calling D. for having called
Question 22: He had spent time writing an essay on his childhood.
A. a few B. a large number of C. a great deal of D. many
Trang 3/7
One of the greatest concerns parents have when facing an international move is “What
schooling will be available to my child? Will my child be disadvantaged academically as a
result of this move?” (23)
this fear is certainly strongest in families moving overseas for the first time,
even those who may be more experienced often have concerns about their children’s education.
Dr. Ernest Mannino, Director of the State Department’s Office of Overseas Schools, and Dr.
Keith Miller, Deputy Director of the office, spoke candidly (24) some of the common
concerns parents have regarding the education of their children. Dr. Mannino and Dr. Miller
(25) parents against making assumptions about their children’s
education. To make an educated choice, parents need to (26) through schooling issues
and to research post schools as far in advance of a move as possible.
Children (27) are internationally mobile have many choices of schools to
attend. In most major cities, there are schools based on the U.S., French, German, and British
systems. Some parents also choose to become their children’s teachers through home
education. Which school is appropriate for your child is an individual decision based on many
factors.
Question 23: A. When B. Because C. Therefore D.
Although Question 24: A. on B. to C. from
D.about Question 25: A. discourage B. caution
C.oppose D. approve Question 26: A. think
B. put C. fall D. take
Question 27: A. who B. which C. whose D. whom
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or 0 on your answer sheet to indicate
Telecommuting is some form of computer communication between employees’ homes and
offices. For employees whose job involve sitting at a terminal or word processor entering data
or typing reports, the location of the computer is of no consequence. If the machine can
communicate over telephone lines, when the work is completed, employees can dial the office
computer and transmit the material to their employers. A recent survey in USA Today estimates
that there are approximately 8,7 million telecommuters. But although the numbers are rising
annually, the trend does not appear to be as significant as predicted when Business Week
published “The Portable Executive” as its cover story a few years ago. Why hasn’t
telecommuting become more popular?
Clearly, change simply takes time. But in addition, there has been active resistance on the part
of many managers. These executives claim that supervising the telecommuters in a large work
force scattered across the country would be too difficult, or, at least, systems for managing them
Trang 4/7
are not yet developed, thereby complicating the manager’s responsibilities.
It is also true that employees who are given the option of telecommuting are reluctant to
accept the opportunity. Most people feel that they need regular interaction with a group, and
many are concerned that they will not have the same consideration for advancement if they are
not more visible in the office setting. Some people feel that even when a space in their homes is
set aside as a work area, they never really get away from the office.
Question 28: With which of the following topics is the passage primarily concerned?
A. An overview of telecommuting.
B. The failure of telecommuting.
C. The advantages of telecommuting.
Trang 5/7
D. A definition of telecommuting.
Question 29: How many Americans are involved in telecommuting?
A. More than predicted in Business Week.
B. More than 8 million.
C. Fewer than last year.
D. Fewer than estimated in USA Today.
Question 30: The phrase “of no consequence” means .
A. of no use B. irrelevant C. of no good D. unimportant
Question 31: The author mentions all of the following as concerns of telecommuting,
EXCEPT
.
A. the opportunities for advancement
B. the different system of supervision
C. the lack of interaction with a group
D. the work place is in the home
Question 32: The word “them” in the second paragraph refers to .
A. telecommuters B. systems C. executives D. responsibilities
Question 33: The reason why telecommuting has not become popular is that the employees .
A. need regular interaction with their families.
B. are worried about the promotion if they are not seen at the office.
C. feel that a work area in their home is away from the office.
D. are ignorant of telecommuting.
Question 34: The word “reluctant” in the third paragraph can best be replaced by
A. opposite B. willing C. hesitant D. typical
If you were going to choose a job that involves travel, what would be your first choice? There
are many jobs available today that give people opportunities to travel. Although may traveling
careers sound fantastic, they also have disadvantages.
Being an au pair is an excellent way to not only go to different countries, but to live in
different places around the world and really get a feel for the culture. Au pairs lives with the
families they are placed with and take of children. Many parents include au pairs in family
events and vacations, so they experience many aspects of the new culture while on the job.
However, many of the activities are centered around the children, so they may not get to
experience many things that interest adults.
Trang 6/7
For people who want a bit more freedom working abroad, being an English teacher maybe a
good choice. There are English teaching jobs in almost countries in the world. People teaching
English in other countries often have a chance to travel on the weekends around the country.
One drawback is that many teachers often wind up hanging out with other English teachers,
and they don’t have time to learn the country’s language.
The nickname “roadie” implies that this job involves life on the road. Roadies are people who
work and travel with bands and provide technical support. Roadies can be lighting and stage
crew who set up the stage and break it down before and after events. They can also be
technicians helping band members with
Trang 7/7
their instruments. International tours take a band’s crew to cities around the world, often
requiring air travel. However, the crew doesn’t get much time off, so they may travel to several
countries without seeing much besides concert venues and hotels.
Similarly, flight attendants often travel to cities around the world, but they don’t see much
besides the inside of airplanes and hotels. However, when they do have time off, they can often
fly at no cost, and family member can sometimes fly free as well. Its is widely thought that a
flight attendant job is glamorous, but flight attendants must deal with travel hassles, as well as
security issues.
All jobs gave advantages and disadvantages whether or not you travel for work, so if you
have the travel bug, keep these jobs in mind for the future.
Question 35: Which of the following is a disadvantage of the job as an au pair?
A. experience many interesting things
B. live in different places around the world
C. experience many aspects of the new culture
D. most activities are centered around children
A. Jobs with opportunities to travel
B. Disadvantages of travelling jobs
C. Travelling to and from work
D. Jobs involving traveling by planes
Question 37: The word “glamorous” in paragraph 5 is closet in meaning to .
A. skilled B. attractive C. permanent D. challenging
Question 38: How is a flight attendant’s job similar to a roadie’s?
A. Family members may not have to pay for flights
B. They must deal with travel hassles.
C. A lot of time is spent indoors.
D. They provide technical support.
Question 39: The word “venue” in paragraph 4 is closet meaning to ?
A. performances B. places C. tours D. artists
Question 40: The word “they” in paragraph 1 refers to ?
A. people B. opportunities C. careers D. disadvantages
Question 41: Which of the following is something a roadie might do?
A. set up the lights for a performance
B. sing songs in front of a large audience
C. clean hotel rooms after the ban and crew have left
Trang 8/7
D. work on the road
Question 42: It can be inferred from the passage that .
A. travelling careers have more disadvantages than many other.
B. English teachers abroad don’t know the language of the country where they work
C. it’s essential that the job you choose have more benefits than drawbacks
D. people who want to travel are more likely to get a job
Trang 9/7
Question 43: Lisa was afraid the neighbors would despise her for not having a washing machine.
A. What a surprised the neighbors was that Lisa didn’t have a washing machine.
B. Lisa was afraid the neighbors would know she didn’t have a washing machine.
C. The neighbors felt sorry for Lisa because she didn’t have a washing machine.
D. Lisa was afraid the neighbors would look down on her for not having a washing machine.
Question 44: “I wouldn’t apply for that job, Lan, if I were you,” said Minh.
A. Minh advised Lan not to apply for that job.
B. Minh recommended Lan not apply for that job.
C. Minh felt sorry because Lan applied for that job.
D. Minh apologized to Lan for applying for that job.
Question 45: The critics undervalued his new book.
A. The critics rejected his new book.
B. The critics were fed up with his new book.
C. The critics had a low opinion of his new book.
D. The critics turned down his new book.
Question 46: It (A) has been said (B) that laser (C) to be the most miraculous (D) to cure the
disease. Question 47: The office furniture (A) that was ordered last month (B) have just arrived,
but we’re not sure (C) whether the manager (D) likes it.
Question 48: (A) To everyone’s (B) surprise, it wasn’t in Hanoi City (C) which he (D) made his
fortune, although that’s where he was bom.
Question 49: Mark snored all night. I didn’t sleep a wink.
A. I didn’t sleep a wink, which made Mark snore all night.
B. Mark snored all night as a result of my sleeplessness.
C. What with Mark snoring all night, I didn’t sleep a wink.
D. What made Mark snore all night was my sleeplessness.
Question 50: Those three countries launched missiles into Syria. No casualties were reported.
A. Those three countries launched missiles into Syria, but no casualties were reported.
B. Despite those three countries launched missiles into Syria, no casualties were reported.
C. Those three countries launched missiles into Syria so that no casualties could be reported.
Trang
10/7
D. Having launched missiles into Syria, those three countries had not reported casualties.
Trang
11/7
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp A D B C B C A A B A
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp C D B C A A A C B B
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp D C D D B A A A B D
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp B A B C D A B C B C
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp A B D A C C B C C A
án
Trang
12/7
TẠO
07
trang
Question 1: A. keep B. know C. knife D.knee
Question 2: A. pleasure B. television C. preserve D.
decision
Question 3: A. attract B. polite C. promise D. approach
Question 4: A. media B. belief C. culture D. actor
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 5: Polluted water and increased water temperatures have driven many species to the
verge of extinction.
A. Enriched B. Contaminated C. Strengthened D. Purified
Question 6: English is a compulsory subject in most of the schools in our country.
A. required B. paid C. optional D. dependent
Question 7: I was completely mesmerized by Cristiano Ronaldo’s performance. He is really one
of the greatest footballers of all time.
A. fascinated B. amazed C. uninspired D. rewarded
Question 8: When Kelly invited us to dinner, she really showed off her culinary talents. She
prepared a feast - a huge selection of dishes that were simply mouth-watering.
A. relating to medical knowledge B. involving hygienic conditions and diseases
C. concerning nutrition and health D. having to do with food and cooking
Mark the letter A, Bf C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best
Question 9: Sally and Susan are talking about the dancing show they have just watched.
- Sally: “What a fantastic performance! Thank you for inviting me to the musical.”
- Susan: “ I’m happy you enjoyed the show.”
A. You are welcome. B. Thanks. That’s why I didn’t like dancing
C. Are you kidding? D. No way
Question 10: Peter is telling Alex about his father’s health
condition. Peter: “My father’s much better now.” - Alex: “ ”
A. Oh, I’m pleased to hear it. B. Wonderful! Congratulations on your success!
C. Oh, really? You must be very tired. D. Bad news for you.
Question 11: Da Vinci’s Mona Lisa is ; if it was destroyed no amount of money
could ever replace it.
A. worthless B. valueless C. priceless D. invaluable
Question 12: He is exhausted. He around the whole afternoon trying to clean the
house before the guests arrive.
A. has been running B. run C. be running D. was running
Question 13: He has received numerous honours and prizes in of his
remarkable achievements.
A. unrecognizable B. recognize C. recognizable D. recognition
Question 14: If you knew he was ill, why you to see him?
A. didn’t / come B. wouldn’t / come C. should/come D. would/come
Question 15: You need to make about what course you should take at university.
A. a decision B. a fortune C. a guess D. an impression
Question 16: Tim is nearsighted. He glasses ever since he was nine years old.
A. should have worn B. must wear C. need wear D. has had to wear
Question 17: As a student, you envied your friends who were working and earning their own
money,
?
A. were they B. didn’t you C. weren’t they D. were you
Question 18: Neither Mary nor her sister to attend the concert.
A. go B. are going C. have gone D. is going
Question 19: On Sundays, many people take their cars to service stations .
A. to get the oil refilled B. to get the oil refill
C. to refill the oil D. to make the oil refilled
Question 20: advised on what and how to prepare for the interview, he might
have got the job.
A. Had he been B. If he had C. Unless he had been D. Were he to be
Question 21: My brother was worried about being interviewed on television, but he
to the occasion wonderfully.

A. raised B. rose C. fell D. faced
Question 22: The more difficult the job is, .
A. the more interesting she finds B. the more she finds it interesting
Trang 2/9
C. she finds it more interesting D. the more interesting it is to her
We are all too well aware that the extinction of animal and plant species is one of the biggest
and most horrifying threats (23) our planet these days. Having said that, there has recently
been some good news out of Russia regarding something called regeneration - a(n) (24)
solution to this ever-growing problem.
Trang 3/9
Regeneration involves (25) tissue from a plant or animal that has become
extinct and ‘bringing it back to life’. In recent Russian experiments, scientists took fruit and
seeds from the underground burrow of a long-dead Siberian squirrel and process to regenerate
a beautiful flower called the Silene stenophylla. To date, it is the oldest plant to be produced
from the innovative regeneration (26)
Understandably, experts are over the moon about their success as it shows once and for all
that tissue can survive ice conservation for thousands of years. Those who participated in the
regeneration of the flower are pleased and are now hoping to find prehistoric squirrel
tissue or perhaps even (27)
tissue from the great woolly mammoth, which could lead to the resurrection of
those two species.
[From: STARLIGHT 8, Workbook, Express Publishing.
2010]
Question 23: A. heading B. facing C. confronting D.
hallenging Question 24: A. probable B. possible C. likely
D. expected Question 25: A. pulling B. moving
C. taking D. bringing Question 26: A.
succeeded B. managed C. directed D. conducted Question 27: A. icy
B. freezing C. iced D. frozen
Soichiro Honda was bom in 1906 in a small village in Japan. It was so small that it didn’t even
have electricity. His family was poor. Soichiro had eight brothers and sisters. Sadly, five of them
died when they were young because they did not have good medical care. When Soichiro was
eight years old, he saw his first automobile. He was amazed by it. For the next 50 years, he
loved machines on wheels. When he was 15 years old, Soichiro left his village to work at an
auto repair shop in Tokyo. It was then that Honda discovered motorcycles. He spent all of his
free time fixing and riding motorcycles. He returned to his village six years later to open his
own garage. Soon he owned several shops and had over 50 employees.
At the same time, he began to build and race motorcycles and cars. Honda loved to race, and
he became one of Japan’s most competitive drivers. In 1936, his race car crashed while he was
driving 100 miles per hour. Half of Honda’s face was crushed, and he had other serious injuries.
It took him a year and a half to recover. After this, his family begged him to give up racing. He
looked for a less dangerous job and finally decided to become a manufacturer.
At first, he manufactured engine parts. The Japanese navy used a lot of his engine parts in
World War
II. In 1948, after the war, he started the Honda Motor Company. He started the company with
Trang 4/9
only
$3,300. He made his first machines from engine parts that the military did not need after the
war. These machines were not real motorcycles; they were bicycles with motors. People bought
them because they needed a reliable form of transportation. As Honda’s business grew, he
began to make different types of motorcycles. By 1950, his motorcycles were selling all over
Japan. But there were 50 other motorcycle makers in Japan at the time. In 1958, Honda designed
a lightweight motorcycle called the Super Cub. It was a huge success and Honda made a lot of
money. Two years later, Honda built the world’s biggest motorcycle factory in Japan.
By the 1960s, the Super Cub was popular all over Asia. But Honda wanted the motorcycle to
be popular all over the world. In Europe, he put his motorcycles in difficult races to show how
good they were. In the United States, he tried a different method. He used a magazine ad with
the words “You Meet the Nicest
Trang 5/9
People on a Honda." It showed ordinary Americans such as students, businessmen, and older
people all riding happily on the Honda Super Cub. The ad appeared in many popular magazines.
Readers who had never ridden a motorcycle saw the ad. The ad showed that motorcycles
were not just for crazy young people who wore black leather jackets. They were good for other
people too. The company sold thousands of motorcycles to new riders. Honda then started to
put the ads on television. This was also very successful. For example, he put an ad for his
motorcycle on during the Academy Awards program. Millions of people watched that
program, and on the next day, sales of the motorcycle went up tremendously. By 1968, Honda
had sold 1 million motorcycles in the United States.
In 1963, his company started to make cars. In 1972, it produced the Civic-, the next year, the
Accord; and then in 1978, the Prelude. Soon, the company was one of the world’s biggest
automobile makers. Honda was also famous for his business style. He believed that workers
and bosses should have a close relationship. He also thought it was important to encourage
workers to do their best.
In 1973, Soichiro Honda retired as president of his company. He died in 1991. Honda was very
important to Japan’s recent history. He and many other business leaders helped make Japan
into a leading industrial nation.
Question 28: Where did Honda go when he left his village?
A. went to work at an auto repair shop in Tokyo
B. went to work as a motor racer
C. went to open repair shop
D. went to fix and ride motorcycles
Question 29: Honda was very successful because he
A. owned the only motorcycle maker
B. put his motorcycles in difficult races
C. had a good education
D. wasn’t afraid to take chances
Question 30: Soichiro Honda .
A. wasted his time working at an auto repair shop
B. manufactured cars and motorcycles all his life
C. was poor when hestarted out, but later became a success
D. a mechanic coming from a poor family
Question 31: What was different about the new motorcycle that Honda designed?
A. It was a cheaper one
B. It was a bicycle with motor.
C. It was a lightweight one
Trang 6/9
D. It was the biggest one
Question 32: Honda start the Honda Motor Company in .
A. 1984 B. 1948 C. 1950 D. 1960
Question 33: What happened to Honda’s race car in 1936?
A. It crashed. B. It collapsed. C. It was crushed. D. It was injured.
Question 34: Honda’s business was .
A. small in the beginning only and then expanded
Trang 7/9
B. a huge success in the United States
C. selling motorcycles to young people
D. a huge success ffom the beginning
The idea of preserving biological diversity gives most people a warm feeling inside. But what,
exactly, is diversity? And which kind is most worth preserving? It may be anathema to save-
the-lot environmentalists who hate setting such priorities, but academics are starting to cook up
answers.
Andrew Solow, a mathematician at the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, and his
colleagues argue that in the eyes of conservation, all species should not be equal. Even more
controversially, they suggest that preserving the rarest is not always the best approach. Their
measure of diversity is the amount of evolutionary distance between species. They reckon that
if choices must be made, then the number of times that cousins are removed from one another
should be one of the criteria.
This makes sense from both a practical and an aesthetic point of view. Close relatives have
many genes in common. If those genes might be medically or agriculturally valuable, saving
one is nearly as good as saving both. And different forms are more interesting to admire and
study than lots of things that look the same. Dr Solow’s group illustrates its thesis with an
example. Six species of crane are at some risk of extinction. Breeding in captivity might save
them. But suppose there were only enough money to protect three. Which ones should be
picked?
The genetic distances between 14 species of cranes, including the six at risk, have already been
established using a technique known as DNA hybridisation. The group estimated how likely it
was that each of these 14 species would become extinct in the next 50 years. Unendangered
species were assigned a 10% chance of meeting the Darwinian reaper-man; the most vulnerable,
a 90% chance. Captive breeding was assumed to reduce an otherwise endangered species’ risk
to the 10% level of the safest. Dr Solow’s computer permed all possible combinations of three
from six and came to the conclusion that protecting the Siberian, white-naped and black-necked
cranes gave the smallest likely loss of biological diversity over the next five decades. The other
three had close relatives in little need of protection. Even if they became extinct, most of their
genes would be saved.
Building on the work of this group, Martin Weitzman, of Harvard University, argues that
conservation policy needs to take account not only of some firm measure of the genetic
relationships of species to each other and their likelihood of survival, but also the costs of
preserving them. Where species are equally important in genetic terms, and - an important and
improbable precondition - where the protection of one species can be assured at the expense of
Trang 8/9
another, he argues for making safe species safer, rather than endangered species less
endangered.
In practice, it is difficult to choose between species. Most of those at risk - especially plants, the
group most likely to yield useful medicines - are under threat because their habitats are in
trouble, not because they are being shot, or plucked, to extinction. Nor can conservationists
choose among the millions of species that theory predicts must exist, but that have not yet been
classified by the biologists assigned to that tedious task.
This is not necessarily cause for despair. At the moment, the usual way to save the genes in
these creatures is to find the bits of the world with the largest number of species and try to
protect them from the bulldozers. What economists require from biologists are more
sophisticated ways to estimate the
Trang 9/9
diversity of groups of organisms that happen to live together, as well as those which are related
to each other. With clearer goals established, economic theory can then tell environmentalists
where to go.
[from The Economist]
Question 35: Dr Solow believes that .
A. very rare species can’t be saved
B. all very rare species should be saved
C. all species should be saved
D. only some species are worth saving
Question 36: Dr Solow’s work depended on .
A. the premise that all cranes should be protected
B. previous biological research
C. the cost of preserving cranes
D. the premise that not all species are the same
Question 37: Three of the six species of endangered cranes
A. were less interesting to admire than others
B. could be allowed to become extinct
C. were so rare they couldn’t be saved
D. shouldn’t be protected
Question 38: Dr Weitzman believes that if two species are equally important genetically we
should protect .
A. the one that is more attractive
B. them both
C. the less endangered one
D. the rarer one
Question 39: Endangered species of cranes can be saved by
A. stopping hunters from killing them
B. protecting their habitats
C. encouraging them to mate with their cousins
D. keeping them in zoos or wildlife parks
Question 40: Most species are endangered because .
A. biologists haven’t classified them
B. they are hunted or picked
C. we don’t care enough about them
D. the places they live in are being destroyed
Trang 10/9
Question 41: Dr Weitzman’s ideas .
A. confirm Dr Solow’s
B. contradict Dr Solow’s
C. disregard Dr Solow’s
D. take Dr Solow’s ideas one step further
Question 42: According to the writer what has to be done first is for .
Trang 11/9
A. biologists to instruct economists
B. biologists to classify undiscovered species
C. developers to stop destroying habitats
D. economists to instruct biologists
Question 43: You are in this mess right now because you didn’t listen to me in the first place.
A. If you listened to my advice in the first place, you wouldn’t be in this mess right now.
B. If you listen to my advice in the first place, you will not be in this mess right now.
C. If you had listened to my advice in the first place, you wouldn’t be in this mess right now.
D. If you had listened to my advice in the first place, you wouldn’t have been in this mess right
now.
Question 44: It was only when I left home that I realized how much my family meant to me.
A. As soon as I left home, I found out what a family could do without.
B. I left home and didn’t realize how meaningful my family was.
C. Not until I left home did I realize how much my family meant to me.
D. Before I left home, I realized how much my family meant to me.
Question 45: Mike put a fence so that people didn’t walk on his garden.
A. Mike put a fence because he wants to remind people to walk on his garden.
B. Mike put a fence to prevent people from walking on his garden.
C. In order to tell people to walk on his garden, Mike put a fence.
D. So as to encourage people to walk on his garden, Mike put a fence.
Question 46: (A) The assumption (B) that smoking has bad (C) effects on our health (D) have
been proved.
Question 47: The improvement (A) for water standards (B) over (C) the last 50 years has been (D)
very great.
Question 48: (A) Not until ten years (B) ago (C) was there much need for personal (D) computer.
Question 49: My mother regretted not having planted a garden this year. She felt bad when
buying vegetables at the supermarket.
A. If my mother had planted a garden this year, she wouldn’t have had to buy her vegetables
from the supermarket.
Trang 12/9
B. When she realized that the vegetables at the supermarket were so bad, my mother decided
to grow her own from then on.
C. Feeling sorry that she hadn’t planted a garden this year, my mother did not feel good
about purchasing vegetables from the supermarket.
D. The garden that my mother had not planted, which she regretted not doing, would have
produced better vegetables than the ones she got at the supermarket.
Trang 13/9
Question 50: My mother is on a business trip. We have a cooked dinner every evening.
A. Although my mother is on a business trip, we have a cooked dinner every evening.
B. We have a cooked dinner every evening, so my mother is on a business trip.
C. Because my mother is on a business trip, we have a cooked dinner every evening
D. When we have a cooked dinner every evening, my mother is on a business trip.
Trang 14/9
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp A C C B D C A D A A
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp C A D B A D B D A A
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp B D B B C B D A D B
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp C B A A D B A C D D
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp D A C C B D A D C A
án
Trang 15/9
Trang 16/9
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. scenic B. pesticide C. survive D. fertilizer
Question 2: A. wicked B. hatred C. ragged D. followed
Question 3: A. challenging B. relation C. arrangement D. preparing
Question 4: A. nobody B. atmosphere C. gigantic D. ignorant
Question 5: Although it’s a long day for us, we feel we are contented with what we do.
A. interested B. dissatisfied C. excited D. shocked
Question 6: Differently from English taught to all Vietnamese students, Chinese and French
have been made optional languages taught at secondary schools in Vietnam.
A. compulsory B. important C. comfortable D. necessary
Question 7: Don’t forget to drop me a line while you are away.
A. call me B. give me a ring C. drop in me D. write to me
Question 8: We can use either verbal or nonverbal forms of communication.
A. using facial expressions B. using gesture
C. using speech D. using verbs
Question 9: Mike and Tim are university students. They are talking about Tim upcoming high-
school reunion.
Mike: “So, you have your fifth high-school reunion coming up?” - Tim: “ ”
A. Oh, the school reunion was wonderful.
B. No. You’re in no mood for the event
C. The food at the reunion was excellent.
D. Yeah. I’m really looking forward to it.
Question 10: John and Mary are discussing school work.
John: “Your parents must be proud of your English result at school.” - Mary: “ ”
A. Of course. B. I’m glad you like it.
C. Thanks. It’s certainly encouraging. D. I am sorry to hear that.
Question 11: Let’s take actions to protect the environment, we?
A. needn’t B. must C. shall D. will
Question 12: People should eat and do to reduce the risk of
heart disease.
A. less and less fat / the more exercise B. less fat / more exercise
C. the less fat / the more exercise D. the lease fat / the most exercise
Question 13: Tim would like to specialize computer science.
A. of B. to C. in D. at
Question 14: Even the most individuals can be thrown into a mild panic at the
prospect of organizing a wedding.
A. cool-headed B. soft-hearted C. half-hearted D. big-headed
Question 15: He told me that it was a genuine diamond, and I was completely .
A. put down B. turned down C. pulled up D. taken in
Question 16: We have bought some .
A. German lovely old glasses B. German old lovely glasses
C. lovely old German glasses D. old lovely German glasses
Question 17: If Bill a job now, he wouldn’t be so unhappy.
A. has B. has had C. had D. would have
Question 18: All barristers are expected to study at the Inns of Court.
A. hopeful B. wishful C. willing D. prospective
Question 19: It is not until December 25 the exam results will be announced.
A. which B. what C. that D. when
Question 20: Life in the countryside is very , isn’t it?
A. peace B. peaceful C. peacefully D.
peacefulness Question 21: In Vietnam, application forms for the National Entrance
Examinations must be before the deadline, often in April.
A. issued B. signed C. read D. submitted
Question 22: She on her computer for more than two hours when she decided to
stop for a rest.
A. has worked B. has been working
C. was working D. had been working
Trang 2/7
st
21 century teachers need to serve as a guide or mentor for their students, not as the all-
knowing sage providing them with everything they need. Nowadays, with so much access (23)
resources of all kinds, children invariably know more than teachers on different topics, step
ahead of the technology. Teachers need to be empowered as facilitators for learning, so that
they can empower their
Trang 3/7
students in (24) . This shift is great news for teachers. Instead of struggling to give
kids all the information in areas (25) they know little about, teachers can support students as
they make their own steps into different fields. It’s about preparing them to go beyond their
seniors, ensuring they have the skills to do it, and assisting them along the way. (26) ,
teachers need to be forward- thinking, curious and flexible. They must be learners: learning
new teaching methods, and learning alongside their students. Simply asking questions like
“What will my students need dozens of years from now?” or “How can I help give them those
skills?” can change teachers’ (27) , make them a leader, and
bring about changes in the classroom, school and community.
Question 23: A. to B. with C. for D. in
Question 24: A. sight B. use C. line D. turn
Question 25: A. what B.that C. where D. whom
Question 26: A. For instance B. Therefore C. In practice D.
Otherwise Question 27: A. knowledge B. prejudice C. mindset
D. judgement
When we talk about living a healthy life, there is a famous old saying, you are what you eat.
In fact, it is not just what people eat, but their whole lifestyle, which is important. The best way
to stay healthy is to live a balanced lifestyle. Are you living a balanced lifestyle both physically
and mentally?
Physical Balance
The human body needs physical exercise at least once a day. In today’s world, many working
people spend most of their day sitting at a desk. To add more exercise to your daily life, try to
stop what you are doing about once an hour and stretch or take a short walk. After work, take a
brisk walk or go to the gym. Your body will thank you for it.
For good health, nutritionists say we should eat at least four servings of raw food a day. By
eating many colorful fruits and vegetables, you can be sure you are getting the correct
nutrients. Have a red apple with your breakfast, a green salad at lunch, some carrots for your
afternoon snack, and grapes for dessert instead of cake or cookies. Of course, for a healthy
balance, your body also needs other foods.
Mental Balance
Mentally balanced people are usually emotionally balanced. They are generally happy with
the things they have. They do not need to have more and more things. A mentally balanced
person also feels good about who they are. They don’t worry about the past, and generally have
good relationships with the people around them. That doesn’t mean that mentally healthy
Trang 4/7
people never have negative feelings, but they don’t let these types of feelings control them or
their behavior. It’s normal for people to feel their emotions-life always has its challenges and
tragedies. But mentally healthy people face those challenges and resolve them quickly instead
of allowing them to take control of their lives. By taking a little time each day to eat well,
exercise, and clear your mind, anyone can live a more balanced and healthier lifestyle.
Question 28: According to the article, people need to exercise .
A. once an hour B. once a day
C. for one hour at a time D. in the evenings, after work
Question 29: The following statements are recommended as ways to get physical exercise
EXCEPT
.
Trang 5/7
A. stretching B. taking a walk C. going to a gym D. playing sports
Question 30: The word “nutrients” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to .
A. exercise activities B. things needed for healthy growth
C. positive feelings D. foods that are not cooked
Question 31: In paragraph 4, in “and resolve them quickly,” the word “them” means
A. emotions B. people C. challenges D. lives
Question 32: According to the article, to have a balanced lifestyle, people need to .
A. work less and exercise more
B. eat cookies and cake only once a week
C. let their feelings control their behavior
D. take care of both their physical and mental health
Question 33: Which statement is true, according to the article?
A. Fruits and vegetables should only be eaten raw.
B. A healthy, balanced lifestyle is difficult for most people.
C. People should exercise at least four times a day.
D. Mentally healthy people also face challenges and tragedies.
Question 34: The author wrote this article mostly to
A. tell people about the key parts of a balanced lifestyle
B. tell people which foods are and are not healthy
C. make sure everyone gets enough exercise in their lives
D. show that mental health is more important than physical health
A folk culture is small, isolated, cohesive, conservative, nearly self-sufficient group that is
homogeneous in custom and race, with a strong family or clan structure and highly developed
rituals.
Order is maintained through sanctions based in the religion or family, and interpersonal
relationships are strong. Tradition is paramount, and change comes infrequently and slowly.
There is relatively little division of labor into specialized duties. Rather, each person is expected
to perform a great variety of tasks, though duties may differ between the sexes. Most goods are
handmade, and a subsistence economy prevails. Individualism is weakly developed in folk
cultures, as are social classes. Unaltered folk cultures no longer exist in industrialized countries
such as the United States and Canada. Perhaps the nearest modem equivalent in Anglo-
America is the Amish, a German American farming sect that largely renounces the products
and labor saving devices of the industrial age. In Amish areas, horse-drawn buggies till serve as
a local transportation device, and the faithful are not permitted to own automobiles.
Trang 6/7
The Amish’s central religious concept of Demut, “humility”, clearly reflects the weakness of
individualism and social class so typical of folk cultures, and there is a corresponding strength
of Amish group identity. Rarely do the Amish marry outside their sect. The religion, a variety of
the Mennonite faith, provides the principal mechanism for maintaining order.
By contrast, a popular culture is a large heterogeneous group, often highly individualistic and
constantly changing. Relationships tend to be impersonal, and a pronounced division of labor
exists, leading to the establishment of many specialized professions. Secular institutions, of
control such as the police and army
Trang 7/7
take the place of religion and family in maintaining order, and a money-based economy
prevails. Because of these contrasts, “popular” may be viewed as clearly different from “folk”.
The popular is replacing the folk in industrialized countries and in many developing nations,
Folk-made objects give way to their popular equivalent, usually because the popular item is
more quickly or cheaply produced, is easier or time saving to use, or lends more prestige to the
owner.
A. Two decades in modem society
B. The influence of industrial technology
C. The characteristics of “folk” and “popular” societies
D. The specialization of labor in Canada and the United States
Question 36: Which of the following is typical of folk cultures?
A. There is a money-based economy.
B. Social change occurs slowly.
C. Contact with other cultures is encouraged.
D. Each person develops one specialized skill.
Question 37: What does the author imply about the United States and Canada?
A. They value folk cultures.
B. They have no social classes.
C. They have popular cultures.
D. They do not value individualism.
Question 38: The phrase “largely renounces” is closest in meaning to .
A. generally rejects B. greatly modifies C. loudly declares D. often criticizes
Question 39: What is the main source of order in Amish society?
A. The government B. The economy C. The clan structure D. The religion
Question 40: Which of the following statements about Amish beliefs does the passage support?
A. A variety of religious practices is tolerated.
B. Individualism and competition are important.
C. Pre-modem technology is preferred.
D. People are defined according to their class.
Question 41: The word “prevails” is closest in meaning to
A. dominates B. provides C. develops D. invests
Question 42: Which of the following is NOT given as a reason why folk-made objects are
replaced by mass-produced objects?
A. cost B. quality C. prestige D. convenience
Trang 8/7
Question 43: In spite of his poverty, he led a devoted life to the revolutionary cause.
A. Although he was poor, he led a devoted life to the revolutionary cause.
B. He led a devoted life to the revolutionary cause, but he was so poor.
C. If he had not been so poor, he could have devoted his life to the revolutionary cause.
Trang 9/7
D. He could not devote his life to the revolutionary cause because of his poverty.
Question 44: It was only when we arrived in Kenya that we saw hippos and giraffes.
A. When we arrived in Kenya we only saw hippos and giraffes.
B. We arrived in Kenya only when we saw hippos and giraffes.
C. We only arrived in Kenya when we saw hippos and giraffes.
D. Only when we arrived in Kenya did we see hippos and giraffes.
Question 45: This party is ‘evening dress’ only.
A. You have to dress up this evening.
B. I dress up only for this evening party.
C. You’re not allowed to dress casually for this party.
D. This party is only for those who dress up in the evening.
Question 46: (A) Overpopulation is (B) a short way to lead to (C) poor. (D) illiteracy, and social
evils.
Question 47: Rainforests (A) are being cut and (B) burning at (C) such a speed that they will
disappear
(D) from the earth in the near future.
Question 48: The student (A) must have her assessment form (B) fill in by the examiner (C)
during the
(D) oral exam.
Question 49: I got up late and missed the first class. The alarm clock didn’t go off.
A. If I set the alarm clock well, I would not get up late and miss the first class.
B. Because the alarm clock didn’t working well, I got up late and missed the first class.
C. Because I got up late and missed the first class, the alarm clock didn’t go off.
D. I got up late and missed the first class, so the alarm clock didn’t go off.
Question 50: Collecting decay teeth is an unusual hobby. I know a lot of people who do this.
A. Because collecting decay teeth is an unusual hobby, I know a lot of people who do this.
B. Despite the fact that collecting decay teeth is an unusual hobby, I know a lot of people who
do this.
C. Collecting decay teeth is an unusual hobby; therefore, I know a lot of people who do this.
D. However collecting decay teeth is an unusual hobby, I know a lot of people who do this.
Trang
10/7
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp A D A C B A D C D C
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp C B C A D C C D C B
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp D D A D B B C B D B
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp C D D A C B C A D C
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp A B A D C C B B B B
án
Trang
11/7
Trang
12/7
TẠO
05
trang
Question 1: A. kites B. catches C. oranges D.
buzzes Question 2: A. gossip B. gentle C.
gamble D. garage
Question 3: A. machine B. confine C. engine D. entail
Question 4: A. preference B. obstacle C. practicing D. supporter
Question 5: The length of an X-ray wave is incredibly small: less than one ten-millionth of a
millimeter.
A. believably B. considerably C. famously D. sufficiently
Question 6: If any employee knowingly breaks the terms of this contract, he will be dismissed
immediately.
A. coincidentally B. deliberately C. instinctively D. accidentally
Question 7: She said some quite nasty things about him.
A. favourable B. funny C. offensive D. smelling
Question 8: Sally rings her boyfriend every day; she must be running up a huge phone bill.
A. saving up B. owing to C. being a debtor D. having to pay
Question 9: - Lan: “Thanks a lot for your help.” - Nam: “ .”
A. My excitement B. My delight C. My happiness D. My pleasure
Question 10: - Mai: “I’ve got some amazing news” - Hoa: “ ”
A. Get a life! B. No way! You’re pulling my leg.
C. That’ll teach you. D. Fire away, I’m all ears.
Question 11: His country has climate.
A. continent B. continental C. continence D. continentally
Question 12: It Susan that you saw last night. She’s abroad with her family.
A. should have been B. must have been C. can’t have been D. needn’t have been
Question 13: He is a very intelligent boy; , he sometimes gets bad marks.
A. otherwise B. so C. however D. thus
Question 14: I with my uncle when I am on holiday in Ho Chi Minh City next
month.
A. will be staying B. will have stayed C. will have been staying D. stay
Question 15: She started the course two months ago but dropped after only a month
A. out B. back C. of D. in
Question 16: that Columbus discovered America.
A. In 1492 B. That was in 1492 C. There was in 1492 D. It was in 1492
Question 17: The use of vitamin and herbs has become increasingly popular
among Americans.
A. ingredients B. materials C. components D. supplements
Question 18: Due to ever more spreading poaching, there a dramatic decline in
the number of elephants recently.
A. is B. had been C. was D. has been
Question 19: She passed the National High School Graduation Exam with colours.
A. red B. true C. bright D. flying
Question 20: It was no accident that he broke my glasses. He did it purpose.
A. with B. on C. by D. about
Question 21: No matter how angry he was, he would never to violence.
A. refuse B. resist C. resolve D. resort
Question 22: They tired now because they in the garden since
7 o’clock.
A. are/ worked B. were/were working
C. are/have been working D. were/worked
The reality is that everyone uses jargon. It is an essential part of the network of occupations
and pursuits which make up society. All jobs have an element of jargon, which
workers learn as they
(23) their expertise. All hobbies require mastery of a jargon. Each society grouping
has its
jargon. The phenomenon turns (24) to be universal and valuable. It is the jargon element,
which, in a job, can promote economy and precision and thus help make life easier for the
workers.
When we have learned to command it, jargon is something we readily take (25) in
Trang 2/7
whether the subject is motorcycling, baseball or computers. It can add pace, variety and humor
to speech - as when, with an important event approaching, we might slip into the related jargon.
We enjoy the mutual showing off which stems from a fluent use of terminology, we enjoy the
in-jokes (26) shared linguistic experience permits.
(27) , we are jealous of this knowledge. We
are quick to demean anyone who tries to be part of our group without being prepared to take on
its jargon. And we resent it when some other group, sensing our lack of linguistic awareness,
refuses to let us in.
(Source: The Cambridge Encyclopedia of the English Language by David Crystal)
Question 23. A. B. raise C. extend D. expand
develop
Question 24. A. in B. on C. out D. up
Trang 3/7
Question 25. A. notice B. control C. grant D.
pleasure
Question 26. A. who B. which C. what D. when
Question 27. A. B. Therefore C. Moreover D.
The rules of etiquette in American restaurants depend upon a number of factors the physical
location of the restaurant, e.g., rural or urban; the type of restaurant, e.g., informal or formal;
and certain standards that are more universal. In other words, some standards of etiquette vary
significantly while other standards apply almost anywhere. Learning the proper etiquette in a
particular type of restaurant in a particular area may sometimes require instruction, but more
commonly it simply requires sensitivity and experience. For example, while it is acceptable to
read a magazine in a coffee shop, it is inappropriate to do the same in a more luxurious setting.
And, if you are eating in a very rustic setting, it may be fine to tuck your napkin into your shirt,
but if you are in a sophisticated urban restaurant this behavior would demonstrate a lack of
manners. It is safe to say, however, that in virtually every restaurant it is unacceptable to
indiscriminately throw your food on the floor. The conclusion we can most likely draw from
the above is that while the types and locations of restaurants determine etiquette appropriate to
them, some rules apply to all restaurants.
Question 28: What topic is this passage primarily concerned?
A. Instruction in proper etiquette
B. Rules of etiquette
C. Variable and universal standards of etiquette
D. The importance of good manners
Question 29: According to the passage, which of the following is a universal rule of etiquette?
A. reading a magazine at a coffee shop
B. not throwing food on the floor
C. ating in rustic settings
D. tucking a napkin in your shirt
Question 30: What does the word “it” refer to?
A. learning the proper etiquette B. clear instruction
C. knowing the type of restaurant D. sensitivity
Question 31: Which of the following words is most similar to the meaning of “rustic”?
A. urban B. unsophisticated C. agricultural D. ancient
Question 32: Which of the following is closest in meaning to the word “tuck”?
A. set B. put C. fold D. hold
Question 33: The word “indiscriminately” could best be replaced by which of the following?
Trang 4/7
A. randomly B. angrily C. noisily D. destructively
Question 34: The author uses the word “draw” in line 16 to mean .
A. pick out B. drag away C. evoke D. infer
Trang 5/7
TEACHING IN INDIA
by Elise Cooper
‘Elise in India’. That was the name of my blog last year when I took a year out between school
and university. I was lucky enough to get a teaching job abroad through an international
organization. I was going to work in a school attached to a children’s home in north-west India.
There were eight of us on the week-long introduction course in the capital, Delhi. As well as
advice and ideas for teaching we were given information about health and local customs, and
learned a few essential phrases in the local language.
Another course member, Lucy, was coming to the same school as me and we were both
nervous when we set off on the 15-hour bus ride to the children’s home. I had worked as a
classroom assistant before, but here I wouldn’t be much older than some of my pupils. How
would I manage? My worries disappeared once we reached the home. Our rooms were on the
top floor above the girls’ bedrooms and from the window we looked out across flat fields full of
fruit trees and could just see the snow-covered mountain tops in the distance.
There were 90 children in the home, aged between five and 20. In addition there were a small
number of pupils who came in each day from the area around. Although they were a little shy
to start with, they were so keen to ask us questions that we quickly became friends.
Lucy and I taught four lessons a day, mainly spelling, reading and general knowledge. We
had a textbook but since it wasn’t very exciting, we tried to make the lessons more interesting
with activities and games. This wasn’t always easy: there was a mixture of ages in each class
because pupils had begun their education at different times. Like schoolchildren everywhere,
they didn’t always behave perfectly in class. However, they used to send us notes apologizing
afterwards, or thanking us for an interesting lesson, so we didn’t really mind.
The best fun came after school, though. We spent many happy hours playing games or
football or just chatting with the children. On Friday afternoons, Lucy and I were in charge of
sport, which had just been introduced at the school. Trying to organize fifty children into cricket
teams is something I’ll never forget. Another of my memories is playing in goal for a boys’
football game. Even though Lucy and a group of little girls joined in as extra goalkeepers, we
still managed to let the other side score!
I was terribly sad to leave. I felt I had learned as much as - if not more than - my pupils from
the experience.
Question 35: How did Elise apply for the teaching post in India?
A. By contacting directly with the school
B. By posting her resume’ online
C. Through an international organization
D. Through a local organization
Trang 6/7
Question 36: According to the text, the pupils in each class that Elise taught were .
A. at the same age B. at different ages C. all older than her D. all adolescents
Question 37: Which of the following words would the author most probably use to describe her
experience in India?
A. useful B. problematic C. informative D. nonsense
Question 38: Elise and Lucy were responsible for teaching the following lessons EXCEPT .
A. general knowledge B. spelling C. reading D. history
Trang 7/7
Question 39: According to Elise, what do Indian pupils and school children everywhere have
in common?
A. background knowledge B. interests in games and activities
C. shyness and nervousness D. imperfect behavior in class
Question 40: What can be inferred about Elise according to the text?
A. She is now working in Delhi. B. She spent one year in India.
C. She is not Indian. D. She can speak the local language well.
Question 41: What does “This” in paragraph 4 refer to?
A. the pupil’s education
B. the general knowledge
C. the way to make the lessons more attractive
D. the lessons in the textbook
Question 42: Which adjective best describes the job of getting pupils’ attention to the general
knowledge lessons?
A. effortless B. time-consuming C. simple D. challenging
Question 43: You could not have made a very good impression on them.
A. Something appears to have made them think you are unsuitable.
B. It's impossible that the effect you made on them was particularly positive.
C. You should have tried harder to make them think well of you.
D. You seem to have impressed them very unfavourably.
Question 44: Many people lack water due to population growth and climate change.
A. Many people lack water; therefore, the population grows, and climate changes.
B. Owing to many people’s lack of water, the population grows, and climate changes.
C. Because many people lack water, the population grows, and climate changes.
D. Many people lack water not only due to population growth, but also because of climate
change.
Question 45: My son was just not strong enough to have caused so much damage.
A. My son, though quite strong, caused little damage himself.
B. Not much damage was caused because my son was very weak.
C. My son wasn’t strong, but he caused great damage.
D. Someone else, not my son, caused the damage.
Trang 8/7
Question 46. (A) Most greetings cards are (B) folding and have a picture (C) on the front and a
message
(D) inside.
Question 47. (A) The twins have the (B) same identical (C) birthmarks (D) on their backs
Question 48. I (A) always look back (B) on the time (C) where I spent with my family (D) on a
farm in Paris.
Trang 9/7
Question 49: My sister loved travelling in Europe very much. She decided not to go to France
because of her fears of terrorism.
A. My sister would have gone to France if she hadn’t been scared of terrorism so much
because Europe was her favourite travel spot.
B. As France had become a high-risk terrorism spot, my sister, who normally loved Europe,
was afraid to go there.
C. Although my sister liked touring Europe ever since the threat of terrorism started, she
hadn’t been to France.
D. Even though my sister liked touring Europe very much, she was afraid of the terrorism in
France, so she chose not to go there.
Question 50: That man may be her father. His eyes are also brown.
A. So brown as his eyes that man is perhaps her father.
B. That man’s eyes are so brown that he may be her father.
C. Because that man’s eyes are brown, he may be her father, too.
D. That man whose eyes are also brown may be her father.
Trang
10/7
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp A B C D A D C D D D
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp B C C A A D D D D B
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp D C A C D B C C B A
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp B B A D C B A D D C
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp C D B D D B B C D D
án
Trang
11/7
Trang
12/7
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. crashed B. waived C. gained D.
seemed Question 2: A. slopes B. provokes C. unites
D. provides
Question 3. A. establish B. endanger C. protection D. volunteer
Question 4. A. athletic B. vertical C. amateur D. national
Question 5: The law holds parents liable if a child does not attend school.
A. parental B. unhappy C. dutiful D. irresponsible
Question 6: Many parents always kept a tight rein on their children.
A. gave less money B. let loose C. set free D. helped to ride
Question 7: Our new house is modem but there is no room to swing a cat.
A. no playground for cats B. very small
C. no space for children D. no room to keep cats
Question 8: We played my brother’s school at football and beat them hollow.
A. defeated easily B. had a draw C. broke a nil score D. lost the game
Question 9: - Lan “What cool things can you do?” - Hoa: " "
A. Singing and dancing or something like that.
B. Cool? Nothing can interest me but window shopping and strolling.
C. To make ice-cream with a freezer.
D. Well, just turn on the air-conditioner
Question 10: - David: “ ” - Mike: “I won’t say no!”
A. How are things with you, Mike?
B. What about playing badminton this afternoon?
C. Mike, do you know where the scissors are?
D. What’s your favourite drink, tea or coffee?
Question 11: He daren’t his boss for a rise just now.
A. asking B. be asking C. to asking D. ask
Question 12: Because the traffic was so terrible, by the time we got to the airport, our airline’s
check-in counter had closed.
A. already B. no more C. still D. yet
Question 13: The conflict between the two countries should be settled by means,
not fighting.
A. diplomacy B. diplomatic C. diplomatically D. diploma
Question 14: From the 1980s the festival has been celebrated annually.
A. onwards B. forwards C. backwards D. upwards
Question 15: He was from the competition for using drugs.
A. disqualified B. omitted C. sacked D. prevented
Question 16: Flash photography is prohibited in this museum.
A. rigorously B. strictly C. staunchly D. firmly
Question 17: The terrible weather may have the small population.
A. backed down B. accounted for C. brought in D. let down
Question 18: In general, Japanese people believe that shoes must be worn outside, so before
coming into their houses.
A. put off them B. take them off C. put them off D. take off them
Question 19: The wine had made him a little and couldn’t control his movement.
A. narrow-minded B. light-headed C. light-footed D. light-hearted
Question 20: Only after she had finished the course did she realize she a wrong choice.
A. had made B. has made C. had been making D. was making
Question 21: “You should concentrate on the teacher is saying.”
A. what B. which C. that D. whom
Question 22: Your brother hardly talks to anyone, ?
A. does he B. is he C. doesn’t he D. isn’t he
Many people enjoy lying in bed in the morning, but can you imagine having to spend 90 days
in bed? Could you stand the boredom and the frustration of not being (23) to get up? That
was the task that faced 14 volunteers when they started out on a bed-rest experiment being
conducted (24) the European Space Agency.
Trang 2/7
The study had a serious purpose: to investigate the changes that take place in the human body
during long-duration spaceflight. Lying in a horizontal position was the best way of (25)
weightlessness. The aim was to discover what effect period of weightlessness will have on the
health of astronauts spending several months on the International Space Station.
The volunteers ate their meals, took showers and underwent medical tests without ever sitting
up. That’s even tougher than it sounds, especially when you (26) that no visitors
were
Trang 3/7
permitted. However, each volunteer did have a mobile phone, as well as access to the latest
films, computer games and music. Surprisingly, Everyone was in a good (27) at the end of
the 90 days, “I would do it again,” said one of the volunteers. “It was disorientating, but we
knew we were ‘contributing to medical research and space exploration.”
Question 23: A. helped B. allowed C. granted D. approved
Question 24: A. by B. on C. for D.about
Question 25: A. B. simulate C. to simulate D.
simulated 26: A. reckon B. realise
Question C. regard simulating
D. remark
Question 27: A. attitude B. spirit C. feeling D. mood
There are two basic types of glaciers, those that flow outward in all directions with little
regard for any underlying terrain and those that are confined by terrain to a particular path.
The first category of glaciers includes those massive blankets that cover whole continents,
appropriately called ice sheets. There must be over 50,000 square kilometers of land covered
with ice for the glacier to qualify as an ice sheet. When portions of an ice sheet spread out over
the ocean, they form ice shelves.
About 20,000 years ago the Cordilleran Ice Sheet covered nearly all the mountains in southern
Alaska, western Canada, and the western United States. It was about 3 kilometers deep at its
thickest point in northern Alberta. Now there are only two sheets left on Earth, those covering
Greenland and Antarctica.
Any domelike body of ice that also flows out in all directions but covers less than 50,000
square kilometers is called an ice cap. Although ice caps are rare nowadays, there are a number
in northeastern Canada, on Baffin Island, and on the Queen Elizabeth Islands.
The second category of glaciers includes those of a variety of shapes and sizes generally
called mountain or alpine glaciers. Mountain glaciers are typically identified by the landform
that controls their flow. One form of mountain glacier that resembles an ice cap in that it flows
outward in several directions is called an ice field. The difference between an ice field and an ice
cap is subtle. Essentially, the flow of an ice field is somewhat controlled by surrounding terrain
and thus does not have the domelike shape of a cap. There are several ice fields in the Wrangell,
St. Elias, and Chugach mountains of Alaska and northern British Columbia.
Less spectacular than large ice fields are the most common types of mountain glaciers : the
cirque and valley glaciers. Cirque glaciers are found in depressions in the surface of the land
and have a characteristic circular shape. The ice of valley glaciers, bound by terrain, flows down
valleys, curves around their comers, and falls over cliffs.
A. Where major glaciers are located
Trang 4/7
B. How glaciers shape the land
C. How glaciers are formed
D. The different kinds of glaciers
Question 29: It can be inferred that ice sheets are so named for which of the following reasons?
A. They are confined to mountain valleys.
B. They cover large areas of land.
C. They are thicker in some areas than in others.
Trang 5/7
D. They have a characteristic circular shape.
Question 30: According to the passage, where was the Cordilleran Ice Sheet thickest?
A. Alaska B. Greenland C. Alberta D. Antarctica
Question 31: The word “rare” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to
A. small B. unusual C. valuable D. widespread
Question 32: According to the passage (paragraph 5), ice fields resemble ice caps in which of
the following ways?
A. Their shap B. Their flow C. Their textur D. Their locat
Question 33: All of the following are alpine glaciers EXCEPT
A. cirque glaciers B. ice caps C. valley glaciers D. ice fields
Question 34: The word “depressions” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to .
A. intrusion B. dejection C. concaves D. convexes
Moving Your Mind for Maximum Fitness
When people design a new workout programme, they often target their chest, stomach, and
leg muscles, hoping to sculpt the perfect physique. However, they often neglect the most
important part of the body: the brain. Our brains grow stronger when we exercise them and
weaker when neglected. To assist in keeping our minds sharp, several websites and apps offer
brain games to help us get our mental workouts accomplished in a very short time.
As we age, our vocabulary continues to expand and we become better at creative plans.
However, by the time we enter our 20s, our prefrontal cortex starts to shrink. Although part of
the reason for our decline is physical, there is evidence that targeted exercises can halt or even
reserve cognitive damage. Throughout our lives we maintain the ability to create new neurons
whenever we learn something new, like a foreign language or a new sport. By repeating these
activities we create new pathways and connections between neurons that keep our minds
functioning at an optimal level. This is what brain fitness exercises aim to accomplish.
These digital exercises are broken into different categories. The first is memory exercises.
These programmes display information to users and then quiz us to see how much we can
recall. The second type is attention exercises. These games get users to focus on multiple tasks at
once, dividing their attention. Although trying to concentrate on several things at once during
work is not recommended, doing it in a game environment can help to strengthen our focus in
the long term. Speed exercises, on the other hand, are designed to keep our minds agile. In
addition to these major categories, there are other games that focus on specific situations like
remembering names and faces, or calculating directions.
Although many users rave about positive effects of these games, there are other hacks we can
Trang 4/7
use to strengthen our brains. One is napping. Studies have shown that people who nap in the
afternoon fared much better at mental tasks than those who didn’t. A little caffeine can also
make your mind sharper, as long as you don’t overdo it. Finally, getting some physical exercise
also tends to improve the clarity of our thinking. In other words, maybe the Roman poet
Juvenal was on to something when he wrote “A sound mind in a healthy body”.
Question 35. What happens when we don’t exercise our brains?
A. It doesn’t work well. B. It grows much bigger in size.
Trang 5/7
C. It causes lots of health problems. D. It keeps functioning well.
Question 36. What function of our brain improves as we get older?
A. We can remember more things. B. We are better at making plans.
C. We think much quicker. D. Nothing improves at all
Question 37. All of the following are true about our brains EXCEPT that .
A. there are several web sites and apps to help us get our mental workout
B. the number of neurons remains the same throughout our lives
C. our brains become stronger when we are more mentally active
D. connections and pathways between neurons play an important role in the functions of our
brains
Question 38. What could replace the word “optimal” in paragraph 2?
A. excellent B. unacceptable C. debatable D. decent
Question 39. What is the meaning of the word “it” in paragraph 3?
A. Doing memory exercises
B. Keeping your mind empty
C. Concentrating on many things
D. focusing on one thing
Question 40. Which of the following statements is NOT true about our brains and brain games?
A. We should concentrate on several things at once during our lives to strengthen our focus.
B. These brain games don’t take us much time to carry out.
C. The brain games can help us improve our memory and keep our minds active.
D. There are some brain games for specific purposes.
Question 41. What can be inferred from the passage?
A. There are some brain games to treat mental diseases.
B. Our brains will work very well during a nap.
C. We don’t need brain games when we are playing a new sport.
D. There is a close relationship between physical and mental health.
Question 42. According to the passage, which of the following statements about coffee is true?
A. It is not very good for your brain.
B. You should drink as much of it as possible.
C. A few cups of it could help your brain.
D. Its effects on the brain were never tested.
Question 43: When the unemployment rate is high, the crime rate is usually also high.
Trang 6/7
A. The unemployment rate is as high as the crime rate.
B. The high rate of unemployment depends on the high rate of crime.
C. The higher the unemployment rate is, the higher the crime rate is.
D. The unemployment rate and crime rate are both higher.
Trang 7/7
Question 44: The captain said to his men: “Abandon the ship immediately!”
A. The captain ordered his men to abandon the ship immediately.
B. The captain threatened his men to abandon the ship immediately.
C. The captain invited his men to abandon the ship immediately.
D. The captain suggested his men abandon the ship immediately.
Question 45: Many countries share the view that drastic measures must be taken to stop the
pollution of the seas.
A. The pollution of the seas can only be prevented provided that many countries follow
the same policy.
B. By putting into practice a series of precaution it is generally believed that the pollution of
the seas will be prevented.
C. The sea will, it seems, continue to be polluted unless this agreement is accepted by a
majority of the countries.
D. A lot of countries agree that it is essential to take strong action to put an end to the
pollution of the sea.
Question 46: It is (A) recommended that (B) people (C) to take regular (D) exercise.
Question 47: (A) More than ten students (B) have failed the exam, (C) that surprised (D) the
teacher. Question 48: The world is becoming more (A) industrialized and the number of animal
(B) species that have become (C) extinct (D) have increased.
Question 49: The moon is the nearest planet to the earth. It causes tides on the earth.
A. The moon is the nearest planet to the earth, which causes tides on the earth.
B. The moon which nearest planet to the earth, causes tides on the earth.
C. The moon, which is the nearest planet to the earth, causes tides on the earth.
D. The moon causes tides on the earth, is the nearest planet to the earth.
Question 50: This is the battle field. The soldiers fought there.
A. This is the battle field which the soldiers fought.
B. This is the battle field that the soldiers fought.
C. This is the battle field where the soldiers fought there.
D. This is the battle field where the soldiers fought.
Trang 8/7
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp A D D A D B B A A B
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp D A B A A B B B B A
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp A A B A D B D D B C
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp B B B C A B B A C A
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp D C C A D C C D C D
án
Trang 9/7
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1:A. subscribed B. launched C. inspired D.
welcomed Question 2: A. sour B. hour C. pour
D. flour
Question 3: A. reduce B. impress C. technique D. finish
Question 4: A. enthusiast B. preferential C. participant D.
particular
Question 5: The Red Cross is an international humanitarian agency dedicated to reducing the
sufferings
of wounded soldiers, civilians and prisoners of war.
A. happiness B. loss C. sadness D. pain and sorrow
Question 6: They are launching a campaign to promote awareness of environmental issues.
A. encourage B. publicize C. hinder D. strengthen
Question 7: The natives were angry when the foreigners came to their country and took over their
land.
A. tourists B. migrants C. members D. locals
Question 8: Alice’s eyes gleamed with pleasure when she saw the diamond ring in front of her.
A. shone B. flashed C. kindled D. glowed
Question 9: Mike and Sue are talking about transport in the future.
- Mike: “Do you think there will be pilotless planes?” - Sue: “ ”
A. I’m afraid I can’t.
B. What for? There are quite a few around.
C. Why not? There have been cars without drivers.
D. I’m glad you like it.
Question 10: Alex and Ann are talking about their classmate.
- Alex: “ ” - Ann: “Yeah, not bad, I suppose.”
A. Do you see him often? B. What are you thinking?
C. How did you meet him? D. He is quite good-looking, isn’t he?
Question 11: I was bom in New York but I grew in England.
A. at B. up C. about D. of
Question 12: I wish everything so expensive.
A. would be B. wouldn’t be C. won’t be D. could be
Question 13: You can select what you want; it’s your .
A. choose B. chose C. chosen D. choice
Question 14: By the end of the 21st century, scientists a cure for the common cold.
A. will find B. will have found C. will be finding D. will have been found
Question 15: He did not share his secrets with other people but he in her.
A. confessed B. concealed C. confided D. consented
Question 16: This road is very narrow. It to be widened.
A. might B. needs C. mustn’t D. may
Question 17: This book is so interesting that I can’t .
A. pick it up B. let it down C. open it up D. put it down
Question 18: Thank you for me.
A. invite B. invited C. invitation D. inviting
Question 19: I don’t think it is fair to a comparison between the two sisters
A. do B. draw C. take D. strike
Question 20: I don’t think the problem will be serious ?
A. don’t I B. will it C. do I D. won’t it
Question 21: Elephants scratch themselves with sticks .
A. which hold in their trunks B. are held in their trunk
C. holding in their trunks D. held in their trunks
Question 22: We booked a table for dinner. We a table as the restaurant was empty.
A. should have booked B. can’t have booked
C. mustn’t have booked D. needn’t have booked
What make a good souvenir?
On my desk at home, I have a collection of souvenirs; objects that remind me of places I’ve
visited and important events in my life. These objects include a model boat that I saw being
carved from a piece of wood on a Caribbean island, a piece of lava that emerged hot from a
volcano in the year I was bom, and a shell (23) on my favourite childhood beach.
Trang 2/7
Unlike everything else, from which memory and detail fades, it is as if the longer you hold on to
certain
objects, the (24) their associations with the past become, and the sharper
the
recollections that gather around them. They are, (25) , real souvenirs, encapsulations
not only of the place, but of your time in the place. But these days, the term “real souvenirs”
sounds like a
Trang 3/7
contradiction in terms, and this is because the objects sold to tourists as souvenirs are often cheap
mass- produced imports that have nothing to do with the place at all.
It’s often the (26) that the best souvenirs, like my shell, are found rather
than purchased, but browsing for souvenirs can also be a fun holiday activity. But if you are
buying souvenirs on holiday this summer, make sure they (27) the reality test. A good
souvenir is not just made in the area where it is bought, it also says something about the culture
of that area. It is something made by local people using sustainable local materials, and because
you are effectively supporting the local economy, it shouldn’t come too cheap, either.
Question 23: A. come across B. found out C. picked up D. bumped
into Question 24: A. larger B. wider C. harder
D. greater Question 25: A. therefore B. whereas C.
however D. otherwise Question 26: A. point B. case
C. fact D. truth
Question 27: A. pass B. win C. take D. beat
FLASH MOBS -A NEW KIND OF EVENT
In 2003, an unusually large number of customers arrived without warning in the carpet
department of Macy’s Department store in New York. The assistants couldn’t see why all of
them were so interested in buying exactly the same carpet. In 2006,4,000 people arrived with
MP3 players and headsets at a London railway station and started dancing at a set time. As no
music could be heard, this looked veiy strange. Police were even called to make sure that trains
continued to run on time, but when they arrived the dancers had gone. In March 2013, more
than 2,000 people gathered in Seoul, South Korea, complete with musical instruments, and
started to dance. Many were students from Sungsin Girls’ High School - they joined other Earth
Hour supporters and collected a staggering 150,000 signatures from local citizens in support of
the campaign. In Korea, an estimated 12 million people participated in Earth Hour 2013. These
are three samples of ‘flash mob’ events, when a crowd of people suddenly come together in a
public place, perform an unusual action, and appear as quickly as they appear. They are
organised using electronic media such as mobile phones or the internet.
To their fans, flash mobs are simply a chance to have some lighthearted, if rather silly, fun.
However, when just under 2,000 people got together in San Francisco for an enormous pillow
fight, it ended up costing thousands of dollars. Unfortunately, a heavy rainstorm meant that the
city was left covered with wet feathers, which caused streets, shops, and a restaurant to be
flooded, and ruin the local fountain. It took several days to put the damage right. Norman Dito,
head of the city’s Recreation and Park Department said, ‘In future, organizers of such events
Trang 4/7
should apply for permission beforehand and pay the standard fee to cover security, insurance,
and cleaning up afterwards. Sadly, I think this is unlikely to happen, since nobody knows who
the organizers are, or when or where a flash mob will take place next.
Crimes associated with flash mobs are rare, but occasionally make international headlines.
Sometimes referred to as ‘flash robs’ by the media, these start with the intent to destroy, or lead
to the destruction of private property or violence. Professor of Psychology Mark Leary explains
that as social media adds the ability to recruit a large number of people, individuals who would
not rob a store on their own feel freer to misbehave without being identified. In Germany, the
authorities in some cities have taken things even further by strictly enforcing an already-
existing law that says a special Permit must be obtained to use a public space for any event.
Trang 5/7
Question 28: The primary purpose of the passage is to
A. explain what flash mobs involve
B. warn people against going to flash mobs
C. complain about a recent flash mob
D. give advice on how to arrange flash mobs
Question 29: The shop assistants in Macy’s didn’t understand
A. why the shoppers were interested in the same product
B. where the shoppers had come from
C. which items the shoppers wanted to buy
D. how the shoppers had got there
Question 30:. The police were called to the London railway station to
A. prevent people watching the event
B. prevent the trains departing late
C. make sure no one was injured
D. arrest the dancers
Question 31: The word “staggering” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to
A. usal B. strange C. illegal D. inexpected
Question 32: The word “it” in paragraph 2 refers to .
A. a heavy rainstorm B. a pillow fight C. San Francisco D. a chance
Question 33: The word “recruit” is closest in meaning to
A. excite B. gather C. cover D. employ
Question 34: All of the following are true about flash mobs events EXCEPT
A. the events often take place at public places
B. the participants perform unusual actions
C. the events involve large numbers of participants
D. the events are held mostly to collect signatures
SHAYNE’S DREAMS COME TRUE - BUT WILL THEY BE SHATTERED?
It is a week before The X Factor live tour when I meet the winner of the series, Shayne Ward.
“It has been mental.” he says, referring to the past six months of his life. “I’ve just been talking
to Louis Walsh on the phone. Louis Walsh!” Walsh, a top record producer and The X Factor
judge, now manages Shayne’s career. “I was talking to Simon Cowell (a celebrity record
producer) yesterday!” He shakes his head in amazement. And these people are telling me
they’re excited about working with me. “I can’t get my head round it.”
Trang 6/7
Shayne is about as natural as any pop star arriving in the public arena can be. “I just can’t
accept where I am now” he says sincerely. “It doesn’t feel real. To me, this is just a job.” “What
do you think being famous feels like?” I ask him. “I’m not sure, to be honest. Different from
this?” he laughs, with only a hint of nerves. Since winning The X Factor, Shayne’s success has
been phenomenal. His debut single took just three days to reach the number one spot. On tour,
he’s going to play to audiences of 10,000 on average. He has already brought the house down
at a gig in his home city. “I walked out after that
Trang 7/7
performance and just thought, “I’m dreaming!”” Shayne is one of a family of seven children.
Times were hard, but he has never wished or a different childhood. Although he thought about
going to college, he ended up leaving school at sixteen, just to help his mother pay the rent. He
set out on his reality show journey shortly afterwards. When he told he friends he had an
audition for The X Factor, none of them really believed him. “I thought I’d go fot it because my
family wanted me to, but I never really believed that I would win.”
Naturally, Ward is a fan of reality TV talent shows. “They’re brilliant, because people who
want recording contracts try for years and get nowhere. Then these competitions come along
the people at home decide whether they like the singers or not. So it's not just a few people at a
record company deciding who gets a chance.” But the previous winner of The X Factor only had
one hit. He hasn’t been heard of since then. Is Shayne Ward going to be another talent show
flop?
A lot of people feel cynical about reality TV show winners and their chances of continuing
success. Audiences usually lose interest in them as soon as the show has finished. In fact,
contestants on shows like Big Brother are given severe warnings from the show’s producers
beforehand, basically telling them “you will not be liked”. Talent shows like The X Factor have
to offer contestants a kind of stardom though, and something they can think of as a career,
months afterwards at least.
Question 35: The word “mental” in the first paragraph is closest in meaning to
A. psychiatric B. physical C. crazy D. mind-bending
Question 36: The word “it” in the first paragraph refers to
A. the tour B. the experience C. the phone call D. the show
Question 37: Which of the following statement is TRUE about Shayne Ward?
A. He is certain how well known he is.
B. He finds his present situation unacceptable.
C. He is confused about the nature of fame.
D. He thinks his job isn’t particularly glamorous.
Question 38: After performing in his home city, Shayne felt
A. overwhelmed B. embarrassed C. disappointed D. relieved
Question 39: After leaving school at the age of sixteen, Shayne
A. set off on a trip B. gave up performing
C. got himself a job D. applied to a college
Question 40: The word “flop” in the passage is closest in meaning to
A. someone who is unpopular
B. someone who is unsuccessful
C. someone who isn’t ambitious
Trang 8/7
D. someone who lacks character
Question 41: According to the passage, who decide the winner of a reality TV talent show?
A. audiences B. contestants C. previous winners D. record companies
Question 42: What does the writer suggest about reality talent show winners?
A. They are treated badly by producers. B. Their fame is short-lived.
C. Audiences never really like them. D. They don’t expect to be popular.
Trang 9/7
Question 43: My sister and I dressed as quickly as we could, but we missed the school bus and
we late for school.
A. My sister and I could dress quickly but could not be in time for school.
B. My sister and I missed the school bus, so we were late for school.
C. My sister and I dressed quickly but we were late for school because we missed the school bus.
D. My sister and I were late for school because we dressed so quickly
Question 44: I last heard this song 10 years ago.
A. It has been 10 years when I have heard this song.
B. It was 10 years since I last heard this song.
C. It is 10 years since I last heard this song.
D. It is 10 years when I have heard this song.
Question 45: He now goes to work on his bicycle instead of by car.
A. Since he bought the car, he has never used the bicycle to go to work
B. He has now stopped driving to work and goes by bicycle.
C. He still goes to work by car but more often on his bicycle.
D. He has never gone to work in his car but always on his bicycle.
Question 46: No one in our office (A) wants to drive to work (B) because of there (C) are always
traffic jams (D) at rush hour.
Question 47: Linda refuse (A) taking the job (B) given to her (C) because the salary (D) was not
good. Question 48: The General Certificate of Secondary Education (GCSE) is (A) the name of (B)
a set of English qualifications, generally (C) taking by secondary students (D) at the age of 15-16
in England.
Question 49: Her living conditions were difficult. However, she studied very well.
A. She studied very well in spite of her difficult living conditions.
B. She studied very well thanks to the fact that she lived in difficult conditions.
C. Although she lived in difficult conditions, but she studied very well.
D. Difficult as her living conditions, she studied very well.
Question 50: My grandparents’ lake house was built in 1970. It was completely destroyed by
the forest fire.
Trang
10/7
A. My grandparents’ lake house, which was built in 1970, was completely destroyed by the
forest fire.
B. My grandparents’ lake house was built in 1970, so it was completely destroyed by the forest
fire.
C. My grandparents’ lake house was built in 1970; however, completely destroying the forest
fire.
D. The forest fire destroyed my grandparents’ lake house was built in 1970.
Trang
11/7
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp B C D B A C D A C D
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp B B D B C B D D B B
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp D D C D A B A A A B
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp D B B D C C D A C B
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp A B C C B B A C A A
án
Trang
12/7
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. visits B. destroys C. believes D.
depends Question 2: A. element B. dedicate C. event
D. devote
Question 3: A. interview B. determine C. politics D. calculate
Question 4: A. simple B. polite C. factual D. instant
Question 5: We offer a speedy and secure service of transferring money in less than 24 hours.
A. unsure B. unlimited C. unimportant D. unlikely
Question 6: I can’t stand people who treat animals cruelly.
A. gently B. cleverly C. reasonably D. brutally
Question 7: That is the instance where big, obvious non-verbal signals are appropriate.
A. matter B. place C. attention D. situation
Question 8: My close friend, Trang, always helps me when I am in need.
A. sends money B. gives a hand C. buys a book D. gives care
Question 9: - Customer: “Can I have a look at that shirt, please?” - Salesgirl: “ ”
A. Which one? Is it this one?
B. It’s much cheaper.
C. It’s out of stock.
D. Can I help you?
Question 10: - Tim: “Good morning. Could I speak to Mr. Brown, please?” - Michael: “ ”
A. He’s in a meeting. Can I take a message?
B. Probably by Monday next week.
C. I’ll have to ask the person you want to ring first.
D. Certainly. Would two o’clock be OK?
Question 11: That secretary, answered the phone, told me that the director was out.
A. who B. whose C. that D. whom
Question 12: Students will not be allowed into the exam room if they their student cards.
A. don’t produce B. didn’t produce C. produced D. hadn’t produced
Question 13: Changes have been made in our education program. Therefore, young
children
do homework any more.
A. couldn’t B. needn’t C. oughtn’t D. haven’t
Question 14: Although MERS (Middle East Respiratory Syndrome) spreads through close
contact with sick people, not through the air, many people still avoid to crowded places.
A. having gone B. going C. to go D. gone
Question 15: A large number of inventions and discoveries have been accident.
A. in B. by C. at D. on
Question 16: After the new technique had been introduced, this factory produced cars
in 2015 as the year before.
A. twice as many B. twice many as C. as many twice D. as twice many
Question 17: It is of businessmen to shake hands in formal meetings.
A. familiar B. ordinary C. common D. typical
Question 18: Nam has finally found a new job after being for several months.
A. out of reach B. out of order C. out of work D. out of mind
Question 19: She performed so well in the 28th Sea Games Women’s 200m butterfly that none
of her rivals could her.
A. look up to B. come up to C. catch up with D. put up with
Question 20: Sally really loves the jewelry box that her parents gave her as a
birthday present.
A. wooden brown nice B. nice wooden brown
C. brown wooden nice D. nice brown wooden
Question 21: My boss asked his son impolitely.
A. didn’t behave B. to behave C. not behave D. not to behave
Question 22: Natural disasters will result crop failures and famine.
A. in B. from C. of D. to
Without transportation, our modem society could not (23) . We would have no
metal, no coal and no oil nor would we have any (24 made from these materials.
Trang 2/7
(25)
, we would have to spend most of our time raising food and food would be
limited to the kinds that could grow in the climate and soil of our neighborhood.
Transportation also affects our lives in other ways. Transportation can speed a doctor to the
side of a sick person, even if the patients’ lives on an isolated farm. It can take police to the
scene of a crime within a moment of being noticed. Transportation (26) teams of athletes
to compete in national and international sports contests. In time of (27)
transportation can rush aid to
persons in areas stricken by floods, families and earthquakes.
Trang 3/7
Question 23: A. B. exist C. take place D. happen
establish
Question 24: A. B. production C. products D.
producers
Question 25: A. Even B. Besides C. Although productivity
D. However
Question 26: A. brings B. fetches C. enables D. gets
Question 27: A. B. accidents C. problems D. wars
Although speech is the most advanced form of communication, there are many ways of
communicating without using speech. Signals, signs, symbols, and gestures may be found in
every known culture. The basic function of signal is to impinge upon the environment in such a
way that it attracts attention, for example, the dots and dashes of a telegraph circuit. Coded to
refer to speech, the potential for communication is really great. Less adaptable to the
codification of words, signs also contain meaning in and of themselves. A stop sign or barber
pole conveys meaning quickly and conveniently. Symbols are more difficult to describe than
either signals or signs because of their intricate relationship with the receiver’s cultural
perceptions. In some culture, applauding in a theater provides performers with an auditory’
symbol of approval. Gestures such as waving and handshaking also convey certain cultural
messages.
Although signals, signs, symbols, and gestures are very useful, they do have a major
disadvantage. They usually do not allow ideas to be shared without the sender being directly
adjacent to the receiver. As a result, means of communication intended to be used for long
distances and extended periods are based upon speech. Radio, television, and the telephone are
only a few.
Question 28: All of the following are true EXCEPT .
A. Signal, symbols, signs and gestures are found in every culture.
B. Signal, symbols, signs and gestures are very useful.
C. Signal, symbols, signs and gestures also have some disadvantage.
D. Signal, symbols, signs and gestures are only used for long distance contact.
Question 29: What does the author say about the speech?
A. It is dependent upon the advances made by inventors.
B. It is the only true form of communication.
C. It is necessary for communication to occur.
D. It is the most advanced form of communication.
Question 30: Which of the following would be the best title for the passage?
A. Gestures B. Communication C. Signs and signals D. Speech
Question 31: The phrase “impinge upon’’ in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to
Trang 4/7
A. affect B. vary C. prohibit D. improve
Question 32: The word “it” in paragraph I refers to
A. way B. environment C. speech D. signal
Question 33: Applauding was cited as an example of
A. a symbol B. a signal C. a sign D. a gesture
Question 34: Why were the telephone, radio, and the television invented?
A. Because people wanted to communicate across long distances.
Trang 5/7
B. Because people wanted new forms of communication.
C. Because people believed that signs, signals, and symbols were obsolete.
D. Because people were unable to understand signs, signals, and symbols.
The concept of being environmentally conscious, or “green,” has become more prevalent in
twenty first-century U.S. culture. It has begun to affect the manufacturing of everything from
non-toxic household cleaning products to motor vehicles powered by alternative sources of
energy. However, one way of being “green” that is perhaps not as apparent to the viewer but of
equal importance in being environmentally conscious, is the construction of buildings that are
considered “sustainable.” Sustainable buildings are those that do not impose on the
environment or rely on the over-utilization of energy or natural resources. There are four main
principles of sustainability, which include consideration of the health and stability of all living
things and their environmental diversity, as well as the economic opportunities of humanity.
Sustainable architecture consists of environmentally conscious design techniques. In the past,
the demolition of an old building meant that all or most of the debris of the building would end
up in a landfill or a waste disposal site. Today, architects can plan and design a building that
uses recycled materials, such as wood, concrete, stone, or metal. These materials are salvaged
from the demolition of an older building and can be appropriately incorporated into a new
construction. Architects and construction supervisors may also choose to recycle more organic
parts of demolished buildings, such as wooden doors, windows and other glass, ceramics,
paper, and textiles.
A problem that has often arisen has been with how a site crew-whether it is demolition or
construction crew determines and sorts what is “waste” and what is recyclable. Architects and
environmental scientists have to decide whether or not a material is appropriate for use in new
construction and how it will impact the environment. They must evaluate the materials from
the demolition and determine what those materials contain, and if they meet the standards set
by the U.S. government’s Environmental Protection Agency (the EPA). If the debris from the
demolition contains hazardous materials that are harmful to the environment or to the
consumer, such as asbestos, then the material is not salvageable. Use of asbestos for insulation
and as a form of fire retardation in buildings and fabrics was common in the nineteenth
century. Asbestos was once used in shingles on the sides of old buildings, as well as in the
insulation in the interior walls of homes or other construction. In new “green” construction,
insulation that was once asbestos-based can be replaced with recycled denim or constructed
with cellulose-a fibrous material found in paper products. The same assessment applies to
wood or wallboard painted with toxic lead-based paints. In addition, gas-flow regulators and
meters on both water and gas heating systems constructed prior to 1961 must be carefully
Trang 6/7
evaluated to determine that they do not contain dangerous substances such as mercury.
Mercury can be harmful to humans and the environment if it is spilled during the removal of
these devices.
Question 35: The word “prevalent” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to .
A. rare B. unusual C. widespread D. valuable
Question 36: In paragraph 1, the author implies that .
A. all buildings impose on the environment.
B. the concept of being green has not influenced manufacturers.
C. uses of alternative energy are apparent to the consumer.
Trang 7/7
D. some companies manufacture vehicles that are not powered by gasoline.
Question 37: According to paragraph 1, which of the following is true?
A. Today’s cleaning products and appliances harm the environment.
B. All construction follows the concept of sustainable architecture.
C. Sustainable buildings do not overuse electricity, oil, or gas.
D. Construction of “green” buildings is an old idea.
Question 38: In paragraph 2, the word “salvaged” is closest in meaning to .
A. destroyed B. saved C. buried D. lost
Question 39: According to paragraph 2, environmentally conscious design incorporates .
A. safe, organic, recycled materials B. new wood, stone, or concrete
C. debris from a demolished building D. materials from a landfill
Question 40: In paragraph 3, the author mention both demolition and construction crews in order
to
.
A. contrast the work of the two types of crews on a site
B. give an example of how choosing materials is not easily determined on a site
C. illustrate the types of crews that sort waste and recyclables
D. demonstrate that choosing recyclable materials is challenging for both crews
Question 41: The word “they” in paragraph 3 refers to .
A. the materials from the demolition
B. the site crew
C. architects and environmental scientists
D. the EPA
Question 42: In paragraph 3, the author mentions all of the following hazardous materials
found in debris from a demolition site EXCEPT .
A. asbestos B. mercury. C. cellulose D. lead
Question 43: Alex doesn’t find it difficult to get up early in the morning.
A. Alex is in two minds about getting up early in the morning.
B. Alex is not hesitant to get up early in the morning.
C. Alex is accustomed to getting up early in the morning.
D. Alex is pleased with getting up early in the morning.
Question 44: People rumour that the Prince secretly got married to an ordinary girl.
A. The Prince is rumoured to have secretly got married to an ordinary girl.
Trang 8/7
B. It was rumoured that the Prince secretly got married to an ordinary girl.
C. The Prince was rumoured to secretly get married to an ordinary girl.
D. The Prince had secretly got married to an ordinary girl, as it was rumoured.
Question 45: She never lets her daughter participate in an activity unless it is under the
supervision of an adult.
Trang 9/7
A. The only activities in which she allows her daughter to take part are those watched over by
a grown- up.
B. If an older person is in attendance, she usually agrees to her daughter’s participation in
activities.
C. She always takes her daughter to activities which are supervised by grown-ups.
D. As long as she herself is present at the activity, she permits her daughter to join in.
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
Question 46: Sugars (A) like glucose (B) is (C) made (D) up of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen
atoms.
Question 47: A 1971 U.S. (A) government policy not only put warnings on cigarette (B) packs but
also
(C) banning television (D) advertising of cigarettes.
Question 48: (A) Most of the Earth’s ice is (B) found either in the two great ice (C) caps of
Antarctica and Greenland (D) and on the tall mountains of the world.
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
Question 49: People should not throw rubbish in the park. People should not cut down the
trees in the park.
A. People should either throw rubbish in the park or cut down the trees in the park.
B. People should neither throw rubbish nor cut down the trees in the park.
C. People should either throw rubbish nor cut down the trees in the park.
D. People should neither throw rubbish or cut down the trees in the park
Question 50: Most of the classmates couldn’t come. He invited them to the birthday party.
A. Most of the classmates he invited to the birthday party couldn’t come.
B. Most of the classmates he was invited to the birthday party couldn’t come.
C. Most of the classmates that he invited them to the birthday party couldn't come.
D. Most of the classmates which he invited to the birthday party couldn't come.
Trang
10/7
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp A D B B A A D B A A
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp A A B B B A D C C D
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp D A B C B C A D D B
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp A D A A C D C B A D
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp A C C A A B C D B A
án
Trang
11/7
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. society B. delegate C. president D. protection
Question 2: A. packed B. pleased C. stopped D. finished
Question 3: A. solidarity B. effectively C. documentary D. dedication
Question 4: A. emerge B. organic C. belief D. medium
Question 5: “If you had studied instead of goofing off all semester, you wouldn’t be so worried
about tomorrow’s exam.”
A. to behave not very well
B. to pass time studying
C. to hardly try to work
D. to pass time in a relaxed way
Question 6: With the final examinations coming very soon his anxiety was rising to almost
unbearable limits.
A. joy B. confidence C. boredom D. apprehension
Question 7: The report advocated that all buildings should be fitted with smoke detectors.
A. supported B. cheered C. forced D. warned
Question 8: He resembles his father very much.
A. looks after B. names after C. takes after D. calls after
Question 9: - Jane: “Your hairstyle is terrific, Daisy!” - Daisy: “ ”
A. Yes, all right.
B. Thank you. I had it done yesterday.
C. Never mention it.
D. Thanks, but I’m afraid.
Question 10: - John: “What kind of job would you like?” - Tim: “ ”
A. No, thanks B. I heard it was very good
C. Anything to do with computers D. Anytime after next week
Question 11: I enjoy busy. I don’t like it when there is nothing.
A. being/to do B. to be/doing C. to be/to do D. being/doing
Question 12: Women no longer have to do hard work nowadays as they used to ?
A. are they B. aren’t they C. do they D. don’t they
Question 13: You Peter yesterday. He’s been on business for a week now.
A. mustn’t have seen
B. could not have seen
C. may have not seen
D. can have seen
Question 14: She was the first woman the ship.
A. who leave B. to leave C. leaving D. left
Question 15: No one can predict the future exactly. Things may happen .
A. expectation B. expected C. expectedly D. unexpectedly
Question 16: I want to tell you about my when I first arrived in London.
A. incidents B. happenings C. experiences D.
events Question 17: The local people were not very friendly to us, in fact there
was a distinctly atmosphere.
A. hostile B. offensive C. rude D. abrupt
Question 18: She sent her children to the park so that she could have some .
A. fresh and quiet B. quiet and peace C. peace and quiet D. fresh and peace
Question 19: I to see my girlfriend on my way home.
A. dropped back B. dropped in C. dropped out D. dropped off
Question 20: Bob won first in the art competition.
A. prize B. medal C. reward D. benefit
Question 21: My younger sister is not to drive a car.
A. so old B. enough old C. too old D. old enough
Question 22: The students by the teacher yesterday were very rude.
A. punished B. to punish C. punish D. punishing
Many Americans believe that manners have gotten worse and official figures confirm this. In a
recent survey, nearly 70% said that people are (23) than they were 20 or 30 years ago.
Trang 2/7
This is true of both large and small towns, although 74% of (24) living in cities said that
people have become ruder, compared with 67% in rural areas. However, few people believe
that they have bad
manners themselves! For example, only 8% in the questionnaire (25) they have ever
used their cell phones in public in a loud or annoying way. Many people (26) new technology for
our changing manners. Computers, MP3 players, and cell phones take us away from face-to-face
contact, as
Trang 3/7
well as being very annoying in public places. “All of these things result in a world with more
stress, more chances for people to be rude to each other,” said Peter Post, an instructor on
business manners.
But what can we do about it? Some people would like to see a rail car (27) for
cell phone users so that the rest of us can travel in peace and quiet. In fact, one train company,
Amtrak, has banned cell phones in one car of some trains, which is called a “Quiet Car”.
Question 23: A. ruder B. older C. wiser D.
smarter Question 24: A. those B. them C. they
D. ones Question 25: A. confess B. admit
C. accept D. agree Question 26: A.
reproach B. reprimand C. command D. blame
Question 27: A. founded B. prepared C.reserved D. suited
indicate correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.
One of the highest honors for formalists, writers, and musical composers is the Pulitzer Prize.
First awarded in 1927, the Pulitzer Prize has been won by Ernest Hemingway, Harper Lee. John
F. Kennedy, and Rodgers and Hammerstein, among others. As with many famous awards, this
prize was named after its founder, Joseph Pulitzer.
Joseph Pulitzer’s story, like that of many immigrants to the United States, is one of hardship,
hard work and triumph. Bom in Hungary, Joseph Pulitzer moved to United States in 1864. He
wanted to be a reporter, but he started his American life by fighting in the American Civil War.
After the war, Pulitzer worked for the German - language newspaper, the Westiiche Post. His
skills as a reporter were wonderful, and he soon became a partial owner of the paper.
In 1978, Pulitzer was able to start a newspaper of his own. Right from the first edition, the
newspaper took a controversial approach to new. Pulitzer wanted to appeal to the average
reader, so he produced exciting stories of scandal and intrigue. Such an approach is
commonplace today, but in Pulitzer’s time it was new and different. The approach led to the
discovery' of many instances of corruption by influential people. Pulitzer ‘paper became very
famous and is still produced today.
The success of Joseph Pulitzer’s newspaper made him a very wealthy man, so he wanted to
give something back to his profession. Throughout his later years, he worked to establish
university programs for the teaching of journalism, and he funded numerous scholarships to
assist journalism students. Finally, he wanted to leave a legacy that would encourage writers to
remember the importance of quality. On his death, he gave two million dollars to Columbia
University so they could award prizes to great writers.
The Pulitzer Prize recipients are a very select group. For most, winning a Pulitzer Prize is the
Trang 4/7
highlight of their career. If an author, journalist, or composer you know has won a Pulitzer
Prize, you can be sure they are at the top of their profession.
Question 28: Why does the writer mention “John F. Kennedy” in line 3?
A. He was one of the inventors of the famous awards.
B. He was one of the winners of the Pulitzer Prize.
C. He was one of the people who selected the Pulitzer winners.
D. He was in one of the scandals reported on by Joseph Pulitzer.
Question 29: According to the reading passage, why did Joseph Pulitzer invent the Pulitzer Prize?
A. to encourage people to remember his name and success
B. to encourage writers to remember the importance of quality
Trang 5/7
C. to encourage journalism students to achieve their goals
D. to encourage people to appreciate the work of the Pulitzer winners
Question 30: The word “partial” in the passage is closest in meaning to
A. in part only B. brand new C. one and only D. very important
Question 31: According the passage, who receives the Pulitzer Prize?
A. Columbia University graduates B. journalism students
C. noted writers and composers D. most newspaper reporters
Question 32: According to the reading passage, how did Joseph Pulitzer appeal to the average
reader?
A. He wrote about famous writers of journalism and literature.
B. He wrote stories about the war.
C. He produced his own newspaper.
D. He produced exciting stories of scandal and intrigue.
Question 33: Which sentence about Joseph Pulitzer is true according to the reading passage?
A. He received a scholarship when he was a university student.
B. He was rich even when he was young.
C. He was a reporter during the American Civil War.
D. He immigrated to the United States from Hungary.
Question 34: Which sentence about Joseph Pulitzer is NOT true according to the reading passage?
A. Joseph Pulitzer was the first writer to the win the prize in 1917.
B. The prize is aimed at encouraging a writer’s career.
C. Joseph Pulitzer left money to award to the prizewinners.
D. Receiving the prize is one of the highest honors for writers.
Most of us associate robots with films such as Star Wars, I, Robot or AI, but in reality they have
more to do with social issues and politics rather than science fiction. The term robot first made
its appearance in a play entitled Rossum s Universal Robots written almost a century ago by a
Czechoslovakian playwright by the name of Karel Capek. Capek got the name robot from the
Slavic word ‘ robota’ which means forced labour. In his play, he portrays a society where robots,
which look human, are mass produced to work in the place of people.
Capeks story was well received by the critics but never really got credit for being the source
of the notion of robots. The play has significant relevance to our society today, as humanoid-
type robots are being created to fulfil a wide range of tasks. Robot engineers are not only
developing mindless worker drones, but are attempting to create human-like companion robots
for people. Consequently, the question of what actually makes us human is the subject of lively
Trang 6/7
debate.
In the USA, sociable robotics is developing at a relatively rapid rate and a human companion
type of robot could soon be a reality. Japanese researchers see a very bright future for these
robots who will serve as friends or family to the lonely. Nevertheless, one needs to ask if a
human being can have a relationship with a machine in the same way as they do with other
people or animals and if so, what effect this could have on our society. The success of robot toys
or virtual pets suggests that this type of relationship is possible.
Trang 7/7
Research shows that children tend to have similar relationships with humans as with non-
humans whereas the same is true for adults only with pets or when the robot is designed to
look like a child. This is probably because robots display superficial emotions and cannot as yet
replace human touch. But will these machines one day succeed in replacing humans?
Some paint a very dark picture of a robot society and predict that artificially intelligent
machines will take control of the entire planet and dominate the human race. However robot
technology is still in its infancy and the idea of them taking over the world is pure fantasy to
most of us, including scientists. In fact, most robots can only perform very basic tasks and even
the most advanced robot that is capable of expressing over forty different emotions seems to do
so in a totally random manner, regardless of what is going on around it.
In spite of the simplicity of today’s robots, robotic technology is impacting our everyday lives
in a dramatic way. Nowadays, our robots are becoming more and more like those portrayed in
Capeks work. In a society where human relationships are so often strained, it is no surprise
that the possibility for human-robot relationships is increasing.
Question 35: In paragraph 2, the phrase ‘was well received by the critics' means .
A. reviewers thought the story was good.
B. they praised the w riter for his linguistic skills.
C. the story was sent to a lot of critics.
D. the author was criticised by other writers.
Question 36: The word “strained” in the last sentence means .
A. separated B. impressed C. extended D. close
Question 37: Adults tend to have good relationships with .
A. childlike robots B. robot toys C. non-humans D. virtual pets
Question 38: Japanese researchers think that robots could .
A. be useful to engineers
B. be put to use as servants
C. be of use to families
D. be of use to people who live alone
Question 39: When most people think of robots, they tend to think of
A. literature B. social issues C. politics D. films
Question 40: Most critics ignored the fact that .
A. Capek came up with the idea of robots.
B. robots can do a lot of tasks,
C. robots are important in our society.
D. humanoid robots are being created.
Trang 8/7
Question 41: There is a lot of discussion about
A. the truth about companionship
B. the nature of a humanoid robot
C. how a robot is made up
D. what a human really is
Question 42: Advanced robots still only .
Trang 9/7
A. express emotions randomly
B. perform basic tasks
C. express over forty emotions
D. react to emotions just like humans
Question 43: “Why don’t you take extra classes in English if you want to become a tourist
guide?” said my friend.
A. My friend advised me to not take extra classes in English only if I wanted to become a
tourist guide.
B. My friend suggested I take extra classes in English if I wanted to become a tourist guide.
C. In my friend’s opinion, I will never become a tourist guide if I don’t take extra classes in
English.
D. In my friend’s opinion, taking extra classes in English is necessary if I wanted to become a
tourist guide.
Question 44: It is acknowledged that Vietnam had a complete control over SARS from a very
early stage of the epidemic.
A. Vietnam is acknowledged to have a complete control over SARS from a very early stage of
the epidemic.
B. Vietnam is acknowledged to have completely controlled SARS from a very early stage of
the epidemic.
C. Vietnam was acknowledged to have controlled SARS from a very early stage of the epidemic.
D. Vietnam was acknowledged to have had a complete control over SARS from a very early
stage of the epidemic.
Question 45: She usually spends one hour driving to work every day.
A. She usually works one hour every day.
B. It usually takes her one hour to drive to work every day.
C. She usually goes to work by car once a day.
D. It usually takes her one hour to work on her car every day.
Question 46: Leonardo is often (A) thought of primarily as an artist, and (B) with masterpieces
such as The Last Supper and the Mona Lisa (C) to his credits, his (D) place in art history is
assured.
Question 47: The longest advertising poster (A) ever produced which (B) was for (C) the Rome
Opera House was nearly 300m (D) length.
Trang
10/7
Question 48: The funny thing (A) about Chinese food is that it seems to taste different in (B)
every country you eat (C) them and (D) yet nothing like the Chinese food you eat in China.
Question 49. Computer is a miraculous device. It is capable of doing almost anything you ask it
to.
A. Computer can’t do anything you ask it to because it is a miraculous device.
B. Computer is unable to do almost anything you ask it to so it is a miraculous device.
C. Computer is a miraculous device since it is possible for doing anything you ask it to.
Trang
11/7
D. Computer is a miraculous device because it is impossible for doing almost
anything you ask it to.
Question 50. Mary was really thrilled with the recent decrease in the cost of electronic items.
She bought a new CD player.
A. Mary was so interested in the recent cost of electronic items that she decided to buy herself
a new CD player immediately.
B. It was really thrilling for Mary to be able to buy her first CD player after so many years of
high prices for electronic items.
C. Mary, who had just purchased a new CD player at a low price, was so thrilled that she got
a few other electronic items as well.
D. Mary purchased a new CD player due to the fact that the drop in electronic goods’ price
really excited her.
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp A B B D B B A C B C
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp A C B B D C A C B A
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp D A A A B D C B B A
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp C D D A A A A D D A
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp D A B B B C D C C D
án
Trang
12/7
Trang
13/7
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. bats B. dates C. days D.
speaks Question 2: A. confide B. install C.
kidding D. rim
Question 3: A. conserve B. achieve C. employ D. waver
Question 4: A. perseverance B. application C. agriculture D. dedication
Question 5: The nominating committee always meets behind closed doors, lest its deliberations
become known prematurely.
A. privately B. safely C. publicly D. dangerously
Question 6: We managed to get to school in time despite the heavy rain.
A. later than expected B. earlier than a particular moment
C. early enough to do something D. as long as expected
Question 7: Today’s scientists have overcome many of the challenges of the depth by using
more
sophisticated tools.
A. complicated B. worldly C. experienced D. aware
Question 8: Suddenly, it began to rain heavily, so all the summer hikers got drenched all over.
A. very tired B. completely wet C. refreshed D. cleansed
Question 9: Tim and Alice are tatking about pets.
-Tim: “Oh! What a beautiful cat. What do you think?”
-Alice: “ . Dogs are more loyal than cats.”
A. That’s right
B. I think I’d rather get a dog.
C. I can’t agree with you more
D. Thank you. That’s really encouraging
Question 10: Two friends Diana and Anne are talking about their upcoming exams.
- Diana: “Our midterm exams will start next Tuesday, are you ready?”
- Anne: “ ”
A. I’m half ready. B. God save you.
C. Thank you so much D. Don’t mention it!
Question 11: People are advised to smoking because of its harm to their health.
A. cut down on B. cut off C. cut in D. cut down
Question 12: I think you’d be good at this job. Why don’t you it?
A. take care of B. apply for C. take after D. put
off Question 13: UNESCO was established to encourage collaboration nations in
the areas education, science, culture, and communication.
A. between - in B. among – in C. among- of D. between-of
Question 14: We live in a large house in middle of the village.
A. a B. an C. the D. 
Question 15: Ben asked Jane where the previous Sunday.
A. has she been B. she had been C. had she been D. she has been
Question 16: Each of us must take for our own actions.
A. ability B. responsibility C. possibility D. probability
Question 17: Nam Cao is a realistic writer, but he still used a lot of romance
in his stories.
A. On my part B. On the contrary C. On the other hand D. On the whole
Question 18: Many villages were by the floods last year.
A. looked after B. taken out C. come up D. wiped out
Question 19: In many families, the most important decisions are by many women.
A. done B. given C. arrived D. made
Question 20: Thanks to the women’s liberation, women can take part in activities.
A. social B. socially C. socialize D. society
Question 21: When my mother is busy preparing dinner, my father often gives the
her a hand housework.
A. on B. with C. for D. about
Question 22: If my cousin an alarm, the thieves wouldn’t have broken into his
house.
A. installs B. have installed C. had installed D. installed
Trang 2/7
I had never been to Denmark before, so when I set out to catch the ferry in early May, I little
suspected that by the end of the trip I’d have made such lasting friendships. Esjberg is a (23)
port for a cyclist’s arrival, where tourist information can be obtained and money changed. A
cycle track leads
(24) town and down to Ribe, where I spent my first night. The only appointment
I had to keep was a meeting with a friend who was flying out in June. I wanted to use my time
well, so I had planned a route which would include several small islands and various parts of
the countryside.
Trang 3/7
In my (25) , a person travelling alone sometimes meets with unexpected
hospitality,
and this trip was no (26) . On only my second day, I got into conversation with a
cheerful man who turned out to be the local baker. He insisted that I should join his family for
lunch, and, while we were eating, he contacted his daughter in Odense. Within minutes, he had
(27) for me to visit her and her family. Then I was sent on my
way with a fresh loaf of bread to keep me going, and the feeling that this would turn out to be a
wonderful holiday.
Question 23: A. capable B. ready C. favorable D.
convenient Question 24: A. into B. upward C. out of
D. upon Question 25: A. information B. experience
C. knowledge D. observation Question 26: A.
exception B. difference C. exchange D. contract
Question 27: A. fixed B. ordered C. settled D. arranged
The iPhone was released in 2007. E-books reached the mainstream in the late 1990s. Printed
books have been around since the 1450s. But how did writing move around before then? After
all, a book - electronic or not - is simply a mechanism for making written information portable.
And our ancestors were as eager to take their reading on the go as we are. Here are some ways
that people used to record information and carry it around.
In Mesopotamia, in the 3rd millennium BCE, various ancient peoples began scribbling on
small tablets that were several inches long. Scribes used a stylus to make marks on wet clay
tablets, w hich were then dried outside or baked so as to make them long-lasting. Some
particularly important texts ran across multiple tablets. The type of writing used by these
scribes was cuneiform, and it sustained the production of these tablets for some 2,000 years.
The Chinese also created tablets that were made from bamboo or wood and were lashed
together with the equivalent of rope. Records suggest that these may have emerged by 1300
BCE, if not before, but many simply rotted away or otherwise decayed. The emperor
Shihuangdi also didn’t help in 213 BCE when he ordered that most books not in his possession
be burned. During roughly the same time, the Chinese also created scrolls made of silk, though
these scrolls were not always rolled into a cylindrical form; some of the documents written on
silk that were found, for example, at Mawangdui, an archaeological site in southeastern China
that dates to the 2nd century BCE, were found folded into rectangles. The texts on these tablets
and scrolls covered a wide range of topics, from medicine to poetry to philosophy.
Wax tablets were a riff on the ancient Mesopotamian clay tablets, courtesy of the ancient
Trang 4/7
Greeks and Romans. Clay tablets could be awkward to work with; papyrus could be a pain to
prepare and store. But filling a wooden block with hot wax that, after it cooled, provided a
smooth soft writing surface? Simple. And cheap too. Permanence was a bit of a problem, but it
was also an advantage: the wax could be remelted or scraped smooth, and the tablet was ready
for use again. The Greeks and the Romans, and medieval Europeans after them, used these
tablets for some important legal documentation, but their primary advantage was flexibility—
very much like a paper (or electronic) tablet today.
(Source: https://britannicalearn. com)
A. Ways people sent their information to others
Trang 5/7
B. Different kinds of ancient people’s books
C. Tablet as the most important material in making e-books.
D. Ways people Took Their Reading on the Go
Question 29: According paragraph 1, a book is simply defined as .
A. a system for making written information transportable
B. an electronic mechanism for making written information portable
C. a mechanism for recording important information long-lasting
D. a way of recording information.
Question 30: The word “them" in paragraph 2 refers to
A. ancient peoples B. scribes C. clay tablets D. important texts
Question 31: The word “emerged" in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to
A. appeared B. invented C. discovered D. found
Question 32: According the passage, Chinese people .
A. created bamboo tablets and silk scrolls almost simultaneously
B. created bamboo tablets before they used silk scrolls
C. created silk scrolls very roughly before they used bamboo tablets
D. didn’t use silk scrolls until they created bamboo tablets
Question 33: The word “roughly” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to
A. violently B. harshly C. approximately D. severely
Question 34: Which of the following material is considerably similar to a paper people write on
today?
A. clay tablets B. bamboo tablets C. wood tablets D. wax tablets
What geologists call the Basin and Range Province in the United States roughly coincides in its
northern portions with the geographic province known as the Great Basin. The Great Basin is
surrounded on the west by the Sierra Nevada and on the east by the Rocky Mountains; it has no
outlet to the sea. The prevailing winds in the Great Basin are from the west. Warm, moist air
from the Pacific Ocean is forced upward as it crosses the Sierra Nevada. At the higher altitudes
it cools and the moisture it carries is precipitated as rain or snow on the western slopes of the
mountains. That which reaches the Basin is air wrung dry of moisture. What little water falls
there as rain or snow, mostly in the winter months, evaporates on the broad, flat desert floors. It
is, therefore, an environment in which organism battle for survival. Along the rare
watercourses, cottonwoods and willows eke out a sparse existence. In the upland ranges, pinion
pines and junipers struggle to hold their own.
But the Great Basin has not always been so arid. Many of its dry, closed depressions were
Trang 6/7
once filled with water. Owens Valley, Panamint Valley, and Death Valley were once a string of
interconnected lakes. The two largest of the ancient lakes of the Great Britain were Lake
Lahontan and Lake Bonneville. The Great Salt Lake is all that remains of the latter, and Pyramid
Lake is one of the last briny remnants of the former.
There seem to have been several periods within the last tens of thousands of years when water
accumulated in these basins. The rise and fall of the lakes were undoubtedly linked to the
advances and retreats of the great ice sheets that covered much of the northern part of the North
American continent
Trang 7/7
during those times. Climatic changes during the Ice Ages sometimes brought cooler, wetter
weather to mid-latitude deserts worldwide, including those of the Great Basin. The broken
valleys of the Great Basin provided ready receptacles for this moisture.
Question 35: What is the geographical relationship between the Basin and Range Province and
the Great Basin?
A. The Great Basin is in the northern part of the Basin and Range Province.
B. The Great Basin is west of the Basin and Range Province.
C. The Great Basin is larger than the Basin and Range Province.
D. The Great Basin is mountainous; the Basin and Range Province is flat desert.
Question 36: According to the passage, what does the Great Basin lack?
A. Dry air B. Access to the ocean
C. Winds from the west D. Snow
Question 37: The word “prevailing” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to .
A. most frequent B. occasional C. gentle D. most dangerous
Question 38: It can be inferred that the climate in the Great Basin is dry because .
A. the winds are not strong enough to carry moisture
B. the weather patterns are so turbulent
C. the altitude prevents precipitation
D. precipitation falls in the nearby mountains
Question 39: Why does the author mention Owens Valley, Panamint Valley, and Death Valley
in the second paragraph?
A. To give examples of depressions that once contained water.
B. To explain their geographical formation.
C. To compare the characteristics of the valleys with the characteristics of the lakes.
D. To explain what the Great Britain is like today.
Question 40: The word “the former” in paragraph 2 refer to .
A. Lake Lahontan B. Lake Bonneville
C. The Great Salt Lake D. Pyramid Lake
Question 41: The word “accumulated” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to .
A. dried B. flooded C. collected D. evaporated
Question 42: According to the passage, the Ice Ages often brought about .
A. wetter weather B. warmer climates C. broken valley D. desert formation
Question 43: Lisa always reminds me of my youngest sister.
Trang 8/7
A. My youngest sister’s name is Lisa.
B. I always think of Lisa, my youngest sister.
C. Whenever I see Lisa, I think of my youngest sister.
D. It is Lisa who is my youngest sister.
Question 44: People rumor that the president has been suffering from a rare disease.
Trang 9/7
A. It was rumored that the president has been suffering from a rare disease.
B. The president is rumored to have been suffering from a rare disease.
C. A rare disease is rumored to be causing sufferings to the president.
D. The president has been rumored to suffer from a rare disease.
Question 45: California attracted people from many countries when gold was discovered in I848.
A. Discovered in 1848, gold was attractive to people in Cali font ia.
B. Discovered in California in 1848, gold attracted people from many countries there.
C. Gold in California was discovered in 1848 after many people came here.
D. When people are attracted to California, they discovered gold in 1848.
Question 46: Anew school with (A) more than 50 classrooms (B) have just been (C) built in our
(D) local area.
Question 47: The doctor (A) advised him to avoid (B) eating fatty foods, (C) having more fresh
vegetables and drink (D) much water.
Question 48: Since (A) poaching is becoming more (B) seriously, the government has imposed
(C) stricter laws to prevent (D) it.
Question 49: Mr. Smith is a professor. His car was stolen yesterday.
A. His car was stolen yesterday, he is a professor.
B. Mr. Smith, who his car was stolen yesterday, is a professor.
C. Mr. Smith, who is a professor, his car was stolen yesterday.
D. Mr. Smith, whose car was stolen yesterday, is a professor.
Question 50: My motorbike cannot start in the mornings. I think I will get the garage to repair it.
A. My motorbike cannot start in the mornings, so 1 will have it repaired.
B. My motorbike which I will have it repaired cannot start in the morning.
C. My motorbike which I will get it repaired cannot start in the mornings.
D. My motorbike I will get it repaired which cannot start in the mornings.
Trang
10/7
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp C A D C C A A B B A
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp A B C C B B D D D A
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp B C D C B A D D A C
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp A A C D A B A D A A
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp C A C B B B C B D A
án
Trang
11/7
TẠO
05
trang
Question 1: A. chamber B. ancient C. danger D. ancestor
Question 2: A. backcourt B. yoghourt C. forecourt D. law-
court
Question 3: A. implement B. windowpane C. repentance D. stimulate
Question 4: A. worksheet B. announce C. solemn D. sculpture
Question 5: The economy has ground to a halt because of the civil war.
A. stopped suddenly B. gone to the moon
C. lingered to success D. been flying high
Question 6: Thousands are going starving because of the failure of this year's harvest.
A. hungry B. poor C. rich D. full
Question 7: This property is owned communally now, so everyone must take care of it.
A. kept by one member B. shared by roommates
C. saved one by one D. used by everyone
Question 8: “Do you think it’s OK for me to wear jeans to a job interview or do I need
something a bit more upmarket?”
A. being trendy and fashionable B. high quality or expensive
C. cheap with decent quality D. bought from overseas
Question 9: - Mai: “I passed the English test, Mom.” - Mom: “ !”
A. All right B. Well done C. Good luck D. Thank you
Question 10: - Mike: “A motorbike knocked Tim down” - Mary: “ ”
A. How terrific! B. Poor him!
C. Why do you say so? D. What a cheap motorbike!
Question 11: Although at that time my knowledge of German was very poor, I most
of what they said.
A. did understand B. managed understand
C. didn’t understand D. have understood
Question 12: There are many superstitions signs that one can use to the evil eye if
you believe such things.
A. look out-over B. let out-with C. come up-about D. ward off-in
Question 13: We can go by road, because are normally free from
heavy traffic at this time of day.
A. neither - some B. any - either C. both - all D. either – both
Question 14: With unemployment at a record level, retraining programs would off
in the long run.
A. go B. pay C. pass D. wear
Question 15: We can win only if we remain united, and so we must support them the
moment they on strike.
A. will go B. went C. will have gone D. go
Question 16: It’s time we bought some new furniture. Look at these chairs. They’re
to pieces.
A. crumbling B. battered C. falling D. going
Question 17: He prefers water to tap water.
A. fresh B. canned C. mineral D. well
Question 18: It is people who are of voting age who make up the of a country.
A. ballot papers B. electorate C. constituency D. electors
Question 19: It was a(n) conversation. We were both talking about different
things without realising it.
A. unwise B. absurd C. thick D. foolish
Question 20: The film by the time we to the cinema.
A. had already started/got B. already started/ had gotten
C. had already started/had gotten D. has already started/ got
Question 21: It’s only a small lamp, so it doesn’t off much fight.
A. shed B. cast C. give D. spend
Question 22: Before her injury, my sister tennis professionally.
A. would used to play B. will play C. use to play D. used to play
The technique to (23) a kite was described very accurately by Marco Polo,
Trang 2/7
the European explorer who went to China m ore than seven hundred years (24) .
The men Polo saw flying a kite were (25) engaged
in a game, or a pastime. They were a ship’s crew superstitious (26) all sailors are, and
they believed the kite would show them whether or not their voyage would be prosperous. If
the (27) went straight up, it was a good sign, and they would
immediately
Question 23. A. play B. fly C. start D. blow
Question 24. A. before B. previously C. former D. ago
Trang 3/7
Question 25. A. not B. really C. actually D. 
Question 26. A. so B. like C.such D. as
Question 27. A. kite B. ship C. sail D.
For more than six million American children, coming home after school means coming back to
an empty house. Some deal with the situation by watching TV. Some may hide. But all of them
have something in common. They spend part of each day alone. They are called “latchkey
children”. They are children who look after themselves while their parents work. And their bad
condition has become a subject of concern.
Lynette Long was once the principal of an elementary school. She said, “we had a school rule
against wearing jewelry. A lot of kids had chains around their necks with keys attached. I was
constantly telling them to put the keys inside shirts. There were so many keys; it never came to
my mind what they meant.” Slowly, she learned that they were house keys.
She and her husband began talking to the children who had keys. They learned of the effect
working couples and single parents were having on their children. Fear was the biggest
problem faced by children at home alone. One in three latchkey children the Longs talked to
reported beinu frightened. Many had nightmares and were worried about their own safety
The most common way latchkey children deal with their fears is by hiding. They mav hide in
a shower stall, under a bed or in a closet. The second is TV. They often turn the volume up It's
hard to get statistics on latchkey children, the Longs have learned. Most parents are slow to
admit that they leave their children alone.
Question 28: The phrase “an empty house” in the passage mostly means .
A. a house with too much space B. a house with no furniture
C. a house with no people inside D. a house with nothing inside
Question 29: One thing that the children in the passage share is that .
A. they all wear jewelry
B. they spend part of each day alone
C. they all watch TV
D. they are from single-parent families
Question 30: The phrase “latchkey children” in the passage means children who
A. look after themselves while their parents are not at home
B. close doors with keys and watch TV by themselves
C. like to carry latches and keys with them everywhere
D. are locked inside houses with latches and keys
Question 31: What is the main idea of the first paragraph?
Trang 4/7
A. Why kids hate going home B. Children’s activities at home
C. Bad condition of latchkey children D. How kids spend free time
Question 32: What do latchkey children suffer most from when they are at home alone?
A. Tiredness B. Boredom C. Loneliness D. Fear
Question 33: Lynette Long learned of latchkey children’s problems by .
Trang 5/7
A. visiting their homes B. talking to them
C. delivering questionnaires D. interviewing their parents
Question 34: It’s difficult to find out the number of latchkey children because .
A. there are too many of them in the whole country
B. most parents are reluctant to admit that they leave their children alone
C. they hide themselves in shower stalls or under beds
D. they do not give information about themselves for safety reasons
Marianne Moore (1887-1972) once said that her writing could be called poetry only because
there was no other name for it. Indeed her poems appear to be extremely compressed essays
that happen to be printed in jagged lines on the page. Her subject were varied: animals,
laborers, artists, and the craft of poetry. From her general reading came quotations that she
found striking or insightful. She included these in her poems, scrupulously enclosed in
quotation marks, and sometimes identified in footnotes. Of this practice, she wrote, “Why many
quotation marks?’ I am asked ... When a thing has been so well that it could not be said better,
why paraphrase it? Hence, my writing is, if not a cabinet of fossils, a kind of collection of flies in
amber.” Close observation and concentration on detail and the methods of her poetry.
Marianne Moore grew up in Kirkwood, Missouri, near St. Lois. After graduation from Bryn
Mawr College in 1909, she taught commercial subjects at the Indian School in Carlisle,
Pennsylvania. Later she became a librarian in New York City. During the 1920’s she was editor
of The Dial, an important literary magazine of the period. She lived quietly all her life, mostly in
Brooklyn, New York. She spent a lot of time at the Bronx Zoo, fascinated by animals. Her
admiration of the Brooklyn Dodgers-before the teammoved to Los Angeles-was widely known.
Her first book of poems was published in London in 1921 by a group of friends associated with
the Imagist movement. From that time on her poetry has been read with interest by succeeding
generations of poets and readers. In 1952 she was awarded the Pulitzer Prize for her Collected
Poems. She wrote that she did not write poetry “for money or fame. To eam a living is needful,
but it can be done in routine ways. One writes because one has a burning desire to objectify
what it is indispensable to one’s happiness to express
Question 35: The word “succeeding” in line 19 is closest to .
A. inheriting B. prospering C. diverse D. later
Question 36: It can be inferred from the passage that Moore wrote because she .
A. wanted to win awards
B. was dissatisfied with what others wrote
C. felt a need to express herself
Trang 6/7
D. wanted to raise money for the Bronx Zoo
Question 37: What is the passage mainly about?
A. Essayists and poets of the 1920’s
B. The use of quotations in poetry
C. Marianne Moore’s life and work
D. The influence of the imagists on Marianne Moore.
Trang 7/7
Question 38: Where did Moore grow up?
A. In Kirkwood B. In Brooklyn. C. In Carlisle. D. In Los Angeles
Question 39: Which of the following can be inferred about Moore’s poems?
A. They do not use traditional verse forms
B. They are better known in Europe than the United States
C. They were all published in The Dial
D. They tend to be abstract
Question 40: The author mentions all of the following as jobs held by Moore EXCEPT .
A. teacher B. magazine editor C. commercial artist D. librarian
Question 41: According to the passage Moore wrote about all of the following EXCEPT .
A. workers B. animals C. fossils D. artists
Question 42: The word “it” in line 22 refers to .
A. writing poetry B. becoming famous C. earning a living D. attracting readers
Question 43: It was such strong coffee that he couldn’t drink it.
A. The coffee was too strong for him to drink.
B. He couldn’t drink the coffee although the coffee was so strong.
C. He couldn’t drink too strong coffee before.
D. The strong coffee made him able to drink it.
Question 44: Linda seems to have very little record for other people’s feelings.
A. Linda has very few feelings like other people.
B. Linda appears unconcerned about other people’s feelings.
C. Linda has difficulty expressing her feelings for other people.
D. Linda doesn’t respect people who feel sorry for themselves.
Question 45: “I’m sorry I didn't tell you about my trip earlier,” Lan said.
A. Lan apologized me for not to tell about her trip earlier.
B. Lan apologized for not telling her about my trip earlier.
C. Lan apologized for telling me about her late trip.
D. Lan apologized for not telling me about her trip earlier
Question 46: There (A) are probably (B) around 3,000 languages (C) speaking in (D) the world.
Question 47: (A) The novelist Shirley Hazzard is noted (B) for the insight, poetic style, and (C)
sensitive she (D) demonstrates in her works.
Trang 8/7
Question 48: Today the (A) number of people (B) whom enjoy winter sports (C) is almost
double (D) that of twenty years ago.
Question 49: She tried very hard to pass the driving test. She could hardly pass it.
Trang 9/7
A. Although she didn’t try hard to pass the driving test, she could pass it.
B. Despite being able to pass the driving test, she didn’t pass it.
C. No matter how hard she tried, she could hardly pass the driving test.
D. She tried very hard, so she passed the driving test satisfactorily.
Question 50: They’re my two sisters. They aren’t teachers like me.
A. They’re my two sisters, both of those are teachers like me.
B. They’re my two sisters, neither of whom are teachers like me.
C. Like me, neither of my two sisters aren’t teachers.
D. They’re my two sisters who neither are teachers like me.
Trang
10/7
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp D B C B D D D A B B
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp A D D B D C C B B A
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp C D B D A D A C B A
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp C D B B D C C A A C
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp C C A B D C C B C B
án
Trang
11/7
Trang
12/7
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. coach B. goat C. toad D. broad
Question 2: A. laughs B. arrives C. slopes D. presidents
Question 3: A. result B. famine C. earthquake D. injure
Question 4: A. possible B. medical C. rapidly D. initiate
Question 5: For most male spiders courtship is a perilous procedure, for they may be eaten by
females.
A. complicated B. dangerous C. safe D. peculiar
Question 6: A chronic lack of sleep may make us irritable and reduces our motivation to work.
A. uncomfortable B. responsive C. miserable D. calm
Question 7: My parent’ warnings didn’t deter me from choosing the job of my dreams.
A. influence B. discourage C. reassure D. inspire
Question 8: My wife was so keen on the picture that she paid through her nose for it.
A. paid nothing B. turned a deaf ear
C. was offered D. paid much more than usual
Question 9: - Tim: I’m terribly sorry. I just forgot to call you yesterday.
- David:
A. Never mind. You need to remember next time
B. It’s alright. We can talk about it today
C. You’re welcome
D. What a pity!
Question 10: Mary is talking to her professor in his office.
- Mary: “Can you tell me how to find material for my science report, professor?”
- Professor: “ ”
A. I like it that you understand.
B. Try your best, Mary.
C. You can borrow books from the library.
D. You mean the podcasts from other students?
Question 11: The world work is developing very quickly. If you don’t self-leam continuously,
we will not social movements.
A. put up with B. keep up with
C. get on with D. deal with
Question 12: Does television adequately reflect the ethnic and cultural of the country.
A. custom B. diversity C. alternation D. minority
Question 13: He may be shy now, but he will soon come out of his when he meets
the right girl.
A. shoe B. hole C. shed D. shell
Question 14: There’s a list of repairs as long as .
A. your arm B. a pole C. your arms D. a mile
Question 15: I tried to talk to her, but she was as high as a
A. kite B. house C. sky D. wall
Question 16: Not only to determine the depth of the ocean floor, but it is also
used to locate oil.
A. seismology is used B. using seismology
C. is seismology used D. to use seismology
Question 17: The jury her compliments her excellent knowledge of the subject.
A. returned/ to B. paid/ to C. returned/ on D. paid / on
Question 18: Determining the mineral content of soil samples is an exacting process; ,
experts must perform detail tests to analyze soil specimens.
A. therefore B. afterward C. so that D. however
Question 19: John lost the bicycle he bought last week and his parents were very
angry with him.
A. new beautiful blue Japanese B. beautiful blue Japanese new
C. beautiful new blue Japanese D. Japanese beautiful new blue
Question 20: Donald Trump is President of United States.
A. the/ the B. a/ the C. the/ a D. the/ an
Question 21: he arrived at the bus stop when the bus came.
A. Hardly had B. No sooner had C. No longer has D. Not until had
Question 22: Many young people in rural areas don’t want to spend their lives on the farm like
Trang 2/8
Their parents. Therefore, they leave their home villages to find well-paid jobs in
the fast- growing industrial zones.
A. long-term B. up-to-date C. weather-beaten D. wide-ranging
Trang 3/8
You may have heard that tomatoes and processed tomato product like tomato sauce and
canned tomatoes protect (23) some types of cancer. The cancer-preventing properties of
tomato products have been (24) to lycopene. It is a bright red pigment found in
tomatoes and other red fruits and is the cause of their red color. Unlike other fruits and
vegetables, where nutritional content such as vitamin C is diminished upon cooking, processing
of tomatoes increases the concentration of lycopene. Lycopene in tomato paste is four times (25)
in fresh tomatoes.
This is because lycopene is insoluble in water and is tightly bound to vegetable fiber. Thus,
(26
tomato products such as pasteurized tomato juice, so up, sauce, and ketchup
contain the highest concentrations of lycopene. Cooking and crushing tomatoes as in the
canning process and serving in oil-rich dishes such as spaghetti sauce or pizza (27) increase
assimilation from the digestive tract into the bloodstream. Lycopene is a fat-soluble substance,
so the oil is said to help absorption to a great extent.
Question 23: A. out B. off C. against D. away
Question 24: A. pressed B. responsible C. attributed D. original
Question 25: A. much moreB. as much as C. as many as D. further
than Question 26: A. fresh B. processed C. contained D. raw
Question 27: A. largely B. chiefly C. mainly D. greatly
Garbage is a big problem all over the world. People buy and use a lot of things nowadays.
After a while, they throw them away in the garbage bin. All the garbage is later thrown away or
dumped outside the city. These places are called landfill sites. In many cities, landfill sites are
now full.
We have to manage our waste and garbage better. If we throw away so many things, soon we
will have no place to dump them. The best thing to do is to reduce the amount of garbage. If we
use less, we throw away less. For instance, we can buy food in big boxes and packages. Then we
throw away only one box every month or so. Otherwise, we throw away many small boxes or
cans every day.
Similarly, we can reuse a lot of packaging. For example, we do not have to buy take-out coffee
in Styrofoam cups, which are made of aluminum - a toxic material to the environment. We can
bring our own cup from home and fill it with fresh coffee.
We also do not have to take the plastic bags from the supermarket. We can bring our own
cloth bag from home instead. When we pack lunch, it is better to use a lunch box than a paper
bag. Instead of paper plates, we can use real plates. We can clean up with a dishtowel, not a
Trang 4/8
paper towel. We can use a compost bin for food scraps. In this way, the food gets back into the
earth. It does not get mixed up with the regular garbage.
Finally, all paper, glass and metal we do use, we can recycle. In many countries, there are now
recycling programs. In Germany, for example, people separate all glass bottles by color. Then
they put the bottles into special bins that are on the street. The city collects the glass, cleans it,
and reuses it. As well, in most countries, people recycle newspapers and cardboard. It is easy
and efficient.
(Source: http://mini-ielts. com/869/reading/the-garbage-problem)
Question 28: What is the topic word of the first paragraph?
A. Environment B. Garbage C. Problem D. Plastic
Question 29: What is the main idea of the second paragraph?
Trang 5/8
A. People must deal with garbage better.
B. People should reduce their waste.
C. People should recycle more.
D. People should reuse things.
Question 30: Why does the author say that garbage is a big problem?
A. Because not all cities have landfill sites.
B. Because people throw away everything they buy.
C. Because landfill sites get fewer and fewer.
D. Because people buy too many things.
Question 31: What do people throw away?
A. Lunch box B. Wood C. Plastic, glass and metal D. Dishtowel
Question 32: Why does the author mention Germany at the end of the reading passage?
A. To demonstrate that recycling works.
B. To suggest that recycling is the best solution to the garbage problem.
C. To criticize countries that do not have a recycling program.
D. To offer additional advice about how to handle waste.
Question 33: Why should people NOT throw away Styrofoam cups?
A. Because they can fill them again with fresh tea.
B. Because they can buy take-out coffee in them.
C. Because they can reuse them at home and office.
D. Because they are toxic to the environment.
Question 34: What advice does the author give about reusing waste?
A. We should throw away food in the compost bin.
B. We should clean glasses ourselves and recycle them.
C. We should drink take-out coffee.
D. We should collect our own bags from the special bin.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate
It takes a long time to raise a family of owlets, so the great homed owl begins early in the year.
In January and February, or as late as March in the North, the male calls to the female with a
resonant hoot. The female is larger than the male. She sometimes reaches a body length of
twenty-two to twenty-four inches, with a wingspread up to fifty inches. To impress her, the
male does a strange courtship dance. He bobs. He bows. He ruffles his feathers and hops
around with an important air. He flutters from limb to limb and makes flying sorties into the
air. Sometimes he returns with an offering of food. They share the repast, after which she joins
Trang 6/8
the dance, hopping and bobbing about as though keeping time to the beat of an inner drum.
Owls are poor home builders. They prefer to nest in a large hollow in a tree or even to occupy
the deserted nest of a hawk or crow. These structures are large and rough, built of sticks and
bark and lined with leaves and feathers. Sometimes owls nest on a rocky ledge, or even on the
bare ground, even to occupy the deserted nest of a hawk or crow. These structures are large and
rough, built of sticks and bark and lined with leaves and feathers. Sometimes owls nest on a
rocky ledge, or even on the bare ground. The mother lays two or three round, dull white eggs.
Then she stoically settles herself on the nest
Trang 7/8
and spreads her feather skirts about her to protect her precious charges from snow and cold. It
is five weeks before the first downy white owlet pecks its way out of the shell. As the young
birds feather out, they look like wise old men with their wide eyes and quizzical expressions.
They clamor for food and keep the parents busy supplying mice, squirrels, rabbits, crayfish, and
beetles. Later in the season baby crows are taken. Migrating songsters, waterfowl, and game
birds all fall prey to the hungry family. It is nearly ten weeks before fledglings leave the nest to
search for their own food. The parent birds weary of family life by November and drive the
young owls away to establish hunting ranges of their own
Question 35: What is the topic of this passage?
A. Mating rituals of great homed owls
B. Raising a family of great homed owls
C. Habits of young great homed owls
D. Nest building of great homed owls
Question 36: The phrase “a resonant hoot” is closest in meaning to
A. a sound B. an offering of food C. an instrument D. a movement
Question 37: It can be inferred from the passage that the courtship of great homed owls
A. happens in the fall
B. takes place on the ground
C. involves the male alone
D. is an active process
Question 38: According to the passage, great homed owls
A. may inhabit a previously used nest
B. are discriminate nest builders
C. need big nests for their numerous eggs
D. build nests on tree limbs
Question 39: According to the passage, which of the following is the mother owl’s job?
A. To build the nest
B. To initiate the courtship ritual
C. To sit on the nest
D. To feed the young
Question 40: The phrase “precious charges” refers to
A. the hawks and crows B. other nesting owls
C. the nest D. the eggs
Question 41: According to the passage, young owlets eat everything EXCEPT
A. insects B. other small birds
Trang 8/8
C. small mammals D. nuts and seeds
Question 42: The word “they” refers to
A. the adult birds B. the wise old men C. the prey D. the young birds
Trang 9/8
Question 43: As Keanu Reeves became more famous, it was more difficult for him to avoid
newspaper reporters.
A. The more famous Keanu Reeves became, the more difficult for him it was to avoid
B. The more Keanu Reeves became famous, the more difficult for him it was to avoid
C. The more famous Keanu Reeves became, the more difficult for him to avoid newspaper
reporters it was.
D. The more famous Keanu Reeves became, the more difficult it was for him to avoid
Question 44: Much as Michael loved travelling in Asia, he decided not to go to Iraq because of
hi s fears of terrorism.
A. As Iraq had become a high-risk terrorism spot, Michael, who normally loved Asia, was
afraid to go there.
B. Even though Michael liked touring Asia very much, he was afraid of terrorism in Iraq, so
he chose not to go there.
C. Although Michael liked touring Asia, ever since the threat of terrorism started, he hadn’t
been to Iraq.
D. Michael would have gone to Iraq if he hadn’t been scared of terrorism so much because
Asia was his favorite travel spot.
Question 45: If it hadn’t been for the wind, the fire would never have spread so fast.
A. Even without the wind, the fire would have spread just as fast.
B. It was the wind that caused the fire to spread at such a speed.
C. Had there been a wind, the fire would have spread even faster.
D. The force of the wind affected the way the fire spread.
Question 46: (A) Because the highway system (B) was built 40 years ago, (C) most of the roads
now need (D) to repair.
Question 47: They (A) asked me (B) what did happen last night, (C) but I was unable (D) to tell
them. Question 48: Jane still (A) has trauma from the (B) tragic accident, (C) that took away her
(D) closest friend.
Question 49: The old man is working in this factory. I borrowed his bicycle yesterday.
Trang
10/8
A. The old man whom is working in this factory, I borrowed his bicycle yesterday.
B. The old man whom I borrowed his bicycle yesterday is working in this factory.
C. The old man whose bicycle I borrowed yesterday is working in this factory.
D. The old man is working in this factory which I borrowed his bicycle yesterday.
Question 50: The film was not interesting. However, he tried to watch the whole film.
A. In spite of the film uninteresting, he tried to watch the whole film.
Trang
11/8
B. Uninteresting as the film was, he tried to watch the whole film.
C. Despite of uninteresting film, he tried to watch the whole film.
D. Uninteresting as was the film, he tried to watch the whole film
Trang
12/8
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp D B A D C D B D B C
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp B B D A A C D A C A
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp A C C C B B D B A C
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp C A D A B A D A C D
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp D D D B B D B C C B
án
Trang
13/8
TẠO
07
trang
Question 1: A. mechanics B. architect C. chimney D. archivist
Question 2: A. slice B. river C. quiver D. shiver
Question 3: A. peccadillo B. consecrate C. commodore D. ectoplasm
Question 4: A. develop B. envelope C. telescope D. antelope
Question 5: Nowadays female engineers are not too thick on the ground.
A. rare B. efficient C. overweight D. enormous
Question 6: “Please speak up a bit more, Jack. You’re hardly loud enough to be heard from the
back”, the teacher said.
A. visible B. edible C. eligible D. inaudible
Question 7: After many years of unsuccessfully endeavoring to form his own orchestra, Glenn
Miller finally achieved world fame in 1939 as a big band leader.
A. offering B. deciding C. requesting D. trying
Question 8: Few businesses are flourishing in the present economic climate.
A. taking off B. setting up C. growing well D. closing down
Question 9: John: “Do you think that we should use public transportation to
protect our environment?” - Linda: “ .”
A. Of course not. You bet B. There is no doubt about it
C. Well, that’s very surprising D. Yes, it’s an absurd idea
Question 10: Two friends are talking about their schoolwork.
- Jennifer: “I’m giving a presentation on global warming on Friday and I’m so
nervous.” Mary: “ ”
A. You should think more about how to present the subject matter effectively.
B. There are a lot of things you can do to make you feel more confident.
C. It is easier to convince the audience and to hold their attention with actual data.
D. In order for you to succeed, you need to keep the audience interested and involved.
Question 11: She wasn’t feeling very well; otherwise, she the meeting so early.
A. wouldn’t leave B. didn’t leave C. wouldn’t have left D. hadn’t left
Question 12: The teacher told the pupils that salt water at a lower temperature than
fresh water.
A. froze B. would freeze C. freeze D. freezes
Question 13: I’d just as soon to another restaurant as wait for a table here.
A. go B. going C. to go D. have gone
Question 14: I wish to pay a visit to the beach this summer, ?
A. do I B. don’t I C. may I D. am I
Question 15: cthe rise in unemployment, people still seem to be spending more.
A. Despite B. Although C. Because D. Because of
Question 16: A teacher’s to education is worth great respect of the whole
society because it brings benefits to the development of society.
A. guidance B. principle C. identity D. devotion
Question 17: Cultural diversity supports the idea that every person can a unique and
positive contribution to the larger society because of, rather than in spite of, their differences.
A. take B. make C. pay D. lead
Question 18: Air pollution poses a to both human health and our environment.
A. jeopardy B. threat C. difficulty D. problem
Question 19: The Pyeongchang 2018 Winter Olympics is getting and it marks the
first time that South Korea has hosted the Winter Olympics.
A. grounded B. underway C. bearings D. comeuppance
Question 20: He for an international company before he became a teacher.
A. has been working B. has worked C. was working D. had worked
Question 21: She decided up yoga to help her to lose weight and escape from her
hectic lifestyle as a graphic designer.
A. to taking B. to take C. take D. taking
Question 22: In the modem Western world parents rarely expect their children to support them
financially, ?
A. does it B. doesn’t it C. do they D. don’t they
Trang 2/8
In a small village in North Yorkshire, there is a big old farmhouse (23) three
families live together. Alice and George and their three children, Joe and Pam and their two
children, and Sue and her baby daughter. The adults divide up the work between them. George
does the cooking, Joe and Sue do almost the housework. Pam looks after the shopping and (24)
the repairs, and Alice
takes care of the garden.
Trang 3/8
Alice, George and Sue go out to work. Joe works at home (25) computer systems,
and Pam, who is a painter, looks after the baby during the day. Two of the children go to school
in the village, but the three oldest ones go by bus to the secondary school in the nearest town,
ten miles away.
The three families get (26) well, and enjoy their way of life. There are a
few difficulties, of course. Their biggest worry at the moment is money - one of the cars needs
replacing, and the roof needs some expensive repairs. But this isn’t too serious the bank has
agreed to a loan, which they expect to be able to pay back in three years. And they all say they
would much rather go on living in their old farmhouse (27) move to a luxury flat in a big
city.
Question 23: A. that B. where C. in where D. which
Question 24: A. does B. has C. prepares D. fulfils
Question 25: A. designs B. and design C. designing D. who
designs Question 26: A. on B. of C. with
D. in
Question 27: A. then B. than C. to D. therefore
What drives moderately intelligent persons to put themselves up for acceptance or
disparagement? In short, what sort of individual wants to be a comedian? When we hear the
very word, what does the label suggest? Other professions, callings and occupations attract
separate and distinct types of practitioner. Some stereotypes are so familiar as to be cheaply
laughable examples from the world of travesty, among them absent-minded professors, venal
lawyers, gloomy detectives and cynical reporters. But what corny characteristics do we attribute
to comedians? To a man or woman, are they generally parsimonious, vulgar, shallow, arrogant,
introspective, hysterically insecure, smug, autocratic, amoral, and selfish? Read their superficial
stories in the tabloids and so they would appear.
Rather than look at the complete image, perhaps we need to explore the initial motives behind
a choice of career. Consider first those who prefer a sort of anonymity in life, the ones who’d
rather wear a uniform. The psychological make-up of individuals who actively seek to resign
their individuality is apparent among those who surrender to the discipline of a military life.
The emotional and intellectual course taken by those who are drawn to anonymity is easily
observed but not easily deflected. They want to be told what to do and then be required to do it
over and over again in the safety of a routine, often behind the disguises of a number of livery.
If their egos ache with the need for recognition and praise, it’s a pain that must be contained,
frustrated or satisfied within the rut they occupy. The mere idea of standing up in front of an
Trang 4/8
audience and demanding attention is abhorrent.
Nor will we find our comics among the doormats and dormice, the meek. There's precious
little comedy in the lives of quiet hobbyists, bashful scholars, hermits, anchorites and recluses,
the discreet and the modest, ones who deliberately select a position of obscurity and seclusion.
Abiding quietly in this stratum of society, somewhere well below public attention level, there is
humour, yes, since humour can endure in the least favourable circumstances, persisting like
lichen in Antarctica. And jokes. Many lesser-known comedy writers compose their material in
the secret comers of an unassuming existence. I know of two, both content to be minor figures
in the civil service, who send in topical jokes to radio and TV shows on condition that their real
names are not revealed.
In both cases I’ve noticed that their comic invention, though clever, is based upon wordplay,
puns and similar equivoques, never an aggressive comic observation of life. Just as there may be
a certain sterility in the self-effacement of a humble life, so it seems feasible that the selection
process of what’s funny is
Trang 5/8
emasculated before it even commences. If you have no ginger and snap in your daily round,
with little familiarity with strong emotions, it seems likely that your sense of fun will be limited
by timidity to a simple juggling with language.
If the comedian’s genesis is unlikely to be founded in social submission, it’s also improbable
among the top echelons of our civilisation. Once again, humour can be found among the
majestic. Nobles and royals, statesmen and lawmakers, have their wits. Jokes and jokers
circulate at the loftiest level of every advanced nation, but being high-born seems to carry no
compulsion to make the hoi polloi laugh.
Some of our rulers do make us laugh but that’s not what they’re paid to do. And, so with the
constricted comedy of those who live a constricted life, that which amuses them may lack the
common touch.
Having eliminated the parts of society unlikely to breed funnymen, it’s to the middle ranks of
humanity, beneath the exalted and above the invisible, that we must look to see where comics
come from and why. And are they, like nurses and nuns, called to their vocation? As the
mountain calls to the mountaineer and the pentameter to the poet, does the need of the
mirthless masses summon forth funsters, ready to administer relief as their sole raison d’etre?
We've often heard it said that someone’s a ’bom comedian’ but will it do for all of them or even
most of them? Perhaps we like to think of our greatest jesters as we do our greatest painters and
composers, preferring to believe that their gifts are inescapably driven to expression. But in our
exploration of the comedy mind, hopefully finding some such, we are sure to find some quite
otherwise.
th
[Source: PROFICIENCY TESTBUILDER 4 Edition, Macmillan, 2013]
Question 28: In the fourth paragraph, the writer criticises the kind of comedy he describes for its
lack of
.
A. spirit B. originality C. sophistication D. coherence
Question 29: What does the writer wonder in the last paragraph?
A. whether comedians can be considered great in the way that other people in the arts can
B. whether people’s expectations of comedians are too high
C. whether comedians realise how significant they are in the lives of ordinary people
D. whether it is inevitable that some people will become comedians
Question 30: What does the writer imply about comedians in the first paragraph?
A. People in certain other professions generally have a better image than them.
B. It is harder to generalise about them than about people in other professions.
C. They often cannot understand why people make negative judgements of them.
D. It is possible that they are seen as possessing only negative characteristics.
Trang 6/8
Question 31: The writer says that people at the top of society .
A. are unaware of how ridiculous they appear to others.
B. would not be capable of becoming comedians even if they wanted to.
C. take themselves too seriously to wish to amuse anybody.
D. have contempt for the humour of those at lower levels of society.
Question 32: Which word/phrase can be a substitution for “the hoi polloi”?
A. the elite B. the mass media C. ordinary people D. the showbiz
Question 33: The writer says in the third paragraph that shy people
A. fear that what they find humorous would not amuse others.
Trang 7/8
B. are capable of being more humorous than they realise.
C. may be able to write humorous material but could not perform it.
D. do not get the recognition they deserve even if they are good at comedy.
Question 34: What does the writer say about people who wear uniforms?
A. The desires they have are never met when they are at work.
B. They are more aware of their inadequacies than others may think.
C. They criticise performers for craving attention.
D. It is unusual for them to break their normal patterns of thought.
Read the follow passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
In my experience, freshmen today are different from those I knew when I started as a
counsellor and professor 25 years ago. College has always been demanding both academically
and socially. But students now are less mature and often not ready for the responsibility of
being in college.
It is really too easy to point the finger at parents who protect their children from life’s obstacle.
Parents, who handle every difficulty and every other responsibility for their children writing
admission essays to picking college courses, certainly may contribute to their children’s lack of
coping strategies. But we can look even more broadly to the social trends of today.
How many people do you know who are on medication to prevent anxiety or depression?
The number of students who arrive at college already medicated for unwanted emotions has
increased dramatically in the past 10 years. We, as a society, don’t want to “feel” anything
unpleasant and we certainly don’t want our children to “suffer”.
The resulting problem is that by not experiencing negative emotions, one does not learn the
necessary skills to tolerate and negotiate adversity. As a psychologist, I am well aware of the
fact that some individuals suffer from depression and anxiety and can benefit from treatment,
but I question the growing number of medicated adolescents today.
Our world is more stressful in general because of the current economic and political realities,
but I don’t believe that the college experience itself is more intense today than that of the past 10
years. What I do think is that many students are often not prepared to be young “adults” with
all the responsibilities of life.
What does this mean for college faculty and staff? We are required to assist in the basic
parenting of these students - the student who complains that the professor didn’t remind her of
the due date for an assignment that was clearly listed on the syllabus and the student who
cheats on an assignment in spite of careful instructions about plagiarism.
As college professors, we have to explain what it means to be an independent college student
before we can even begin to teach. As parents and teachers we should expect young people to
Trang 8/8
meet challenges. To encourage them in this direction, we have to step back and let them fail and
pick themselves up and move forward. This approach needs to begin at an early age so that
college can actually be a passage to independent adulthood.
Question 35: According to the writer, students today are different from those she knew in that
they are.
A. too ready for college B. not as mature
C. not so academic D. responsible for their work
Question 36: The word “handle” in paragraph 2 mostly means .
A. deal with B. gain benefits from C. lend a hand to D. point at
Trang 9/8
Question 37: According to the writer, students’ difficulties to cope with college life are partly due
to
,
A. the absence of parents’ protection
B. the lack of parental support
C. the over - parenting from parents
D. the lack of financial support
Question 38: The phrase “on medication” in paragraph 3 is similar in meaning to .
A. studying medicine at college
B. doing medical research
C. receiving medical treatment
D. suffering anxiety or depression
Question 39: Which of the following is NOT TRUE according to the passage?
A. College faculty and staff are required to help in the parenting of problematic students.
B. The college experience itself is more intense today than that of the past 10 years.
C. Our world is more stressful because of the current economic and political situation.
D. Our society certainly doesn’t want our children to experience unpleasant things.
Question 40: Students who are not well - prepared to be young “adults” with all the
responsibilities of life will need .
A. to be assigned more housework from adults
B. to be given more social responsibilities
C. to be encouraged to meet challenges
D. daily coaching from their teachers
Question 41: According to the writer, failure in life and less support from parents will .
A. help students to leam to stand on their own feet
B. allow students to leam the first lesson in their lives
C. defeat students from the very beginning
D. discourage students and let them down forever Question 42: What is probably the writer’s
attitude in the passage?
A. Praising B. Indifferent C. Humorous D. Critical
Question 43: My decision to get up to dance coincided with the band’s decision to stop playing.
A. I couldn’t dance because the band stopped playing.
B. The moment I got up to dance the band stopped playing.
Trang
10/8
C. If the band played, I would dance.
D. The band stopped playing, which prevented me from dancing.
Question 44: The head teacher was at a loss to understand the girl’s behavior.
A. The girl’s behavior was nothing but a shock to the head teacher.
B. The head teacher thought that the girl’s behavior was contemptible.
C. The girl’s behavior was incomprehensible to the head teacher.
Trang
11/8
D. The head teacher treated the girl with suspicion because she didn’t understand her.
Question 45: People say that he was bom in London.
A. That is said he was bom in London.
B. He was said to be bom in London
C. He is said to have been bom in London
D. It was said that he was bom in London
Question 46: Tom’s jokes are (A) inappropriate but we have to put up with (B) it just (C) because
he’s
(D) the boss.
Question 47: There were (A) inconsiderate (B) amounts of money (C) wasted on large (D)
building projects.
Question 48: The exam to (A) become a lawyer is (B) on far the (C) most difficult he (D) has
taken. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best
Question 49: He is always talking foolishly when everybody talks about something in a serious
way. I can’t bear that.
A. Everybody talks seriously when he talks foolishly.
B. I don’t mind his talking foolishly when everybody talks seriously.
C. I can’t understand what he talks when people talk foolishly.
D. I hate him talking foolishly when people talk seriously.
Question 50: I had known that my mother was sick as a result of a failing kidney, but I had not
realized how much trouble my parents were having in dealing with that sickness.
A. Although I had known that my mother was suffering from a failing kidney, I had not
realized my parents’ problems caused by this illness.
B. In my childhood I didn’t know my mother’s sickness, so I couldn’t realize how much
trouble my parents had.
C. When I learned my mother’s sickness which was the result of a failing kidney, I realized the
pain my mother had.
D. I hadn’t realized the problems they had to deal with until my parents told me about my
mother’s illness.
Trang
12/8
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp C A A A A D D C B B
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp C D A C A D B B B D
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp B C B A C A B A D D
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp B C C D B A C C B C
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp A D B C C B A B D A
án
Trang
13/8
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. clothes B. bosses C. couches D. boxes
Question 2: A. smoothly B. southern C. breath D.
airworthy
Question 3: A. vulnerable B. compliment C. counterpart D. interviewee
Question 4: A. survive B. workforce C. bamboo D. exist
Question 5: She was too wet behind the ears to be in charge of such demanding tasks.
A. full of experience B. lack of responsibility
C. without money D. full of sincerity
Question 6: The consequences of the typhoon were disastrous due to the lack of precautionary
measures.
A. severe B. physical C. damaging D. beneficial
Question 7: I see Tim boasting again. I’ve heard him telling everyone he’s the best tennis player in
the County.
A. blowing his own trumpet B. holding his tongue
C. speaking too much D. pulling my leg
Question 8: In order to enjoy fine wine, one should drink it slowly, a little at a time.
A. sip it B. smell it C. spill it D. stir it
Question 9: - Mike : “ My first English test was not as good as I expected.” - Thomas “ ”
A. Good Heavens ! B. That’s brilliant enough!
C. It’s okay, don’t worry. D. Never mind, better job next time!
Question 10: Tom: “Can I have another cup of tea?” - Lisa: “ .”
A. Allow yourself B. Do it yourself C. Help yourself D. Be yourself
Question 11: Vietnam is playing its part in the worldwide trend of fostering a/an attitude to the
LGBT community with several steps toward marriage equality.
A. strong-minded B. like-minded C. absent-minded D. open-minded
Question 12: The thieves by car but we can’t be sure.
A. must have escaped B. needn’t have escaped
B. should have escaped D. might have escaped
Question 13: ten minutes earlier, you would have got a better seat.
A. Had you arrived B. If you arrived C. Were you arrived D. If you hadn’t
arrived Question 14: Parents in Vietnam arc on tenterhooks over the growing of an
Internet challenge known as Blue Whale, where ‘players’ arc asked to complete a series of tasks,
the final being suicide.
A. popular B. popularity C. popularize D. popularly
Question 15: The annual production of household wastewater makes up over 30 percent of all
wastewater into the environment in Vietnam.
A. be discharged B. which discharged C. was discharged D. discharged
Question 16: The 19th Asian Physics Olympiad, an annual contest in physics for high school
students, on Sunday at the Hanoi-based University of Science and
Technology.
A. made out B. picked up C. kicked off D. held up
Question 17: The Credit Institution Law which took on January 15, 2018 stipulates
that Chairs and CEOs of credit institutions must not be chairs and members of board of
management.
A. enforcement B. effect C. result D. charge
Question 18: He as many boxes of cigars as he could carry home if regulations
were tightened on visitors to Cuba again.
A. would have bought B. will buy C. had bought D. would buy
Question 19: They agreed implementing signed cooperation agreement.
A. to continuing B. to continue C. continue D. continuing
Question 20: While he was composing the song, he imagined the story in his
head. He this music video to the audience for better understanding about his
compositions.
A. added B. dedicated C. committed D. admitted
Question 21: When Mark comes home, tell him I’m out a bit, ?
A. does he B. do you C. aren’t I D. will you
Question 22: If we had finished it before we went on the tour, I think it a much
better record.
A. would have been B. would be C. will have been D. will be
Trang 2/7
Almost 90 percent of American students below the college level attend public elementary and
secondary schools, which do not charge tuition but rely on local and state taxes for funding.
Traditionally, elementary school includes kindergarten through the eighth grade. In some
places, (23) , elementary school ends
after the sixth grade, and students attend middle school, or junior high school, from grades
seven through nine. Similarly, secondary school, or high school, traditionally comprises grades
nine through twelve, but in some places begins (24) the tenth grade.
Trang 3/7
Most of the students who do not attend public elementary and secondary schools attend
private schools, for which their families pay (25) . Four out
of five private schools are run by religious groups. In these schools religious instruction is part
of the curriculum, (26) also includes the traditional academic courses.
There is also a small but growing number of parents who educate their children themselves, a
practice known as home schooling.
The United States does not have a national school system. Nor, with the exception of the
military academies, are there schools run by the federal government. But the government (27)
guidance and funding for federal educational programs in which both public and private
schools take part and the U.S. Department of Education oversees these programs.
Question 23: A. whereas B.therefore C. however D. moreover
Question 24: A. with B. of C. on D. at
Question 25: A. money B. tuition C. cost
D.expense Question 26: A. where B. what
C. which D. that
Question 27: A. provide B. give C. make D. offer
Scientists do not yet thoroughly understand just how the body of an individual becomes
sensitive to a substance that is harmless or even wholesome for the average person. Milk,
wheat, and egg, for example, rank among the most healthful and widely used foods. Yet these
foods can cause persons sensitive to them to suffer greatly. At first, the body of the individual
is not harmed by coming into contact with the substance. After a varying interval of time,
usually longer than a few weeks, the body becomes sensitive to it, and an allergy has begun to
develop. Sometimes it’s hard to figure out if you have a food allergy, since it can show up so
many different ways. Your symptoms could be caused by many other problems. You may have
rashes, hives, joint pains mimicking arthritis, headaches, irritability, or depression. The most
common food allergies are to milk, eggs, seafood, wheat, nuts, seeds, chocolate, oranges, and
tomatoes. Many of these allergies will not develop if these foods are not fed to an infant until
her or his intestines mature at around seven months. Breast milk also tends to be protective.
Migraines can be set off by foods containing tyramine, phenathylamine, monosodium
glutamate, or sodium nitrate. Common foods which contain these are chocolate, aged cheeses,
sour cream, red wine, pickled herring, chicken livers, avocados, ripe bananas, cured meats,
many Oriental and prepared foods (read the labels!). Some people have been successful in
treating their migraines with supplements of B-vitamins, particularly B6 and niacin. Children
who are hyperactive may benefit from eliminating food additives, especially colorings, and
Trang 4/7
foods high in salicylates from their diets.
Question 28: The topic of this passage is
A. reactions to foods B. food and nutrition
C. infants and allergies D. a good diet
Question 29: According to the passage, the difficulty in diagnosing allergies to foods is due to .
A. the vast number of different foods we eat
B. lack of a proper treatment plan
C. the similarity of symptoms of the allergy to other problems
D. the use of prepared formula to feed babies
Trang 5/7
Question 30: The word “symptoms” is closest in meaning to .
A. indications B. diet C. diagnosis D. prescriptions
Question 31: The phrase “set off’ is closest in meaning to .
A. relieved B. identifid C. avoided D. triggered
Question 32: What can be inferred about babies from this passage?
A. They can eat almost anything.
B. They should have a carefully restricted diet as infants.
C. They gain little benefit from being breast fed.
D. They may become hyperactive if fed solid food too early.
Question 33: The word “hyperactive” is closest in meaning to .
A. overly active B. unusually low activity
C. excited D. inquisitive
Question 34: The author states that the reason that infants need to avoid certain foods related to
allergies has to do with the infant’s .
A. lack of teeth B. poor metabolism
C. underdeveloped intestinal tract D. inability to swallow solid foods
Non-verbal communication is a wordless form of communication. It is mainly a silent form of
communication that does not involve speech or words. Non-verbal communication is done
through eye contact, hand movement, touch, facial expressions, bodily postures and non-lexical
components, etc. At times, silence is said to the best form of non-verbal communication.
One example of non-verbal communication is dancing. When we dance, we can express so
many different emotions. From passion to religious devotion, dancing either alone, writh
another person as part of a couple or in a synchronized group, can communicate so much.
Dancing is something that many of us engage in from childhood and it becomes an important
way of socializing and expressing ourselves at the same time.
Body language including bodily movement and postures is a language all of its own. Our
posture, and the way that we lean forward or back or cross or uncross our legs can speak
volumes about us. Very often, we are not even aware that we are communication our thoughts
via our body language. That is the reason why, in job interviews and other situations in which
we are under scrutiny, it is a good idea to pay attention to our body language. For example,
leaning forward can be a sign of positivity, whilst sitting with our arms folded can make us look
closed off - as if we have something to hide.
What we wear can often communicate things. For example, if we dress up in academic robes,
it is clear that we want to communicate to everyone who sees us that we have attained a certain
Trang 6/7
level of academic achievement. We should never judge people by what they wear - however,
some types of official garments (such as a judge’s wig, a scholar’s gown or a soldier’s medal)
are designed to communicate something about the wearer.
Silence is also a type of non-verbal communication. Sometimes, staying silent can
communicate much more than words can. Silence can be powerful, sad, happy or it can simply
communicate to other people that we do not want to engage with them. Good communicators
are able to listen, and to use comfortable silences, to connect with other people. There is no need
to think that communication is all about words!
Trang 7/7
Effective communication, as is abundantly clear from the discussion above, involves not just
listening to other people’s words and expressing ourselves in words. It also means picking up
on other people’s non-verbal cues. Why not go through the list above and think about which
forms of non-verbal communication you are adept at understanding. Are there any ways in
which you might improve your non-verbal communication skills? We could all benefit from a
little improvement in this area, as it enables us to enjoy deeper and more meaningful
connections with other people.
(Source: http://www.importantindia.com)
A. Some types of wordless form of communication
B. Some types of effective form of communication
C. Communication and its effective forms.
D. Non-verbal communication and its benefits
Question 36: The word “engage” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to .
A. attract B. participate C. occupy D. employ
Question 37: The word “them" in paragraph 5 refers to .
A. words B. silences
C. good communicators D. other people
Question 38: Which of the following is considered as a positive sign ofbody language at a job
interview?
A. uncrossing legs B. paying attention to volumes
C. leaning forward D. sitting with folded arms
Question 39: Which of the following is NOT mentioned as types of official clothes?
A. a judge’s wig B. a scholar’s dress
C. a trooper’s medal D. a doll’s gown
Question 40: Which of the following statement is TRUE about silence according to paragraph 5?
A. Silent communication is always much more effective than speech.
B. Silence can have more than one meaning.
C. Silence is one of the ways people use to communicate to others.
D. Good communicators are able to use comfortable silences to contact with other people.
Question 41: The word “picking up on” in paragraph 6 is closest in meaning to .
A. understanding B. giving attention to
C. improving D. increasing
Question 42: Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?
A. Body language is the most useful form of communication.
Trang 8/7
B. When people cannot speak, they can use non-verbal communication.
C. It’s impossible to think that communication is all about words.
D. Communication is done through not only words but also non-verbal cues.
Question 43: I’d hardly unpacked in my hotel room when my phone rang.
A. Had I hardly unpacked in my hotel room, my phone rang.
Trang 9/7
B. I was unpacking in my hotel hard when my phone rang.
C. Hardly had I unpacked in my hotel room when my phone rang.
D. It was hard for me to unpack in my hotel when my phone rang.
Question 44: The local people are in no way to blame for the destruction of the forest.
A. In no way are the local people to blame for the destruction of the forest.
B. The local people have no way to blame for the destruction of the forest.
C. It no use to blame the local people for the destruction of the forest.
D. There is no way for the local people to blame for the destruction of the forest.
Question 45: “Don’t forget to hand in the report, Peter!” said Kate.
A. Kate reminded Peter to handing in the report.
B. Kate said that Peter had forgotten to hand in the report.
C. Kate forgot to hand in the report to Peter.
D. Kate reminded Peter to hand in the report.
Question 46: It is (A) common knowledge that solar heating for a (B) large office building is (C)
technically different (D) from a single-family home.
Question 47: All members (A) shall give the United Nations (B) every assistance in any action
(C) it does in accordance with (D) the present Charter.
Question 48: (A) Reminding not to miss (B) the 15:20 train, the manager set out (C) for the station
(D) in a hurry.
Question 49: Michael missed his flight because he had not been informed of the change in flight
schedule.
A. Not having been informed of the change in flight schedule, Michael missed his flight.
B. Not having missed his flight, Michael was informed of the change in flight schedule.
C. Michael missed his flight, though he had been informed of the change in flight schedule.
D. Michael had been informed of his flight delay, which was due to the change in flight
schedule.
Question 50: Most scientists know him well. However, very few ordinary people have heard of
him.
A. Although he is well known to scientists, he is little known to the general public.
B. He is the only scientist that is not known to the general public.
C. Many ordinary people know him better than most scientists do.
Trang
10/7
D. Not only scientists but also the general public know him as a big name.
Trang
11/7
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp A C D B A D A A D C
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp D D A B D C B D B B
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp D A C D B C A A C A
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp D B A C A B D C D B
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp A D C A D D C A A A
án
Trang
12/7
Trang
13/7
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. priority B. habitat D. protection D. essential
Question 2: A. marvelous B. assistance D. armchair D. argument
Question 3: A. explain B. involve D. purpose D. control
Question 4: A. weather B. police D. divide D. attract
Question 5: There has been no discernible improvement in the noise levels since lorries were
banned.
A. clear B. obvious D. thin D. insignificant
Question 6: Vietnam’s admission to the World Trade Organization (WTO) has promoted
its trade relations with other countries.
A. balance B. restricted D. expanded D. boosted
Question 7: At times. I look at him and wonder what is going on his mind.
A. Never B. Always D. Hardly D. Sometimes
Question 8: We went away on holiday last week, but it rained day in day out.
A. every other day B. every single day D. every second day D. every two days
Question 9: - Nam: “Do you think you will get the job?”
- Hoa: “
A. I know so B. Well, I hope so
D. I think I am very sleepy. D. Yes, that’s right
Question 10: - Mai: “ ” - Hung: “She must be vexed and forlorn, I’m sure.”
A. No one was invited to her farewell party.
B. What would she say if he came back to her?
D. How did Jenny feel when they broke up?
D. Guess what? I saw Jenny driving a new Audi to class.
Question 11: The old woman accused the boy window
A. in breaking B. on breaking D. at breaking D. of breaking
Question 12: Neither the students nor their lecturer English in the classroom
A. have used B. use D. are using D. uses
Question 13: In order to make the house more beautiful and newer, the Browns had it
yesterday.
A. to be repainted B. repaint D. repainted D. to repaint
Question 14: Last summer he to Ha Long Bay.
A. went B. has been going D. has gone D. was going
Question 15: Many people lost their homes in the earthquake. The government needs to
establish more shelters to care for those have homes.
A. which doesn’t B. who doesn’t D. which don’t D. who don’t
Question 16: I love films but I seldom find time to go to the cinema.
A. seeing B. see D. saw D. seen
Question 17: We’re going to freeze out here if you don’t let us the bus.
A. come up B. go into D. take off D. get on
Question 18: I saw him hiding something in a bag.
A. black small plastic B. plastic small black D. small plastic black D. small black plastic
Question 19: She spent her free time watching TV.
A. a few B. most of D. a lot D. most
Question 20: Water pollution occurs when chemicals or substances that make water
contaminated are discharged directly or indirectly into water bodies without enough to
get rid of harmful compounds
A. treatable B. treated D. treating D. treatment
Question 21: Violence on TV can have a negative on children.
A. affect B. consequence D. influence D. result
Question 22: people in cities now choose to get married later than previous
generations.
A. More and more B. Little by little D. Less and more D. Many and many
Teaching English as a foreign language can be a great way to travel around the world and
earn money at the same time. However, some graduates actually like the idea of (23)
a career in
Trang 2/7
teaching English long-term, and there are numerous courses at various (24) of teaching,
from the fast-track TEFL to a diploma or masters.
To find the right course a good place to start is TEFL.com - a website with lots of relevant
information and helpful advice, including a comprehensive list of institutions in the UK offering
TEFL courses. The site also offers a job search facility to assist qualified students (25) finding
work.
When deciding which course to take, the best bet is to look at what your needs are. If you
want a career in teaching English then definitely find one designed for that (26) like an
MA or diploma; but if you want to travel around the world, then do a shorter course which will
supply you with teaching skills.
Trang 3/7
Some countries, like Japan, will employ people without a teaching qualification as (27)
as the teacher is a native speaker of English. However, most countries do now expect a
qualification.
(Adapted from ‘‘Earn after you learn" by Kate Harvey)
Question 23: A. B. pursuing D. hunting D.
tracking chasing
Question 24: A. levels B. categories D. groups D. classes
Question 25: A. to B. for D. at D. in
Question 26: A. B. use D. lesson D.
function 27: A. far
Question B.soon D. long purpose
D. well
In the last few decades, the world of work has dramatically changed how people earn their
living and plan their work lives. This new labour market is evolving at accelerating speed as old
industrial-age jobs are replaced by knowledge-based work and information technology
continues to alter how we work, play and learn. This dramatic change in how goods and
services are produced and distributed has been labelled the “New Economy.” The old economy
was based on resources; the New Economy is based on knowledge and is driven by technology
and information.
Working in new ways: In this New Economy, new forms of work are being created, as
employment in a “job-for-life” is replaced by a variety of “work alternatives.” These work
alternatives can include working part time, contracting, consulting or owning a business where
you hire your own employees.
In British Columbia, more and more people are working in this way, and economists are
predicting that this trend will continue in the future. Career counsellors are encouraging people
to prepare for these work alternatives rather than for just a full-time job.
New thinking for a new millennium: The New Economy demands that we change our thinking
about the labour market. Traditional job patterns that we took for granted for most of the last
century have disappeared. Letting go of the way things used to be in the world of work is one
of the hardest challenges that career planners face today. Here are some trends that all workers
will have to adapt to:
Change: Rapid change will be constant in the workplace of the new millennium. Those who
understand change and can manage it effectively will be more successful.
Just-in-time training: In the information economy, it is impossible to leam everything you need
to know ahead of time to do a job. Rapid learning will be commonplace. The advantage will go
to those who can leam - and instruct - the fastest. Workers must commit to continuous learning
throughout their life or work.
Trang 4/7
Fusion: Job classifications and occupational titles will become less important. The jobs of the
future will be hyphenated; in other words, there will be a fusion of titles like carpenter-
architect, accountant- sales rep, or graphic designer-webmaster. Being able to combine a variety
of skills to apply to a particular task will be increasingly important.
Self-reliance: Work is becoming more “entrepreneurial” in the sense that workers have to be
prepared for a variety of work alternatives and take the initiative to market their skills more
creatively. As a result, people will need to be more responsible for their own career
development. The notion of “career self- management” is emerging as a means not only of
surviving in the New Economy, but also of thriving and making the best of its new
opportunities.
Trang 5/7
Emphasis on skills: Workers can no longer expect long-term job security, but they can rely on
“skills security”. If workers keep their skills up-to-date and market them effectively in areas of
the economy that are growing, they will be able to find work. An essential ingredient of career
self-management is knowing and developing skill sets and then finding areas of work where
they can be applied.
Balance in life/work: Information technology is fuelling the accelerating pace of change. We are
“plugged in” to work more than ever before through communications (e-mail, phone, fax,
pagers, the Internet). To maintain their health and well-being, workers will have to rethink how
and where they work and find balance between earning a living and living their lives.
Finding opportunity. In this New Economy, it is beneficial for people to use their creativity to
find new opportunities where they can apply their skills and abilities. This means keeping an
open mind about where and how you work.
The New Economy is very different from the old. It offers even more opportunities to find
challenging, rewarding and satisfying work. If you spend time and energy planning for this
new reality, you will be able to create a career plan that offers excitement, anticipation and hope
for the future.
Question 28: What is TRUE about the New Economy according to the passage?
A. It is harder to find a good job in the New Economy.
B. The New Economy may see the increase in the number of the businessmen.
D. The New Economy offers more courses on improving the life and work skills.
D. Technology and information is considered the basis for the development of the New
Economy.
Question 29: What can be inferred from the passage about the future workers?
A. They can combine some jobs at the same time to earn a good living.
B. They may keep their mind open to welcome the new trends.
D. They have to plan and manage their career better.
D. They can get the job excitement more easily in the New Economy.
Question 30: The main difference between the New Economy and the old one is .
A. opportunities offered B. high living standard
D. skill security D. careers chosen
Question 31: Which of the following best describes the organization of the passage?
A. A discussion about the job trends.
B. An analysis of requirements for the New Economy’s workers.
D. A criticism of the Old Economy.
D. A description of the New Economy.
Question 32: What can be inferred from the Old Economy according to the passage?
Trang 6/7
A. It is an age of industrialization.
B. It has opened up new horizons for workers to develop their new interests.
D. It has limited the workers’ ability in balancing their life and work.
D. It has seen an increase in the number of intellectuals.
Question 33: What is the author’s attitude in the passage?
A. Advisory B. Critical D. Complimentary D. Indifferent
Question 34: Who should read this passage?
Trang 7/7
A. Interviewers B. Employers. D. Undergraduates. D. Parents.
It is hard to think of a world without gas or electricity. Both are commonly used for lighting
and heating today. We now can instantly flick a lighter or strike a match to make a flame. But it
was not long ago that there were no such things as matches or lighters. To make fire, it was
necessary to strike a piece of iron on flint for sparks to ignite some tinder. If the tinder was
damp, or the flint old, you had to borrow some fire from a neighbor.
We do not know exactly when or how people first used fire. Perhaps, many ages ago, they
found that sticks would bum if they were dropped into some hole where melted lava from a
volcano lay boiling. They brought the lighted sticks back to make their fire in a cave. Or, they
may have seen trees catch fire through being struck by lightning, and used the trees to start
their own fires.
Gradually people learned they could start a fire without traveling far to find flames. They
rubbed two pieces of wood together. This method was used for thousands of years.
When people became used to making fires with which to cook food and stay warm at night,
they found that certain resins or gums from trees burnt longer and brighter. They melted resins
and dipped branches in the liquid to make torches that lit their homes at night. Iron stands in
which torches used to be fixed can still be seen in old buildings of Europe.
There was no lighting in city streets until gas lamps, and then electric lamps were installed.
Boys ran about London at night carrying torches of burning material. They were called torch
boys, or link boys, and earned a living by guiding visitors to friends’ houses at night.
For centuries homes were lit by candles until oil was found. Even then, oil lamps were no
more effective than a cluster of candles. We read about the splendors and marvels of ancient
palaces and castles, but we forget that they must have been gloomy and murky places at night.
Question 35: What does “they” refer to?
A. people B, ages D. sticks D. trees
Question 36: According to the passage the first fire used by people was probably obtained
A. from the sun’s heat through glass
B. by rubbing wood together
D. from heat or fire caused by nature
D. by striking iron against flint
Question 37: It is stated in the passage that torches for lighting were made from .
A. the wood of gum trees B. iron bars dipped in melted resins
D. wooden poles dipped in oil D. tree branches dipped in melted resins
Question 38: It is mentioned in the passage that before the electric lamp was invented, .
Trang 8/7
A. oil lamps and then candles were used
B. candles and oil lamps appeared about the same time
D. candles and then oil lamps were used
D. people did not use any form of lighting in their houses
Question 39: The word “splendors” in the passage could be best replaced by which of the
following?
A. expensive objects B. places of scenic beauty
Trang 9/7
D. achievements D. the beautiful and impressive features
Question 40: According to the passage, which of the following sentence is NOT true?
A. We know exactly when and how people first used fire.
B. Before gas lamps and electric lamps appeared, streets were lit by torches.
D. We can make a fire by striking a piece of iron on flint to ignite some tinder.
D. Matches and lighters were invented not long ago.
Question 41: The word “gloomy” in the passage is closest in meaning to
A. nearly dark B. badly decorated
D. containing a lot of white D. mysterious
Question 42: What form of street lighting was used in London when link boys used to work
there?
A. Gas lighting B. No lighting at all
D. Electric lighting. D. Oil lighting.
Question 43: However old and worn his clothes were, they look clean and of good quality.
A. His clothes looked clean and of good quality but they were old and worn.
B. His clothes, though old and worn, looked clean and of good quality.
D. He was fond of wearing such old and worn clothes because they were of good quality.
D. No matter what good quality his clothes had, they looked old and worn.
Question 44: Calling Jim is pointless because his phone is out of order.
A. It’s worth not calling Jim because his phone is out of order.
B. It’s no use to call Jim because his phone is out of order.
D. It’s useless calling Jim because his phone is out of order.
D. There’s no point calling Jim because his phone is out of order.
Question 45: I thought I should not stay at home yesterday.
A. I regretted staying at home yesterday.
B. I regretted for staying at home yesterday.
D. I regret for staying at home yesterday.
D. I regret to stay at home yesterday.
Question 46: (A) Ocean currents (B) have an (C) enormous affect (D) on life on this planet.
Question 47: A (A) vast quantity of radioactive (B) material (C) is made when a hydrogen bomb
(D) explode.
Trang
10/7
Question 48: (A) The Oxford Dictionary is (B) well known for including many different (C)
meanings of words and (D) to give real examples.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
Question 49: David said to Mike, “Don’t touch the electric wires. It might be deadly.”
A. David advised Mike not to touch the electric wires as it might be deadly.
Trang
11/7
B. David warned Mike not to touch the wires as it might be deadly.
D. David suggested that Mike not touch the electric wires as it might be deadly.
D. David did not allow Mike to touch the electric wires as it might be deadly.
Question 50: The teacher has done his best to help all students. However, none of them made
any effort on their part.
A. The teacher has done his best to help all student, or none of them made any effort on
their part.
B. Although the teacher has done his best to help all students, none of them made any effort
on their part
D. Because the teacher has done his best to help all students, none of them made any effort on
their part.
D. When the teacher has done his best to help all students, none of them made any effort on
their part.
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp D B C A D B D B B C
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp D D C A D A D D B D
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp C A B A D D C D C A
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp B A A C C C D C D A
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp A B B C A C D D B B
án
Trang
12/7
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. championship B. scholarship C. mechanic
D. chemical Question 2: A. sacrificed B. interfered
C. approached D. established
Question 3: A. decision B. chemistry C. attention D. statistics
Question 4:A. instance B. airport C. signal D. mistake
Question 5: Love is supposed to follow marriage, not precede it.
A. come after B. take out C. happen D. find out
Question 6: The emergence of supersonic travel opened new horizons for the military, tourism,
and commerce.
A. simplicity B. disappearance C. urgency D. profitability
Question 7: She was bom and grown up in a picturesque fishing village in Ha Long Bay.
A. dangerous B. pretty C. wealthy D. poor
Question 8: Sports and festivals form an integral part of every human society.
A. Informative B. delighted C. exciting D. essential
Question 9: -Lan: “ ” - Trang: “No, everything’s gone just fine so far.”
A. Have you had any problems with your new apartment?
B. Have you had any time to look around for a new apartment yet?
C. I wonder if he got ill last night from all the alcohol he drank.
D. Will you be able to finish the project on time?
Question 10: - Tim: “Who is going to drive you to the reception tomorrow?” - Christ: “ ”
A. I’m too tired to drive there.
B. I wonder if he will give me a lift.
C. Lauren will be picking me up in the morning at the comer.
D. No. I had my car serviced yesterday.
Question 11: - ‘You and Tim seem to be good mates.’ - ‘Well, I for ages.’
A. have known B. know C. was knowing D. knew
Question 12: giraffe is the tallest of all animals.
A. A/ the B. The/ C. A/ D.  / the
 
Question 13: Emily is of sitting still for two minutes together.
A. unwilling B. disable C. unable D. incapable
Question 14: ‘Are flights with this company often delayed?’ - ‘No, they on schedule. ’
A. usually left B. have usually left
C. are usually leaving D. usually leave
Question 15: They held a party to congratulate their son his success.
A. in B. with C. on D. for
Question 16: I wish I had someone of my own age I could trust.
A. in whom B. in which C. with whom D. which
Question 17: Anna halfway to the shops when she realized she'd left her purse at
home.
A. was getting B. had got C. had been getting D. has got
Question 18: The depletion of the rain forests has to a decrease in the number of
species there.
A. resulted B. attributed C. got D. led
Question 19: With a sigh, Paul himself that he was visiting the city for the
very last time.
A. reminded B. reminisced C. remembered D. recalled
Question 20: Only when you grow up, the truth.
A. you will know B. you know C. do you know D. will you know
Question 21: We interviewed a number of candidates but none of them us.
A. impression B. impressive C. impressively D. impressed
Question 22: I was late for my exam because I about it all night and didn’t get
much sleep.
A. had been worrying B. worry
C. have been worrying D. was worrying
Trang 2/7
My first job was a sales assistant at a large department store. I wanted to work part-time,
because I was still studying at university and I was only able to work a few nights a week.
I came across the advertisement in the local newspaper. I remember the interview as though it
were yesterday. The (23) manager sat behind a large desk. He asked me various
questions which surprised me because all I wanted was to work in sales. An hours later, I was
told that I had got the job and was given a contract to go over. I was to be trained for ten days
before I took my post Also, as a member of staff, I was (24) to some benefits,
including discounts.
Trang 3/7
When I eventually started, I was responsible (25) the toy section. I really
enjoyed it there and I loved demonstrating the different toys. I was surprised at how friendly
my colleagues were, too. They made working there fun even when we had to deal with
customers (26) got on our nerves. (27) , working there was a great
experience which I will never forget.
Question 23: A. personal B. personable C. personage D. personnel
Question 24: A. catered B. given C. entitled D. supplied
Question 25: A. for B. with C. in D. to
Question 26: A. which B. why C. when D. who
Question 27: A. In B. However C. Moreover D. On the
One of the most difficult questions to answer is how much a job is worth. We naturally expect
that a doctor’s salary will be higher than a bus conductor’s wage. But the question becomes
much more difficult to answer when we compare, say, a miner with an engineer, or an unskilled
man working on an oil-rig in the North Sea with a teacher in a secondary school. What the
doctor, the engineer and teacher have is many years of training in order to obtain the necessary
qualifications for their professions. We feel instinctively that these skills and these years, when
they were studying instead of earning money, should be rewarded. At the same time we
recognize that the work of the miner and the oil-rig laborer is both hard and dangerous, and
that they must be highly paid for the risks they take.
Another factor we must take into consideration is how socially useful a man’s work is,
regardless of the talents he may bring to it. Most people would agree that looking after the sick
or teaching children is more important than, say, selling secondhand cars or improving the
taste of toothpaste by adding a red stripe to it. Yet it is almost certain that the used car salesman
earns more than the nurse, and that research chemist earns more than the schoolteacher.
Indeed, this whole question of just rewards can be turned on its head. You can argue that a
man who does a job which brings him personal satisfaction is already receiving part of his
reward in the form of a so-called “psychic wage”, and that it is the man with the boring,
repetitive job who needs more money to make up for the soul-destroying monotony of his
work. It is significant that that those jobs which are traditionally regarded as “vocations” -
nursing, teaching and the Church, for example - continue to be poorly paid, while others, such
as those in the world of sport or entertainment, carry financial rewards out of all proportion to
their social worth.
Although the amount of money that people earn is in reality largely determined by market
forces, this should not prevent us from seeking some way to decide what is the right pay for the
job. A starting point for such an investigation would be to try to decide the ratio which ought to
Trang 4/7
exist between the highest and the lowest paid. The picture is made more complicate by two
factors: firstly by the “social wage”, i.e, the welfare benefits which every citizen receives; and
secondly, by the taxation system, which is often used as an instrument of social justice by
taxing high incomes at a very high rate indeed. Allowing for these two things, most countries
now regard a ratio of 7:1 as socially acceptable. If it is less, the highly- qualified people carrying
heavy responsibilities become disillusioned, and might even end up by emigration (the so-
called “brain-drain” is an evidence that this can happen). If it is more, the gap between rich and
poor will be so great that it will lead social tensions and ultimately to violence.
(Adapted from: "How much is job worth? ")
Trang 5/7
Question 28: According to the passage, the professional man, such as the doctor, should be well
paid because .
A. he knows more than other people about his subject
B. he has to work much harder than most other people
C. his work involves much great intelligence than, say, a bus conductor’s
D. he has spent several years learning how to do his job
Question 29: As far as rewarding people for their work is concerned, the writer, believes that .
A. qualified people should be the highest paid
B. we should pay people according to their talents
C. we should pay for socially-useful work, regardless of the person’s talent
D. market forces will determine how much a person is paid
Question 30: The word “disillusioned” in the passage is closest in meaning to .
A. discreditable B. disagreeable C. dishonest D. disenchanted
Question 31: The argument of the “psychic wage” is used to explain why .
A. people who do monotonous jobs are highly paid
B. you should not try to compare the pay of different professions
C. people who do important work are not well paid
D. some professional people are paid more than others
Question 32: It can be inferred from the passage that a man who does a boring, repetitive
job
.
A. should receive more money as a compensation for the drudgery of his work
B. has no interest in his work apart from the money he receives for doing it
C. receives less money than he deserves
D. can only expect more money if his job is a highly-skilled one
Question 33: The author mentions “brain-drain” as an evidence to show that .
A. high taxation is a useful and effective instrument of social justice
B. people with jobs or responsibility expect to be highly paid
C. the poor are generally more patriotic than the rich
D. well-educated people are prepared to emigrate whenever they can get a better paid job
Question 34: The word “ultimately” in the final paragraph is closest in meaning to ,
A. dramatically B. unfortunately C. exceptionally D. eventually
Being aware of one’s own emotions - recognizing and acknowledging feelings as they happen
Trang 6/7
- is at the very heart of Emotional Intelligence. And this awareness encompasses not only
moods but also thoughts about those moods. People who are able to monitor their feelings as
they arise are less likely to be ruled by them and are thus better able to manage their emotions.
Managing emotions does not mean suppressing them; nor does it mean giving free rein to
every feeling. Psychologist Daniel Goleman, one of several authors who have popularized the
notion of Emotional Intelligence, insisted that the goal is balance and that every feeling
has value and significance. As
Trang 7/7
Goleman said, “A life without passion would be a dull wasteland of neutrality, cut off and
isolated from the richness of life itself.” Thus, we manage our emotions by expressing them in
an appropriate manner. Emotions can also be managed by engaging in activities that cheer us
up, soothe our hurts, or reassure us when we feel anxious.
Clearly, awareness and management of emotions are not independent. For instance, you
might think that individuals who seem to experience their feelings more intensely than others
would be less able to manage them. However, a critical component of awareness of emotions is
the ability to assign meaning to them - to know why we are experiencing a particular feeling or
mood. Psychologists have found that, among individuals who experience intense emotions,
individual differences in the ability to assign meaning to those feelings predict differences in the
ability to manage them. In other words, if two individuals are intensely angry, the one who is
better able to 'understand why he or she is angry will also be better able to manage the anger.
Self-motivation refers to strong emotional self-control, which enables a person to get moving
and pursue worthy goals, persist at tasks even when frustrated, and resist the temptation to act
on impulse. Resisting impulsive behavior is, according to Goleman, “the root of all emotional
self-control.”
Of all the attributes of Emotional Intelligence, the ability to postpone immediate gratification
and to persist in working toward some greater future gain is most closely related to success -
whether one is trying to build a business, get a college degree, or even stay on a diet. One
researcher examined whether this trait can predict a child’s success in school. The study showed
that 4-year- old children who can delay instant gratification in order to advance toward some
future goal will be “far superior as students” when they graduate from high school than will 4-
year-olds who are not able to resist the impulse to satisfy their immediate wishes.
Question 35: Which of the following can we infer from paragraph 1?
A. If people pay attention to their feelings, they will not be able to manage them.
B. If people pay attention to their feelings, they can control their emotions better.
C. People who can manage their emotions will be controlled by them.
D. Some people can understand their feelings better than others.
Question 36: According to paragraphs 1 to 3, people should be aware of their emotions so that
they can
.
A. stop feeling angry
B. manage their emotions appropriately
C. experience feelings more intensively
D. explain their emotions to others
Question 37: All of the following are mentioned in paragraph 2 about our emotions
Trang 8/7
EXCEPT
.
A. we can manage our emotions B. we should ignore some feelings
C. every feeling is important D. emotions are part of a satisfying life
Question 38: The word “critical” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to .
A. indecisive B. inessential C. dynamic D. important
Question 39: The word “them” in paragraph 3 refers to .
A. intense emotions B. psychologists
C. individuals D. individual differences
Trang 9/7
Question 40: In paragraph 3, the author explains the concept of awareness and management of
emotions by .
A. giving an example of why people get angry
B. describing how people learn to control their emotions
C. comparing how two people might respond to an intense emotion
D. explaining why some people are not aware of their emotions
Question 41: The word “pursue” in paragraph 4 mostly means .
A. be involved in something B. improve or develop something
C. try to achieve something D. find out about something
Question 42: According to paragraph 5, children might be more successful in school if they can
resist impulses because they can .
A. have more friends at school B. easily understand new information
C. focus on their work and not get distracted D. be more popular with their teachers
Question 43: “It was nice of you to give me the present. Thank you,” Mary said to Alex.
A. Mary asked Alex for the present.
B. Mary was happy to give Alex the present.
C. Mary was sorry to receive the present for Alex.
D. Mary thanked Alex for the present.
Question 44: We last went to that cinema 2 months ago.
A. We didn’t go to the cinema for 2 months.
B. We have been to the cinema for 2 months.
C. We haven’t been to the cinema for 2 months.
D. We didn’t want to go to the cinema anymore
Question 45: Without my tutor’s help, I couldn’t have made such a good speech.
A. Had my tutor not helped me, I couldn’t make such a good speech.
B. If my tutor didn’t help me, I couldn’t make such a good speech.
C. If it hadn’t been for my tutor’s help, I couldn’t have made such a good speech.
D. If my tutor hadn’t helped me, I could have made such a good speech.
Question 46: Saccharin is (A) about 300 times as (B) sweeter as table sugar (C) but has no
carbohydrates and no (D) food value.
Question 47: (A) Much people (B) have found the (C) monotonous buzzing of the vuvuzela in
Trang
10/7
the 2010 World-Cup matches (D) so annoying.
Question 48: Helen Killer, (A) who was both (B) blind and (C) deafness, overcame her (D)
inabilities with the help of her teacher, Ann Sulivan.
Trang
11/7
Question 49: There is an important difference between humans and apes. Apes walk on four legs.
A. Apes walk on four legs, so they are importantly different from humans.
B. There is an important difference between humans and apes that walk on four legs.
C. There are important differences between humans and apes that walk on four legs.
D. An important difference between humans and apes is that apes walk on four legs.
Question 50: Mary quarreled with her boyfriend yesterday. She didn’t want to answer his phone
call this morning.
A. Mary’s refusal to answer the phone leads to her argument with her boyfriend yesterday.
B. Much as Mary quarreled with her boyfriend yesterday, she answered his phone call this
morning.
C. Having quarreled with her boyfriend yesterday, Mary refused to answer his phone call this
morning.
D. Before Mary quarreled with her boyfriend yesterday, she answered his phone call
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp A B B D A B B D A C
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp A B D D C A A D A D
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp D A D C A D D D D D
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp B A B D B B B D A C
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp C C D C C B A C D C
án
Trang
12/7
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. hydro B. lifestyle C. environment D. immigrant
Question 2: A. developed B. addicted C. influenced D. distinguished
Question 3: A. gorgeous B. suggest C. purchase D. beauty
Question 4: A. adventure B. advantage C. advertise D.
adverbial
Question 5: “Don’t be such a pessimist. I’m sure you’ll soon get over it. Cheer up!”
A. hobbyist B. optimist C. activist D. feminist
Question 6: “Be quick! We must speed up if we don’t want to miss the bus. “
A. turn down B. slow down C. look up D. put forward
Question 7: Technological changes have rendered many traditional skills obsolete.
A. outdated B. impractical C. unappreciated D. undeveloped
Question 8: By being thrifty and shopping wisely housewives in the city can feed an entire
family on as little as 500,000 VND a week.
A. luxurious B. economical C. sensible D. miserable
Question 9: Henry is talking to his mother.
- Henry: “I’ve passed my driving test.” ~ His mother: ”
A. Congratulations! B. That’s a good idea.
C. That’s too bad. D. All right.
Question 10: Two friends Diana and Tim are talking with each other about their shopping.
- Diana: “Look at this catalog, Tim. I think I want to get this red blouse.” - Tim: “ ”
A. No, thank you. B. That’s a long way to go, dear.
C. Don’t you have one like this in blue? D. I’ll go myself, then.
Question 11: Despite their normal cylindrical form, some of the documents on silk
that were found at Mawangdui, an archaeological site in southeastern China, were folded into
rectangles.
A. wrote B. written C. were written D. be written
Question 12: I am sure your sister will lend you a sympathetic when you explain
the situation to her.
A. eye B. ear C. arm D. finger
Question 13: Mr. Mike is certainly a writer; he has written a lot of books this year.
A. prolific B. fruitful C. fertile D. successful
Question 14: We were quite impressed by the students who came up with the
answer to our question almost instantly.
A. absent-minded B. big-headed C. quick-witted D. bad-tempered
Question 15: I do not think there is a real between men and women at home as well
as in our society.
A. attitude B. equality C. value D. measurement
Question 16: I didn’t see the red light at the crossroads. Otherwise, I my car.
A. stopped B. had stopped C. would have stopped D. would stop
Question 17: Tim asked Sally English so far.
A. how long was she learning
B. how long she has been learning
C. she had been learning how long
D. how long she had been learning
Question 18: The incident happening last week left him confused and hurt.
A. feel B. felt C. feeling D. to feeling
Question 19: “We gave them the money yesterday, but we haven’t received a receipt yet,
?
” she asked her husband.
A. didn’t we B. have we C. did we D. haven’t we
Question 20: You and your big mouth! It was supposed to be a secret. You her!
A. shouldn’t have told B. mightn’t have told
C. mustn’t have told D. couldn’t have told
Question 21: If I had a typewriter now, I this report by myself.
A. would have type B. will type C. would type D. typed
Question 22: A completely new situation will when the examination system comes
into existence.
Trang 2/7
A. arouse B. rise C. raise D. arise
Shopping centers have become a (23) more than just places to shop and look
for bargains. They are places of entertainment where people meet and have fun. Some modem
shopping centers are so big they can takes days to (24) properly. For example, the
Cehavir Shopping and Entertainment Centre in Istanbul covers 420,000 square meters and is
considered to be the
Trang 3/7
largest shopping center in Europe. It has around 350 shops and 50 restaurants to choose from.
And if you fancy (25) your friends in the evening, there are 12 cinemas, a bowling alley and
even a roller coaster ride.
Another huge shopping center is the Mall of the Emirates in Dubai. As (26) as
around 700 shops and restaurants, you can go to Magic Planet, which is a mini theme park, or
watch a film in one of the fourteen cinemas. And if that isn’t enough, (27) about
visiting Ski-Dubai, the world-famous indoor ski slope? Some people want to have a more
cultural experience. This is easy at the Mall of the Emirates. There is a Community Theatre and
an Arts Centre on the second floor of the building with a theatre, art galleries, a music school
and a library.
(Source: Pre-intermediate Solutions by Tim Falla and Paul A Davies)
Question 23: A. much B. lot C. few D. many
Question 24: A. invent B. explore C. find D. search
Question 25: A. meet B. to be met C. to meet D.
meeting Question 26: A. soon B. long C. well
D.good Question 27: A. how B. where
C. when D. which
For many people who live in cities, parks are an important part of the landscape. They
provide a place for people to relax and play sports, as well as arefuge from theoften harsh
environment of a city. What people often overlook is that parks also provide considerable
environmental benefits.
One benefit of parks is that plants absorb carbon dioxide-a key pollutant-and emit oxygen,
which humans need to breathe. According to one study, an acre of trees can absorb the same
amount of carbon dioxide that a typical car emits in 11,000 miles of driving. Parks also make
cities cooler. Scientists have long noted what is called the Urban Heat Island Effect: building
materials such as metal, concrete, and asphalt absorb much more of the sun’s heat and release it
much more quickly than organic surfaces like trees and grass. Because city landscapes contain
so much ot these building materials, cities are usually warmer than surrounding rural areas.
Parks and other green spaces help to mitigate the Urban Heat Island Effect.
Unfortunately, many cities cannot easily create more parks because most land is already being
used for buildings, roads, parking lots, and other essential parts of the urban environment.
However, cities could benefit from many of the positive effects of parks by encouraging citizens
to create another type of green space: rooftop gardens. While most people would not think of
starting a garden on their roof, human beings have been planting gardens on rooftops for
Trang 4/7
thousands of years. Some rooftop gardens are very complex and require complicated
engineering, but others are simple container gardens that anyone can create with the investment
of a few hundred dollars and a few hours of work.
Rooftop gardens provide many of the same benefits as other urban park and garden spaces,
but without taking up the much-needed land. Like parks, rooftop gardens help to replace
carbon dioxide in the air with nourishing oxygen. They also help to lessen the Urban Heat
Island Effect, which can save people money. In the summer, rooftop gardens prevent buildings
from absorbing heat from the sun, which can significantly reduce cooling bills. In the winter,
gardens help hold in the heat that materials like brick and concrete radiate so quickly, leading
to savings on heating bills. Rooftop vegetable and herb gardens can also provide fresh food for
city dwellers, saving them money and making their diets healthier. Rooftop gardens are not
only something everyone can enjoy, they are also a smart environmental investment.
Trang 5/7
Question 28: Based on its use in paragraph 2, it can be inferred that mitigate belongs to which of
the following word groups?
A. exacerbate, aggravate, intensify
B. obliterate, destroy, annihilate
C. allay, alleviate, reduce
D. absorb, intake, consume
Question 29: Using the information in paragraph 2 as a guide, it can be inferred that .
A. cities with rooftop gardens are cooler than those without rooftop gardens
B. some plants are not suitable for growth in rooftop gardens
C. most people prefer parks to rooftop gardens
D. most people prefer life in the country over life in the city
Question 30: Based on the information in paragraph 3, which of the following best describes the
main difference between parks and rooftop gardens?
A. Parks are expensive to create while rooftop gardens are not.
B. Parks are public while rooftop gardens are private.
C. Parks absorb heat while rooftop gardens do not.
D. Parks require much space while rooftop gardens do not.
Question 31: The author claims all of the following to be the benefits of rooftop gardens except_
A. increased space for private relaxation
B. savings on heating and cooling costs
C. better food for city dwellers
D. improved air quality
Question 32: According to the author, one advantage that rooftop gardens have over parks is that
they
.
A. decrease the Urban Heat Island Effect
B. replenish the air with nourishing oxygen
C. do not require the use of valuable urban land
D. are less expensive than traditional park spaces
Question 33: The author’s tone in the passage is best described as
A. descriptive B. passionate C. informative D. argumentative
Question 34: It can be inferred from the passage that the author would most likely endorse a
program that
A. permitted the construction of buildings in city park land provided they have rooftop
gardens
Trang 6/7
B. extended discounts on plants to customers who use them to create rooftop gardens
C. offered free admission to schools willing to take their students on field trips to the city park
D. promised vacation getaways to cooler destinations for those trapped in the city at the peak
of summer Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet
to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.
Trang 7/7
It is commonly believed in the United States that school is where people go to get an
education. Nevertheless, it has been said that today children interrupt their education to go to
school. The distinction between schooling and education implied by this remark is important.
Education is much more open-ended and all-inclusive than schooling. Education knows no
bounds. It can take place anywhere, whether in the shower or on the job, whether in a kitchen
or on a tractor. It includes both the formal learning that takes place in schools and the whole
universe of informal learning. The agents of education can range from a revered grandparent to
the people debating politics on the radio, from a child to a distinguished scientist. Whereas
schooling has a certain predictability, education quite often produces surprises. A chance
conversation with a stranger may lead a person to discover how little is known of other
religions. People are engaged in education in infancy. Education, then, is a very broad, inclusive
term. It is a lifelong process, a process that starts long before the start of school, and one that
should be an integral part of one’s entire life.
Schooling, on the other hand, is a specific, formalized process, whose general pattern varies
little from one setting to the next. Throughout a country, children arrive at school at
approximately the same time, take assigned seats, are taught by an adult, use similar textbooks,
do homework, take exams, and so on. The slices of reality that are to be learned, whether they
are the alphabet or an understanding of the workings of government, have usually been limited
by the boundaries of the subjects being taught. For example, high school students know that
they are not likely to find out in their classes the truth about political problems in their
communities or what the newest filmmakers are experimenting with. There are definite
conditions surrounding the formalized process of schooling
Question 35: The word “they” in paragraph 3 refers to
A. seats B. boundaries
C. similar textbooks D. slices of reality
Question 36: What is the main idea of the passage?
A. The more years students go to school, the better their education is.
B. Education and schooling are quite different experiences.
C. Students benefit from schools, which require long hours and homework.
D. The best school teach a wide variety of subjects.
Question 37: The word “chance” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to
A. passive B. lively C. unplanned D. usual
Question 38: What does the author probably mean by using the expression “children interrupt
their education to go to school” in paragraph 1 ?
A. Summer school makes the school year too long.
B. Going to several different schools is educationally beneficial.
Trang 8/7
C. All of people’s life is an education.
D. School vacations interrupt the continuity of the school year.
Question 39: The phrase “For example” in paragraph 3, introduces a sentence that gives examples
of
A. similar textbooks
B. the workings of a government
C. the boundaries of the subjects
Trang 9/7
D. the results of schooling
Question 40: The passage supports which of the following conclusions?
A. Education involves many years of professional training.
B. Going to school is only part of how people become educated.
C. Education systems need to be radically reformed.
D. Without formal education, people would remain ignorant.
Question 41: The passage is organized by
A. giving examples of different kinds of schools
B. narrating a story about excellent teacher
C. listing and discussing several educational problems
D. contrasting the meanings of two related words
Question 42: The writer seems to agree that
A. Education is not as important as schooling
B. Schooling is more important than education
C. Education is more influential than schooling
D. Schooling is unlimited and more informal
Question 43: John said, “You’d better not lend them any money, Daisy.”
A. John asked Daisy if she had lent them any money.
B. John commanded Daisy not to lend them any money.
C. John advised Daisy not to lend them any money.
D. John ordered Daisy not to lend them any money.
Question 44: “Get out of my car or I’ll call the police!” Jane shouted to the strange man.
A. Jane politely told the man she would call the police if he didn't leave her car.
B. Jane plainly said that she would call the police.
C. Jane threatened to call the police if the man didn't leave her car,
D. Jane informed the strange man that she would call the police.
Question 45: We started working here three years ago.
A. We have worked here for three years.
B. We worked here for three years.
C. We will work here for three years.
D. We have no longer worked here for three years.
Trang
10/7
Question 46: Dogs (A) that are (B) trained to lead (C) the blind must be (D) loyalty, intelligent and
calm.
Question 47: I enjoy (A) reading the article (B) that you (C) told me about (D) it yesterday.
Question 48: (A) Having served lunch, the (B) medical staff (C) continued to (D) discuss the
problems. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best
Trang
11/7
Question 49: He was very powerful. Nevertheless, he failed to do anything to save his son's life.
A. Powerful as he might be, he could do nothing to save his son’s life.
B. He failed to do anything to save his son’s life in spite of the fact that he had no power.
C. In order to save his son’s life, he had great power to do anything he could.
D. The failure in saving his son’s life was due to his being very powerful.
Question 50: The buses began to pull out. Most of them were full of passengers.
A. The buses, most of which were full of passengers, began to pull out.
B. The buses, most of them were full of passengers, began to pull out.
C. The passengers, most of them were full of, began to pull out the buses.
D. The passengers, most of whom were full of the buses, began to pull out.
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp D B B C B B A B A C
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp B B A C B C D C B A
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp C D A B D C A C A D
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp A C C B D B C C C B
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp D C C C A D D A A A
án
Trang
12/7
Trang
13/7
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. prepared B. organized C. impressed D.
involved Question 2: A. surround B. source C. account
D. plough
Question 3: A. justice B. leading C. diverse D. namely
Question 4: A. applicant B. investment C. commercial D. domestic
Question 5: Research suggests that children are more resilient than adults when it comes to
getting over an illness.
A. becoming much stronger B. becoming healthy again
C. making a slow recovery D. making a quick recovery
Question 6: Blue is an old hand at such compositions and has never had any trouble with them.
A. relaxed about B. reserved about C. uninterested in D. inexperienced in
Question 7: Not only is summer sea ice shrinking rapidly in the Arctic, but so is the average
thickness of sea ice.
A. getting larger B. getting better C. getting smaller D. getting thicker
Question 8: What most prevents women from reaching the boardroom, say bosses and
headhunters, is lack of hands-on experience of a firm’s core business.
A. significant B. practical C. available D. tested
Question 9: Carol is wearing a new dress and Helen loves it.
- Helen: “ ” - Carol: “Thanks. I’m glad you like it. My sister gave it to me
yesterday.”
A. What a fashionable dress you are wearing!
B. Oh! I don’t like your fashionable dress.
C. I think you have a fashionable dress.
D. Your fashionable must be expensive.
Question 10: Nam and Mai are talking about their plan for the weekend.
- Nam: “Do you feel like going to the cinema this weekend?” - Mai: “ ”
A. You’re welcome! B. That would be great!
C. I don’t agree. I’m afraid D. I feel very bored.
Question 11: You should more attention to what your teacher explains.
A. make B. get C. set D. pay
Question 12: The Foreign Ministries of Vietnam and Mexico agreed measures to
boost the bilateral cooperation between the two nations.
A. to take B. taking C. to be taken D. being taken
Question 13: There are no easy ways to learn a foreign language, ?
A. are they B. are there C. aren’t they D. aren’t there
Question 14: You look exhausted. You in the garden all day.
A. must have worked B. must be working
C. can’t have worked D. must have been working
Question 15: The more you look, the better you will feel.
A. confident B. confide C. confidently D. confidence
Question 16: In 1973, when the tigers appeared to be facing , the World Wide Fund
for and the Indian Government agreed to set up “Operation Tiger”.
A. extinct/ Nature B. extinction/ Nature
C. extinction/ Natural D. extinct/ Naturalists
Question 17: After six months of convalescence in a nursing home, Tim is finally on the
A. mend B. go C. run D. top
Question 18: Most children enjoy with their parents and siblings.
A. played B. play C. to play D. playing
Question 19: Police have not revealed the details of the case.
A. total B. whole C. overall D. full
Question 20: It’s too late; you shouldn’t go. Don’t worry! We can for a night.
A. put you up B. put you through C. put you away D. put you aside
Question 21: We should make full use the Internet as it is an endless
source of information.
A. of B. in C. with D. from
Question 22: The manager his temper with the employees and shouted at them.
A. had B. lost C. took D. kept
Trang 2/7
You may have heard that tomatoes and processed tomato product like tomato sauce and
canned tomatoes protect (23) some types of cancer. The cancer-preventing properties of
tomato products have been (24) to lycopene. It is a bright red pigment found in tomatoes and
other red fruits and is the cause of their red color. Unlike other fruits and vegetables,
where nutritional content such as
Trang 3/7
vitamin C is diminished upon cooking, processing of tomatoes increases the concentration of
lycopene. Lycopene in tomato paste is four times (25) in fresh tomatoes.
This is because lycopene is insoluble in water and is tightly bound to vegetable fiber.
Thus, (26)
tomato products such as pasteurized tomato juice, so up, sauce, and ketchup
contain the highest concentrations of lycopene. Cooking and crushing tomatoes as in the
canning process and serving in oil-rich dishes such as spaghetti sauce or pizza (27) increase
assimilation from the digestive tract into the bloodstream. Lycopene is a fat-soluble substance,
so the oil is said to help absorption to a great extent.
Question 23: A. out B. off C. against D. away
Question 24: A. pressed B. responsible C. attributed D. original
Question 25: A. much more B. as much as C. as many as D. further
than Question 26: A. fresh B. processed C. contained D. raw
Question 27: A. largely B.chiefly C. mainly D. greatly
Music therapy is using music to help people with a variety of problems. For example, it can
help people with communication and speech problems speak better. It can help people with
memory problems remember things from their past. Music therapy can also help people
manage stress and be more relaxed. It can even make people with bad pain feel better.
In music therapy, a music therapist works with one person alone or with small groups. The
therapist meets with the person and does tests to find out what the problem is and what the
person can do with music. Then the therapist decides what kind of music therapy to use. Some
people sing, and others might compose music, but a person doesn’t need to know about music
to be helped by music therapy. There are options such as listening to music and dancing to
music. Research shows that these activities are good for the body and for the mind.
Homes that take care of elderly people often have music therapy programs. The programs
help the elderly be more energetic and also help with memory problems. Some hospitals have
music therapy for patients who are in a lot of pain. Music can affect a part of the brain that
reduces pain.
Trevor Gibbons is one example of a person who was helped by music therapy. In 2000, he was
putting in windows on the fourth floor of a building when he fell. He was in the hospital for
over a year. He was in a lot of pain, and he couldn’t talk. He went from the hospital to a
rehabilitation center that has a music therapy program, and a music therapist worked with him
for several years. He could sing more easily than he could talk. Trevor says that music also
helped him manage loneliness, sadness, and pain after he was hurt. Music and the music
Trang 4/7
therapist inspired him, and he has written and sung many songs. He has even recorded CDs
and performed at Lincoln Center in New York.
(From “Four Corners 4" by Jack C. Richards and David Bohlke)
Question 28: Which is the main idea of the passage?
A. the history of music therapy B. the life of a music therapist
C. other uses of music D. music for the elderly
Question 29: According to paragraph 1, music can be helpful for all of the following people
EXCEPT
.
A. people with good stress management
Trang 5/7
B. people with communication and speech problems
C. people with bad pain
D. people with memory problems
Question 30: According to the passage, the kind of music therapy is chosen by .
A. the composer B. the patient C. the therapist D. the singer
Question 31: The word “energetic” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to .
A. rich in money B. short of breath C. full of life D. lack of energy
Question 32: It is stated in the passage that .
A. listening and dancing to music are not included in music therapy
B. homes for the aged don’t have music therapy programs
C. in music therapy some people sing or even compose music
D. Trevor Gibbons hurt himself when he fell off the fifth floor
Question 33: It can be inferred from the last paragraph that a rehabilitation center is .
A. a center for victims of natural disasters
B. a center for people to recover from injuries
C. a center for poor or homeless people
D. a center for disabled or disadvantaged children
Question 34: Which of the following statements is TRUE about music therapy?
A. Trevor Gibbons was not helped by music therapy.
B. A music therapist always works with one person each time.
C. A person must know about music to be helped by music therapy.
D. Music can reduce pain by affecting a part of the brain.
Plants and animals will find it difficult to escape from or adjust to the effects of global
wanning. Scientists have already observed shifts in the lifecycles of many plants and animals,
such as flowers blooming earlier and birds hatching earlier in the spring. Many species have
begun shifting where they live or their annual migration patterns due to warmer temperatures.
With further warming, animals will tend to migrate towards the poles and up mountainsides
towards higher elevations. Plants will also attempt to shift their ranges, seeking new areas as
old habitats grow too warm. In many places, however, human development will prevent these
shifts. Species that find cities or farmland blocking their way north or south may become
extinct. Species living in unique ecosystems, such as those found in polar and mountaintop
regions, are especially at risk because migration to new habitats is not possible. For example,
polar bears and marine mammals in the Arctic are already threatened by dwindling sea ice but
Trang 6/7
have nowhere farther north to go.
Projecting species extinction due to global warming is extremely difficult. Some scientists have
estimated that 20 to 50 percent of species could be committed to extinction with 2 to 3 Celsius
degrees of further warming. The rate of warming, not just the magnitude, is extremely
important for plants and animals. Some species and even entire ecosystems, such as certain
types of forest, may not be able to adjust quickly enough and may disappear.
Trang 7/7
Ocean ecosystems, especially fragile ones like coral reefs, will also be affected by global
warming. Warmer ocean temperatures can cause coral to “bleach”, a state which if prolonged
will lead to the death of the coral. Scientists estimate that even 1 Celsius degree of additional
warming could lead to widespread bleaching and death of coral reefs around the world. Also,
increasing carbon dioxide in the atmosphere enters the ocean and increases the acidity of ocean
waters. This acidification further stresses ocean ecosystems.
(From "Global Warming" by Michael Mastrandrea and Stephen H, Schneider)
Question 35: Scientists have observed that warmer temperatures in the spring cause flowers to
A. bloom earlier B. lose color C. die instantly D. become lighter
Question 36: According to paragraph 2, when their habitats grow warmer, animals tend to move
A. south-eastwards and down mountainsides toward lower elevations
B. north-westwards and up mountainsides toward higher elevations
C. towards the North Pole and down mountainsides toward lower elevations
D. towards the poles and up mountainsides toward higher elevations
Question 37: It is mentioned in the passage that if the global temperature rose by 2 or 3 Celsius
degrees
A. water supply would decrease by 50 percent

B. the sea level would rise by 20 centimeters
C. 20 to 50 percent of species could become extinct
D. half of the earth’s surface would be flooded
Question 38: According to the passage, if some species are not able to adjust quickly to warmer
temperatures, .
A. they may be endangered
B. they can begin to develop.
C. they will certainly need water
D. they move to tropical forests.
Question 39: The word “fragile” in paragraph 4 most probably means .
A. very large B. easily damaged C rather strong D. pretty hard
Question 40: The bleaching of coral reefs as mentioned in paragraph 4 indicates .
A. the water absorption of coral reefs
B. the quick growth of marine mammals.
C. the blooming phase of sea weeds
D. the slow death of coral reefs.
Question 41: The level of acidity in the ocean is increased by .
Trang 8/7
A. the rising amount of carbon dioxide entering the ocean
B. the decrease of acidity of the pole waters
C. the extinction of species in coastal areas.
D. the loss of acidity in the atmosphere around the earth
A. Influence of climate changes on human lifestyles.
Trang 9/7
B. Effects of global warming on animals and plants
C. Global warming and possible solutions
D. Global warming and species migration
Question 43: People say that he won a lot of money on the Vietlott.
A. He is said to have won a lot of money on the Vietlott.
B. He was said that he won a lot of money on the Vietlott.
C. He is said to win a lot of money on the Vietlott.
D. He won a lot of money on the Vietlott as people said.
Question 44: I have never played golf before.
A. It is the first time 1 had played golf.
B. This is the first time I have ever played golf.
C. It is the last time I played golf.
D. I used to play golf but I gave it up already.
Question 45: “Sorry, we’re late. It took us ages to look for a parking place," said John.
A. John finally found a parking place after a long time searching even though they were late.
B. John said that he was late because he had spent a lot of time finding a parking place.
C. John said sorry for being late because he had to try his best to look for a parking place.
D. John apologized for being late because it took them much time to find a parking place.
Question 46: The measures (A) have contributed to the effort to preserve biodiversity and (B)
put an end to the (C) illegally use and trafficking of wildlife (D) across the country.
Question 47: The maps, together with a statement (A) asking for (B) approval for the 1 /5000
planning of Thu Thiem New Urban Area, (C) was submitted to the central Government (D) at that
time.
Question 48: The music video, titled “Run now”, (A) was uploaded (B) in the world's (C) biggest
video- sharing site at 12:00 am, (D) and quickly fielded one million views at 12:18 am.
Question 49: The student was very bright. He could solve all the math problems.
A. He was such bright student that he could solve all the math problems.
B. The student was very bright that he could solve all the math problems.
C. He was so bright a student that he could solve all the math problems.
Trang
10/7
D. Such bright was the student that he could solve all the math problems.
Question 50: He didn’t hurry. Therefore, he missed the plane.
A. Had he hurried, he could have caught the plane.
B. Had he hurried, he might catch the plane.
C. If he hurried, he wouldn’t miss the plane.
D. He didn’t miss the plane because he hurried.
Trang
11/7
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp C B C A C D C B A B
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp D A B D A B A D D A
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp A B C C B B D C A C
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp C C B D A D C A B D
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp A B A B D C C B C A
án
Trang
12/7
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. seizure B. heifer C. sheila D. receive
Question 2: A. satisfy B. qualify C. freestyle D. simpty
Question 3: A. risky B. conserve C. liquid D. forest
Question 4: A. certificate B. apartment C. individual D. biology
Question 5: “Can I try out your new bicycle?” ~ “Be my guest.”
A. Sorry, you can’t. B. You’re kidding. C. Never mind D. No problem.
Question 6: We should keep these proposals secret from the chairman for the time being.
A. revealed B. frequent C. lively D. accessible
Question 7: It was inevitable that the smaller company should merge with the larger one.
A. vital B. unnecessary C. urgent D. unavoidable
Question 8: From an airplane, the grasslands of the western prairie appear almost as uniform as a
placid
sea.
A. hilly B. calm C. seedy D. fake
Question 9: - Linda: “ ” - Sally: “Bob? Oh. He’s come back again.”
A. Has Bob been here? I’ve been looking for him all day.
B. People say Bob has divorced his third wife.
C. Yes, certainly. Bob will be here in a moment.
D. Someone called you last night. His name was Bob.
Question 10: - Lisa: “How are things with Sarah?” - Mary: “ ”
A. Not so good. They had a new machine.
B. Yes, certainly. She’l! be here in a moment.
C. Of course. We’re going to have a lovely autumn.
D. Fine. She’s just come back from Vietnam.
Question 11: It is a biological fact that children their parents.
A. take after B. take to C. look up D. care for
Question 12: The Cosmonaut Training Center at Star City, Russia was named Gagarin.
A. to B. with C. by D.
after Question 13: taught me how to play the guitar.
A. It was my uncle whom
B. It was my uncle
C. it is my uncle when
D. It was my uncle that
Question 14: species are plant and animal species which are in danger of
extinction.
A. Dangerously B. Endangered C. Endanger D. Dangerous
Question 15: It’s very warm. We take coats with us.
A. needn’t B. may C. mustn’t D. must
Question 16: We have just bought some cups.
A. Chinese old lovely B. old lovely Chinese C. lovely old Chinese D. Chinese lovely old
Question 17: No one gave you any gift on your birthday, ?
A. didn’t them B. did it C. didn’t they D. did they
Question 18: All fossil fuels are resources that cannot be replaced after used.
A. abundant B. renewable C. plentiful D. non-renewable
Question 19: It gets when the winter is coming.
A. more and more cold B. colder and colder
C. cold and colder D. cold and less cold
Question 20: Their house is decorated.
A. beautify B. beautiful C. beautifully D. beauty
Question 21: I would like to my gratitude to everyone for their hard work.
A. expand B. extend C. express D. enlarge
Question 22: Looking down at the coral reef, we saw of tiny, multi-coloured fish.
A. teams B. flocks C. shoals D. swarms
LIFE OF EARTH IN 2110
The worst prediction for the next century (23) the weather. Many people think
Trang 2/7
that global warming will cause important environmental changes. There is scientific evidence
that suggests cities on the coast may disappear if the sea level (24) There is better
news regarding health. Medical advances mean that people will live longer. Doctors will be
more successfully diagnosing an illness (25) of new technology. Infective
diseases will disappear in many areas of the world and new drugs will be how to treat
muscular aches and pains. Futuristic organ transplants will be
Trang 3/7
easier. Technological progress will give experts the (26) to manufacture
invisibility cloaks, which may be (27) the market before the end of the century.
Question 23: A. B. participates C. contacts D. relates
concerns
Question 24: A. roars B. lifts C. rises D. raises
Question 25: A. because B. approving C. regardless D. in
Question 26: A. love B. chance C. tool spite
D. power
Question 27: A. at B. in C. to D. on
The days of the camera-toting tourist may be numbered. Insensitive travelers are being
ordered to stop pointing their cameras and camcorders at reluctant local residents. Tour
companies selling expensive trips to remote comers of the world, off the well-trodden path of
the average tourist, have become increasingly irritated at the sight of the visitors upsetting
locals. Now one such operator plans to ban clients from taking any photographic equipment on
holidays. Julian Mathews is the director of Discovery Initiatives, a company that is working
hand-in-hand with other organizations to offer holidays combining high adventure with
working on environmental projects. His trips are not cheap; two weeks of white-water rafting
and monitoring wildlife in Canada cost several thousand pounds.
Matthews says he is providing ‘holidays without guilt’, insisting that Discovery Initiatives is
not a tour operator but an environmental support company. Clients are referred to as
‘participants’ or ‘ambassadors’. ‘We see ourselves as the next step on from cco-tourism, which is
merely a passive form, of sensitive travel - our approach is more proactive.’ However, says
Matthews, there is a price to pay. ‘I am planning to introduce tours with a total ban on cameras
and camcorders because of the damage they do to our relationships with local people. I have
seen some horrendous things, such as a group of six tourists arriving at a remote village in the
South American jungle, each with a video camera attached to their face. That sort of thing tears
me up inside. Would you like somebody to come into your home and take a photo of you
cooking? A camera is like a weapon; it puts up a barrier and you lose all the communication
that comes through body language, which effectively means that the host communities are
denied access to the so-called cultural exchange.
Matthews started organizing environmental holidays after a scientific expedition for young
people. He subsequently founded Discovery Expeditions, which has helped support 13 projects
worldwide. With the launch of Discovery Initiatives, he is placing a greater emphasis on
adventure and fun, omitting in the brochure all references to scientific research. But his rules of
conduct are strict. ‘In some parts of the world, for instance, I tell people they should wear long
trousers, not shorts, and wear a tie, when eating out. It may sound dictatorial, but I find one has
a better experience if one is well dressed. I don’t understand why people dress down when they
Trang 4/7
go to other countries.’
Matthews’ views reflect a growing unease among some tour companies at the increasingly
cavalier behaviour of well-heeled tourists. Chris Parrott, of Journey Latin America, says: ‘We
tell our clients that indigenous people are often shy about being photographed, but we
certainly don’t tell them not to take a camera. If they take pictures without asking, they may
have tomatoes thrown at them.’ He also reports that increasing numbers of clients are taking
camcorders and pointing them indiscriminately at locals. He says: ‘People with camcorders
tend to be more intrusive than those with cameras, but there is a payoff - the people they are
filming get a tremendous thrill from seeing themselves played back on the viewfinder.’
Trang 5/7
Crispin Jones, of Exodus, the overland truck specialist, says: ‘We don’t have a policy but,
should cameras cause offence, our tour leaders will make it quite clear that they cannot be used.
Clients tend to do what they are told.
Earthwatch, which pioneered the concept of proactive eco-tourism by sending paying
volunteers to work on scientific projects around the world, does not ban cameras, but operates
strict rules on their use. Ed Wilson, the marketing director of the company, says: ‘We try to
impress on people the common courtesy of getting permission before using their cameras, and
one would hope that every tour operator would do the same. People have to be not only
environmentally aware but also culturally aware. Some people use the camera as a barrier; it
allows them to distance themselves from the reality of what they see. I would like to see tourists
putting their cameras away for once, rather than trying to record everything they see.’
Question 28: The word “indigenous” in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to
A. timid B. native C. ignorant D. impoverished
Question 29: Which of the following does Chris Parrott believe?
A. Local people may react angrily towards tourists who use cameras
B. Tourists are becoming more sensitive about their use of cameras.
C. Camcorders always cause more trouble with local people than cameras
D. Tourists are unlikely to agree to travel without their cameras.
Question 30: In the first paragraph we learn that Discovery Initiatives
A. organizes trips to places where few tourists go
B. offers trips that no other tour company offers
C. has decided to respond to its customers’ complaints
D. has already succeeded in changing the kind of tourist it attracts
Question 31: Which of the following best summarizes the view of Earthwatch?
A. There are more problems concerning the use of cameras these days.
B. Cameras enable people to be detached from places they visit.
C. Too many tour operators ignore the problems caused by cameras.
D. Most tourists realize when they have caused offence to local people.
Question 32: The word “courtesy” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to
A. dignity B. politeness C. nobility D. elite
Question 33: What does Matthews say in paragraph 3 about cameras and camcorders?
A. They prevent local people from learning about other societies.
B. They encourage holidaymakers to behave unpredictable
C. They discourage holidaymakers from intruding on local people.
D. They give local people a false impression of holidaymakers.
Trang 6/7
Question 34: What is Matthews keen for clients to realize?
A. that the brochure does not contain all the information they need.
B. that certain behavior may spoil their enjoyment of a trip.
C. that it is likely that they will not be allowed in certain places.
D. that they may find certain local customs rather surprising.
Trang 7/7
There are two main hypotheses when it comes to explaining the emergence of modem
humans. The ‘Out of Africa’ theory holds that homo sapiens burst onto the scene as a new
species around 150,000 to 200,000 years ago in Africa and subsequently replaced archaic
humans such as the Neandertals. The other model, known as multi-regional evolution or
regional continuity, posits far more ancient and diverse roots for our kind. Proponents of this
view believe that homo sapiens arose in Africa some 2 million years ago and evolved as a single
species spread across the Old World, with populations in different regions linked through
genetic and cultural exchange.
Of these two models, Out of Africa, which was originally developed based on fossil evidence,
and supported by much genetic research, has been favored by the majority of evolution
scholars. The vast majority of these genetic studies have focused on DNA from living
populations, and although some small progress has been made in recovering DNA from
Neandertal that appears to support multi-regionalism, the chance of recovering nuclear DNA
from early human fossils is quite slim at present. Fossils thus remain very much a part of the
human origins debate.
Another means of gathering theoretical evidence is through bones. Examinations of early
modem human skulls from Central Europe and Australia dated to between 20,000 and 30,000
years old have suggested that both groups apparently exhibit traits seen in their Middle Eastern
and African predecessors. But the early modem specimens from Central Europe also display
Neandertal traits, and the early modem Australians showed affinities to archaic Homoffom
Indonesia. Meanwhile, the debate among paleoanthropologists continues, as supporters of the
two hypotheses challenge the evidence and conclusions of each other.
(Source: www.coursehero.com)
Question 35: The passage primarily discusses which of the following?
A. Evidence that supports the “Out of Africa” theory.
B. Two hypotheses and some evidence on the human origins debate
C. The difficulties in obtaining agreement among theorists on the human origins debate
D. That fossils remain very much a part of the human origins debate
Question 36: The word “emergence” in the passage is closest in meaning to
A. complexity B. development C. appearance D. decline
Question 37: All of the following statements are true EXCEPT
A. three methods of gathering evidence are mentioned in the passage
B. the multi-regional model goes back further in history
C. the “Out of Africa” model has had more support from scholars
Trang 8/7
D. DNA studies offer one of the best ways in future to provide clear evidence
Question 38: Which of the following is NOT true?
A. The vast majority of genetic studies have focused on living populations
B. Early modem human skulls all support the same conclusions
C. Both hypotheses focus on Africa as a location for the new species
D. Early modem Australian skulls have similarities to those from Indonesia
Question 39: The word “their” in the passage refers to
Trang 9/7
A. Middle Easterners and Africans B. skulls
C. central Europeans and Australians D. traits
Question 40: Which of the following is NOT true about the two hypotheses?
A. Both hypotheses regard Neanderthals to be the predecessors of modem humans
B. Genetic studies have supported both hypotheses
C. Both hypotheses cite Africa as an original location
D. One hypothesis dates the emergence of homo sapiens much earlier than the other
Question 41: It can be inferred from the passage that
A. there is likely to be an end to the debate in the near future
B. the debate will interest historians to take part in
C. the debate is likely to be less important in future
D. there is little likelihood that the debate will die down
Question 42: According to the passage, the multi-regional evolution model posits far more
diverse roots for our kind because
A. evidence from examinations of early modem human skulls has come from a number of
different parts of the world.
B. DNA from Neanderthal appears to support multi-regionalism
C. populations in different regions were linked through genetic and cultural exchange
D. this has been supported by fossil evidence
Question 43: It is likely that the council will convene next week.
A. The council must convene next week
B. The council can’t convene next week.
C. The council will not convene next week.
D. The council may convene next week.
Question 44: First impression on university life varies from student to student.
A. University life makes the students vary in impression.
B. No two students share the same experience at the university.
C. Each student has his/her own first impression on university life.
D. Students hold different viewpoints on university life.
Question 45: “You are a newcomer here, aren’t you?” she asked me.
A. She wanted to know why I did not come here again.
B. She asked me whether I was a newcomer there.
C. She did not know that I am the newcomer.
Trang
10/7
D. She told me she was a newcomer in that place.
Question 46: (A) When precipitation occurs, (B) some of it evaporates, some runs off (C) the
surface it strikes, and some (D) sinking into the ground.
Trang
11/7
Question 47: (A) What happened in that city (B) were a reaction from city workers, (C)
including firemen and policemen who had been laid off from (D) their jobs.
Question 48: (A) Opened the letter (B) from her boyfriend, she (C) felt extremely (D) excited.
Question 49: The Postal Service used the Roman god Mercury as its symbol. This was replaced
in 1837 with a running pony.
A. The Postal Service, which used the Roman god Mercury as its symbol, was replaced in 1837
with a running pony.
B. The Postal Service used the Roman god Mercury as its symbol, which was
replaced in 1837 with a running pony.
C. The Postal Service, that was replaced in 1837 with a running pony, used the Roman god
Mercury as its symbol.
D. The Postal Service used a running pony as its symbol, which was replaced in 1837 with the
Roman god Mercury.
Question 50: The most successful candidates are not always the best educated. They are the
best trained in the technique.
A. The most successful candidates are the best at training in the technique, if not they will
need education.
B. The most successful candidates are people who are trained well in the technique, although
well educated.
C. The most successful candidates are not only the best educated but also the best trained in
the technique.
D. The most successful candidates are not always the best educated, but the best trained in
the technique.
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp B D B C A A D B D D
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp A D D B A C D D B C
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp C C A C A B D B A D
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp B B A A B C D B C A
án
Trang
12/7
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp D C D C B D B A A D
án
Trang
13/7
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. needed B. stopped C. provided D.
naked Question 2: A. teach B. break C. deal
D. clean
Question 3: A. notify B. advocate C. influence D. interfere
Question 4: A. royal B. unique C. remote D. extreme
Question 5: I’d like to pay some money into my bank account.
A. withdraw some money from B. put some money into
C. give some money out D. leave some money aside
Question 6: She was unhappy that she lost contact with a lot of her old friends when she went
abroad to study.
A. made room for B. put in charge of
C. got in touch with D. lost control of
Question 7: One of the main goals of WHO is conducting research on medical development
and health care.
A. going by B. giving away C. carrying out D. looking up
Question 8: Because their birthdays occurred in the same month, they shared a birthday party.
A. did B. spared C. merited D. experienced
together Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best
Question 9: Mary: “It’s a nice day today. Let’s play a game of tennis. - Linda:
A. Will we not play? B. Why do I have to play it?
C. Why not? D. Shall I make a cup of tea?
Question 10: John is talking to his wife, Mary.
- John: “Put the kettle on, will you?” - Mary: “ ”
A. Yes, but I am busy. B. I’ll have a go.
C. Not at all. Go ahead. D. Your wish is my command.
Question 11: One of the most difficult decisions young adults face is what to do for a(n) .
A. work B. lifestyle C. living D. existence
Question 12: Is Helen the hotel reservations for us?
A. being made B. to be making C. to be made D. going to make
Question 13: I think it’s safer to go on a package than make my own
travel arrangements.
A. travel B. journey C. cruise D. holiday
Question 14: The minimum for the post was a degree in education.
A. requiring B. required C. require D. requirement
Question 15: “I wouldn’t buy that dress if I were you; it isn’t in - “You’re right,
it probably doesn’t suit me either.”
A. fashion B. mode C. style D. trend
Question 16: I’m not completely with the way the hairdresser styled my hair.
A. satisfied B. satisfying C. satisfyingly D. satisfaction
Question 17: Peter a book when I saw him.
A. is reading B. has been reading C. read D. was reading
Question 18: My car isn’t xcxc . It’s always letting me down.
A. believable B. reliable C. colorable D. conceivable
Question 19: The lecture was so boring that John could hardly keep himself asleep.
A. of falling B. to falling C. from falling D. in falling
Question 20: He can borrow this CD he gives it back to me by Thursday.
A. unless B. in case C. as long D. provided
Question 21: This book provides students useful tips that help them to pass the
coming exam.
A. at B. about C. for D. with
Question 22: The team had been trying to win the competition for years. Last year they
finally
A. carried away B. carried it on C. brought it off D. brought it on

Education and Employment
All men should study, we have to study to (23) our knowledge and develop
Trang 2/7
our intelligence. An uneducated man can only utilize his (24) strength to work and live.
An educated man, without this strength, still has the faculty of his intelligent brain and good
reflection. This intelligence and thought enable him to help his physical strength to act more
quickly and cleverly.
In a same profession or work, the educated man differs from the uneducated considerably.
Therefore, intellectual workers have to study, this is a matter of course but (25) workers
must also
(26) an education.
Trang 3/7
In civilized countries compulsory education has been applied. Man must spend seven or eight
years studying. From ploughmen to labourers in these nations, no one is (27) to read
a book or a paper fluently.
Question 23: A. last B. stretch C. enlarge D.increas
e
Question 24: A. body B. power C. labour D. brain
Question 25: A. simple B. easy C. hard D.
Question 26: A. learn B. study C. acquire manual
D.know
Question 27: A. able B. unable C. not D. never
Over the past 600 years, English has grown from a language of few speakers to become the
dominant language of international communication, English as we know it today emerged
around 1350, after having incorporated many elements of French that were introduced
following the Norman invasion of 1066, Until the 1600s, English was, for the most part, spoken
only in England and had not expanded even as far as Wales, Scotland, or Ireland. However,
during the course of the next two century, English began to spread around the globe as a result
of expl orati on, trade (inc 1 uding slave trade), colonization, and missionary work. Thus, small
enclaves of English, speakers became established and grew in various parts of the world. As
these communities proliferated, English gradually became the primary language of
international business, banking, and diplomacy.
Currently, about 80 percent of the information stored on computer systems worldwide is in
English. Two thirds of the world’s science writing is in English, and English is the main
language of technology, advertising, media, international airport, and air traffic controllers.
Today there are more than 700 million English users in the world, and over half of these are
non-native speakers, constituting the largest number of non-native users than any other
language in the world.
Question 28: What is the main topic of the passage?
A. The number of non-native users of English.
B. The French influence on the English language.
C. The expansion of English as an international language.
D. The use of English for science and technology.
Question 29: In the first paragraph, the word “emerged” is closest in meaning to
A. appeared B. hailed C. frequented D. engaged
Question 30: In the first paragraph, the word “elements” is closest in meaning to
A. declaration B. features C. curiosities D. customs
Question 31: Approximately when did English begin to be used beyond England?
Trang 4/7
A. In 1066 B. around 1350 C. before
1600 D. after 1600 Question 32: According to the passage, all of
the following contributed to the spread of English around the world EXCEPT .
A. the slave trade B. the Norman invasion
C. missionaries D. colonization
Question 33: In the second paragraph, the word “stored” is closest in meaning to .
A. bought B. saved C. spent D. valued
Trang 5/7
Question 34: According to the passage, approximately how many non-native users of English
are there in the world today ? .
A. a quarter million B. half a million
C. 350 million D. 700 million
We find that bright children are rarely held back by mixed-ability teaching. On the contrary,
both their knowledge and experience are enriched. We feel that there are many disadvantages
in Streaming pupils- It does not take into account the fact that children develop at different
rates. It can have a bad effect on both the bright and the not-so-bright child. After all, it can be
quite discouraging to be at the bottom of the top grade!
Besides, it is rather unreal to grade people just according to their intellectual ability. This is
only one aspect of their total personality. We are concerned to develop the abilities of all our
pupils to the full, not just their academic ability. We also value personal qualities and social
skills, and we find that mixed- ability teaching contributes to all these aspects of learning.
In our classroom, we work in various ways. The pupils often work in groups; this gives them
the opportunity to learn to co-operate, to share, and to develop leadership skills. They also learn
how to cope with the personal problems as well as learning how to think, to make decisions, to
analyze and evaluate, to communicate effectively. The pupils learn from each other as well as
from the teachers.
Sometimes the pupils work in pairs; sometimes they work on individual tasks and
assignments, they can do this at their own speed. They also have some formal class teaching
when this is appropriate. We encourage our pupils to use the library, and we teach them the
skills they need in order to do this effectively. An advanced pupil can do advanced works; it
does not matter what age the child is. We expect our pupils to do their best, not their least, and
we give them every encouragement to attain this goal.
(Source: Business English Integrated Course 1, Passage 4)
Question 35: The phrase “held back” in paragraph 1 means .
A. forced to study in lower classes
B. made to remain in the same classes
C. prevented from advancing
D. made to lag behind
Question 36: The author argues that a teacher’s chief concern should be the development of the
pupils’
.
A. learning ability and communicative skills
Trang 6/7
B. intellectual abilities
C. personal and social skills
D. total personality
Question 37: Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage?
A. Group work provides the pupils with the opportunity to learn to be capable organizers.
B. Group work gives pupils the opportunity to learn to work together with others.
C. Pupils also learn how to participate in teaching activities.
Trang 7/7
D. Pupils also learn to develop their reasoning ability.
Question 38: Which of the following statements can best summarize the main idea of the passage?
A. The aim of the education is to find out how to teach the bright and not -so-bright pupils
B. Various ways of teaching should be encouraged in class
C. Children, in general, develop at different rates
D. Bright children do benefit from mixed- ability teaching
Question 39: According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true?
A. Pupils cannot develop in the best way if they arc streamed into classes of different
intellectual abilities
B. There is no fixed method in teaching pupils to develop themselves to the full
C. Development of pupils as individuals is not the aim of group work
D. It’s not good for a bright child to find out that he performs worst in a mixed-ability class
Question 40: According to the passage, which of the following is an advantage of mixed ability
teaching?
A. Formal class teaching is the important way to give pupils essential skills such as those to be
used in the library.
B. Pupils can be hindered from an all-round development
C. A pupil can be at the bottom of a class
D. Pupils as individuals always have the opportunities to work on their own
Question 41: According to the passage, “streaming pupils" .
A. will help the pupils learn best
B. is quite discouraging
C. is the act of putting pupils into class according to their academic abilities
D. aims at enriching both their knowledge and experience
Question 42: According to the author, mixed-ability teaching is more preferable because .
A. its aim at developing the children’s total personality
B. children can learn to work with each other to solve personal problems
C. formal class teaching is appropriate
D. it doesn’t have disadvantages as in streaming pupils
Question 43: People think that increasing levels of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases
will inevitably lead to global warming.
A. Global warming is thought to result in increasing levels of carbon dioxide and other
greenhouse gases.
Trang 8/7
B. Increasing levels of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases is thought to be responsible
for global warming.
C. Increasing levels of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases is attributed to global
warming.
D. Global warming is blamed for increasing levels of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse
gases.
Question 44: John no longer drinks a lot.
A. John rarely drank a lot
Trang 9/7
B. John used to drink a lot.
C. John didn’t use to drink a lot.
D. John now drinks a lot.
Question 45: ‘Stop smoking or you’ll be ill,’ the doctor told me.
A. I was ordered not to smoke to recover from illness.
B. The doctor advised me to give up smoking to avoid illness.
C. The doctor suggested smoking to treat illness.
D. I was warned against smoking a lot of cigarettes.
Question 46: Some people (A) believe that humans will (B) never (C) use away all the (D)
natural resources of our Earth.
Question 47: Amelia Earhart, the first woman (A) to fly solo across (B) the Atlantic, disappeared
(C) on June 1937 while (D) attempting to fly around the world.
Question 48: (A) Owing to their superior skill, (B) highly competitive athletes (C) have been
known to win contests and break records even (D) when suffered from injuries, physical
disorders, and infections.
Mark the letter A, B, Q, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
Question 49: I strongly disapproved of your behavior. However, I will help you this time.
A. Despite of my strong disapproval of your behavior, I will help you this time.
B. Despite my strong disapproval of your behavior, I will help you this time.
C. Because of your behavior, I will help you this time.
D. Although I strongly disapproved of your behavior, but I will help you this time.
Question 50: He is very intelligent. He can solve all the problems in no time.
A. So intelligent a student is he that he can solve all the problems in no time.
B. So intelligent is he that he can solve all the problems in no time.
C. An intelligent student is he that he can solve all the problems in no time.
D. He is very intelligent that he can solve all the problems in no time.
Trang
10/7
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp B B D A A C C D C D
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp C D D D A A D B C D
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp D C D A D C B C A B
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp D B B C C D C B A D
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp C A B B B C C D B B
án
Trang
11/7
Trang
12/7
TẠO
06
trang
Question 1: A. events B. teams C. medals D.
games Question 2: A. cool B. hood C. fool
D. boot
Question 3:A. recipient B. satisfaction C. continual D. gymnasium
Question 4:A. parrot B. apply C. leopard D. panda
Mark the letter A. B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in
Question 5: A salesman finally managed to persuade her into buying a skirt that she really didn’t
like.
A. convince her of B. talk her out of
C. look upon on her D. turn down her
Question 6: The wealthy man stood idly by while the poor people starved.
A. did something to help B. indulged in medicines
C. worked hard . got nervous
Mark the letter A, B( C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in
Question 7: It’s not my cup of tea.
A. the kind of thing I like B. my field of study
C. my responsibility D. my best choice
Question 8: You have to be on your toes if you want to beat her.
A. pay all your attention to what you are doing
B. upset her in what she is doing
C. get involved in what she is doing
D. make her comply with your orders
Question 9: - “By the time I’m 30, I’ll be a millionaire and married to a supermodel.”
-“ ”
A. Yes, take care! B. In your dreams! C. Hands off! D. Oh, what a shame!
Question 10: David and Mary are in the canteen.
-David: “Here’s a small gift for your birthday. It’s something I know you like”
-Mary: “ ”
A. You are absent-minded but how can you know the gift I like?
B. So did you remember my birthday! Thank you so much!
C. You may be right but I don’t like it much.
D. I don’t know. How much did you pay for it?
Question 11: at school yesterday when we were informed that there was no class
due to a sudden power cut.
A. We have hardly arrived B. We had arrived hardly
C. Hardly we had arrived D. Hardly had we arrived
Question 12: Such characters as fairies or witches in Walt Disney animated cartoons are purely
.
A. imaginary B. imaginative C. imagining D. imaginable
Question 13: I Tom with me if I had known you and he didn’t get along well
with each other.
A. didn’t bring B. won’t bring
C. hadn’t brought D. wouldn’t have brought
Question 14: This project by the end of this month.
A. will have been finished B. will be finishing
C. will finished D. will have finished
Question 15: We are having our wedding invitations in London
A. to print B. print C. printed D. printing
Question 16: He the plants. If he had, they wouldn’t have died.
A. needn’t have watered B. can’t have watered
C. shouldn’t water D. couldn’t water
Question 17: It’s important to know about how developed countries have solved the
urbanization problems and some solutions to those in Vietnam.
A. think B. advise C. expect D. propose
Question 18: Her first novel has been acclaimed as a masterpiece.
A. nation B. national C. international D. internationally
Question 19: People have used coal and oil to electricity for a long time.
A. cultivate B. breed C. raise D. generate
Question 20: As the clouds drifted away, the pattern of the fields was clearly from
a height.
A. apparent B. visible C. foreseeable D. evident
Trang 2/7
Question 21: The energy from the sun is renewable and environmentally-friendly.
A. harnessing B. is harnessed C. which harnessed D. harnessed
Question 22: Don’t worry. He’ll do the job as as possible.
A. economizing B. economic C. economical D. economically
Trang 3/7
Millions of people of all ages enjoy a hobby which is both interesting (23) fun.
And every year, more and more people start a stamp collection on their own and discover an
interest which can last a lifetime. Starting your collection is easy (24) stamps
can be found everywhere. Holiday postcards from friends, birthday cards from relatives
and letters from pen pals can all (25 )
you with stamps from all over the world. But once you have started
collecting (26)
, you will probably want to join the Stamp Collectors’ Club (27)
exists to provide collectors with new British stamps.
Question 23: A. also B. at C. or D. and
Question 24: A. moreover B. although C. furthermore D. because
Question 25: A. take B. consider C. give D. provide
Question 26: A. seriously B. competitively C. greatly D.
attractively Question 27: A. where B. which C. what
D. when
The Hindu culture celebrates marriage as a pure and pristine rite enabling two individuals
start their journey of life together. It puts emphasis on the values of happiness, harmony and
growth and could be traced back from the Vedic times.
Months before the wedding ceremony, an engagement is held which is called “magni”. The
couple is blessed here with gifts, jewelry and clothes. Another important ritual is the “mehendi
which is a paste made from the leaves of henna plant. It is the traditional art of adorning the
hands and the feet of the bride with mehendi and the name of the groom is also hidden in the
design.
On the day of marriage, the couple exchanges garlands as a gesture of acceptance of one
another and a pledge to respect one another as partners which is known as “jaimala”. This is
followed by “kanyadaan”, where the father of the bride places her hand in the groom's hand
requesting him to accept her as an equal partner.
Another ritual is the “havan” in which the couple invokes Agni, the god of Fire, to witness
their commitment to each other. Crushed sandalwood, herbs, sugar rice and oil are offered to
the ceremonial fire. The “gath bandhan” takes place where scarves of the bride and groom are
tied together symbolizing their eternal bond.This signifies their pledge before God to love each
other and remain loyal. The couple then takes four “mangal pheras” or walk around the
ceremonial fire, representing four goals in life: “Dharma”, religious and moral duties; “Artha”,
prosperity; “Kama” earthly pleasures; “Moksha”, spiritual salvation.
Trang 4/7
The couple also takes seven steps together to begin their journey, called the “saptapardi”.
Then the ritual of “sindoor” takes place where the groom applies a small dot of vermilion, a red
powder to the bride’s forehead and welcomes her as his partner for life. This signifies the
completion of the marriage. The parents of the bride and the groom then give their blessings,
“ashirwad” to the newly wed couple as they touch the feet of their parents.
Question 28: What might be the most suitable title for this reading passage?
A. The Hindu culture B. The Hindu religion
C. The Hindu wedding D. The Hindu tradition
Question 29: What does the word “magni” stand for?
A. the wedding
Trang 5/7
B. the paste made from the leave of one another
C. the engagement
D. the gesture of acceptance of one another
Question 30: What do the Hindu people think about marriage?
A. It is entirely a spiritual traditional ritual allowing two individuals to live together.
B. It is a belief in the growth of a family newly formed by two individuals.
C. It is a wish of happiness and harmony to come to two individuals.
D. It is just a living-together announcement of two individuals.
Question 31: What can the word “adorning” be best replaced by?
A. decorating B. painting C. repairing D. dying
Question 32: What can the word “invokes” be best replaced by?
A. tells B. says C. prays D. talks
Question 33: Why does the couple exchange garlands?
A. to do a ritual
B. to show both their acceptance of and the swear to respect the partner.
C. to express their acceptance of one another and a wish of happiness.
D. to express their vow to respect each other for the whole life.
Question 34: When is the wedding ceremony completed?
A. When the parents of the bride and the groom give their blessings to the couple.
B. When the couple touches their parents’ feet.
C. When the couple makes seven steps together.
D. When the groom applies a small dot of Vermillion of the bride’s forehead.
Harvard University, today recognized as part of the top echelon of the world’s universities,
came from very inauspicious and humble beginning.
This oldest of American universities was founded in 1636, just sixteen years after the Pilgrims
landed at Plymouth. Included in the Puritan emigrants to the Massachusetts colony during this
period were more than 100 graduates of England’s prestigious Oxford and Cambridge
universities, and these universities graduates in the New World were determined that their sons
would have the same educational opportunities that they themselves had had. Because of this
support in the colony for an institution of higher learning, the General Court of Massachusetts
appropriated 400 pounds for a college in October of 1636 and early the following year decided
on a parcel of land for the school; this land was in an area called Newetowne, which was later
renamed Cambridge after its English cousin and is the site of the present-day university.
Trang 6/7
When a young minister named John Harvard, who came from the neighboring town of
Charlestowne, died from tuberculosis in 1638, he willed half of his estate of 1,700 pounds to the
fledgling college. In spite of the fact that only half of the bequest was actually paid, the General
Court named the college after the minister in appreciation for what he had done. The amount of
the bequest may not have been large, particularly by today’s standard, but it was more than the
General Court had found it necessary to appropriate in order to open the college.
Trang 7/7
Henry Dunster was appointed the first president of Harvard in 1640, and it should be noted
that in addition to serving as president, he was also the entire faculty, with an entering
freshmen class of four students. Although the staff did expand somewhat, for the first century
of its existence the entire teaching staff consisted of the president and three or four tutors.
Question 35: The main idea of this passage is that .
A. Harvard University developed under the auspices of the General Court of Massachusetts
B. What is today a great university started out small
C. John Harvard was key to the development of a great university
D. Harvard is one of the world’s most prestigious universities.
Question 36: The passage indicates that Harvard is
A. one of the oldest universities in the world
B. the oldest university in the world
C. one of the oldest universities in America
D. the oldest university in America
Question 37: It can be inferred from the passage that the Puritans who traveled to the
Massachusetts colony were .
A. rather rich
B. rather well educated
C. rather supportive of the English government
D. rather undemocratic
Question 38: The pronoun “they” in the second paragraph refers to
A. son
B. university graduates
C. Oxford and Cambridge universities
D. educational opportunities
Question 39: The “pounds” in the second paragraph are probably
A. units of money B. college students
C. types of books D. school campuses
Question 40: Which of the following is NOT mentioned about John Harvard?
A. What he died of B. Where he came from
C. Where he was buried D. How much he bequeathed to Harvard
Question 41: The passage implies that .
A. Someone else really served as president of Harvard before Henry Dunster
B. Henry Dunster was an ineffective president
C. Henry Dunster spent much of his time as president managing the Harvard faculty
Trang 8/7
D. The position of president of Harvard was not merely an administrative position in the early
years
Question 42: The word “somewhat” in the last paragraph could best be replaced by
A. to and fro B. back and forth C. side by side D. more or less
Trang 9/7
Question 43: “I haven’t been very open-minded,” said the manager.
A. The manager promised to be very open-minded.
B. The manager admitted not having been very open-minded.
C. The manager denied having been very open-minded.
D. The manager refused to have been very open-minded.
Question 44: They believe that burning fossil fuels is the main cause of air pollution.
A. It is believed that burning fossil fuels is held responsible for air pollution.
B. Burning fossil fuels is believed to result from air pollution.
C. Burning fossil fuels is believed to have caused high levels of air pollution.
D. It is believed that air pollution is mainly to blame for burning fossil fuels.
Question 45: Nam used to work as a journalist for a local newspaper.
A. Nam enjoyed working as a journalist for a local newspaper.
B. Nam no longer likes the job as a journalist for a local newspaper.
C. Nam has stopped working as a journalist for a local newspaper.
D. Nam refused to work as a journalist for a local newspaper.
Question 46: The (A) wooden fence (B) surrounded the factory is beginning (C) to fall down
because of
(D) the rain.
Question 47: A turtle differs (A) from (B) other reptiles (C) in that its body is encased in a
protective shell of (D) their own.
Question 48: Starfishes and sea urchins, (A) members of the echinoderms or (B) spiny skinned
animals, are particularly (C) interested because of (D) their unusual structures.
Question 49: We arrived at the conference. We realized our reports were still at home.
A. Not until we arrived at the conference did we realize that our reports were still at home
B. We arrived at the conference and realized that our reports are still at home.
C. Not until had we arrived at the conference, we realized our reports were still at home.
D. It was until we arrived at the conference that we realize our reports were still at home.
Question 50: They drove fifteen miles off the main road. Also, they had nothing to eat for the day.
A. Not only did they drive fifteen miles off the main road but they also had nothing to eat for the
day.
B. Driving fifteen miles off the main road, they eventually had something to eat for the day.
Trang
10/7
C. They neither drove fifteen miles off the main road nor had anything to eat for the day.
D. They drove fifteen miles off the main road until they had something to eat for the day.
Trang
11/7
ANSWER KEY
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Đáp A B B B B A A A B B
án
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Đáp D A D A C B D D D B
án
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Đáp D D D D D A B C C A
án
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Đáp A C B D B D B B A C
án
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Đáp D D B A C B D C A A
án
Trang
12/7

(ThichTiengAnh.com) 39 Đề Thi Thử Tiếng Anh 2019 Có Đáp Án Chi Tiết - Megabook (Bản WORD)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

(ThichTiengAnh.com) 39 Đề Thi Thử Tiếng Anh 2019 Có Đáp Án Chi Tiết - Megabook (Bản WORD)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Thích Tiếng Anh – thichtienganh.

com – Website họ c Tiếng Anh miễn phí

Thích Tiếng Anh – thichtienganh.com – sưu tầ m và biên soạ n 1

A. As a matter of fact, you’re pretty nice.

Thích Tiếng Anh – thichtienganh.com – sưu tầ m và biên soạ n 2

Question 23: A. based upon B. based by C. based in D. based at

Question 15 Chọn đáp án A

If clause Main clause

E.g: If the weather is nice, we will go swimming.

Question 45 Chọn đáp án B

S + V + multiple numbers + as + much/many/adj/adv + (N) + as + N/pronoun

Question 50 Chọn đáp án B

If it doesn’t challenge you,

If it doesn’t challenge you!

BẢNG GHI CHÚ KIẾNTHỨC

Câu Nội Dung Ghi Chú

Đề thi gồm Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút

Question 1: A. mineral B. mitigate C. minimize D. minor

Question 2: A. distant B. resistant C. tangible D.

Question 3: A. atmosphere B. exhausted C. variety D. adventure

Question 4: A. beneficial B. renewable C. advantageous D. influential

A. politeness B. rudeness C. measurement D. encouragement

Question 6: They conducted a campaign to promote people’s awareness of environmental

A. encourage B. publicize C. hinder D. strengthen

A. attracts B. frees C. refuses D. offers

Question 8: I’ll back up your ideas if they don’t believe you.

A. support B. rebel C. admire D. protect

Question 9: Marry is talking to Linda over the

phone. Mary: “Thank you for helping me prepare

A. My pleasure B. The meal was out of this world

C. Never mention me. D. Of course not

A. No way. B. Just round the comer over there.

C. Look it up in a dictionary! D. There’s no traffic near here.

A. standard of living B. quality of life

C. annual income D. cost of living

A. promote B. ensure C. facilitate D. improve

A. must have taken B. had to take

C. neededn’t have taken D. should have taken

A. used to be B. used to have been

C. used to have D. used to be being

A. head B. mind C. hand D. life

Question 16: Although she is my sister, I find it hard to her selfishness.

A. put up with B. catch up with C. keep up with D. come down with

Question 17: David refused in the contest because he was ill.

A. to participate B. participate C. participating D. to participating

A. Light-hearted B. Like-minded C. Even-handed D. Open-minded

A. That when discovered B. Discovered

C. Discovering D. Which was discovered

Question 20. He has just bought a schoolbag.

C. plastic small blue D. small blue plastic.

A. devoted B. added C. committed D. admitted

Question 23: A. fall off B. take up C. put off D. come

out Question 24: A. looks after B. puts on C. carries

on D. deals with Question 25: A. into B. by C.

from D. on Question 26: A. forego B. evaluate

C. succumb D. last Question 27: A. yet B.

therefore C. whereas D. and

Question 28. What is the main focus of this passage?

B. Types of graduate degrees

C. Changes in enrollment for MBA schools

D. How schools are changing to reflect the economy

A. success B. surplus C. nurturing D. education

A. Princeton B. Harvard C. Stanford D. Yale